Deloitte's Roadmap: Equity Method Investments and Joint Ventures
Preface
Preface
We are pleased to present the 2024 edition of Equity Method
Investments and Joint Ventures. This Roadmap provides Deloitte’s insights
into and interpretations of the guidance on these topics.1
The accounting principles related to equity method investments have
been in place for many years, but they can be difficult to apply. In addition,
diversity in practice has resulted from a lack of prescriptive guidance on the
accounting for equity method basis differences and the calculation of an investor’s
share of earnings or losses of an investee, particularly in complex capital
structures. This Roadmap is intended to help entities navigate these challenges.
While Chapter 6 of this
Roadmap covers the presentation and disclosure requirements for equity method
investments for SEC registrants, readers who wish to explore this topic in depth may
consult Deloitte’s Roadmap SEC
Reporting Considerations for Equity Method Investees.
Be sure to check out On the Radar (also available
as a stand-alone
publication), which briefly summarizes
emerging issues and trends related to the accounting and
financial reporting topics addressed in the Roadmap.
We hope that you find this Roadmap a valuable resource, and we
welcome your suggestions for future
improvements. If you need assistance with applying the guidance or have other
questions about this topic, we encourage you to consult our technical specialists
and other professional advisers.
Footnotes
1
For key changes made to the Roadmap since publication of the 2023 edition,
see Appendix G.
On the Radar
On the Radar
An investor must consider the substance of a transaction as well as the form of an
investee when determining the appropriate accounting for its ownership interest in
the investee. If the investor does not control the investee and is not required to
consolidate it, the investor must evaluate whether to use the equity method to
account for its interest. This evaluation frequently requires the use of significant
judgment.
The flowchart below illustrates the relevant questions to be considered in the
determination of whether an investment should be accounted for under the equity
method of accounting.
When considering the questions above, an investor must take into
account the specific facts and circumstances of its investment in the investee,
including its legal form. The two red circles in the flowchart highlight scenarios
in which the equity method of accounting would be applied. Some of the more
challenging aspects of applying the equity method of accounting and accounting for
joint ventures are discussed below.
Evaluating Indicators of Significant Influence
The guidance in ASC 323 on determining whether an investor has
significant influence over an investee can be difficult to apply for
corporations and limited liability companies that do not have separate capital
accounts. For limited partnerships and limited liability companies with separate
capital accounts, the equity method of accounting must be used if an investor
owns more than 5 percent of the investee (see ASC 323-30-S99-1) and an
evaluation of the indicators of significant influence is not performed.
Consequently, there are two models in ASC 323 for applying the equity method
(one in ASC 323-10 and one in ASC 323-30), depending on what type of legal
entity structure the investee has.
The ability to exercise significant influence is often related to an investor’s
ownership interest in the investee on the basis of common stock and in-substance
common stock.1 While there are presumptions in ASC 323 related to whether an investor has
the ability to exercise significant influence over an investee,2 an entity must consider other factors, such as those listed below, in
making this determination.
None of the circumstances above are necessarily determinative
with respect to whether the investor is able or unable to exercise significant
influence over the investee’s operating and financial policies. Rather, the
investor should evaluate all facts and circumstances related to the investment
when assessing whether the investor has the ability to exercise significant
influence.
Evaluating Changes in an Investor’s Level of Influence
Changes in an investor’s level of ownership or degree of influence should be
evaluated to determine whether the accounting treatment should change. The table
below summarizes the effects of changes in ownership or level of influence as well
as the related impacts on the investor’s accounting. Also included are references to
Roadmap sections that contain additional examples and guidance.
Change in Ownership or Level of Influence
|
Example Scenario
|
Accounting by Investor
|
Roadmap Reference
|
---|---|---|---|
Transaction increases investor’s ownership percentage
or level of influence
|
Investor obtains a controlling financial interest in investee
|
If the investee is a business, the investor should remeasure
its equity interest at fair value as of the acquisition date
and recognize any gain or loss in earnings.
Different recognition and measurement principles will apply
if, for example, either (1) the investee and investor are
under common control or (2) the investee is a VIE (as
defined in ASC 810-10) that is not a business.
| |
Investor obtains significant influence in investee
|
The investor adds the cost of acquiring the additional
interest in an investee to the current basis of the
investor’s previously held interest, and the equity method
is subsequently applied from the date the investor obtains
significant influence.
| ||
Investor retains significant influence (both before and after
transaction)
|
The investor accounts for the additional interest in a
similar manner for the initial investment in the equity
method investee and continues to use a cost accumulation
model and account for any new basis differences if the
purchase price differs from the share of the investee’s
underlying net assets.
The investor may not remeasure the existing equity method
investment at fair value.
| ||
Transaction decreases investor’s ownership percentage or
level of influence
|
Investor retains significant influence in investee (both
before and after transaction)
|
The investor should first consider the requirements of ASC
860 to determine whether the transfer of the equity method
investment (a financial asset) should be considered a sale.
If the transfer is a sale under ASC 860, the investor would
partially derecognize its equity method investment and
recognize a gain or loss on the basis of the difference
between the selling price and carrying amount of the stock
sold.
| |
Investor loses significant influence in investee
|
An investor can lose significant influence in various
circumstances. In all instances, the investor may no longer
apply the equity method of accounting. Examples of
circumstances in which the investor may lose significant
influence include:
|
Basis Differences
An investor presents an equity method investment on the balance sheet as a single
amount. However, the investor must identify and account for basis differences.
An equity method basis difference is the difference between the cost of an
equity method investment and the investor’s proportionate share of the carrying
value of the investee’s underlying assets and liabilities. The investor must
account for this basis difference as if the investee were a consolidated
subsidiary. To identify basis differences, the investor must perform a
hypothetical purchase price allocation on the investee as of the date of the
investor’s investment. Once basis differences are identified, the investor
tracks them in “memo” accounts and amortizes and accretes them into equity
method earnings and losses, depending on the nature of the respective basis
difference.
Equity Method Earnings and Losses
When applying the equity method of accounting, an investor should typically
record its share of an investee’s earnings or losses on the basis of the
percentage of the equity interest the investor owns. However, contractual
agreements often specify attributions of an investee’s profits and losses,
certain costs and expenses, distributions from operations, or distributions upon
liquidation that are different from an investor’s relative ownership
percentages. An investor may find it particularly challenging to account for
arrangements in which its earnings and losses are not attributed on the basis of
the percentage of equity interest the investor owns.
SEC Registrant Considerations Related to Equity Method Investments
If an equity method investee is considered significant to a
registrant, the registrant may be required to provide the investee’s separate
financial statements or summarized financial information in the financial
statement footnotes (or both). The amount of information a registrant must
present depends on the level of significance, which is determined on the basis
of the results of various tests outlined in SEC Regulation S-X. See Deloitte’s
Roadmap SEC Reporting
Considerations for Equity Method Investees for more
information.
Joint Ventures
Generally, a venturer accounts for its investment in a joint venture the same way
it would account for any other equity method investment. However, it is
necessary to assess whether a legal entity is in fact a joint venture because
this determination may affect the financial statements of the joint venture upon
the venture’s initial formation and thereafter. The specific characteristics of
the entity must be evaluated.
The ASC master glossary defines a
corporate joint venture as follows:
A corporation owned and operated
by a small group of entities (the joint venturers)
as a separate and specific business or project for
the mutual benefit of the members of the group. A
government may also be a member of the group. The
purpose of a corporate joint venture frequently is
to share risks and rewards in developing a new
market, product or technology; to combine
complementary technological knowledge; or to pool
resources in developing production or other
facilities. A corporate joint venture also usually
provides an arrangement under which each joint
venturer may participate, directly or indirectly,
in the overall management of the joint venture.
Joint venturers thus have an interest or
relationship other than as passive investors. An
entity that is a subsidiary of one of the joint
venturers is not a corporate joint venture. The
ownership of a corporate joint venture seldom
changes, and its stock is usually not traded
publicly. A noncontrolling interest held by public
ownership, however, does not preclude a
corporation from being a corporate joint
venture.
Further, for an entity to be considered a corporate joint
venture, venturers must have joint control of it.
All of the following criteria
must be met for a venturer to conclude that an entity is a corporate joint
venture under U.S. GAAP:
Recent Updates
In March 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-02, which expands the
use of the proportional amortization method to tax equity investments beyond
low-income housing tax credit investments provided that the investments meet
certain revised criteria in ASC 323-740-25-1. The ASU is intended to improve the
accounting and disclosures for investments in tax credit structures. For public
business entities (PBEs), the ASU’s amendments are effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2023; for all other entities, the new guidance is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024.
For additional details about tax credit structures, see
Appendixes C and D.
In August 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-05 to address the
accounting by a joint venture for the initial contribution of nonmonetary and
monetary assets to the venture. Adoption of the ASU will be required for joint
ventures with a formation date on or after January 1, 2025, with early adoption
permitted. The FASB issued the ASU because of the absence of guidance on the
recognition and measurement of the contribution of nonmonetary and monetary
assets in a joint venture’s stand-alone financial statements.
For additional details about the accounting for joint ventures,
see Chapter 9.
Footnotes
Contacts
Contacts
|
Andrew Winters
Audit &
Assurance
Partner
Deloitte & Touche
LLP
+1 203 761 3355
|
|
Derek Bradfield
Audit & Assurance
Partner
Deloitte & Touche
LLP
+1 303 305 3878
|
|
Ashley Carpenter
Audit &
Assurance
Partner
Deloitte & Touche
LLP
+1 203 761 3197
|
|
Christopher Cryderman
Audit &
Assurance
Partner
Deloitte & Touche
LLP
+1 212 313 2652
|
|
Marla Lewis
Audit &
Assurance
Partner
Deloitte & Touche
LLP
+1 203 708 4245
|
|
Sean May
Audit &
Assurance
Partner
Deloitte & Touche
LLP
+1 415 783 6930
|
|
Morgan Miles
Audit &
Assurance
Partner
Deloitte & Touche
LLP
+1 617 585 4832
|
|
Andrew Pidgeon
Audit &
Assurance
Partner
Deloitte & Touche
LLP
+1 415 783 6426
|
|
Shekhar Sanwaria
Audit &
Assurance
Managing Director
Deloitte & Touche
Assurance & Enterprise Risk Services India Private
Limited
+1 404 487 7526
|
|
Charlie Steward
Audit &
Assurance
Partner
Deloitte & Touche
LLP
+1 404 220 1102
|
|
James Webb
Audit &
Assurance
Partner
Deloitte & Touche
LLP
+1 415 783 4586
|
|
John Wilde
Audit &
Assurance
Partner
Deloitte & Touche
LLP
+1 415 783 6613
|
|
Chase Hodges
Audit &
Assurance
Partner
Deloitte & Touche
LLP
+1 404 631 3918
|
For information about Deloitte’s
equity method investment accounting service offerings, please contact:
|
Jamie Davis
Audit &
Assurance
Partner
Deloitte & Touche
LLP
+1 312 486 0303
|
Chapter 1 — Overview
Chapter 1 — Overview
ASC 323-10
05-4
Investments held in stock of entities other than
subsidiaries, namely corporate joint ventures and other
noncontrolled entities usually are accounted for in
accordance with either the recognition and measurement
guidance in Subtopic 321-10 or the equity method. This
Subtopic provides guidance on application of the equity
method. The equity method is an appropriate means of
recognizing increases or decreases measured by generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP) in the economic
resources underlying the investments. Furthermore, the
equity method of accounting closely meets the objectives of
accrual accounting because the investor recognizes its share
of the earnings and losses of the investee in the periods in
which they are reflected in the accounts of the investee.
The equity method also best enables investors in corporate
joint ventures to reflect the underlying nature of their
investment in those ventures.
05-5 The equity method tends to be
most appropriate if an investment enables the investor to
influence the operating or financial decisions of the
investee. The investor then has a degree of responsibility
for the return on its investment, and it is appropriate to
include in the results of operations of the investor its
share of the earnings or losses of the investee. Influence
tends to be more effective as the investor’s percent of
ownership in the voting stock of the investee increases.
Investments of relatively small percentages of voting stock
of an investee tend to be passive in nature and enable the
investor to have little or no influence on the operations of
the investee.
05-6 In addition to the joint
venture guidance included in this Topic, the accounting and
reporting for real estate joint ventures is addressed in
Subtopic 970-323.
When determining the appropriate accounting for its ownership interest in an
investee,1 the investor2 must consider the form and substance of the investment as well as the legal
form of the investee. If the investor does not control the investee and is not
required to consolidate it (see Deloitte’s Roadmap Consolidation — Identifying a Controlling Financial
Interest (the “Consolidation Roadmap”) for further
information regarding considerations related to whether consolidation is required),
the investor determines whether it should account for such an investment under the
equity method of accounting. If the investment does not meet the criteria for the
use of the equity method of accounting, it should be recorded at fair value in
accordance with ASC 321 unless the measurement alternative is elected3 or in accordance with ASC 320 in instances in which the investment represents
a debt security.
Generally, the equity method of accounting should be applied when the investor
has the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial
decisions of the investee. The ability to exercise significant influence over the
investee is mainly driven by the investor’s ownership interest in the investee (see
Section 3.2);
however, to have significant influence, the investor must have an investment in
common stock or in-substance common stock4 (see Section
2.5). There are also other factors that may indicate that the investor
has the ability to exercise significant influence, such as board representation,
participation in policy-making processes, veto rights, material intra-entity
transactions, interchange of managerial personnel, technological dependency, and
others (see Section
3.3). Therefore, when determining whether it has an ability to exercise
significant influence over the investee, the investor must consider all
relationships and interests (voting and nonvoting) that involve the investee.
In addition, the legal form of an investee is important in the determination of
whether the equity method of accounting is appropriate. Although ASC 323-10 provides
guidance on investments in the common stock of corporations (including corporate
joint ventures), many of the provisions in ASC 323-10 also apply to investments in
noncorporate entities, such as partnerships, limited liability companies (LLCs), and
unincorporated joint ventures (see Section 2.2). For example, investments in partnerships and certain
LLCs that maintain specific ownership accounts for each investor have unique rules
that can result in an investor’s application of the equity method of accounting with
as little as 3 percent to 5 percent of the ownership interest in the investee, as
further discussed in Chapter
2.
The decision tree below illustrates the relevant questions to be considered in
the determination of whether the investment should be accounted for under the equity
method of accounting.
The presentation of equity method investments is often referred to as a “one-line consolidation.” The
equity method investment is initially recorded at cost; however, the investor must account for the differences between the cost of an investment and the underlying equity in the net assets of the investee (i.e., basis differences) as if the investee was a consolidated subsidiary (see Chapter 4). Subsequently, the carrying amount of the equity method investment is adjusted to recognize the investor’s proportionate share of the investee’s earnings or losses or changes in capital (see Chapter 5), generally in the periods in which they are reflected in the accounts of the investee.
ASC 323-10 also outlines additional disclosure requirements that must be considered (see Chapter 6).
ASC 323-740 includes guidance on the application of the
proportionate amortization method, which can be applied to tax equity investments
meeting certain criteria (see Appendix C and Appendix D).
Some investors are affected by both U.S. GAAP and IFRS® Accounting
Standards. Significant differences between the guidance in ASC 323-10 and the
equivalent guidance under IFRS Accounting Standards are discussed in Appendix B.
Appendix A of this Roadmap includes defined terms from the glossaries of ASC 323-10, ASC 970-323,
and ASC 974-323.
Connecting the Dots
Throughout this Roadmap, “joint ventures” refers to “corporate joint ventures,”
as defined by ASC 323-10-20. The investors (i.e., venturers) in a joint
venture typically apply the equity method of accounting to their investment.
Although the provisions for the equity method are usually the same for joint
ventures as for any other legal entity, there are some unique accounting
considerations for the venturers and the joint venture itself. We address
the distinctive characteristics of joint ventures in Chapter 7 and the
related accounting by the joint venture and the venturers in Chapters 8, 9, and 10, respectively.
The table below summarizes some of the possible outcomes illustrated
in the above decision tree.
Consolidation
(ASC 810)
|
Equity Method5
(ASC 323)
|
Fair Value
(ASC 321)
|
---|---|---|
Applies to financial interests that provide the holder
with a controlling financial interest in the
investee. Requires consolidation of the investee. See
Deloitte’s Consolidation
Roadmap. |
Applies to investments in common stock or in-substance common
stock of an investee in which:
|
Applies to investments in equity securities that do not give
the investor a controlling financial interest in the
investee or significant influence over the investee.
Changes in fair value are recognized through earnings.
|
Footnotes
1
Throughout this Roadmap, “investee” refers to the entity
that issued the equity instrument that is being analyzed for potential
accounting under the equity method of accounting.
2
Throughout this Roadmap, “investor” refers to the party
applying or determining whether it should apply the equity method of
accounting to its investment.
3
Under ASC 321, entities may elect a practicability exception
to fair value measurement if (1) they do not qualify for the practical
expedient in ASC 820-10-35-59 and (2) the equity security does not have a
readily determinable fair value. Specifically, ASC 321-10-35-2 states, in
part, that an entity may “measure an equity security without a readily
determinable fair value that does not qualify for the practical expedient to
estimate fair value in accordance with paragraph 820-10-35-59 at its cost
minus impairment, if any. If an entity identifies observable price changes
in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the
same issuer, it shall measure the equity security at fair value as of the
date that the observable transaction occurred.”
4
Unless stated otherwise, throughout this Roadmap, references
to common stock include in-substance common stock.
5
An investment in a partnership or LLC that maintains
specific ownership accounts may also be subject to
the equity method of accounting. Generally,
ownership of greater than 3 percent to 5 percent in
a limited partnership triggers equity method
accounting.
Chapter 2 — Scope and Scope Exceptions
Chapter 2 — Scope and Scope Exceptions
2.1 Overview
ASC 323-10
15-2 The guidance in the Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures Topic applies to all entities.
15-3 The guidance in the Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures Topic applies to investments in common stock or in-substance common stock (or both common stock and in-substance common stock), including investments in common stock of corporate joint ventures (see paragraphs 323-10-15-13 through 15-19 for guidance on identifying in-substance common stock). Subsequent references in this Subtopic to common stock refer to both common stock and in-substance common stock that give the investor the ability to exercise significant influence (see paragraph 323-10-15-6) over operating and financial policies of an investee even though the investor holds 50% or less of the common stock or in-substance common stock (or both common stock and in-substance common stock).
This chapter discusses considerations related to scope — that is, which investments should and should not be accounted for under the equity method of accounting.
ASC 323-10 may apply to any entity that has an investment in the common stock
and in-substance common stock of an investee. As
defined in ASC 323-10-20, common stock (or common
shares) is “[a] stock that is subordinate to all
other stock of the issuer.” Holders of common
stock generally have the right to elect members of
the board of directors and to vote on corporate
policy, both of which allow those shareholders to
influence the operating and financial policies of
an investee. Because common stock represents the
residual value of an investee, in the event of
liquidation, common shareholders have rights to a
company’s assets only after all other senior
claims (e.g., those of bondholders, preferred
shareholders, and other debt holders) are paid in
full. In-substance common stock represents an
instrument that, although not in the legal form of
common stock, has characteristics that are
substantively similar to those of common
stock.
Before an investor applies ASC 323-10 to an investment in an investee, it should
evaluate whether any scope exceptions apply (see Section 2.3) and, if not, whether it has the
ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies
of that investee (see Chapter
3). The equity method of accounting applies only when the investor
has an investment in common stock or in-substance common stock and, accordingly,
should not be used when an investment in common stock (or in-substance common stock)
does not exist, even if the investor holds other investments that allow it to
exercise significant influence over the investee. However, if the investor holds
both common stock (or in-substance common stock) and other investments, it should
consider the rights provided by all such instruments in evaluating whether, in
combination, they permit the investor to exercise significant influence over the
investee.
Many of the provisions in ASC 323-10 apply to investments in the common stock of corporations (including corporate joint ventures), as well as to investments in noncorporate entities, such as partnerships, LLCs, unincorporated joint ventures (see Section 2.2), and any other form of legal entity.
Corporate and unincorporated joint ventures (collectively, “joint ventures”) are
a common form of business enterprise. Although an investor in a joint venture will
generally account for its investment in a joint venture the same way it would for
any other equity method investment under ASC 323-10, there are some nuances, which
are discussed in Chapter
10.
2.2 Investments in Partnerships, Unincorporated Joint Ventures, and LLCs
ASC 323-10
15-5 The guidance in the Overall Subtopic does not apply to any of the following:
- An investment in a partnership or unincorporated joint venture (also called an undivided interest in ventures), see Subtopic 323-30
- An investment in a limited liability company that maintains specific ownership accounts for each investor as discussed in Subtopic 272-10.
ASC 323-30
25-1 Investors in unincorporated entities such as partnerships and other unincorporated joint ventures
generally shall account for their investments using the equity method of accounting by analogy to Subtopic
323-10 if the investor has the ability to exercise significant influence over the investee.
An investor should first consider ASC 810-10 to evaluate whether the investee
should be consolidated, regardless of its ownership percentage. (See Deloitte’s Consolidation
Roadmap to determine whether the guidance in ASC 810-10 applies to
the investment.) If an investor determines that the investee should not be
consolidated, the investor should consider the guidance in ASC 323-10 or other
guidance as appropriate.
Investments in partnerships (general or limited), unincorporated joint ventures,
and LLCs that maintain specific ownership accounts for each investor are excluded
from the scope of ASC 323-10. However, if an investor has the ability to exercise
significant influence over these types of investments, it generally should apply the
principles of accounting for equity method investments by analogy to ASC 323-10. In
addition, ASC 970-323 provides similar guidance relative to various forms of
investments in real estate development projects.1 However, the presumed level of ownership interest that allows an investor to
exercise significant influence over an investee for these types of entities differs
from the presumed levels of ownership for corporations. This topic is further
discussed in Section
3.2.
2.2.1 Limited Liability Companies
ASC 323-30
35-3 An investment in a limited liability company that maintains a specific ownership account for each
investor — similar to a partnership capital account structure — shall be viewed as similar to an investment
in a limited partnership for purposes of determining whether a noncontrolling investment in a limited
liability company shall be accounted for in accordance with the guidance in Topic 321 or the equity
method.
ASC 272-10
05-2 A limited liability company generally has the following characteristics:
- It is an unincorporated association of two or more persons.
- Its members have limited personal liability for the obligations or debts of the entity.
- It is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.
05-3 Limited liability companies have characteristics of both corporations and partnerships but are dissimilar from both in certain respects. The following discussion compares characteristics typical of many limited liability company structures with characteristics of corporations or partnerships; however, those characteristics may not be present in all limited liability company structures.
05-4 Like a corporation, the members (that is, owners) of a limited liability company generally are not personally liable for the liabilities of the limited liability company. However, like a partnership, the members of [a] limited liability company — rather than the entity itself — are taxed on their respective shares of the limited liability company’s earnings. Unlike a limited partnership, it is generally not necessary for one owner (for example, the general partner in a limited partnership) to be liable for the liabilities of the limited liability company. Also, unlike a limited partnership in which the general partner manages the partnership, or a corporation in which the board of directors and its committees control the operations, owners may participate in the management of a limited liability company. Members may participate in a limited liability company’s management but generally do not forfeit the protection from personal liability afforded by the limited liability company structure. In contrast, the general partner of a limited partnership has control but also has unlimited liability, whereas the limited partners have limited liability like the members of a limited liability company. Additionally, all partners in a general partnership have unlimited liability. Like a partnership, financial interests in most limited liability companies may be assigned only with the consent of all of the limited liability company members. Like a partnership, most limited liability companies are dissolved by death, bankruptcy, or withdrawal of a member.
As stated in ASC 272-10-05-3, LLCs may “have characteristics of both
corporations and partnerships but are dissimilar from both in certain respects.” EITF Issue 03-16 discussed how LLCs were included in the scope of the guidance
and addressed the similarities and differences between LLCs and limited
partnerships. When assessing whether the investment in an LLC should be
accounted for under the equity method, an investor must first determine whether
the LLC is more akin to a corporation or a partnership. In making that
determination, the investor should consider whether the LLC maintains specific
ownership accounts for each investor. A specific ownership account is one in
which an individual investor’s capital transactions (e.g., contributions and
distributions) and share of LLC profits and losses are allocated in a manner
similar to the way they would be in a partnership capital account structure. The
manner in which an LLC is taxed is often an indicator of whether the LLC is
structured with separate capital accounts. If the LLC is taxed in a manner
similar to a partnership, specific ownership accounts are maintained for each
investor. However, if the LLC is taxed in a manner similar to a corporation,
equity is often indistinguishable among owners, and an investor’s interest in
such entities is similar to a common shareholder’s interest in a
corporation.
2.2.1.1 LLC That Maintains Specific Ownership Accounts
If an investor has an investment in an LLC that maintains specific ownership
accounts for each investor, the investment should be evaluated in the same
manner as one in a partnership (see Section 2.2.2). The same evaluation
would be performed for an investment in an entity other than a partnership
or LLC if that entity also maintains a specific ownership account structure
(such as a common trust fund).
See Section 3.2.3 for further discussion of the evaluation of significant influence over an investee that has the legal form of a partnership.
2.2.1.2 LLC That Does Not Maintain Specific Ownership Accounts
If an investor has an investment in an LLC that does not maintain specific ownership accounts for each
investor, the investment should be evaluated in the same manner as one in a corporation.
See Section 3.2.1 for further discussion of the evaluation of significant influence over an investee that
has the legal form of a corporation.
It should be noted that ASC 810-10 specifically requires an investor to consider multiple factors
when assessing whether the LLC more closely resembles a corporation or partnership. However, the
evaluation under ASC 323-10 considers only whether a specific ownership account structure exists.
2.2.2 Limited Partnership Interests in Partnerships and Similar Entities
ASC 970-323
25-6 The equity method of accounting for investments in general partnerships is generally appropriate for
accounting by limited partners for their investments in limited partnerships. A limited partner’s interest
may be so minor that the limited partner may have virtually no influence over partnership operating
and financial policies. Such a limited partner is, in substance, in the same position with respect to the
investment as an investor that owns a minor common stock interest in a corporation, and, accordingly, the
limited partner should account for its investment in accordance with Topic 321.
Investments in partnerships and similar entities (e.g., unincorporated joint ventures or LLCs that
maintain specific ownership accounts for each investor) are accounted for under the equity method
of accounting in accordance with ASC 970-323-25-6 unless the investor’s interest is “so minor that the
limited partner may have virtually no influence over partnership operating and financial policies.” While
the guidance in ASC 970-323 is specific to real estate partnerships, ASC 323-30-S99-1 clarifies the
SEC’s view that “investments in all limited partnerships should be accounted for pursuant to paragraph
970-323-25-6.” Therefore, we believe that it is appropriate for investors to apply this guidance to all
partnerships and similar entities (not only real estate investees).
See Section 3.2.3 for further discussion of the presumed levels of ownership that allow an investor in a
partnership or other similar entities to exercise significant influence.
2.2.3 General Partnership Interests in Partnerships
ASC 970-810
25-3 If a limited partnership does not meet the conditions in paragraph 810-10-15-14 and, therefore, is not a variable interest entity, limited partners shall evaluate whether they have a controlling financial interest according to paragraph 810-10-15-8A. The guidance in Subtopic 810-10 on consolidation shall be used to determine whether any limited partners control the limited partnership:
- If no single partner controls the limited partnership, the general and limited partners shall apply the equity method of accounting to their interests, except for instances when a limited partner’s interest is so minor that the limited partner may have virtually no influence over partnership operations and financial policies (see paragraph 323-30-S99-1).
- Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02.
- If a single limited partner controls the limited partnership, that limited partner shall consolidate the limited partnership and apply the principles of accounting applicable for investments in subsidiaries in Topic 810.
If a partnership is not a variable interest entity (VIE) or if a partnership is a VIE but the general partner (GP) is not the primary beneficiary, the GP should account for its interest in the partnership under the equity method.
2.2.4 Corporate Joint Ventures
All joint venture investments in which an investor shares in joint control, whether they are incorporated or unincorporated, should be accounted for under the equity method without regard to the investor’s ownership percentage.
Footnotes
1
See ASC 970-323-25-3 through 25-8.
2.3 Scope Exceptions
ASC 323-10
15-4 The guidance in this Topic does not apply to any of the following:
- An investment accounted for in accordance with Subtopic 815-10
- An investment in common stock held by a nonbusiness entity, such as an estate, trust, or individual
- Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-04.
- Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-04.
- Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-04.
- An investment in common stock within the scope of Topic 810
- Except as discussed in paragraph 946-323-45-2, an investment held by an investment company within the scope of Topic 946.
ASC 323-30
15-4 This Subtopic does not provide guidance for investments in limited liability companies that are required to
be accounted for as debt securities pursuant to paragraph 860-20-35-2.
One of the steps in the determination of whether an investment is subject to the equity method of
accounting is an evaluation of whether the investment meets one of the scope exceptions to the
requirements in ASC 323-10.
There are certain investments for which the equity method of accounting generally does not apply,
even though an investor may have the ability to exercise significant influence over an investee. The
determination of whether an investment is within the scope of ASC 323-10 may require judgment and
should be based on an evaluation of all facts and circumstances.
2.3.1 Investments Accounted for in Accordance With ASC 815-10
An investment that is a derivative within the scope of ASC 815-10 is generally
accounted for at fair value and, accordingly, is not within the scope of ASC
323-10.
2.3.2 Investments in Common Stock Held by a Nonbusiness Entity
If an investment is held by a nonbusiness entity, such as an estate, trust, or
individual (even if that investment allows the investor to exercise significant
influence over the investee), the nonbusiness entity is not required to use the
equity method to account for an investment in common stock. Accounting for such
investments at fair value in accordance with ASC 321 (unless the measurement
alternative is elected)2 may better depict the financial position and changes in the financial
position of nonbusiness entities, especially given the diverse nature of such
entities. However, a nonbusiness entity is not precluded from applying the
equity method of accounting if its investment permits it to exercise significant
influence over the investee and does not constitute a controlling financial
interest. The use of the equity method of accounting by a nonbusiness entity is
a policy election, and if elected, should be applied consistently for similar
investments. However, the equity method of accounting would generally be applied
to investments held by a nonbusiness entity for long-term operating purposes (as
opposed to a portfolio or similar investment).
2.3.2.1 Investments Held by Real Estate Investment Trusts
Real estate investment trusts (REITs) are typically formed as trusts, associations, or corporations and are
considered business entities (rather than nonbusiness entities) because they have business activities in
the form of income-producing real estate or real estate–related assets and are capitalized through the
use of a combination of equity and borrowed capital. Since REITs are considered business entities, in the
absence of another scope exception, their investments should be analyzed to determine whether the
equity method of accounting under ASC 323-10 should be applied.
In some cases, a REIT, to retain its qualification as such, will establish a
service corporation to perform services for the REIT or for third parties.
As discussed above, such corporations are considered business entities and
are within the scope of ASC 323-10. However, a REIT should consider the
factors in ASC 974-323-25-1 and the facts and circumstances of each
investment to determine whether it has the ability to exercise significant
influence over a service organization and therefore should apply the equity
method of accounting to its investment in the service corporation (see
Section
3.4.1).
2.3.3 Investments in Common Stock Within the Scope of ASC 810
It would be inappropriate for an investor to use the equity method of accounting
to account for an investment in common stock that represents a controlling
financial interest. Such an investment should be consolidated in accordance with
ASC 810-10. This topic is discussed in Deloitte’s Consolidation Roadmap.
However, ASC 323-10 may apply to majority-owned legal entities (1) that are not
consolidated because of the exclusions of ASC 810-10-15-10, (2) if the minority
shareholder or shareholders have certain approval or veto rights qualifying as
substantive participating rights under ASC 810-10-25-1 through 25-14, or (3) if
the majority shareholder is determined not to be the primary beneficiary of a
VIE under ASC 810-10-25-38 through 25-41. In such instances, the equity method
would apply if an investor exercises significant influence over the
majority-owned subsidiary. In the rare circumstance in which an investor owning
a majority of a subsidiary does not exercise significant influence over that
subsidiary, the investment would be accounted for under ASC 321 at fair value
(unless the measurement alternative is elected).3
2.3.4 Investments Held by Investment Companies Within the Scope of ASC 946
ASC 946-323
45-1 Except as discussed in the following paragraph, use of the equity method of accounting by an investment company is not appropriate. Rather, those noncontrolling ownership interests held by an investment company shall be measured in accordance with guidance in Subtopic 946-320, which requires investments in debt and equity securities to be subsequently measured at fair value.
45-2 An exception to the general principle in the preceding paragraph occurs if the investment company has an investment in an operating entity that provides services to the investment company, for example, an investment adviser or transfer agent (see paragraph 946-10-55-5). In those cases, the purpose of the investment is to provide services to the investment company rather than to realize a gain on the sale of the investment. If an investment company holds a noncontrolling ownership interest in such an operating entity that otherwise qualifies for use of the equity method of accounting, the investment company should use the equity method of accounting for that investment, rather than measuring the investment at fair value.
2.3.4.1 Investor Is an Investment Company
If an investor qualifies as an investment company under ASC 946,4 it is precluded from using the equity method to account for an
investment in an investee, irrespective of whether the investee is an
investment company. Investment companies account for their investments in
operating companies (other than those providing services to the investment
companies as described below) at fair value in accordance with the
specialized accounting guidance in ASC 946, regardless of whether the
investment companies have the ability to exercise significant influence over
the investees. An investment company that has an investment in an entity
that is providing services to the investment company, such as an investment
adviser or a transfer agent, should apply the equity method of accounting if
all other criteria are met.
2.3.4.2 Investor Is Not an Investment Company
An investor that has an interest in an investment company but is not itself an investment company
under ASC 946 should apply the equity method of accounting if all other criteria are met.
2.3.5 Investments in Certain Securitization Entities
ASC 860-20
35-2 Financial assets, except for instruments that are within the scope of Subtopic 815-10, that can
contractually be prepaid or otherwise settled in such a way that the holder would not recover substantially
all of its recorded investment shall be subsequently measured like investments in debt securities classified
as available for sale or trading under Topic 320. Examples of such financial assets include, but are not limited
to, interest-only strips, other beneficial interests, loans, or other receivables. Interest-only strips and similar
interests that meet the definition of securities are included in the scope of that Topic. Therefore, all relevant
provisions of that Topic (including the disclosure requirements) shall be applied. See related implementation
guidance beginning in paragraph 860-20-55-33.
Investments in certain securitization entities (whether in the form of an LLC, partnership, trust, or similar
entity) that can be contractually settled in such a way that the investor may not recover substantially
all of its recorded investment are outside the scope of the equity method of accounting and are instead
accounted for as debt securities under ASC 320 (i.e., classified as available-for-sale (AFS) or trading
securities) or as a derivative within the scope of ASC 815-10, if applicable.
Footnotes
2.4 Applicability of Equity Method to Other Investments
2.4.1 Investments Held by Not-for-Profit Entities
ASC 958-810
15-4 Additional guidance for reporting relationships between NFPs and for-profit entities resides in the following locations in the Codification: . . .
c. An NFP that owns 50 percent or less of the voting stock in a for-profit entity shall apply the guidance in Subtopic 323-10 unless the investment is measured at fair value in accordance with applicable GAAP, including the guidance described in (e). If the NFP is unable to exercise significant influence, the NFP shall apply the guidance for equity securities in Topic 321.
d. An NFP with a more than minor noncontrolling interest in a for-profit real estate partnership, limited liability company, or similar legal entity shall report its noncontrolling interests in such entities using the equity method in accordance with the guidance in Subtopic 970-323 unless that interest is reported at fair value in accordance with applicable GAAP, including the guidance described in (e). An NFP shall apply the guidance in paragraph 970-810-25-1 to determine whether its interests in a general partnership are controlling financial interests or noncontrolling interests. An NFP shall apply the guidance in paragraphs 958-810-25-11 through 25-29 and 958-810-55-16A through 55-16I to determine whether its interests in a for-profit limited partnership, limited liability company, or similar legal entity are controlling financial interests or noncontrolling interests. An NFP shall apply the guidance in paragraph 323-30-35-3 to determine whether a limited liability company should be viewed as similar to a partnership, as opposed to a corporation, for purposes of determining whether noncontrolling interests in a limited liability company or a similar legal entity should be accounted for in accordance with Subtopic 970-323 or Subtopic 323-10.
e. An NFP that is not within the scope of Topic 954 on health care entities may elect to report the investments described in (b) through (d) and paragraph 958-325-15-2 at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in the statement of activities, provided that all such investments are measured at fair value.
An investor that meets the definition of a not-for-profit entity (NFP) should apply the guidance in
ASC 323-10 to its investments that represent 50 percent or less of the voting stock of a for-profit entity, unless the investor is required or chooses to account for such investments at fair value. If an NFP has an interest in an investee that maintains specific ownership accounts for each investor, the NFP should evaluate the investee in a manner similar to the way it would a partnership (see the discussion in Section 2.2.1). If the investee does not have specific ownership accounts, the NFP should evaluate the investee in a manner similar to the way it would a corporation.
While the above guidance is specific to NFPs, ASC 954-810-15-3 provides similar guidance for investments held by not-for-profit business-oriented health care entities.
2.4.2 Equity Method Investments Eligible for Fair Value Option
ASC 825-10
15-4 All entities may elect the fair value option for any of the following eligible items:
- A recognized financial asset and financial liability . . . .
25-2 The decision about whether to elect the fair value option:
- Shall be applied instrument by instrument, except as discussed in paragraph 825-10-25-7
- Shall be irrevocable (unless a new election date occurs, as discussed in paragraph 825-10-25-4)
- Shall be applied only to an entire instrument and not to only specified risks, specific cash flows, or portions of that instrument.
An entity may decide whether to elect the fair value option for each eligible item on its election date.
Alternatively, an entity may elect the fair value option according to a preexisting policy for specified types of
eligible items.
ASC 825-10-15-4 allows an investor to elect the fair value option for recognized
financial assets. Equity method investments are included in such assets because
they represent an ownership interest. If an investor elects the fair value
option, its investment must be recorded at fair value in each reporting period,
with subsequent changes in fair value reported in earnings. In addition, if the
fair value option is elected, additional disclosures must be provided, as
further discussed in Section
6.3.1.1.
An investor can elect the fair value option on an
investment-by-investment basis. The investor is not required to elect the fair
value option for identical investments it may have in other investees. However,
as stated in ASC 825-10-25-7(b), the election for an equity method investment
may be made only if the investor elects the fair value option for all of its
eligible interests in the same investee (e.g., equity and debt instruments and
guarantees5). In other words, the investor must make the election on a
legal-entity-by-legal-entity basis.
An investor may have an investment in an equity method investee that holds
primarily nonfinancial assets and liabilities. However, when determining whether
an equity method investment is eligible for the fair value option, an investor
is not required to “look through” the financial statements of the investee to
understand whether the assets and liabilities owned by the investee are
financial given that the fair value option is available for equity method
investments regardless of the nature of the investee’s assets and liabilities.
(See Section
12.2.1.1.1 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Including
the Fair Value Option) for further discussion.)
ASC 825-10-25-4 lists election dates (dates when an investor may elect to apply
the fair value option to eligible assets or liabilities), and ASC 825-10-25-5
lists events that may create an election date. Under ASC 825-10-25-4, if an
investor’s investment in equity securities that was not previously accounted for
under the equity method of accounting becomes subject to it, the investor may
either apply the equity method or elect the fair value option under ASC 825-10
for the securities. This could occur, for example, (1) upon initial acquisition
of an investment; (2) upon acquisition of an additional interest in an investee
in which the investor had a preexisting interest; (3) upon an investee’s
repurchase of its outstanding equity shares, resulting in an increase in an
investor’s ownership percentage in the investee in such a way that the investor
obtains significant influence over the investee; (4) if the governing provisions
of the investee are modified in such a way that the investor has significant
influence over the investee after the modification; or (5) when an investor
loses control of, but retains significant influence over, an investee. (See
Section
12.3.2.2.3 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Including
the Fair Value Option) for further discussion.)
Once an investor elects the fair value option, it may not be revoked unless an event creating a new
election date occurs.
2.4.2.1 Availability of the Fair Value Option for Financial Instruments With a Significant Future Service Component
Sometimes, in addition to providing the investor with an equity-like residual
return, certain equity investments subject to the equity method of
accounting may compensate the investor for future services. For example, a
GP will often have an interest in a limited partnership and, in addition,
have significant management responsibilities over the limited partnership
for which it is entitled to a management fee, which may include a “carried
interest.”
Financial instruments with significant service components are not eligible for
the fair value option under ASC 825-10. If an investor was permitted to
apply the fair value option to investments in these types of instruments,
that investor could inappropriately recognize a day 1 gain (i.e., profit at
inception) that represents, in part, compensation for future services. This
view is consistent with that expressed in a speech by Sandie Kim, then a
professional accounting fellow in the SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant
(OCA), at the 2007 AICPA Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB Developments
and with conclusions reached in informal discussions with the FASB’s
staff.
An investor should consider all relevant circumstances and exercise judgment
when determining whether a financial instrument includes a significant
future service component, particularly when the service component is not
explicitly stated in the contract terms or the investee’s articles of
incorporation. The investor’s obligation to provide services may be
established in a different contract from that of the equity ownership
interest, or the service contract may contain only a portion of the economic
compensation, with the remainder intended to be an element of the “equity
instrument.” Accordingly, the investor should consider the substance of the
arrangement and whether the financial instrument and the contract for
services are inseparable.
The following are some indicators that a significant component of the equity investment consists of compensation for the investor’s future services:
- The fair value of the investment includes a return that is disproportionately greater than the return to other passive investors, and the services that the investor provides to the investee affect the future payout under the provision.
- The fair value of the interest at inception is greater than the investor’s investment, and the investor is expected to provide services to the investee that are beyond those ordinarily expected of an investor acting solely as a nonmanagement owner.
Because ASC 825-10-25-2 requires an investor to apply the fair value option to an entire instrument, there is no opportunity for the investor to separate the element for future services and elect the fair value option for the portion of the instrument that is purely financial unless the instrument must be bifurcated under other U.S. GAAP. Before the adoption of ASC 606, investors had generally applied the guidance in EITF Topic D-96 (codified in
ASC 605-20-S99-1) when accounting for the service arrangement (i.e., the
carried interest) (see Section 2.4.2.1.1 for further discussion).
Although the investor is unable to apply the fair value to its equity method
investment, it is not precluded from electing the fair value option relative
to its other interests in the investee (e.g., equity and debt instruments),
to the extent that it is permitted to do so under other applicable U.S.
GAAP.
Example 2-1
Manager A is the only GP of Partnership X. Manager A invested a nominal amount,
1 percent of the total capital, for its GP interest.
The GP interest entitles A to 5 percent of X’s net
income. Other than some insignificant administrative
tasks, A does not provide any services to X. An
unrelated third party manages X’s assets. Manager A
receives a disproportionately higher return than the
limited partners because of its unlimited liability
as GP for the partnership’s obligations. Manager A
estimates the fair value of its GP interest to be
equal to the amount invested at inception. The GP
interest does not appear to include significant
future services. The GP interest is eligible for the
fair value option under ASC 825-10.
Example 2-2
Manager B is the GP of Partnership
Y. Manager B invested a nominal amount, 1 percent of
the total capital, for its GP interest. The GP
interest entitles B to 10 percent of Y’s net income
and provides significant additional compensation if
Y’s operating margin reaches certain thresholds
(i.e., a “carried interest”). Manager B estimates
that the fair value of the GP interest is greater
than the amount invested at inception. Manager B
also manages Y’s assets through a separate services
contract and receives a servicing fee. In addition,
there are certain restrictions on the sale of the GP
interest during the term of the services contract.
Manager B also holds a limited
partnership interest in Y that can be transferred
independently from the GP interest. In addition, B
invested the same amount in, and receives the same
return on, its limited partnership interest as the
other limited partners. Also, B estimates that the
fair value of the limited partnership interest is
equal to the amount invested for this instrument.
Manager B has significant influence over Y.
In this example, B could not elect the fair value
option to account for its GP interest because the
interest includes compensation for significant
future services. However, it could elect to measure
its limited partnership interest at fair value under
the fair value option in ASC 825-10 because the
interest does not appear to include significant
future services.
2.4.2.1.1 Accounting for Incentive-Based Capital Allocation Arrangements
On the basis of informal discussions with the SEC staff, we understand that the
staff would not object to a conclusion that carried interests in the form of
incentive-based capital allocation arrangements may be accounted for within
the scope of either ASC 606 or ASC 323 if certain conditions are met, and
that this is an accounting policy choice that should have been made when EITF Topic D-96 was rescinded upon the adoption of ASC 606. In evaluating
whether application of ASC 323 is appropriate, entities should consider the
nature and legal form of such arrangements — specifically, whether the
incentive fee is an attribute of an equity interest in the fund (e.g., a
disproportionate allocation of fund returns to a capital account owned by
the investor-manager). When the incentive fee is not an allocation of fund
returns among holders of equity interests (e.g., when the fee is in the form
of a contractual arrangement with the fund), it should be accounted for
under ASC 606 (see Deloitte’s Roadmap Revenue Recognition for further
discussion). If application of ASC 323 is deemed appropriate, an investor
would still apply the guidance described above in evaluating whether the
fair value option for its investment may be applied (i.e., financial
instruments with substantive service components remain ineligible for the
fair value option under ASC 825-10).
2.4.2.2 Change From the Equity Method to Other Method of Accounting
An investor may lose the ability to exercise significant influence over an investee. This could occur, for
example, if the investor divests itself of an equity investment or otherwise reduces its ownership interest
in the investee, or if the governing provisions of the investee are modified. Loss of significant influence
does not represent an election date event under ASC 825-10. If the investor does lose the ability to
exercise significant influence over the investee and had previously elected to account for its investment
at fair value, it must continue accounting for its retained investment (and other eligible financial
interests) at fair value (i.e., an investor’s investment and other eligible financial interests in an investee
would not be eligible to be accounted for under any other U.S. GAAP).
If the investor has not elected the fair value option, it should refer to ASC
323-10-35-36, which provides guidance on situations in which the investor’s
investment in common stock falls below the level at which the investor
should apply the equity method of accounting. See Section 5.6.5 for further
discussion.
2.4.3 Proportionate Consolidation Method
ASC 810-10
45-14 If the
investor-venturer owns an undivided interest in each
asset and is proportionately liable for its share of
each liability, the provisions of paragraph 323-10-45-1
may not apply in some industries. For example, in
certain industries the investor-venturer may account in
its financial statements for its pro rata share of the
assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses of the
venture. Specifically, a proportionate gross financial
statement presentation is not appropriate for an
investment in an unincorporated legal entity accounted
for by the equity method of accounting unless the
investee is in either the construction industry (see
paragraph 910-810-45-1) or an extractive industry (see
paragraphs 930-810-45-1 and 932-810-45-1). An entity is
in an extractive industry only if its activities are
limited to the extraction of mineral resources (such as
oil and gas exploration and production) and not if its
activities involve related activities such as refining,
marketing, or transporting extracted mineral
resources.
ASC 970-810
45-1 An investment in real property may be presented by recording the undivided interest in the assets,
liabilities, revenue, and expenses of the venture if all of the following conditions are met:
- The real property is owned by undivided interests.
- The approval of two or more of the owners is not required for decisions regarding the financing, development, sale, or operations of real estate owned.
- Each investor is entitled to only its pro rata share of income.
- Each investor is responsible to pay only its pro rata share of expenses.
- Each investor is severally liable only for indebtedness it incurs in connection with its interest in the property.
An investor in a separate entity (including an unincorporated legal entity) that
has significant influence generally applies the equity method of accounting.
Because the guidance in ASC 323-10 applies only to ownership in the form of
common stock (or in-substance common stock), an investor that owns an undivided
interest in each asset and is proportionately liable for its share of each
liability of an investee should not apply the equity method of accounting to
such an investment. However, an investor that holds an interest in an
unincorporated legal entity (e.g., a partnership) — as opposed to an undivided
interest in each asset and liability — in the construction or extractive
industries may elect to apply the proportionate consolidation method (if certain
criteria are met) and record its proportionate share of the investee’s assets,
liabilities, revenues, and expenses in each applicable line item in its
financial statements (as opposed to presentation in a single line item as an
equity method investment). To determine whether an investor that holds an
interest in an unincorporated legal entity (e.g., an LLC) within the
construction or extractive industries may elect to apply the proportionate
consolidation method, the investor should evaluate whether the governance
provisions are more akin to those of a partnership or of a corporation (see
Section
2.2.1).
Specifically, to apply proportionate consolidation, the investor must have an
undivided interest in each asset and be proportionately liable for its share of
each liability of the investee. In addition, in the extractive industry, the
investee’s activities must be limited to the extraction of mineral resources
(such as oil and gas exploration and production). If its activities include
refining, marketing, or transporting extracted mineral resources, the investor
should not apply proportionate consolidation.
Proportionate consolidation may be acceptable in the real estate industry even
when the investment is an undivided interest in real property (as opposed to an
investment in an entity) if the undivided interest is not subject to joint
control and the other conditions in ASC 970-810-45-1 are met. However, as
described in ASC 970-323-25-12, most real estate ventures in the form of
undivided interests are subject to some form of joint control. In those
instances, the equity method of accounting is required.
An investor may proportionately consolidate an investment that qualifies for
such treatment even if another party consolidates the investment in accordance
with ASC 810-10. Proportionate consolidation requires an investor to apply
typical consolidation procedures, which are further discussed in Section 5.1.5.1 and in
Chapter 10 of
Deloitte’s Consolidation
Roadmap. If a PBE investor proportionately consolidates its
undivided interest, the proportionately consolidated information must comply
with the PBE accounting requirements (see Section 5.1.3.2), including those related
to the timing of the adoption of new accounting standards (see Section 5.1.3.4).
Footnotes
5
Election of the fair value option would result in the
investor’s measuring the guarantee at fair value, with changes in fair
value reported in earnings, which is different from the subsequent
measurement of guarantees in accordance with ASC 460.
2.5 Investments in In-Substance Common Stock
2.5.1 Characteristics of In-Substance Common Stock
ASC 323-10
15-13 For purposes of this Topic, in-substance common stock is an investment in an entity that has risk and reward characteristics that are substantially similar to that entity’s common stock. An investor shall consider all of the following characteristics when determining whether an investment in an entity is substantially similar to an investment in that entity’s common stock:
- Subordination. An investor shall determine whether the investment has subordination characteristics that are substantially similar to that entity’s common stock. If an investment has a substantive liquidation preference over common stock, it is not substantially similar to the common stock. However, certain liquidation preferences are not substantive. An investor shall determine whether a liquidation preference is substantive. For example, if the investment has a stated liquidation preference that is not significant in relation to the purchase price of the investment, the liquidation preference is not substantive. Further, a stated liquidation preference is not substantive if the investee has little or no subordinated equity (for example, common stock) from a fair value perspective. A liquidation preference in an investee that has little or no subordinated equity from a fair value perspective is nonsubstantive because, in the event of liquidation, the investment will participate in substantially all of the investee’s losses.
- Risks and rewards of ownership. An investor shall determine whether the investment has risks and rewards of ownership that are substantially similar to an investment in that entity’s common stock. If an investment is not expected to participate in the earnings (and losses) and capital appreciation (and depreciation) in a manner that is substantially similar to common stock, the investment is not substantially similar to common stock. If the investee pays dividends on its common stock and the investment participates currently in those dividends in a manner that is substantially similar to common stock, then that is an indicator that the investment is substantially similar to common stock. Likewise, if the investor has the ability to convert the investment into that entity’s common stock without any significant restrictions or contingencies that prohibit the investor from participating in the capital appreciation of the investee in a manner that is substantially similar to that entity’s common stock, the conversion feature is an indicator that the investment is substantially similar to the common stock. The right to convert certain investments to common stock (such as the exercise of deep-in-the-money warrants) enables the interest to participate in the investee’s earnings (and losses) and capital appreciation (and depreciation) on a substantially similar basis to common stock.
- Obligation to transfer value. An investment is not substantially similar to common stock if the investee is expected to transfer substantive value to the investor and the common shareholders do not participate in a similar manner. For example, if the investment has a substantive redemption provision (for example, a mandatory redemption provision or a non-fair-value put option) that is not available to common shareholders, the investment is not substantially similar to common stock. An obligation to transfer value at a specious future date, such as preferred stock with a mandatory redemption in 100 years, shall not be considered an obligation to transfer substantive value.
15-14 If an investment’s subordination characteristics and risks and rewards of ownership are substantially
similar to the common stock of the investee and the investment does not require the investee to transfer
substantive value to the investor in a manner in which the common shareholders do not participate
similarly, then the investment is in-substance common stock. If the investor determines that any one of the
characteristics in the preceding paragraph indicates that an investment in an entity is not substantially similar
to an investment in that entity’s common stock, the investment is not in-substance common stock. If an
investee has more than one class of common stock, the investor shall perform the analysis described in the
preceding paragraph and the following paragraph (if necessary) by comparing its investment to all classes of
common stock.
15-15 If the determination about whether the investment is substantially similar to common stock cannot be
reached based solely on the evaluation under paragraph 323-10-15-13, the investor shall also analyze whether
the future changes in the fair value of the investment are expected to vary directly with the changes in the fair
value of the common stock. If the changes in the fair value of the investment are not expected to vary directly
with the changes in the fair value of the common stock, then the investment is not in-substance common stock.
Over time, the type and form of investment vehicles have expanded beyond basic voting common stock to include convertible debt, preferred equity securities, options, warrants, interests in unincorporated entities, complex licensing and management arrangements, and a host of other financial instruments. EITF Issue 02-14 (codified in ASC 323-10) noted:
These investment vehicles can convey — by contract, articles of incorporation, indenture, or other means —
any combination of rights, privileges, or preferences including (a) the right to vote with common stockholders,
(b) the right to appoint members of the board of directors, (c) substantive participating rights . . . , (d) protective
rights . . . , (e) cumulative and participating dividends, and (f) liquidation preferences.
Some of these rights may give an investor the ability to exercise significant
influence over the operating and financial policies of an investee without
holding an investment in the investee’s voting common stock. When an investment
in other than common stock (debt, preferred equity securities, etc.) has all the
factors in ASC 323-10-15-13, it is considered to be “in-substance” common stock,
and the investor should apply the equity method if it also has significant
influence over the investee. If the investment does not have all the factors in
ASC 323-10-15-13, it would not be within the scope of ASC 323-10, and the equity
method of accounting would be inappropriate even if the holder of the investment
has significant influence over the investee.
Examples of investments that may have the characteristics of in-substance common stock include convertible stock or warrants (with no barriers to exercise), stock with a nonsubstantive liquidation preference, and participating stock redeemable at the holder’s option. Examples of investments that would generally not be considered in-substance common stock include mandatorily redeemable stock, stock with an embedded non-fair-value put option, stock with a substantive liquidation preference, and nonparticipating, nonconvertible preferred stock.
An investor may also hold an instrument (such as a call or a put option) that gives it the ability to purchase or sell the voting common stock of an investee at some point. In evaluating whether such instruments represent in-substance common stock, an investor must first determine whether the put
or call option is a freestanding instrument. If the instrument is not freestanding, the investor should further determine whether the put or call option is an embedded feature within a host arrangement
that requires bifurcation and separate accounting. The equity method of accounting does not apply to either a freestanding instrument or bifurcated embedded feature since those instruments are accounted for in accordance with ASC 815 (see Section 2.3). Put and call options, as well as other instruments that are not accounted for under ASC 815 (i.e., the host instrument), may have the characteristics in ASC 323-10-15-13 and therefore represent in-substance common stock.
ASC 323-10 contains examples that illustrate the evaluation of whether an investment is in-substance common stock (see Sections 2.5.1.1 through 2.5.1.3). Each example assumes that the investor is not required to consolidate the investee under ASC 810-10, that it has the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee (see Chapter 3), and that its investment does not meet the definition of a derivative instrument under ASC 815.
It is important to note that EITF Issue 02-14 provided the initial guidance on the evaluation of in-substance common stock. Paragraph 5 of EITF Issue 02-14
states, in part:
This Issue does not apply to investments
accounted for under Statement 133, non-corporate entities accounted for
under SOP 78-9, or to limited liability companies that maintain “specific
ownership accounts” for each investor as discussed in Issue No. 03-16,
“Accounting for Investments in Limited Liability Companies.
We believe that the EITF Issue 02-14 scoping guidance continues to be applicable
and, accordingly, the in-substance common stock guidance in ASC 323-10-15-3
through 15-5 should be applied only to investments in corporations. Thus, it
would not apply, for example, to investments in partnerships, LLCs, trusts, or
other unincorporated entities that maintain specific ownership accounts (see
Section 2.2) or
to investments within the scope of ASC 815 (see Section 2.3).
2.5.1.1 Subordination
ASC 323-10
Case A: Subordination Substantially Similar to Common Stock
55-3 Investor organized Investee and acquired all of the common stock of Investee on January 1, 2003. On January 1, 2004, Investee sells 100,000 shares of preferred stock to a group of investors in exchange for $10,000,000 ($100 par value; liquidation preference of $100 per share). The fair value of the entity’s common stock is approximately $100,000 on January 1, 2004.
55-4 In this Case, the stated liquidation preference is equal to the fair value of the preferred stock. However, the fair value of the common stock ($100,000), if compared with the fair value of the preferred stock, indicates that Investee has little or no common stock from a fair value perspective. An investor should therefore conclude that the liquidation preference is not substantive and that the subordination characteristics of its preferred stock investment are substantially similar to the subordination characteristics of Investee’s common stock. The investor should also evaluate whether the preferred stock has the characteristics in paragraph 323-10-15-13(b) through 15-13(c), and paragraphs 323-10-15-14 through 15-15 (if necessary) to reach a conclusion about whether the preferred stock is in-substance common stock.
Case B: Subordination Not Substantially Similar to Common Stock
55-5 Assume the same facts and circumstances as in Case A, except that the fair value of Investee’s common
stock is approximately $15,000,000 on January 1, 2004.
55-6 In this Case, the stated liquidation preference is equal to the fair value of the preferred stock. In addition,
Investee has adequate subordinated equity from a fair value perspective (more than little or no subordinated
equity) to indicate that the liquidation preference is substantive. An investor therefore should conclude
that the subordination characteristics of its preferred stock investment are not substantially similar to the
subordination characteristics of Investee’s common stock. Accordingly, the preferred stock investment is not
in-substance common stock. Evaluation of the characteristics in paragraph 323-10-15-13(b) through 15-13(c)
and paragraphs 323-10-15-14 through 15-15 is not required.
To determine whether a liquidation preference is substantive, an investor should
consider the significance of the stated liquidation preference in relation
to the purchase price of the investment as well as the significance of the
fair value of the subordinated equity (i.e., common stock) of the investee.
Said differently, a stated liquidation preference is not considered
substantive if the investee has little or no subordinated equity from a fair
value perspective. The table below summarizes indicators (not all inclusive)
of whether an investment’s subordination characteristics are substantially
similar to those of common stock.
Substantially Similar | Not Substantially Similar |
---|---|
|
|
2.5.1.2 Risks and Rewards of Ownership
ASC 323-10
Case C: Investment Expected to Participate in Risks and Rewards of Ownership
55-7 Investor purchases a warrant in Investee for $2,003,900 on July 1, 20X4. The warrant enables Investor to
acquire 100,000 shares of Investee’s common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share (total exercise price
of $100,000) on or before June 30, 20X5; the warrant does not participate in dividends. The fair value of the
common stock is approximately $21.00 per share. The warrant is exercisable at any time. Investor does not
expect Investee to declare dividends before exercise.
55-8 Investor should evaluate whether the warrant is expected to participate in Investee’s earnings (and losses) and capital appreciation (and depreciation) in a manner that is substantially similar to common stock. To evaluate the extent to which the warrant is expected to participate with the common shareholders in Investee’s earnings (and losses), Investor should evaluate whether the warrant allows Investor to currently participate in dividends on a basis substantially similar to common stock. In this Case, Investor does not participate in dividends. Investor, however, can exercise the warrant (convert into common stock) at any time, thereby enabling Investor to participate in Investee’s earnings (and losses) on an equivalent basis to common stock. Because Investor does not expect Investee to declare dividends before exercise, Investor participates in Investee’s earnings in a manner substantially similar to common stock. In addition, warrants that are exercisable into common stock are designed to participate equally with the common shareholders in increases in the Investee’s fair value. Therefore, the warrant participates in Investee’s capital appreciation.
55-9 Investor should also evaluate whether the warrant is expected to participate in Investee’s capital depreciation in a manner substantially similar to common stock. An investor has alternatives for making this evaluation. In this Case, Investor could compare the current fair value of Investee’s common stock with the fair value of the warrant (on an equivalent unit basis) to determine whether the warrant is exposed to capital depreciation in a manner that is substantially similar to the entity’s common stock. The current fair value of the Investee’s common stock of $21.00 is substantially similar to the current fair value of each warrant of $20.04 (on an equivalent unit basis). Therefore, the warrant’s expected participation in Investee’s capital depreciation is substantially similar to the common shareholders’ participation. This comparison of fair values is different from the paragraph 323-10-15-15 evaluation that is performed (if necessary) to determine whether the future changes in fair value of the investment are expected to vary directly with the changes in the fair value of the entity’s common stock.
55-10 Accordingly, Investor should conclude that, before exercise, the warrants are expected to participate in Investee’s earnings (and losses) and capital appreciation (and depreciation) in a manner that is substantially similar to common stock. Investor should also evaluate whether the warrant has the characteristics in paragraph 323-10-15-13(a) and 323-10-15-13(c) and paragraphs 323-10-15-14 through 15-15 (if necessary) to reach a conclusion about whether the warrant is in-substance common stock.
Case D: Investment Not Expected to Participate in Risks and Rewards of Ownership
55-11 Investor purchases a warrant in Investee for $288,820 on July 1, 20X4. The warrant enables Investor to acquire 100,000 shares of Investee’s common stock at an exercise price of $21.00 per share (total exercise price of $2,100,000) on or before June 30, 20X5; the warrant does not participate in dividends. The fair value of the common stock is approximately $21.00 per share. The warrant is exercisable at any time. Investor does not expect Investee to declare dividends before exercise.
55-12 Investor should evaluate whether the warrant is expected to participate in Investee’s earnings (and losses) and capital appreciation (and depreciation) in a manner that is substantially similar to common stock. To evaluate the extent to which the warrant is expected to participate with the common shareholders in Investee’s earnings (and losses), Investor should evaluate whether the warrant allows Investor to currently participate in dividends on a basis substantially similar to common stock. In this Case, Investor does not participate in dividends. Investor, however, can exercise the warrant (convert into common stock) at any time, thereby enabling Investor to participate in Investee’s earnings (and losses) on an equivalent basis to common stock. Because Investor does not expect Investee to declare dividends before exercise, Investor participates in Investee’s earnings in a manner substantially similar to common stock. In addition, warrants that are exercisable into common stock are designed to participate equally with the common shareholders in increases in Investee’s fair value. Therefore, the warrant participates in Investee’s capital appreciation.
55-13 Investor should also evaluate whether the warrant is expected to participate in Investee’s capital
depreciation in a manner substantially similar to common stock. An investor has alternatives for making this
evaluation. In this Case, Investor could compare the current fair value of Investee’s common stock with the
current fair value of the warrant (on an equivalent unit basis) to determine whether the warrant is exposed to
capital depreciation in a manner that is substantially similar to the entity’s common stock. The current fair value
of the Investee’s common stock of $21.00 is substantially different from the current fair value of each warrant
of $2.88 (on an equivalent unit basis). Therefore, the warrant’s expected participation in Investee’s capital
depreciation is substantially different from the common shareholders’ participation. This comparison of fair
values is different from the paragraph 323-10-15-15 evaluation that is performed (if necessary) to determine
whether the future changes in fair value of the investment are expected to vary directly with the changes in the
fair value of the entity’s common stock.
55-14 Accordingly, Investor should conclude that, before exercise, the warrants are not expected to participate
in Investee’s earnings (and losses) and capital appreciation (and depreciation) in a manner that is substantially
similar to common stock and, accordingly, the warrants are not in-substance common stock. Evaluation of the
characteristics in paragraph 323-10-15-13(a) and 323-10-15-13(c) and paragraphs 323-10-15-14 through 15-15
is not required.
To determine whether an investment is substantially similar to common stock, the investor should
assess whether the investment is expected to participate in the earnings (and losses) and capital
appreciation (and depreciation) in a manner substantially similar to how an investment in the investee’s
common stock would participate. The table below summarizes indicators (not all inclusive) of when an
investment has risks and rewards of ownership that are substantially similar to those of common stock.
Substantially Similar | Not Substantially Similar |
---|---|
|
|
The participation in dividends is a relevant indicator only if the investor expects the investee to pay
dividends to its common shareholders (e.g., during the warrant’s exercise period).
2.5.1.3 Obligation to Transfer Value
ASC 323-10
Case E: Investee Not Obligated to Transfer Substantive Value
55-15 Investor purchases redeemable convertible preferred stock in Investee for $2,000,000. The investment can be (a) converted into common stock valued at $2,000,000 or (b) redeemed for $10,000 at the option of the Investor. The common shareholders do not have a similar redemption feature.
55-16 Investor should evaluate whether exercise of the $10,000 redemption feature obligates Investee to transfer substantive value to Investor and whether the common shareholders do not participate in a similar manner. In this Case, the $10,000 redemption feature is not substantive. Accordingly, Investor should conclude that redeemable convertible preferred stock does not require Investee to transfer substantive value to Investor and that common shareholders do not participate. Investor should also evaluate whether the redeemable convertible preferred stock has the characteristics in paragraph 323-10-15-13(a) through 15-13(b) and paragraphs 323-10-15-14 through 15-15 (if necessary) to reach a conclusion about whether the redeemable convertible preferred stock is in-substance common stock.
Case F: Investee Obligated to Transfer Substantive Value
55-17 Investor purchases redeemable convertible preferred stock in Investee for $2,000,000. The investment can be (a) converted into common stock valued at $2,000,000 or (b) redeemed for $2,000,000 at the option of the Investor. The common shareholders do not have a similar redemption feature. Investor expects that Investee will have the ability to pay the redemption amount.
55-18 Investor should evaluate whether exercise of the $2,000,000 redemption feature obligates Investee to transfer substantive value to Investor and whether the common shareholders do not participate in a similar manner. In this Case, the $2,000,000 redemption feature is substantive because the redemption amount is substantive as compared to the fair value of the investment and, based on Investor’s expectation as of the date that the investment was made, Investee has the ability to pay the redemption amount. Accordingly, Investor shall conclude that redeemable convertible preferred stock requires Investee to transfer substantive value to Investor and that common shareholders do not participate. Accordingly, the redeemable convertible preferred stock is not in-substance common stock. Evaluation of the characteristics in paragraph 323-10-15-13(a) through 15-13(b) and paragraphs 323-10-15-14 through 15-15 is not required.
If the investee is expected to transfer substantive value to an investor and the common shareholders do not participate in a similar manner, an investment is not considered to be substantially similar to common stock. The table below summarizes indicators (not all inclusive) of when an investment is substantially similar to common stock.
Substantially Similar | Not Substantially Similar |
---|---|
|
|
Only substantive provisions should be considered in the evaluation. Thus, provisions to transfer value
should be evaluated carefully to determine whether they are substantive. For example, as stated in
ASC 323-10-15-13(c), “[p]referred stock with a mandatory redemption in 100 years, shall not be
considered an obligation to transfer substantive value,” since an obligation to transfer value at a date
so far into the future is not considered to be substantive. Further, if, as of the date an investment
was made, an investee does not have the ability to pay the amount to which the investor is (or will be)
entitled, the provision would not be substantive.
2.5.2 Initial Determination and Reconsideration Events
ASC 323-10
15-16 The initial determination of whether an investment is substantially similar to common stock shall be
made on the date on which the investor obtains the investment if the investor has the ability to exercise
significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee. That determination shall be
reconsidered if any of the following occur:
- The contractual terms of the investment are changed resulting in a change to any of its characteristics described in paragraph 323-10-15-13 and the preceding paragraph. An expected change in the contractual terms of an investment that are provided for in the original terms of the contractual agreement shall be considered for purposes of the initial determination under paragraph 323-10-15-13 and not as a reconsideration event. However, a change in the form of the investment (for example, debt to equity or preferred stock to another series of stock) is a reconsideration event.
- There is a significant change in the capital structure of the investee, including the investee’s receipt of additional subordinated financing.
- The investor obtains an additional interest in an investment in which the investor has an existing interest. As a result, the method of accounting for the cumulative interest is based on the characteristics of the investment at the date at which the investor obtains the additional interest (that is, the characteristics that the investor evaluated to make its investment decision), and will result in the investor applying one method of accounting to the cumulative interest in an investment of the same issuance.
15-17 The determination of whether an investment is similar to common stock shall not be reconsidered solely
due to losses of the investee.
15-18 If an investor obtains the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial
policies of an investee after the date the investor obtained the investment, the investor shall perform an initial
determination, pursuant to paragraphs 323-10-15-13 and 323-10-15-15, using all relevant and necessary
information that exists on the date that the investor obtains significant influence.
An investor must perform its initial evaluation of whether its investment represents in-substance
common stock when it determines that it has the ability to exercise significant influence over the
operating and financial policies of an investee (see Chapter 3 for further discussion of significant
influence). This date may be after the date its initial investment was acquired.
The investor should continually monitor events and circumstances to determine whether its initial
conclusion should be reconsidered. This reassessment should be performed only if one of the events in
ASC 323-10-15-16 occurs. Although investee losses can significantly change (i.e., reduce or eliminate) the
investee’s capital structure, the investor should not reconsider its initial determination solely because of
such losses (see Section 5.2 for further discussion).
At the time of the initial determination and of any subsequent reassessment, an investor should perform its evaluation on the basis of all facts and circumstances. Accordingly, the investor would consider its cumulative interest in the investee as opposed to only those interests that were recently acquired. The total fair value of an investment as of the date of a reconsideration event should be used in the reconsideration analysis. As a result of the occurrence of a reconsideration event, and on the basis of the investor’s reassessment at that time, an investment that was previously determined not to be in-substance common stock may become in-substance common stock (or vice versa).
Chapter 3 — Applying the Equity Method of Accounting
Chapter 3 — Applying the Equity Method of Accounting
3.1 Overview
ASC 323-10
25-2 An investor shall recognize an investment in the stock of an investee as an asset. The equity method is not a valid substitute for consolidation. The limitations under which a majority-owned subsidiary shall not be consolidated (see paragraphs 810-10-15-8 through 15-10) shall also be applied as limitations to the use of the equity method.
If an investor does not possess a controlling financial interest over an investee but has the ability to exercise significant influence over the investee’s operating and financial policies, the investor must account for such an investment under the equity method of accounting regardless of its intent, or lack thereof, to exercise such influence. In addition, in contrast to the consolidation guidance that states that only one investor can consolidate an investee, there can be multiple investors that have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of an investee (even if another investor has a controlling financial interest in, and therefore consolidates, that investee).
As discussed in Chapter
2, the equity method of accounting is applicable only for investments
in common stock of corporations; corporate joint ventures; and, to a certain extent,
entities other than corporations, such as partnerships, LLCs, trusts, and other
entities that maintain specific ownership accounts. The ability to exercise
significant influence over an investee is mainly driven by an investor’s voting
powers in that investee.
The presumed levels of ownership that give an investor the ability to exercise
significant influence differ depending on the legal form of an investee (see
Section 3.2). However, other factors may
also indicate that an investor has the ability to exercise significant influence
(see Section 3.3).
This chapter provides guidance to assist an investor in its evaluation of whether it has the ability to exercise significant influence over an investee.
3.2 General Presumption
ASC 323-10
15-7 Determining the ability of an investor to exercise significant influence is not always clear and applying judgment is necessary to assess the status of each investment.
An investor may have investments in an investee that include common stock or
in-substance common stock and instruments other than common stock (e.g., preferred
stock, warrants, or debentures). The equity method of accounting is applicable only
when the investor has an investment in common stock or in-substance common stock
and, accordingly, should not be applied when an investment in common stock does not
exist, even if the investor holds other investments that allow it to exercise
significant influence over the investee. However, if the investor holds both common
stock and other investments, it should consider the rights provided by all such
instruments in evaluating whether, in combination, they provide it with the ability
to exercise significant influence over the investee. In addition, as further
discussed in Section
3.2.6, only existing voting rights should be considered.
Example 3-1
Entity A holds the following interests in Corporation B:
- Common stock representing 15 percent of the voting rights in B.
- Preferred stock that does not meet the requirements to be considered in-substance common stock that provides A with two of the five seats on B’s board of directors.
- In evaluating whether A has significant influence over B, A must use judgment and consider the rights provided by all such instruments.
The ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of an investee is primarily driven by an investor’s ownership interest and the associated voting rights held through its investment in the investee’s common stock. The presumed levels of ownership that provide the investor with the ability to exercise significant influence vary depending on the legal form of the investee.
The table below summarizes presumed levels of ownership for each legal form of an investee that typically allow an investor to exercise significant influence. Intended as a general guide, the table does not establish bright lines at specific ownership levels (e.g., the difference between a 20 percent and a 19.9 percent investment in common stock or in-substance common stock or both may not be substantive). Therefore, evaluating an investor’s ability to exert significant influence requires judgment, and the investor should evaluate all facts and circumstances when determining how to account for any investment.
Table 3-1 Presumed Levels of
Ownership Based on the Legal Form of the Investee That Generally Allow an
Investor to Exercise Significant Influence
Legal Form of an Investee
|
Roadmap Discussion
|
Investment in Common Stock or In-Substance
Common Stock (Assuming Consolidation Is Not Required)
| |||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
5% or Less
|
More Than 5% but Less Than 20%
|
20% or More
| |||
Corporations (other than joint ventures)
|
Rebuttable presumption exists that an
investor does not have significant
influence.
|
Rebuttable presumption exists that an
investor does have significant
influence.
| |||
LLCs that do not
maintain specific ownership accounts (e.g., similar to
partnership capital accounts)
|
Rebuttable presumption exists that an
investor does not have significant
influence.
|
Rebuttable presumption exists that an
investor does have significant
influence.
| |||
LLCs that do
maintain specific ownership accounts (e.g., similar to
partnership capital accounts)
|
Equity method required unless interest is
“so minor” (per ASC 323-30-S99-1) that investor has
virtually no influence (generally less than 3 percent), in
which case the investor should generally account for the
interest under ASC 321. In certain instances, it may be
acceptable to account for investments of less than 3 to 5
percent under the equity method, depending on the facts and
circumstances.
|
Equity method required.
| |||
Partnerships and unincorporated joint
ventures
|
Equity method required unless interest is
“so minor” (per ASC 323-30-S99-1) that investor has
virtually no influence (generally less than 3 percent), in
which case the investor should generally account for the
interest under ASC 321. In certain instances, it may be
acceptable to account for investments of less than 3 to 5
percent under the equity method, depending on the facts and
circumstances.
|
Equity method required.
| |||
General partnership interests in
partnerships
|
Equity method required.
| ||||
Entity that meets the definition of
corporate joint venture (i.e., shared control)
|
Equity method required.
|
In the case of corporations and LLCs that do not maintain specific ownership
accounts, a presumption may exist that an investor has the ability to exercise
significant influence, but such a presumption may be overcome (see Section 3.3.1 for conditions
indicating lack of significant influence). Similarly, a presumption may not exist if
an investor does not meet the levels of ownership described above; however, that
ownership interest, in combination with other interests and indicators (see
Section 3.3), may
indicate that the investor has the ability to exercise significant influence. Each
of the types of investments described in the table above is discussed further
below.
3.2.1 Corporations
ASC 323-10
15-8 An investment (direct or indirect) of 20 percent or more of the voting stock of an investee shall lead to a presumption that in the absence of predominant evidence to the contrary an investor has the ability to exercise significant influence over an investee. Conversely, an investment of less than 20 percent of the voting stock of an investee shall lead to a presumption that an investor does not have the ability to exercise significant influence unless such ability can be demonstrated. The equity method shall not be applied to the investments described in this paragraph insofar as the limitations on the use of the equity method outlined in paragraph 323-10-25-2 would apply to investments other than those in subsidiaries.
If an investor holds more than a 20 percent interest (directly or indirectly, as discussed in Section 3.2.6) in an investee that has a legal form of a corporation, it is presumed that the investor has the ability to exercise significant influence in the absence of evidence to the contrary (see Section 3.3.1). Similarly, if the same investor holds less than a 20 percent interest in an investee, it may, in combination with other indicators, have the ability to exercise significant influence over that investee (see Section 3.3).
3.2.2 Limited Liability Companies
As discussed in Section
2.2.1, an investment in an LLC that does
not maintain specific ownership accounts for each investor should be
evaluated in the same manner as an investment in a corporation, which is further
discussed in the previous section. An investment in an LLC that does
maintain specific ownership accounts for each investor should be evaluated in
the same manner as an investment in a partnership, which is further discussed in
the next section.
3.2.3 Partnerships and Unincorporated Joint Ventures
ASC 323-30 — SEC Materials — SEC Staff
Guidance
SEC Staff
Announcement: Accounting for Limited Partnership
Investments
S99-1 The following is the text
of SEC Staff Announcement: Accounting for Limited
Partnership Investments.
The SEC staff’s
position on the application of the equity method to
investments in limited partnerships is that investments
in all limited partnerships should be accounted for
pursuant to paragraph 970-323-25-6. That guidance
requires the use of the equity method unless the
investor’s interest “is so minor that the limited
partner may have virtually no influence over partnership
operating and financial policies.” The SEC staff
understands that practice generally has viewed
investments of more than 3 to 5 percent to be more than
minor.
In EITF Topic D-46 (codified in ASC 323-30-S99-1), the SEC
acknowledged that, in practice, investments in limited partnerships of more than
3 percent to 5 percent have generally been viewed as “more than minor” and thus
are subject to the equity method. Because profits and losses are allocated to
individual partner accounts, the partner’s share of earnings is allocated for
income tax purposes, and the nature of partnership interests usually gives rise
to some degree of influence (stated or unstated), it is presumed that either
consolidation or the equity method should be used to account for all partnership
interests. This approach de-emphasizes significant influence, instead requiring
the equity method of accounting because it enables noncontrolling investors to
reflect the underlying nature of their investments.
Because the SEC staff refers to a range of “3 to 5 percent” in EITF Topic D-46, investments of more than 3 percent to 5 percent have generally
been viewed as “more than minor.” Thus, any investment of more than 5 percent is
subject to the equity method, and any investment from 3 percent to 5 percent
should be accounted for under the equity method unless the presumption of
significant influence is overcome. However, an investment of less than 3 percent
is typically considered “minor” and therefore may be accounted for at fair value
in accordance with ASC 321 (unless the measurement alternative is elected)1 or under the equity method in accordance with ASC 970-323-25-6.
In a speech at the 2019 AICPA Conference on Current SEC and
PCAOB Developments, then OCA Professional Accounting Fellow Erin Bennett
provided the SEC’s perspectives on assessing whether an investor’s interest is
“more than minor” in an LLC structure with separate capital accounts or whether
it is so minor that the investor may have virtually no influence over the LLC’s
operating and financial policies.
Ms. Bennett noted that when evaluating whether an entity’s interest is more than
minor, the SEC staff assesses LLC structures with separate capital accounts in
the same manner as partnerships under ASC 323-30-35-3. She described a
consultation in which the registrant held a 25 percent interest in the member
units of an LLC with separate capital accounts. The registrant argued that the
“virtually no influence” threshold did not apply to its investment since this
threshold was (1) intended for real estate companies with “less complicated fact
patterns” and (2) not appropriate for an investment whose nature and intent were
“passive.” Accordingly, the registrant believed that it would be more
appropriate to evaluate the indicators of significant influence. Ms. Bennett
provided the following insights into the staff’s position and ultimate objection
to the registrant’s view:
For investments in limited partnerships, the SEC staff has stated that
the equity method should be applied unless the investor’s interest is so
minor that the investor may have virtually no influence over partnership
operating and financial policies, with practice generally viewing
investments of more than 3-5% to be more than minor.
A recent consultation with OCA focused on whether the equity method
should be applied to a registrant’s investment in a limited liability
company (LLC). The registrant held over 25% of the LLC’s member units,
which were entitled to a preferential allocation of profits. The
registrant did not have board representation or voting rights over key
operating and financial decisions, but did have certain limited rights,
most of which were protective in nature. Furthermore, the registrant had
significant ongoing commercial arrangements with the LLC.
In performing its evaluation of whether the equity method applied to its
investment, the registrant first concluded that its investment in the
LLC was similar to an investment in a limited partnership because the
LLC was required to maintain specific ownership accounts for each
member. The registrant noted that the limited partnership guidance
states that investors in partnerships should apply the equity method if
the investor has the ability to exercise significant influence. The
registrant also considered the staff’s position that the application of
the equity method to investments in limited partnerships should be
applied unless the investor’s interest is so minor that the limited
partner may have virtually no influence over partnership operating and
financial policies. The registrant observed that the “virtually no
influence” guidance cited in the SEC staff’s position was originally
written in the context of investments in real estate companies with less
complicated fact patterns than the registrant’s facts. The registrant
believed that the nature and intent of its investment was truly passive,
such that an assessment of the overall significant influence indicators
was more relevant, irrespective of the form of the ownership. Therefore,
based on the complex terms of its investment, including no voting rights
and a preferential profit allocation, the registrant concluded that it
did not have significant influence and the equity method did not apply.
The registrant also believed that not applying the equity method would
better reflect the economics of its investment.
In this fact pattern, the staff objected to the registrant’s conclusion
that the equity method did not apply. The staff concluded that the
staff’s longstanding position on the application of the equity method to
investments in limited partnerships should be applied. Given the
registrant’s significant ownership interest, certain limited rights
other than protective rights, and ongoing commercial arrangements, the
staff concluded the registrant had more than “virtually no influence”
over the LLC. [Footnotes omitted]
Note that while the guidance in EITF Topic D-46 is intended for public entities,
in practice, it is generally applied to investments held by nonpublic entities.
3.2.4 General Partnership Interest in Partnerships
If a GP does not control the partnership, it should account for its investment in the partnership under
the equity method of accounting, regardless of its ownership percentage (see Section 2.2.3).
3.2.5 Corporate Joint Ventures
All joint venture investments in which the investor shares in joint control, incorporated or
unincorporated, should be accounted for under the equity method without regard to the investor’s
ownership percentage.
3.2.6 Potential Voting Rights
ASC 323-10
15-9 An investor’s voting stock interest in an investee shall be based on those currently outstanding securities
whose holders have present voting privileges. Potential voting privileges that may become available to holders
of securities of an investee shall be disregarded.
An investor may hold certain rights that allow it to acquire additional voting
interests in an investee. For example, an investor may have a call option to
purchase additional equity in an investee that is not a partnership, or a
limited partner may have the contractual right to purchase partnership interests
held by other partners. Potential voting rights may also exist through other
types of securities that are convertible into voting interests (e.g.,
convertible securities).
In the determination of whether significant influence exists, ASC 323-10-15-9 applies only to “[a]n
investor’s voting stock interest” and not to potential voting interests, such as stock options, convertible
debt, or derivatives thereof. However, ASC 323-10-15-13 lists several characteristics that might indicate
that an investment (other than an investment in common stock) is in-substance common stock (see
Section 2.5). Therefore, when determining whether the use of the equity method is appropriate, an
investor should consider investments in common stock and investments that are in-substance common
stock, which may include, but not be limited to, the following:
- As stated in Section 3.2, if an investor holds both common stock and other investments (including in-substance common stock), it should consider the rights afforded by all such instruments in evaluating whether, in combination, they provide it with the ability to exercise significant influence over an investee. To be considered in the assessment, such voting rights must be currently exercisable.
- An investor with an investment that qualifies as in-substance common stock may be able to exercise its voting rights on an as-if-converted basis or may be precluded from exercising voting rights until the in-substance common stock is converted into common stock. In the latter instance, despite the investment’s qualifying as in-substance common stock, such voting rights would not be considered in the assessment of significant influence because they are not currently exercisable (i.e., the voting rights are contingent upon conversion).
Example 3-2
Entity A holds a 15 percent voting common stock interest in Entity B, as well as convertible preferred stock that will allow it to acquire an additional 10 percent voting common stock interest in B in three years. Entity A’s ownership of the convertible preferred stock, if converted, would give A a 25 percent voting common interest in B. However, this would not lead to a presumption that A exercises significant influence over B given that A’s investment in convertible preferred stock does not provide it with exercisable voting rights because of the time restriction and the requirement to convert the instrument to exercise the voting rights.
Although the convertible preferred stock may qualify as in-substance common stock in three years when the conversion feature becomes exercisable, A would continue to be precluded from considering the potential voting rights in assessing significant influence at that time because A will possess such voting rights only upon conversion.
3.2.7 Direct and Indirect Interest in an Investee
In determining whether an investor has the ability to exercise significant
influence over an investee, an investor should consider all voting interests,
which include investments that are both direct and indirect (i.e., those held by
the investor’s other investees). In certain instances, an investor that does not
have the ability to exercise significant influence through its direct interests
may have such ability through a combination of direct and indirect
interests.
The examples below illustrate the consideration of direct and indirect interests. Each example assumes that the investor and the investee(s) are corporations.
Example 3-3
Direct Investment in an Investee’s Consolidated Subsidiary
Entity A owns a 30 percent voting interest in Entity B that is accounted for under the equity method of accounting (i.e., A has the ability to exercise significant influence over B) and a 15 percent voting interest in Entity C. Entity B owns an 80 percent voting interest in C that is considered a controlling financial interest, requiring B to consolidate C under ASC 810-10.
Because B controls C, and A has the ability to exercise significant influence over B, A has the ability to exercise significant influence over C, despite the fact that A has only a 15 percent direct voting interest in C. Therefore, A should account for its investment in C under the equity method of accounting.
Example 3-4
Investment of 20 Percent or Greater That Does Not Qualify for Equity Method of Accounting
Assume the same facts as in the example above, except that Entity B owns an 18
percent voting interest in Entity C. In this scenario,
Entity A has a 20.4 percent interest in C, which is the
sum of its 15 percent direct interest and 5.4 percent
indirect interest (30 percent × 18 percent) through
B.
As reflected in Table 3-1, an investment in common stock of 20 percent or greater leads to a presumption
that an investor has the ability to exercise significant influence and should therefore apply the equity method
of accounting. However, in the example above, the ownership percentage alone would not provide A with the
ability to exercise significant influence over C since neither A nor B has that ability. Although A has significant
influence over B, that does not indicate that it has the ability to significantly influence how B exercises its 18
percent voting interest in C. Entity A should evaluate other indicators of significant influence (see Section 3.3) to
determine whether it has significant influence over C. If not, A should not account for its investment in C under
the equity method of accounting.
Example 3-5
Investment Held by Commonly Controlled Subsidiaries
Entity A has a controlling financial interest in, and therefore consolidates each of, Entity B, Entity C, and Entity D
under ASC 810-10. Entities B, C, and D each own a 10 percent voting interest in Entity E.
Entity A indirectly owns less than a 20 percent voting interest in E (i.e., 6 percent through B, 7 percent through
C, and 6 percent through D). However, given that A consolidates B, C, and D, A effectively controls 30 percent of
the voting interests in E. Thus, it is presumed that A has the ability to exercise significant influence over E (in the
absence of evidence to the contrary).
Entity A’s ability to exercise significant influence over E, however, is not determinative as to how each subsidiary
should account for its individual investments in preparing its stand-alone financial statements. Thus, each
subsidiary should separately evaluate its individual facts and circumstances in determining whether it has the
ability to exercise significant influence over E. Investments held by related parties may be one of the factors to
consider in such an evaluation (see Section 3.3).
3.2.7.1 Earnings or Losses of an Investee’s Subsidiary
If an investor accounts for direct interests in both an investee and an investee’s subsidiary under the equity method of accounting, it should ensure that it does not double count the earnings or losses of the investee’s subsidiary. That is, the investor should record only its proportionate share of (1) the earnings or losses of the investee and (2) the earnings or losses of the investee’s subsidiary. When determining its proportionate share of the investee’s earnings or losses, the investor should adjust the investee’s financial information to exclude the earnings or losses of the investee’s subsidiary in which the investor has a direct interest. See additional considerations related to subsequent measurement in this scenario in Section 5.1.7.2.
Footnotes
1
See ASC 321-10-35-2.
3.3 Other Indicators of Significant Influence
ASC 323-10
15-6 Ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of an investee may be indicated in several ways, including the following:
- Representation on the board of directors
- Participation in policy-making processes
- Material intra-entity transactions
- Interchange of managerial personnel
- Technological dependency
- Extent of ownership by an investor in relation to the concentration of other shareholdings (but substantial or majority ownership of the voting stock of an investee by another investor does not necessarily preclude the ability to exercise significant influence by the investor).
As discussed in Section 3.2, there are presumed levels of ownership (depending on the legal form of the investee) that generally provide an investor with the ability to exercise significant influence over the investee. For example, an investment of less than 20 percent leads to a presumption that, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, an investor does not have the ability to exercise significant influence over a corporate investee. However, the determination of whether the investor has the ability to exercise significant influence over the investee’s reporting and financial policies should not be limited to the evaluation of voting rights (which can be conferred by instruments other than common stock as discussed in Section 2.5) given that significant influence may be exhibited through other means. Accordingly, the investor should consider all facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, those outlined in ASC 323-10-15-6 and further discussed in the table below when determining whether it has the ability to exercise significant influence over the investee.
Table 3-2 Indicators of
Significant Influence
Indicator
|
Comment
|
---|---|
Representation on the board of directors
|
Representation on the board of directors
(through contractual agreement or otherwise) allows an
investor to influence the operating and financial policies
of an investee by virtue of its presence and participation
at the board of directors’ meetings. Therefore, any board
representation is an indicator of significant influence
notwithstanding an investor’s ownership in the legal entity,
even if the amount of board representation is mathematically
less than 20 percent of the board of directors. That is, we
do not believe that the presumption related to a 20 percent
voting interest, as discussed in Section 3.2, applies
to board representation because such representation itself
is frequently an indication that the investor is able to
obtain the ability to influence the investee’s policies.
However, not all representation on the board
of directors carries the same weight. For example, if an
investor has one of four seats (25 percent representation),
that would be a clear indication of significant influence in
the absence of strong factors indicating otherwise.
Conversely, if an investor has one out of ten seats (10
percent representation), that may be less indicative of
significant influence; however, since any board
representation is an indicator that an investor may be able
to exercise significant influence, all facts and
circumstances should be considered, including but not
limited to:
|
Participation in policy-making processes
|
An investor can participate in policy-making
processes through its voting rights, veto rights, and other
participating rights. The right and ability to participate
in these processes are fundamental to the analysis; the
investor is not required to participate. Further, the
investor may not assert that it does not have significant
influence merely because it does not have the intent to
exercise its rights.
If an investor does not have a right to
appoint a board member but may appoint an “observer” to the
board of directors’ meetings (a right that generally does
not provide the observer with voting ability), the investor
should exercise judgment when determining whether the
observer seat allows it to exercise significant influence
over the investee. The investor’s access to the confidential
information discussed at the board meeting would usually
not, in and of itself, mean that the investor would have the
ability to exercise significant influence.
Sometimes, an investor holding a minority
interest is granted substantive participating veto rights
over certain actions that are described with phrases such as
“other than in the ordinary course of business.” When such a
phrase, describing what would otherwise be “participating
rights” under ASC 810-10-25-12, is vaguely defined, it does
not, in the SEC staff’s view, cause a participating veto
right to be considered nonparticipating.
|
Material intra-entity transactions
|
Routine, intra-entity transactions that
involve nonspecialized goods or services (i.e., goods or
services that are readily available in the market), even if
material to the investee (as either a purchaser or supplier
of such goods or services), may not give the investor the
ability to exercise significant influence over the investee.
However, other factors related to intra-entity transactions
may suggest that the investor, along with its interest in
voting common stock, has significant influence over the
investee. These factors may include, but are not limited to,
the following:
|
Interchange of managerial personnel
|
When an investor’s management also serves in
a management capacity at an investee (e.g., CEO, CFO, COO),
it may indicate that the investor has the ability to
exercise significant influence over the investee. However,
such a determination requires significant judgment. Among
other things, the investor should consider the level of
responsibility given to individuals in management. It should
also consider the role, responsibilities, and composition of
the investee’s board of directors, including its level of
oversight and control over management and its level of
independence from the investor’s board of directors (i.e.,
the existence of interchange of managerial personnel at the
board level).
|
Technological dependency
|
An investor may provide technology to an
investee that is critical to its operational ability. Such a
situation may cause the investee to be technologically
dependent on the investor and, as a result, allow the
investor to exert some level of influence over the investee.
When determining the level of influence it can exercise, the
investor should consider the terms of the licensed
technology. For example, the technology granted to the
investee for a period that would give the investor an option
not to renew such a license would be more indicative of
significant influence than if the investee had already
obtained a perpetual license to such technology. As
mentioned in “Material intra-entity transactions” above,
when evaluating whether the investee’s technological
dependency provides the investor with significant influence,
the investor should also consider the technology
alternatives available to the investee and the costs that
the investee might reasonably be expected to incur were it
to license alternative technology. For example, if the
investee could license similar technology from other
companies without incurring significant costs, such a
licensing agreement would usually not provide the investor
with the ability to exercise significant influence over the
operating and financial policies of the investee.
|
Extent of ownership by an investor in
relation to the concentration of other shareholdings
|
An investor should consider its extent of
ownership in relation to the concentration of other
shareholdings. A majority ownership interest in the investee
may be concentrated among a small group of investors.
Alternatively, the voting interests may be widely dispersed
(with no investor holding a significant voting interest).
Accordingly, an investor holding less than a 20 percent
voting interest in a widely dispersed corporate investee may
have the ability to exercise significant influence when all
other investors, individually, have considerably smaller
ownership interests. In addition, although one investor may
hold a majority ownership interest in an investee (e.g., 70
percent), that does not necessarily preclude other investors
with smaller ownership interests (e.g., 30 percent) from
having the ability to exercise significant influence over
that investee.
|
In addition to the indicators noted above, the following conditions may indicate that an investor can exercise significant influence over an investee:
- The investee is, in effect, a joint venture in which the investor shares in joint control.
- The investor has a firm agreement to increase the investment to 20 percent or greater in the subsequent year.
- The investor’s significant stockholders, parent company, other subsidiaries of a common parent, or officers hold additional investments in the investee.
-
The investor has exercised significant influence over decisions of the investee on several occasions.
Many questions have arisen about whether to apply the equity method
to an investment or to account for it at fair value in accordance with ASC 321
(unless the measurement alternative is elected),2 particularly in situations involving a less than 20 percent investment in
common stock that may be coupled with one or more contractually provided seats on
the board of directors. In separate speeches (summarized below), the SEC staff
provided its perspectives on several of the considerations discussed above,
including the evaluation of whether an investor (1) must apply the equity method of
accounting to an investment in common stock (1999
speech) and (2) has significant influence (2020
speech).
Specifically, the SEC staff does not use bright-line tests in the
application of ASC 323-10. In the 1999 speech, then Professional Accounting Fellow
Paul Kepple noted that when considering whether an investor must apply the equity
method of accounting to an investment in common stock, the staff has evaluated:
-
The nature and significance of the investments, in any form, made in [an] investee. The staff does not consider the difference between a 20 percent common stock investment [and] a 19.9 percent investment to be substantive, as some have asserted in applying [ASC 323-10]. [T]he staff will consider whether [an] investor has other forms of investments or advances, such as preferred or debt securities, in [an] investee in determining whether significant influence results. [In addition, the staff will consult the guidance in ASC 323-10-15-13 through 15-19 to determine whether other forms of investments or advances are in-substance common stock. See Section 2.5 for further discussion on investments in in-substance common stock.]
-
The capitalization structure of [an] investee. The [staff] would consider whether [an] investee effectively is being funded by common or [noncommon] stock investments and how critical the investments made by [an] investor are to the investee’s capitalization structure (e.g., [whether the investor is] the sole funding source).
-
Voting rights, veto rights, and other protective and participating rights held by [an] investor. The greater the ability of [an] investor to participate in the financial, operating, or governance decisions made by [an] investee, via any form of governance rights, the greater the likelihood that significant influence exists.
-
Participation on [an] investee’s board of directors (or equivalent), whether through contractual agreement or not. The staff [would] consider, in particular, whether any representation is disproportionate to the investment held. For example, an investor that is contractually granted 2 of 5 board seats, coupled with a 15 percent common stock investment, will [most] likely be viewed [as having] significant influence over [an] investee.
-
Other factors as described in [ASC 323-10-15]. . . .
While the starting point in any evaluation of significant
influence is [an] investor’s common stock ownership level in [an] investee,
the staff does not believe that a “bright line” approach is appropriate and
will consider . . . all of the factors noted above in [reaching conclusions
about any] given set of facts and circumstances. [Footnotes omitted]
Subsequently, in the 2020 speech, which was given at the 2020 AICPA
Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB Developments, then OCA Professional Accounting
Fellow Jeffrey Nick addressed investments in entities other than limited
partnerships and LLCs without separate capital accounts (i.e., investments subject
to ASC 323-10). He discussed a consultation related to whether the equity method
should be applied to a registrant’s investment in a corporation in which the
registrant held less than 20 percent of the investee’s outstanding voting stock. The
registrant also (1) had access to nonpublic information about the corporation as a
result of various informal arrangements with the corporation, (2) shared with the
corporation certain managerial personnel, and (3) “was a party to a contractual
agreement with certain other investors to vote in concert with respect to electing
members to the board of directors.” Mr. Nick provided the following insights into
the staff’s assessment of the existence of significant influence and ultimate
objection to the registrant’s view:
An investor generally accounts for an investment in common
stock or in-substance common stock of a corporation that it does not
consolidate under the equity method if it can exercise significant influence
over operating and financial policies of the investee. The evaluation of
significant influence for investments in corporations, as described in
Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 323-10, requires the
exercise of judgment and the consideration of whether certain indicators
exist that provide evidence of the existence or lack of significant
influence.
Consider a fact pattern presented to OCA staff where a
registrant evaluated whether it had significant influence over an investee
in which it held less than 20% of the outstanding voting stock. This
registrant was a party to a contractual agreement with certain other
investors to vote in concert with respect to electing members to the board
of directors. The aggregation of the voting stock among the group provided
the group with the ability to directly appoint specified individuals to the
board of directors, and the specified individuals comprised the majority of
the board and included representatives from the registrant. Without the
registrant’s contribution or input, the aggregate vote encompassed by the
contractual agreement would not have been sufficient to guarantee the
appointment of the specified individuals to the board of directors. In
addition to this contractual right that it shared with other parties, the
registrant shared various at-will managerial personnel with the investee
pursuant to separate employment agreements, and had access to confidential
information of the investee pursuant to certain informal arrangements. The
registrant evaluated the factors that could indicate the existence of
significant influence and concluded that, because the registrant did not
have a contractual right on its own to place representation on the board of
directors or contractual rights related to any of the other indicators, it
did not meet the requirements for applying the equity method of
accounting.
Based on the total mix of information presented in this fact
pattern, OCA staff objected to the registrant’s conclusion that it did not
have significant influence over the investee. [Footnotes omitted]
On the basis of the facts as described by the SEC staff, we assume that the
registrant only needed to vote in concert with others to appoint the specified
individuals to the board of directors but that the contractual agreement did not
require the specified individuals on the board to vote as a group on matters at
board meetings. That is, we assume that each appointed director would be permitted
to vote in his or her best interest.
ASC 323-10 does not address whether related-party interests should
be included in an investor’s ownership percentage in the evaluation of whether the
investor has significant influence over the investee. While investments held by
related parties (e.g., a parent company, other subsidiaries of a common parent, or
officers) are one of the conditions indicating that significant influence could
exist, we believe that the interest held by the investor’s related parties should
not automatically be included in the evaluation of whether the investor has
significant influence over the investee. Rather, all facts and circumstances should
be considered, including the nature of the related-party relationship and the design
and purpose of the related-party holding. Circumstances in which related-party
interests should be combined in the determination of whether the investor has
significant influence include, but are not limited to, those in which:
- The investor used a related party to increase its influence or interest in an attempt to avoid accounting for the investment under the equity method.
- The investor and the investor’s employee (for example) hold an investment in the same investee and the investor has the ability to influence how the employee votes with respect to its ownership interest or board representation.
3.3.1 Conditions Indicating Lack of Significant Influence
ASC 323-10
15-10 Evidence that an investor owning 20 percent or more of the voting stock of an investee may be unable
to exercise significant influence over the investee’s operating and financial policies requires an evaluation of
all the facts and circumstances relating to the investment. The presumption that the investor has the ability
to exercise significant influence over the investee’s operating and financial policies stands until overcome
by predominant evidence to the contrary. Indicators that an investor may be unable to exercise significant
influence over the operating and financial policies of an investee include the following:
- Opposition by the investee, such as litigation or complaints to governmental regulatory authorities, challenges the investor’s ability to exercise significant influence.
- The investor and investee sign an agreement (such as a standstill agreement) under which the investor surrenders significant rights as a shareholder. (Under a standstill agreement, the investor usually agrees not to increase its current holdings. Those agreements are commonly used to compromise disputes if an investee is fighting against a takeover attempt or an increase in an investor’s percentage ownership. Depending on their provisions, the agreements may modify an investor’s rights or may increase certain rights and restrict others compared with the situation of an investor without such an agreement.)
- Majority ownership of the investee is concentrated among a small group of shareholders who operate the investee without regard to the views of the investor.
- The investor needs or wants more financial information to apply the equity method than is available to the investee’s other shareholders (for example, the investor wants quarterly financial information from an investee that publicly reports only annually), tries to obtain that information, and fails.
- The investor tries and fails to obtain representation on the investee’s board of directors.
15-11 The list in the preceding paragraph is illustrative and is not all-inclusive. None of the individual
circumstances is necessarily conclusive that the investor is unable to exercise significant influence over the
investee’s operating and financial policies. However, if any of these or similar circumstances exists, an investor
with ownership of 20 percent or more shall evaluate all facts and circumstances relating to the investment
to reach a judgment about whether the presumption that the investor has the ability to exercise significant
influence over the investee’s operating and financial policies is overcome. It may be necessary to evaluate the
facts and circumstances for a period of time before reaching a judgment.
ASC 323-10-15-10 lists several indicators (not all-inclusive) that may suggest
that the significant influence presumption is overcome when an investor holds 20
percent or more of the outstanding voting common stock of an investee. In
addition, the following conditions may indicate that an investor lacks the
ability to exercise significant influence:
-
The chairperson of the investee owns a large, but not necessarily controlling, block of the investee’s outstanding stock; the combination of the chairperson’s substantial shareholding and his or her position with the investee may preclude the investor from being able to influence the investee.
-
Adverse political and economic conditions exist in foreign countries (especially restrictions on the repatriation of dividends) in which the investee is located.
-
The investor has less than 20 percent ownership of the investee with an option to acquire additional ownership that would increase the investor’s stake to 20 percent or more, but there is no substantive plan or agreement to do so in the near future.
-
The investee is to settle its litigation, particularly when that litigation involves bankruptcy, by issuing shares to the settling parties, and it is probable that the new shares, when issued, will reduce the investor’s ownership percentage to less than 20 percent.
-
The investee actively and publicly resists the exercise of influence by the investor.
None of the circumstances above are necessarily conclusive that the investor is unable to exercise significant influence over the investee’s operating and financial policies. The investor should evaluate all facts and circumstances related to the investment when determining whether the presumption of significant influence over the investee is overcome.
In addition, the fact that an investor has not exercised significant influence
in the past or does not intend to exercise it in the future does not indicate
that the general presumption of significant influence is overcome. See Section 3.3 for
additional details on the 2020 speech that addresses significant influence.
Footnotes
2
See footnote 1.
3.4 Considerations Related to Certain Investments
3.4.1 Investments Held by REITs
ASC 974-323
25-1 The existence of some or all of the following factors indicates that the real estate investment trust has the ability to exercise at least significant influence over the service corporation and that, accordingly, the real estate investment trust should either account for its investment under the equity method or should consolidate the investee.
- The service corporation performs activities primarily for the real estate investment trust.
- Substantially all of the economic benefits in the service corporation flow to the real estate investment trust.
- The real estate investment trust has the ability to designate a seat on the board of directors of the service corporation.
- The real estate investment trust and the service corporation have common board members.
- The real estate investment trust and the service corporation have common officers, employees, or both.
- The owners of the majority voting stock of the service corporation have not contributed substantial equity to the service corporation.
- The views of the real estate investment’s management influence the operations of the service corporation.
- The real estate investment trust is able to obtain financial information from the service corporation that is needed to apply the equity method of accounting to its investment in the service corporation.
The determination of whether the real estate investment trust should use the equity method of
accounting for its investment in the service corporation or consolidate the service corporation in its
financial statements should be based on facts and circumstances.
REITs, which can be formed as trusts, associations, or corporations, should consider the guidance in
ASC 974-323-25-1 in addition to the ownership interest and other factors of significant influence (see
Section 3.3) when evaluating whether they have the ability to exercise significant influence over the
operating and financial policies of the service corporation, as discussed above.
3.5 Reassessment of the Ability to Exercise Significant Influence
The determination of whether an investor has the ability to exercise significant influence over an investee’s reporting and financial policies is a continual process. Accordingly, upon a change in facts and circumstances, the investor should determine whether its conclusion regarding the ability to exercise significant influence has changed. For example, in addition to a change in the ownership percentage, (1) a change in the investee’s governance or equity structure, (2) the investee’s becoming subject to significant foreign exchange restriction or other governmentally imposed uncertainties, or (3) the investee’s filing for bankruptcy may indicate that the investor’s conclusion regarding its ability to exercise significant influence over the investee’s reporting and financial polices is no longer appropriate.
Chapter 4 — Initial Measurement
Chapter 4 — Initial Measurement
4.1 Overview
ASC 323-10-30 describes how investments that are accounted for by using the
equity method of accounting should initially be
measured (see Section 4.2). An
equity method investment is presented on the
balance sheet as a single amount and is generally
reflected at its cost basis upon acquisition. When
determining the initial cost of the investment,
the entity should include in the cost basis
certain transaction costs, certain contingent
consideration arrangements (see Section 4.4), and
previously held interests in the entity.
An investor is required to account for any differences between the cost of the
investment and the underlying equity in the
investee’s net assets, referred to as basis
differences, as if the investee were a
consolidated subsidiary (see Section
4.5).
An investor that had previously accounted for an investment on a basis other
than the equity method may subsequently be required to apply the equity method to
that investment. For example, an investor holding an investment accounted for at
fair value under ASC 321 may obtain the ability to exercise significant influence
over such an investee by obtaining or otherwise increasing an ownership interest in
the investee’s voting common stock (or in-substance common stock). If the investor
is subsequently required to apply the equity method, it should apply the initial
measurement principles discussed within this chapter.
4.2 Initial Measurement
ASC 323-10
30-2 Except as provided in the following sentence, an investor shall measure an investment in the common stock of an investee (including a joint venture) initially at cost in accordance with the guidance in Section 805-50-30. An investor shall initially measure, at fair value, the following:
- A retained investment in the common stock of an investee (including a joint venture) in a deconsolidation transaction in accordance with paragraphs 810-10-40-3A through 40-5
- An investment in the common stock of an investee (including a joint venture) recognized upon the derecognition of a distinct nonfinancial asset or distinct in substance nonfinancial asset in accordance with Subtopic 610-20.
ASC 805-50
30-1 Paragraph 805-50-25-1 discusses exchange transactions that trigger the initial recognition of assets
acquired and liabilities assumed. Assets are recognized based on their cost to the acquiring entity, which
generally includes the transaction costs of the asset acquisition, and no gain or loss is recognized unless
the fair value of noncash assets given as consideration differs from the assets’ carrying amounts on the
acquiring entity’s books. For transactions involving nonmonetary consideration within the scope of
Topic 845, an acquirer must first determine if any of the conditions in paragraph 845-10-30-3 apply. If the
consideration given is nonfinancial assets or in substance nonfinancial assets within the scope of
Subtopic 610-20 on gains and losses from the derecognition of nonfinancial assets, the assets acquired
shall be treated as noncash consideration and any gain or loss shall be recognized in accordance with
Subtopic 610-20.
30-2 Asset acquisitions in which the consideration given is cash are measured by the amount of cash paid,
which generally includes the transaction costs of the asset acquisition. However, if the consideration given
is not in the form of cash (that is, in the form of noncash assets, liabilities incurred, or equity interests
issued) and no other generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) apply (for example, Topic 845 on
nonmonetary transactions or Subtopic 610-20), measurement is based on either the cost which shall
be measured based on the fair value of the consideration given or the fair value of the assets (or net
assets) acquired, whichever is more clearly evident and, thus, more reliably measurable. For transactions
involving nonmonetary consideration within the scope of Topic 845, an acquirer must first determine if any
of the conditions in paragraph 845-10-30-3 apply. If the consideration given is nonfinancial assets or in
substance nonfinancial assets within the scope of Subtopic 610-20, the assets acquired shall be treated as
noncash consideration and any gain or loss shall be recognized in accordance with Subtopic 610-20.
Partial sales are sales or transfers of a nonfinancial asset (or an
in-substance nonfinancial asset) to another entity in exchange for a noncontrolling
ownership interest in that entity. The guidance in ASC 610-20 (which consists of
guidance in ASU
2014-09, as amended by ASU 2017-05) conforms the derecognition
guidance on nonfinancial assets with the model for transactions in the revenue
standard (ASC 606, as amended).
Before adopting ASC 606, entities accounted for partial sales principally under
the transaction-specific guidance in ASC 360-20 on real estate sales, the
industry-specific guidance in ASC 970-323, and (sometimes) ASC 845-10-30. ASU
2014-09 (as amended by ASU 2017-05) simplifies the accounting treatment for partial
sales (i.e., entities will use the same guidance to account for similar
transactions) by (1) amending the guidance in ASC 970-323 to align it with the
requirements in ASC 606 and ASC 610-20, (2) significantly limiting the scope of ASC
360-20 to be applicable only for sale-leaseback transactions, and (3) eliminating
the guidance in the Exchanges of a Nonfinancial Asset for a Noncontrolling Ownership
Interest subsections of ASC 845-10. Subsequently, ASU 2016-02 (codified in ASC 842) superseded ASC 360-20 as the
source of guidance for accounting for sale-leaseback transactions. As a result of
these changes, any transfer of a nonfinancial asset (or an in-substance nonfinancial
asset) in exchange for a noncontrolling ownership interest in another entity
(including a noncontrolling ownership interest in a joint venture or other equity
method investment) should be accounted for in accordance with ASC 610-20 as long as
none of the scope exceptions in ASC 610-20-15-4 apply.
Investors must initially measure investments accounted for under the equity
method of accounting by using a cost accumulation model. With the exception of
certain transactions (see Sections
4.3.2, 4.3.4, and 4.3.5), cost includes the amount paid (i.e., cash or other
consideration paid)1 and the direct transaction costs incurred to acquire the investment.
Direct transaction costs include incremental “out-of-pocket” costs paid to third parties directly associated with the investment’s acquisition. Such costs may include appraisal fees, fees paid to external consultants for legal and accounting services, and finder’s fees paid to brokers. All other costs, including internal costs (regardless of whether they are incremental and directly related to the acquisition) should be expensed as incurred. In addition, debt or equity issuance costs incurred by the investor to acquire the investment should not be included as a cost of the investment and should be accounted for in accordance with other debt and equity issuance–related accounting guidance.
Example 4-1
An investor purchases a 30 percent interest in an investee for $800,000 in cash and will account for its
investment under the equity method. The investor incurred the following costs to acquire the investment:
Internal legal costs for preparation of the investment acquisition agreement |
$ 2,000
|
Broker fee for identifying the acquisition opportunity |
10,000
|
Fee paid to external valuation specialist to determine the fair value of the investment |
10,000
|
Employee travel costs directly related to the acquisition |
1,000
|
The investment acquisition agreement was reviewed by external legal counsel, to whom the investor pays a
monthly retainer fee of $5,000.
Because the broker fee and external valuation specialist fee are costs paid to third parties that are directly
associated with the investment’s acquisition, the investor would include such amounts in the cost of its
investment and would record its initial investment at $820,000. Although the internal legal costs ($2,000) and
employee travel costs ($1,000) are incremental to the investment’s acquisition, the investor would expense
them since they are not paid to third parties (i.e., they are internal costs). Although the investment acquisition
agreement was reviewed by external legal counsel, the monthly retainer fee ($5,000) would have been incurred
regardless of whether the investment was acquired and, accordingly, should be expensed as incurred.
An investor should differentiate between the incremental costs incurred to acquire the investment
and the incremental costs incurred on behalf of the investee. See Section 5.4 for a discussion of the
accounting for costs incurred on behalf of an investee.
4.2.1 Commitments and Guarantees
ASC 460-10
25-4 At the inception of a guarantee, a guarantor shall recognize in its statement of financial position a
liability for that guarantee. This Subsection does not prescribe a specific account for the guarantor’s offsetting
entry when it recognizes a liability at the inception of a guarantee. That offsetting entry depends on the
circumstances in which the guarantee was issued. See paragraph 460-10-55-23 for implementation guidance.
55-23 Although paragraph 460-10-25-4 does not prescribe a specific account, the following illustrate a
guarantor’s offsetting entries when it recognizes the liability at the inception of the guarantee: . . .
c. If the guarantee
were issued in conjunction with the formation of a
partially owned business or a venture accounted for
under the equity method, the recognition of the
liability for the guarantee would result in an increase
to the carrying amount of the investment. . . .
When accounting for its equity method investment, an investor should also consider any commitments
to make future contributions to the investee and guarantees issued to a third party on behalf of the
equity method investee. However, commitments to make future contributions are usually not included
in the initial measurement of the investment unless required by other authoritative accounting
literature.
If an investor issues a guarantee to a third party (e.g., a bank) on behalf of an investee or to the investee
itself, it should consider the guidance in ASC 460, which requires a liability (credit) be recognized in an
amount equal to the fair value of the guarantee.
For example, an investor’s proportionate guarantee of a line of credit (LOC) held by its equity method investee may be recorded as a guarantee in accordance with ASC 460. Specifically, ASC 460-10-15-4(a)–(d) list the types of guarantee contracts that are within the scope of ASC 460. ASC 460-10-15-4(b) states that such contracts include those that “contingently require a guarantor to make payments (as described in [ASC 460-10-15-5]) to a guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an obligating agreement (performance guarantees).”
Guarantees of an equity method investee’s debt generally do not meet any of the scope exceptions from the initial recognition and measurement provisions of ASC 460. Most notably, the scope exception in ASC 460-10-25-1(g) for guarantees made by a parent on a subsidiary’s debt to a third party is not applicable since an investor would not be considered the parent of its equity method investee.
In addition, situations can arise in which the investee must obtain the investor’s approval before drawing on the LOC. In these instances, the guidance in ASC 460 is not applicable until the investor grants its approval. At that point, the investor cannot avoid its obligation under the guarantee and must recognize a guarantee under ASC 460. This conclusion is analogous to paragraph A9 of the Basis for Conclusions of FASB Interpretation 45 (codified in ASC 460),
which notes that loan commitments are outside the scope of this guidance partly
because those instruments typically contain material adverse change clauses or
similar provisions that enable the issuing institution (the guarantor) to avoid
making payments. By analogy, if the investor can avoid its stand-ready
obligation to perform, no obligation has been incurred under ASC 460. However,
if the investee does not need to obtain approval from the investor to draw on
the LOC, the investor cannot avoid its obligation to pay at the time it enters
into the guarantee of repayment under the LOC.
If a guarantee is issued by the investor in conjunction with the equity method investee’s formation or issued after formation as required by the formation documents, we generally believe that, in the absence of substantive evidence to the contrary, the value of the guarantee would be included in the initial measurement of the equity method investment (i.e., the debit entry would be recorded to the equity method investment account rather than to expense) given that it is more likely that the guarantee was issued to balance the investor’s investment in the investee. However, if there is substantive evidence that suggests that the investor issued the guarantee as a means to protect its investment while protecting other investors, rather than to balance its investment in the investee, the investor should use judgment to allocate the initial fair value of the guarantee between its interest in the equity method investee (debit recorded to equity method investment) and that of other investors (debit recorded to expense). After initial recognition of the guarantee, the investor should separately account for it by using the guidance in ASC 460. See Section 5.2.1 for further discussion of the accounting for guarantees that are issued after the equity method investee’s formation.
For example, in certain situations, an entity deconsolidates a subsidiary,
retains an equity method investment, and records the equity method investment at
fair value in accordance with ASC 323-10-30-2. We believe that if a guarantee is
issued to the equity method investee by the deconsolidating investor in
conjunction with the sale of the subsidiary, the value of the guarantee would be
included in the gain or loss on deconsolidation (a debit for the expense of the
guarantee recorded as a part of the gain or loss) rather than capitalized into
the basis of the equity method investment. The guarantee is still recognized at
fair value (i.e., a credit is recognized for the guarantee liability).
Example 4-2
Entity A, an SEC registrant, acquires 30 percent of the voting stock of Investee B upon B’s formation in exchange for a combination of $600 in cash and the issuance of a guarantee for B’s indebtedness to an unrelated third party. The guarantee, which is within the scope of ASC 460, obligates A to make payments to the third party if B is unable to make debt payments. The fair value of the guarantee is $200. Entity A has the ability to exercise significant influence over B and accounts for its investment under the equity method.
Entity A should record its equity method investment in B initially at $800, which represents the $600 paid in cash and the $200 fair value of the guarantee at inception. After B’s formation, A should account for the guarantee in accordance with ASC 460, separately from its equity method investment.
Footnotes
1
If an equity method investment is obtained as part of a
business combination in accordance with ASC 805, the investor should
recognize such an investment at fair value on the date of acquisition under
ASC 820.
4.3 Contribution of Businesses or Assets for an Investment in an Equity Method Investee
An investor may contribute a business or assets in exchange for an equity method
investment or an interest in a joint venture. The accounting for the contribution of a
business or assets will generally depend on (1) whether the investee (i.e., the
counterparty) is considered to be a customer in the transaction; (2) the nature of the asset
that was contributed; and (3) in some cases, the legal form of the transaction.
The flowchart below illustrates the relevant questions for the determination of the accounting that should be applied when an investor contributes a business or assets in exchange for a noncontrolling ownership interest in another entity (including a noncontrolling ownership interest in a joint venture or other equity method investment). It is important to note that there are specific accounting considerations associated with the contribution of a business or assets to a joint venture upon formation. See Chapter 8 for details.
1
If the transfer includes other contractual arrangements that are not
assets of the seller to be derecognized (e.g., guarantees), those contracts are
separated and accounted for in accordance with other ASC topics or subtopics.
4.3.1 Determining Whether the Counterparty (Equity Method Investee) Is a Customer
A transfer of a nonfinancial asset or an in-substance nonfinancial asset in a contract with a customer is within the scope of ASC 606. For example, if the nonfinancial asset is an output of the entity’s ordinary business activities (e.g., a homebuilder’s sale of real estate), the arrangement would be accounted for under ASC 606. See Section 5.1.5.1 for a discussion of how to apply the intra-entity profit and loss elimination guidance to transactions within the scope of ASC 606. However, if the nonfinancial asset is not an output of the entity’s ordinary business activities (e.g., a financial services company’s sale of its headquarters), ASC 610-20 would apply.
4.3.2 Contribution of a Business or Nonprofit Activity
A transfer of a subsidiary or a group of assets that is a business or a nonprofit activity (as defined in ASC 810-10-20) that is not a conveyance of oil and gas mineral rights or a transfer of a good or service in a contract with a customer within the scope of ASC 606 is within the scope of ASC 810. If the parent ceases to have a controlling financial interest in the subsidiary but still retains an investment that will be accounted for under the equity method in accordance with ASC 323-10, the parent should deconsolidate the subsidiary and recognize a gain or loss in accordance with ASC 810-10-40-5. As of the date the loss of control occurs, the former parent remeasures, at fair value, its retained investment and includes any resulting adjustments as part of the gain or loss recognized on deconsolidation.
When evaluating whether the investee constitutes a business, the investor should
determine whether (1) the individual assets and liabilities are concentrated in a single
asset or group of assets and (2) inputs, a substantive process, and outputs are maintained
at the subsidiary. See Section
2.4 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Business Combinations for more guidance on the definition of a
business.
4.3.3 Contribution of Financial Assets
ASC 860-20
25-1
Section 860-20-40 provides derecognition guidance a
transferor (seller) applies upon completion of a
transfer of financial assets that satisfies paragraph
860-10-40-5’s conditions to be accounted for as a sale.
Upon completion of such a transfer, the transferor
(seller) shall also recognize any assets obtained or
liabilities incurred in the sale, including, but not
limited to, any of the following:
-
Cash
-
Servicing assets
-
Servicing liabilities
-
In a sale of an entire financial asset or a group of entire financial assets, any of the following:
-
The transferor’s beneficial interest in the transferred financial assets
-
Put or call options held or written (for example, guarantee or recourse obligations)
-
Forward commitments (for example, commitments to deliver additional receivables during the revolving periods of some securitizations)
-
Swaps (for example, provisions that convert interest rates from fixed to variable).
-
See Examples 1, 2, and 5 (paragraphs 860-20-55-43 through 55-59) for illustration of this guidance.
30-1 The
transferor shall initially measure at fair value any
asset obtained (or liability incurred) and recognized
under paragraph 860-20-25-1.
In accordance with ASC 860, a transferor “shall initially measure at fair value any asset obtained (or liability incurred) and recognized under paragraph 860-20-25-1.” A transfer of a financial asset for an equity method investment may be within the scope of ASC 860 (see Section 5.7 for additional discussion). For example, when an equity method investment is exchanged for another equity method investment, generally the investor should first consider whether derecognition of the equity method investment being transferred in the exchange is appropriate in accordance with ASC 860, which addresses the transfer of financial assets. This is consistent with guidance in ASC 845-10-55-2, which states that the exchange of an equity method investment for another equity method investment should be accounted for under ASC 860.
However, ASC 860 is intended to apply to exchanges of equity method investments
in unrelated investees, in which the substance of the transaction is an exchange of one
investment for a “new” investment in an unrelated investee (as discussed in the example
below). Therefore, when determining the appropriate accounting for the exchange
transaction, the investor should evaluate both the form and substance of the transaction.
In certain circumstances, the substance of the exchange transaction may be analogous to a
partial dilution of the investor’s investment in exchange for another equity method
investment, which would result in partial gain recognition in accordance with ASC
323-10-40-1 (see the discussion of change in level of ownership or degree of influence in
Section 5.6) rather than
full gain recognition under ASC 860. The two examples below illustrate situations in which
full gain recognition under ASC 860 and partial gain recognition in accordance with ASC
323-10-40-1, respectively, may be appropriate.
Example 4-3
Entity A has a 35 percent interest in Entity B that it appropriately accounts for by using the equity method. Entity C has a 40 percent interest in Entity D that it appropriately accounts for by using the equity method. Entities B and D are in similar industries and perform the same functions. Basis differences, intra-entity profit and loss eliminations, and tax impacts have been ignored for simplicity.
Entity A is contemplating a transaction in which it will transfer a 30 percent interest in B to C in exchange for a 30 percent interest in D. Therefore, after the transaction, A will own 30 percent of D, and C will own 30 percent of B. Both A and C will have the ability to exercise significant influence over their respective investments upon completion of the exchange.
Even though B and D are in similar industries, the substance of this transaction is that A is exchanging its equity method investment for a “new” equity method investment. Therefore, A should account for this transaction in accordance with ASC 860. As long as all the conditions for derecognition under ASC 860 are met, A would recognize the full gain (or loss) equal to the difference between the selling price (fair value of a 30 percent interest in D) and the carrying value of the interest sold at the time of the sale (i.e., book value of a 30 percent interest in B).
Example 4-4
Entity A has a 40 percent interest in Entity K. Entity B and Entity C each have
a 30 percent interest in K. Entities A, B, and C
appropriately account for their investments in K under
the equity method. The book value of the interests of A,
B, and C in K are $800,000, $600,000, and $600,000,
respectively, and there are no basis differences between
their investment balances and underlying interests in
K’s net assets. Further, intra-entity profit and loss
eliminations and tax impacts have been ignored for
simplicity.
Entities A, B, and C entered into a transaction with Entity E to merge K and E into a new entity, Newco. As part of the transaction, A, B, C, and the E shareholders will each contribute their interests in K and E, respectively, to Newco.
After the transaction, Newco’s ownership structure will be as follows (assume that K was the acquirer of E, and therefore, Newco recognized E’s net assets at fair value):
Therefore, upon the transaction’s execution, A’s ownership interest in K effectively decreases from 40 percent to 25 percent. That is, A effectively exchanges 15 percent of its ownership interest in K for a 25 percent interest in E.
Because of the significance of A’s retained interest in K through its investment in Newco, we believe that
the transaction’s substance is analogous to a partial dilution of A’s investment in K in exchange for a partial
ownership interest in E. The economic outcome is the equivalent of K’s acquiring E’s business in exchange for
its own equity, thereby diluting A’s, B’s, and C’s previously held ownership interest in K.
On the basis of the substance of the transaction, A should account for the transaction as a partial sale of its
investment in K and should recognize a gain of $600,000, calculated as follows:
Entity A’s cost basis of its investment in Newco is $1.4 million, which is
calculated as the $500,000 book value of A’s 25 percent interest in K that was
retained ($800,000 × 25% ÷ 40%) plus the $900,000 fair value of A’s 25 percent
interest in E that was acquired ($3,600,000 × 25%). Therefore, A would record
the following journal entries:
Conversely, if the transaction’s substance was a transfer of a financial asset
for another financial asset within the scope of ASC 860
(and derecognition was appropriate), a full gain on the
sale of A’s equity interest in K of $1.2 million would
be recognized, calculated as the difference between the
selling price (i.e., fair value of A’s interest in Newco
of $2 million) and the book value of A’s interest in K
that was sold ($800,000).
4.3.4 Contribution of Nonfinancial Assets or In-Substance Nonfinancial Assets That Do Not Constitute a Business or Nonprofit Activity
ASC 610-20
32-2
When an entity meets the criteria to derecognize a distinct
nonfinancial asset or a distinct in substance nonfinancial
asset, it shall recognize a gain or loss for the difference
between the amount of consideration measured and allocated
to that distinct asset in accordance with paragraphs
610-20-32-3 through 32-6 and the carrying amount of the
distinct asset. The amount of consideration promised in a
contract that is included in the calculation of a gain or
loss includes both the transaction price and the carrying
amount of liabilities assumed or relieved by a
counterparty.
32-4 If
an entity transfers control of a distinct nonfinancial asset
or distinct in substance nonfinancial asset in exchange for
a noncontrolling interest, the entity shall consider the
noncontrolling interest received from the counterparty as
noncash consideration and shall measure it in accordance
with the guidance in paragraphs 606-10-32-21 through 32-24.
Similarly, if a parent transfers control of a distinct
nonfinancial asset or in substance nonfinancial asset by
transferring ownership interests in a consolidated
subsidiary but retains a noncontrolling interest in its
former subsidiary, the entity shall consider the
noncontrolling interest retained as noncash consideration
and shall measure it in accordance with the guidance in
paragraphs 606-10-32-21 through 32-24. (See Case A of
Example 2 in paragraphs 610-20-55-11 through 55-14.)
In the event a transfer is not with a customer, as defined in ASC 606, and not a
transfer of a business or nonprofit activity, the transferor should consider whether
the transfer is within the scope of ASC 610-20, which applies to the transfer of
nonfinancial assets and in-substance nonfinancial assets. The ASC master glossary
defines a nonfinancial asset as “[a]n asset that is not a financial asset.
Nonfinancial assets include land, buildings, use of facilities or utilities,
materials and supplies, intangible assets, or services.” ASC 610-20-05-2 states, in
part, that “[t]he term transfer in this Subtopic is used broadly and includes
sales and situations in which a parent transfers ownership interests (or variable
interests) in a consolidated subsidiary or other changes in facts and circumstances
that result in the derecognition of nonfinancial assets or in substance nonfinancial
assets that do not constitute a business.”
Sales or transfers of nonfinancial assets (or in-substance nonfinancial assets)
to another entity in exchange for a noncontrolling interest in that entity are referred to
as partial sales (e.g., a seller transfers a building [or an asset] to a buyer but either
retains an interest in the building [or the asset] or has an interest in the buyer). These
types of transactions should generally be accounted for in accordance with ASC 610-20 when
the transaction results in the derecognition of the transferred assets and does not meet any
of the scope exceptions in ASC 610-20-15-4. See Deloitte’s Roadmap Revenue Recognition for
additional discussion of the scope exceptions.
In accordance with ASC 610-20, the transferor should account for any noncontrolling ownership interest received as noncash consideration, which should be measured at fair value in a manner consistent with the guidance on noncash consideration in ASC 606. Specifically, ASC 606-10-32-21 and 32-22 require the entity to first measure the estimated fair value of the noncash consideration received and then consider the stand-alone selling price of the goods or services promised to the customer only when the entity is unable to reasonably estimate the fair value of the noncash consideration received.
ASC 610-20 applies to gains and losses upon derecognition of nonfinancial assets and in-substance nonfinancial assets. However, there could be transfers of nonfinancial assets or in-substance nonfinancial assets with a noncustomer that are not directly within the scope of ASC 610-20 because the entity does not meet the derecognition criteria. For example, an entity that transfers a license of intellectual property (IP) should not account for the transaction under ASC 610-20 because the entity is not derecognizing the IP. In other words, the entity is not transferring the actual asset but is instead licensing the rights to the IP. Because there is no clear guidance on how to account for the transfer of a license of IP that is not part of the entity’s ordinary activities, we believe that the entity would apply the licensing guidance in ASC 606 by analogy when evaluating the recognition and measurement of consideration received in exchange for transferring the rights to the IP.
See Deloitte’s Roadmap Revenue Recognition for further information regarding the application of
ASC 610-20 and considerations related to derecognition and gain or loss measurement.
Example 4-5
Entities A, B, and C form Company D. Company D does not constitute a business
and is not a customer of A. In exchange for 33.3 percent of D’s common stock, A
contributes land that has a carrying value of $1 million but a fair value of $4
million. Entities B and C contribute nonfinancial assets of the same fair value
to D.
Upon making its contribution, A derecognizes the carrying value of the land ($1
million) and records the fair value of its investment ($4 million) in D’s common
stock, recognizing a gain on contribution of $3 million ($4 million fair value
less $1 million carrying value).
4.3.5 Contribution of Real Estate or Intangibles
ASC 970-323
30-3 An investor that contributes real estate to the capital of a real estate venture generally should record its investment in the venture at fair value when the real estate is derecognized, regardless of whether the other investors contribute cash, property, or services. The transaction shall be accounted for in accordance with the guidance in paragraphs 360-10-40-3A through 40-3C. Some transactions are sales of an ownership interest that result in an entity being an investor in a real estate venture. An example of such a transaction includes one in which investor A contributes real estate with a fair value of $2,000 to a venture and investor B contributes cash in the amount of $1,000. The real estate is not considered a business or nonprofit activity and, therefore, is within the scope of Subtopic 610-20 on gains and losses from the derecognition of nonfinancial assets. Investor A immediately withdraws the cash contributed by investor B and, following such contributions and withdrawals, each investor has a 50 percent interest in the venture (the only asset of which is the real estate). Assuming investor A does not have a controlling financial interest in the venture, investor A applies the guidance in paragraphs 610-20-25-5 and 610-20-25-7. When investor A meets the criteria to derecognize the property, investor A measures its retained ownership interest at fair value consistent with the guidance in paragraph 610-20-32-4 and includes that amount in the consideration used in calculating the gain or loss on derecognition of the property.
Contribution of Services or Intangibles
30-6 The contribution of real property or an intangible to a partnership or joint venture shall be accounted
for in accordance with Subtopic 610-20. The contribution of services or real estate syndication activities
in which the syndicators receive or retain partnership interests are accounted for in accordance with the
guidance in Topic 606 on revenue from contracts with customers.
The Codification excerpts above were updated by ASU 2014-09 (as amended by ASU
2017-05), which provides guidance on the recognition and measurement of transfers of
nonfinancial assets and is codified in ASC 610-20. ASU 2017-05 amended the guidance in ASC
970-323 to align it with the requirements in ASC 606 and ASC 610-20. Accordingly, the
guidance outlined in Section
4.3.4 is consistent with the guidance on contributions of real estate and
intangibles under ASC 970-323.
Under the guidance in ASC 970-323-30-6 above, the contribution of services or
real estate syndication activities in which the syndicators receive or retain partnership
interests will be accounted for in accordance with ASC 606. See Deloitte’s Roadmap
Revenue Recognition
for further information regarding the application of ASC 606 and ASC 610-20.
4.3.6 Transactions Addressed by Other Guidance
The deconsolidation and derecognition guidance in ASC 810-10-40-5 applies to the contribution of an interest in a subsidiary that is not a nonprofit activity or a business unless the substance of the transaction is addressed by other U.S. GAAP, which would include, but not be limited to, the following:
- Revenue transactions (ASC 606). See Section 4.3.1.
- Exchanges of nonmonetary assets (ASC 845).
- Transfers of financial assets (ASC 860). See Section 4.3.3.
- Conveyances of mineral rights and related transactions (ASC 932).
- Gains and losses from the derecognition of nonfinancial assets (ASC 610-20). See Section 4.3.4.
In essence, an investor should not ignore other U.S. GAAP that would otherwise have been applicable simply because, for example, the investor transferred an equity interest in a subsidiary to effect the transaction.
The application of the derecognition guidance in ASC 810-10 is discussed in
further detail in Appendix F of
Deloitte’s Consolidation
Roadmap.
Footnotes
1
If the transfer includes other contractual arrangements that are not
assets of the seller to be derecognized (e.g., guarantees), those contracts are
separated and accounted for in accordance with other ASC topics or subtopics.
4.4 Contingent Consideration
ASC 323-10
25-2A If an equity method investment agreement involves a contingent consideration arrangement in which
the fair value of the investor’s share of the investee’s net assets exceeds the investor’s initial cost, a liability shall
be recognized.
30-2A Contingent consideration shall only be included in the initial measurement of an equity method
investment if it is required to be recognized by specific authoritative guidance other than Topic 805.
30-2B A liability recognized under paragraph 323-10-25-2A shall be measured initially at an amount equal to the lesser of the following:
- The maximum amount of contingent consideration not otherwise recognized
- The excess of the investor’s share of the investee’s net assets over the initial cost measurement (including contingent consideration otherwise recognized).
A contingent consideration arrangement should be recognized as a liability and included in the cost of an equity method investment in only two circumstances:
- Authoritative literature other than ASC 805 (e.g., ASC 480, ASC 450, or ASC 815) requires the arrangement to be recognized. For example, if the contingent consideration meets the definition of a derivative under ASC 815, it would be initially recognized at fair value and included in the basis of the equity method investment. Subsequent changes in fair value of the derivative would not be included in the cost of the equity investment, as further discussed in Section 5.1.8.
- The fair value of an investor’s share of an investee’s net assets exceeds the initial cost of the investment. In such an instance, a liability should be recognized in a manner consistent with ASC 323-10-30-2B (which is consistent with the requirement to recognize an asset acquisition at its cost or the fair value of the asset received, whichever is more reliably measurable). In accordance with ASC 323-10-30-2B, on the date of acquisition, the investor should recognize a liability (with a corresponding increase in the cost of the equity method investment) at the lesser of (1) “[t]he maximum amount of contingent consideration not otherwise recognized” or (2) “[t]he excess of the investor’s share of the investee’s net assets over the initial cost measurement.” The share of the investee’s net assets should be calculated on the basis of fair value and should exclude any calculated equity method goodwill (see Section 4.5).
Example 4-6
Entity A acquires a 25 percent interest in the voting stock of Investee X for cash consideration of $200. The arrangement also includes contingent consideration that meets the definition of a derivative and has a fair value of $20. Entity A has the ability to exercise significant influence over X and accounts for its investment under the equity method of accounting. Because the contingent consideration arrangement meets the definition of a derivative, A must recognize it in accordance with ASC 815 and would record a total initial cost of its investment of $220 ($200 cash consideration plus the $20 fair value of the derivative).
Example 4-7
Entity A acquires an equity method investment for $1,250. Entity A is obligated to pay an additional $100 in the future if certain earnings targets of the investee are reached. Entity A’s proportionate share of the investee’s net assets is $1,300, which exceeds A’s initial cost of $1,250. In accordance with ASC 323-10-30-2B, on the date of acquisition, A records a liability of $50, which is the lesser of (1) the maximum contingent consideration not already recognized ($100) or (2) the excess of A’s share of the investee’s net assets ($1,300) over the initial cost measurement ($1,250), with a corresponding increase in the cost of the equity method investment.
ASC 323-10-30-2B(b) does not provide specific guidance about whether the
investee’s net assets are based on book value or fair value. The guidance in ASC
323-10-25-2A and ASC 323-10-30-2A and 30-2B was codified from EITF Issue 08-6, which states, in part:
5. Contingent consideration should only be included in the
initial measurement of the equity method investment if it is required to be
recognized by specific authoritative guidance other than Statement
141(R).
6. However, if an equity method investment
agreement involves a contingent consideration arrangement in which the fair
value of the investor’s share of the investee’s net assets exceeds the
investor’s initial cost, an amount equal to the lesser of the following shall be
recognized as a liability:
-
The maximum amount of contingent consideration not otherwise recognized
-
The excess of the investor’s share of the investee’s net assets over the initial cost measurement (including contingent consideration otherwise recognized).
In the Codification, which is organized by topics, paragraph 6 from EITF Issue 08-6 is broken out into two separate paragraphs under ASC 323-10: one within the Recognition section (ASC 323-10-25-2A), and the other within the Initial Measurement section (ASC 323-10-30-2B). This separation makes it unclear whether the reference to fair value in ASC 323-10-25-2A also applies in ASC 323-10-30-2B, which has no such reference. Since paragraph 6 of EITF Issue 08-6 does refer to fair value and the Codification was not intended to change existing U.S. GAAP, we believe that investors should apply ASC 323-10-30-2B by using the fair value of the investee’s net assets even though the fair value reference is absent.
Another question that may arise is whether equity method goodwill (see Section 4.5.1) should be
included in the calculation of the investee’s net assets if the liability has to be recognized in accordance
with ASC 323-10-25-2A. ASC 323-10-30-2B specifies that the liability should be recognized at the lesser
of (1) “[t]he maximum amount of contingent consideration not otherwise recognized” or (2) “[t]he
excess of the investor’s share of the investee’s net assets over the initial cost measurement (including
contingent consideration otherwise recognized).” If equity method goodwill is included in the calculation
of the investee’s net assets, the amount calculated in (1) will always equal the amount calculated in
(2), thereby rendering the distinction of recognition at the “lesser of” amount irrelevant. Inclusion of
equity method goodwill in the calculation of the investee’s net assets would be circular and would ignore
the guidance’s intent to include the distinction of recognizing the liability at the “lesser of” amount. In
addition, equity method goodwill for the investment is associated more with an investor rather than with
an investee as part of its net assets. Therefore, we believe that equity method goodwill should not be
included in the calculation of the investee’s net assets when an entity is evaluating ASC 323-10-30-2B.
4.5 Basis Differences
ASC 323-10
35-13 A difference between the cost of an investment and the amount of underlying equity in net assets of an
investee shall be accounted for as if the investee were a consolidated subsidiary. . . .
35-34 The carrying amount of an investment in common stock of an investee that qualifies for the equity
method of accounting as described in paragraph 323-10-15-12 may differ from the underlying equity in net
assets of the investee. The difference shall affect the determination of the amount of the investor’s share of
earnings or losses of an investee as if the investee were a consolidated subsidiary. However, if the investor
is unable to relate the difference to specific accounts of the investee, the difference shall be recognized as
goodwill and not be amortized in accordance with Topic 350.
The amount an investor pays to acquire an equity method investment is often different from the
investor’s proportionate share of the carrying value of the investee’s underlying assets and liabilities.
This difference is generally referred to as a “basis difference.” The investor is required to account for
this basis difference as if the investee were a consolidated subsidiary in a manner consistent with the
provisions of ASC 805; however, the equity method investment should be presented as a single line in
an investor’s balance sheet.
ASC 805 requires an entity to apply the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, an investor should:
- Identify all investee assets and liabilities, including assets and liabilities not recorded in the investee’s balance sheet, such as previously unrecognized identifiable intangible assets.
- Determine the acquisition-date fair value of all identifiable assets and liabilities.
- Calculate its proportionate share of both (1) the fair value and (2) the carrying value of all identifiable assets and liabilities.
- Calculate the basis difference for each identifiable asset and liability as the difference between the investor’s proportionate share of the fair value and the carrying value, if any, of each asset and liability.
The determination of the carrying value of the investee’s equity should be based
on the equity attributable to the investee and not its
noncontrolling interest holders. If a noncontrolling interest is
recorded by the investee in its subsidiaries, this noncontrolling
interest amount should be excluded from the calculation of the
investee’s equity. If the investor is unable to attribute all the
basis difference to specific assets or liabilities of the investee,
the residual excess of the cost of the investment over the
proportional fair value of the investee’s assets and liabilities
(commonly referred to as “equity method goodwill”) is recognized
within the equity investment balance. It is important for the
investor to appropriately assign the basis difference to the
investee’s assets and liabilities instead of simply allocating the
basis difference to equity method goodwill. Failure to do so may
result in a misstatement of the subsequent measurement of the
investor’s share of the investee’s income because equity method
goodwill, unlike basis differences assigned to other assets and
liabilities, is generally not amortized, as further discussed in
Section
5.1.5.2.
However, in accordance with the principles of ASC 805-50, if the investee
does not constitute a business, any difference between (1) the
amount an investor pays to acquire an equity method investment and
(2) the investor’s proportionate share of the carrying value of the
investee’s underlying assets and liabilities is allocated to
specific assets on the basis of the assets’ relative fair values.
Example 4-8
Investor X purchases a 40 percent interest in Investee Z for $2 million and applies the equity method of accounting. The book value of Z’s net assets is $3.5 million. The table below shows the book values and fair values of Z’s net assets (along with X’s proportionate share) as of the investment acquisition date.
As shown in the table above:
- The book values of Z’s current assets and current liabilities approximate their fair values.
- Investor X determines that Z has patented technology that was internally developed; therefore, costs associated with developing this technology are expensed as incurred rather than recorded as an intangible asset on Z’s books. The patented technology has a fair value of $300,000.
- Investor X determines that the fair value of Z’s fixed assets is $4 million.
See Example 5-13 in
Section 5.1.5.2 for a continuation of
this example, illustrating subsequent measurement
of basis differences.
If a basis difference is related to the investee’s in-process research
and development (IPR&D) and the investee is not a business as
defined in ASC 805, the investor should immediately expense such a
difference if the IPR&D does not have an alternative future use.
In a manner consistent with the principles of ASC 805, if the
investee meets the definition of a business, the investor should
recognize an intangible asset for IPR&D in its calculation of
basis differences, regardless of whether the IPR&D has a future
alternative use.
Further, intangible assets other than IPR&D are also evaluated for
basis differences. If the investee meets the definition of a
business, it should evaluate intangible assets in accordance with
the principles of ASC 805 (see Section
4.10 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Business
Combinations). As aresult, intangible
assets would be recognized at fair value. If the investee does
not meet the definition of a business, intangible assets are evaluated to determine whether they meet the recognition criteria in FASB Concepts Statement 5 (see Appendix C of Deloitte’s Roadmap
Business
Combinations). Therefore, more of the
intangible assets identified may have basis differences when the
investee is not a business.
The example above illustrates the allocation of a positive basis difference;
however, a basis difference could also be negative. A negative basis difference may
exist because the investor’s proportionate share of the fair value of the investee’s
net assets is less than its book value. Section 4.5.1 includes discussion of the
limited circumstances in which a negative basis difference may represent a bargain
purchase gain.
Example 4-9
Investor X purchases a 30 percent interest in Investee Z for $900,000 and applies the equity method of
accounting. The book value of Z’s net assets is $3.5 million. The table below shows the book value and fair value
of Z’s net assets (along with X’s proportionate share) as of the investment acquisition date.
As shown in the table above:
- The book values of Z’s current assets and current liabilities approximate their fair values.
- Investor X determines that Z has identified a significant decrease in the market price for its long-lived assets; however, because the investee tests its fixed assets for impairment under ASC 360, which is a two-step impairment model, no impairment charge is recorded given that the fixed assets are determined to be recoverable under the step 1 undiscounted cash flow evaluation. Although no impairment charge is recorded at the investee level, there is a decrease in fair value of the fixed assets, which results in a negative basis difference because the cost of the investment is lower than X’s share of Z’s net assets.
- Entity X should record its investment in Z at its cost of $900,000. The $150,000 negative basis difference between the cost of X’s investment ($900,000) and its proportionate share of the book value of Z’s net assets ($1,050,000) is entirely attributable to Z’s fixed assets.
Basis differences should be tracked in the investor’s “memo” account(s) (i.e., a subsidiary ledger to the equity method investment) given that such differences will affect subsequent measurement of the investor’s share of investee income. See Section 5.1.5.2 for details regarding the subsequent measurement of basis differences.
If an investee’s financial statements are not prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, an investor must conform such financial statements to U.S. GAAP before determining whether there are any basis differences. Future investee financial statements should similarly be adjusted to reflect the identified differences with U.S. GAAP.
Under the Private Company Council (PCC) accounting
alternative for intangible assets codified in ASC 805-20-15-1A
through 15-4 and ASC 805-20-25-29 through 25-33, a private company
or NFP may make an accounting policy election to not
recognize the following intangible assets separately from equity
method goodwill:
-
Customer-related intangible assets unless they are capable of being sold or licensed independently from other assets of a business.
-
Noncompetition agreements.
An investor’s election to apply this PCC alternative can affect how
equity method basis differences are measured. Specifically, if an
investor identifies an intangible asset related to one of the two
excluded types of intangible assets listed above, it would not be
required to separately recognize and track basis differences related
to that asset. Instead, any equity method basis differences that
otherwise would have been identified in connection with the
intangible asset would be reflected as part of equity method
goodwill. Note that if this PCC alternative for intangible assets is
elected, the investor must also elect the PCC alternative to
amortize goodwill. See Section
8.2.1 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Business Combinations for
additional interpretive guidance on this PCC alternative.
4.5.1 Bargain Purchase
In certain circumstances, an investor’s share of an investee’s net assets is higher than the consideration paid and the investor is unable to attribute all the negative basis difference to specific assets or liabilities. Such a scenario is often referred to as a “bargain purchase” and may indicate a potential economic gain to the investor. ASC 323-10 does not address a bargain purchase; nor does it address when (if ever) a bargain purchase gain would be appropriate upon initial measurement of an equity method investment. During the deliberations of EITF Issue 08-6, the Task Force discussed the appropriate accounting for identified bargain purchases but failed to reach a consensus. Therefore, diversity in practice may exist regarding the accounting for bargain purchases. We believe that a bargain purchase related to an equity method investment should be rare because it would be unusual for another investor to sell (or an investee to issue) an equity interest at a price that is below its fair (market) value.
In all instances, an investor should first allocate any negative basis
difference in a manner consistent with Example
4-9. This requires the investor to
perform a full purchase price allocation and measure the
investee’s assets and liabilities at fair value, including
those not recorded by the investee. If, after performing
this allocation, the investor determines that there is a
remaining economic gain (i.e., the cost paid is less than
the fair value of the investment), the investor may be able
to support recognizing a bargain purchase gain. That is, we
believe that although a bargain purchase should be rare, it
would be acceptable for an investor to recognize a gain in a
circumstance in which the investor has the requisite
information to perform a purchase price allocation in a
manner consistent with the measurement principles in ASC
805. ASC 323-10-35-13 requires the investor to account for
the “difference between the cost of an [equity method]
investment and the amount of underlying equity in net assets
of an investee . . . as if the investee were a consolidated
subsidiary,” which would support recognition of the gain in
earnings on the investment date. However, before recognizing
the gain, the investor should (1) ensure that all underlying
assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of the
equity investment were correctly identified and recognized
(in accordance with the guidance in ASC 805) and (2)
understand the reasons that led to the bargain purchase gain
(i.e., why the seller sold the investment below the fair
value of the investee’s underlying assets and liabilities).
Bargain purchases may occur, for example, because of
underpayments for the investment acquired (e.g., in a forced
liquidation or distress sale or because of the lack of a
competitive bidding process).
If the information necessary to perform a purchase price allocation under ASC 805 for the incremental equity interests is not readily available, it is appropriate for an investor to recognize a pro rata reduction (on a relative fair value basis) to the amounts allocated to an investee’s underlying assets. This treatment is consistent with the cost accumulation model for asset acquisitions prescribed in ASC 805-50-30, which
precludes gains or losses upon recognition when consideration is paid in cash.
Further, we believe that it is always acceptable, as an accounting policy, to not recognize bargain
purchase gains for equity method investments and instead to allocate the negative basis difference to
the investee’s underlying assets, as described above.
4.5.2 Tax Effects of Basis Differences
Basis differences may give rise to deferred tax effects (i.e., tax-related basis differences). There are two
categories of tax-related basis differences:
- An “inside” basis difference, which is a temporary difference between the carrying amount, for financial reporting purposes, of individual assets and liabilities and their tax bases that will give rise to a tax deduction or taxable income when the related asset is recovered or liability is settled and reflected in the investee’s financial statements.
- An “outside” basis difference, which is a difference between the carrying amount of an equity method investment and the tax basis of such an investment in the financial statements.
To accurately account for its equity method investment, an investor should
consider any inside and outside basis differences in its investment. See
Deloitte’s Roadmap Income
Taxes for additional guidance on inside and outside basis
differences.
Tax-related basis differences are another component of the single equity method line item in an
investor’s financial statements. In addition, to accurately measure the tax basis differences (i.e., tax
assets and liabilities), the investor should apply ASC 740 to analyze the investee’s uncertain tax positions.
Example 4-10
Assume the same facts as in Example 4-8. In addition, the
effective tax rate of Investor X and Investee Z is
21 percent. Investee Z did not record any deferred
tax assets (DTAs) or deferred tax liabilities
(DTLs) in its own financial statements. Further,
there are no basis differences between the
carrying amount of X’s equity method investment in
Z for financial statement and tax purposes (i.e.,
no outside basis differences).
On the basis of the calculations in Example 4-8, the
$600,000 difference between the cost of X’s
investment ($2 million) and its proportionate
share of the book value of Z’s net assets ($1.4
million) is attributable to Z’s fixed assets
($400,000), Z’s patented technology ($120,000),
and equity method goodwill ($80,000). Therefore, X
recognizes a DTL in its memo accounts as
follows:
Since equity method goodwill is treated as if it were goodwill acquired in a business combination, there is no
DTL associated with this basis difference.
Because the total amount of the basis difference between the cost of X’s investment ($2 million) and its proportionate share of the book value of Z’s net assets ($1.4 million) has not changed, the DTL recognized in the memo accounts increases the basis difference attributable to equity method goodwill in an amount equal to the DTL, as shown in the table below.
If an investee with a DTA concludes that it is not more likely than not that the net operating losses will be realized, it will recognize a valuation reserve for such DTAs. In such an instance, the investor may be prepared, given its expectation that a net DTA has value greater than the amount recorded by the investee, to pay a premium to acquire an interest in that investee. If such a premium is paid, the investor is not allowed to assign any of the premium paid to the investee’s DTAs in the memo accounts because (1) the investor’s investment does not provide the investee with a new ability to recover the DTAs for which a valuation allowance was previously recognized and (2) there has also been no change in control at the investee level as a result of the investor’s investment.
See Deloitte’s Roadmap Income Taxes for additional guidance on tax
considerations related to equity method investments.
4.5.3 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
Changes in value for certain investee assets or liabilities (e.g., derivative financial instruments, AFS securities, and pension or postemployment benefits) may be recorded in the investee’s accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) in accordance with other U.S. GAAP.
On the date the investor qualifies for application of the equity method of
accounting, it should identify and measure all the investee’s identifiable
assets and liabilities at fair value. Accordingly, the investor would not
recognize its proportionate share of the investee’s AOCI because such amounts
would already be contemplated in the fair value measurement of the respective
assets or liabilities identified. However, this will result in additional basis
differences that should be tracked in the memo accounts to ensure that
subsequent changes in the investee’s AOCI are not recognized by the investor
when the amounts are reclassified to earnings by the investee. The example below
illustrates this guidance.
Example 4-11
Investor A purchases a 25 percent interest in Investee B and applies the equity method of accounting. Investee
B holds an AFS security that was purchased for $1,000 and has a fair value of $1,100 on the date A purchases
its interest in B. Therefore, B has recorded $100 in unrealized gains in AOCI. One year later, B sells its AFS
security for $1,100.
Initial Measurement
On the date A purchases its 25 percent investment in B, A should calculate its proportionate share of the
AFS security’s fair value ($1,100 × 25% = $275) and its proportionate share of the AFS security’s book value
($1,000 × 25% = $250). Investor A should not recognize its proportionate share of the $100 of unrealized gains
in B’s AOCI balance; however, A should present the $25 basis difference ($275 − $250) as part of its overall
investment in B and subsequently track this difference in memo accounts.
Subsequent Measurement
Although B will recognize a realized gain of $100 upon the sale of its AFS security, A should not record its
proportionate share of B’s realized gain. Instead, because A’s basis in B’s AFS security already reflects the
AFS security’s appreciation (i.e., recognized as part of the initial measurement), A should reduce its equity in
earnings of B by $25 ($100 × 25%).
Chapter 5 — Subsequent Measurement
Chapter 5 — Subsequent Measurement
5.1 Equity Method Earnings and Losses
ASC 323-10
35-4 Under the equity method, an investor shall recognize its share of the earnings or losses of an investee in the periods for which they are reported by the investee in its financial statements rather than in the period in which an investee declares a dividend. An investor shall adjust the carrying amount of an investment for its share of the earnings or losses of the investee after the date of investment and shall report the recognized earnings or losses in income. An investor’s share of the earnings or losses of an investee shall be based on the shares of common stock and in-substance common stock held by that investor. (See paragraphs 323-10-15-13 through 15-19 for guidance on identifying in-substance common stock. Subsequent references in this Section to common stock refer to both common stock and in-substance common stock.)
35-5 The amount of the adjustment of the carrying amount shall be included in the determination of net income by the investor, and such amount shall reflect adjustments similar to those made in preparing consolidated statements including the following adjustments:
- Intra-entity profits and losses. Adjustments to eliminate intra-entity profits and losses.
- Basis differences. Adjustments to amortize, if appropriate, any difference between investor cost and underlying equity in net assets of the investee at the date of investment.
- Investee capital transactions. Adjustments to reflect the investor’s share of changes in the investee’s capital.
- Other comprehensive income.
ASC 970-323
35-2 Investors shall record their share of the real estate venture’s losses, determined in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), without regard to unrealized increases in the estimated fair value of the venture’s assets.
After initial measurement of an equity method investment, an investor should
record its share of an investee’s earnings or losses in income on the basis of the amount of
common stock and in-substance common stock held by the investor. In accordance with ASC
323-10-35-4, the investor should calculate its share of an investee’s earnings and losses by
adjusting the investee’s earnings or losses for amounts allocable to NCI. Potential common
stock issued by the investee (i.e., securities such as options, warrants, convertible
securities, or contingent stock agreements) should not be included in the calculation of the
investor’s share of the investee’s earnings or losses unless these securities represent
in-substance common stock. See Section
2.5 for further discussion related to the determination of whether an
investment is in-substance common stock. The investor’s equity method investment balance is
increased by the investor’s share of the investee’s income and decreased by the investor’s
share of the investee’s losses in the periods in which the investee reports the earnings and
losses rather than in the periods in which the investee declares dividends. In addition,
adjustments to the investor’s share of equity method earnings or losses (and corresponding
adjustments to the carrying value of the equity method investment) are made for certain
items as discussed in detail in Section
5.1.5.
While the guidance above requires an investor to recognize its share of an
investee’s earnings or losses, it does not prescribe the order in which adjustments are made
to the investor’s share of equity method earnings or losses or the allocation method to be
applied. In some cases, the calculation of the investor’s share of the investee’s earnings
or losses may be straightforward (e.g., when there is only one share class and the
distributions received by the investors are consistent with their percentage ownership in
the investee). However, allocation of earnings or losses on the basis of the investor’s
ownership percentage may be more difficult to apply in complex structures in which there are
multiple share classes and investors have different rights and priorities. See Sections 5.1.2 and 5.1.2.1 for further discussion of when
the allocation of the investee’s earnings or losses is disproportionate in relation to the
investor’s ownership interest in the investee.
5.1.1 Impact of Preferred Dividends on an Investor’s Share of Earnings (Losses)
ASC 323-10
35-16 If an investee has outstanding cumulative
preferred stock, an investor shall compute its share of earnings (losses)
after deducting the investee’s preferred dividends, whether or not such
dividends are declared.
An investor is required to calculate its share of an equity method investee’s earnings (losses) after
deduction of any investee preferred dividends on cumulative preferred stock, regardless of whether the
dividends are declared. Conversely, no adjustment is required for preferred dividends on noncumulative
preferred stock unless those dividends have been declared.
Example 5-1
Investor A and Investor B each own investments in Investee Z as follows:
-
On January 1, 20X2, A acquires 45 percent (45,000 of 100,000 shares) of the voting common stock of Z for $90,000. Investor A accounts for its investment by using the equity method because of its ability to exercise significant influence over Z. Investor A will recognize its share of Z’s earnings on a pro rata basis in accordance with its ownership interest in Z.
-
On January 1, 20X2, B acquires 10,000 shares of cumulative preferred stock of Z for $50,000, which entitles B to receive an annual dividend of 5 percent (whether or not the dividend is declared).
Investee Z has net income of $25,000 for the year ended December 31, 20X2.
Although not declared, the cumulative preferred dividend on B’s investment in
preferred stock is $2,500. Assume that there are no basis differences,
intra-entity profit eliminations, or any other adjustments to net income.
Investor A calculates its share of the earnings of Z to be $10,125 by:
- Deducting the cumulative preferred stock dividend from Z’s net income ($25,000 − $2,500 = $22,500) (adjusted net income).
- Calculating its pro rata share of adjusted net income (45% × $22,500 = $10,125).
On December 31, 20X2, A’s equity method investment balance would be $100,125
(A’s initial investment of $90,000 plus its share of Z’s adjusted net income
of $10,125).
5.1.1.1 Impact of Accretion of Temporary Equity
ASC 480-10-S99-2 states, in part:
The initial carrying amount of redeemable preferred stock should
be its fair value at date of issue. [For redeemable preferred stock classified in
temporary equity where] fair value at date of issue is less than the mandatory
redemption amount, the carrying amount shall be increased by periodic
accretions.
When calculating its share of an equity method investee’s earnings or
losses, the investor should adjust the net income of the equity method investee for this
accretion of preferred stock. See Section 9.5 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Distinguishing Liabilities From Equity for
additional guidance on the accretion of redeemable preferred stock classified as
temporary equity.
5.1.2 Disproportionate Allocation of an Investee’s Earnings or Losses in Relation to an Investor’s Ownership Interest
ASC 970-323
35-16 Venture agreements may designate different allocations among the investors for any of the following:
- Profits and losses
- Specified costs and expenses
- Distributions of cash from operations
- Distributions of cash proceeds from liquidation.
35-17 Such agreements may also provide for changes in the allocations at specified times or on the occurrence
of specified events. Accounting by the investors for their equity in the venture’s earnings under such
agreements requires careful consideration of substance over form and consideration of underlying values
as discussed in paragraph 970-323-35-10. To determine the investor’s share of venture net income or loss,
such agreements or arrangements shall be analyzed to determine how an increase or decrease in net assets
of the venture (determined in conformity with GAAP) will affect cash payments to the investor over the life of
the venture and on its liquidation. Specified profit and loss allocation ratios shall not be used to determine
an investor’s equity in venture earnings if the allocation of cash distributions and liquidating distributions are
determined on some other basis. For example, if a venture agreement between two investors purports to
allocate all depreciation expense to one investor and to allocate all other revenues and expenses equally, but
further provides that irrespective of such allocations, distributions to the investors will be made simultaneously
and divided equally between them, there is no substance to the purported allocation of depreciation expense.
As described in Section
5.1, when applying the equity method of accounting, an investor should
typically record its share of an investee’s earnings or losses on the basis of the
percentage of the equity interest owned by the investor. However, contractual agreements
often specify attributions of an investee’s profits and losses, certain costs and
expenses, distributions from operations, or distributions upon liquidation that are
different from investors’ relative ownership percentages. For example, developers in the
renewable energy sector often use limited partnerships or similar structures for tax
purposes. A developer of a renewable energy facility that does not generate sufficient
taxable income to offset the tax incentives or investment tax credits (ITCs) generated
from its operations may monetize these tax credits by identifying investors that are able
to use the tax incentives and credits. These renewable “flip” structures are typically set
up as tax pass-through entities to give the investors (i.e., tax equity investors) the
ability to use the tax benefits of the partnership. Within these structures, there are
typically disproportionate equity distributions until a flip date, at which point the
distributions change. In addition, the tax benefits that pass through to the investor are
not recognized in the investee’s net income but generally affect the claim that the tax
equity investor has on the remaining book value. This is just one example of a structure
in which the calculation of an investor’s share of an investee’s earnings or losses may
involve more complexity.
Although ASC 970-323 was written for equity method investments in the real estate industry, we believe that it is appropriate to refer to this literature for guidance on developing an appropriate method of allocating a non-real-estate equity method investee’s economic results among investors when a contractual agreement, rather than relative ownership percentages, governs the economic allocation of earnings or losses. ASC 970-323 implies that for the allocation of the investee’s earnings or losses to be substantive from a financial reporting perspective, it must hold true and best represent cash distributions over the life of the entity. Reporting entities should focus on substance over form. The investor should consider the substance of all relevant agreements when determining how an increase or decrease in the investee’s net assets will affect cash payments to the investor over the investee’s life and upon its liquidation.
Connecting the Dots
We believe that the guiding principle for allocating an investee’s earnings or
losses to equity method investors is to ascertain whether allocations that would
otherwise be made in the current year are at significant risk for being unwound in
subsequent periods because a different allocation method will be used for subsequent
cash distributions. Hence, it is generally not appropriate to use a single blended
rate to recognize an investor’s share of an investee’s earnings and losses when
distributions or earnings and losses of the investee will change over the life of the
investment on the basis of contractual terms. Rather, in such instances, professional
judgment must be used, and consideration should be given to the facts and
circumstances at hand. Preparers should consider consulting with their independent
auditors or their professional accounting advisers.
Examples of such considerations are illustrated in ASC 323-10-35-19 (see Section 5.2), ASC 323-10-55-30 through 55-47, and ASC 323-10-55-48 through 55-57 (see Section 5.2.3.1).
Overall, when selecting the most appropriate method with which to recognize earnings on an equity method investment, an investor should consider the principal objective of the equity method, which ASC 323-10-35-4 states is to recognize the investor’s “share of the earnings or losses of an investee in the periods for which they are reported by the investee.” That is, the investor should appropriately reflect the effect of investee transactions on an investor for a given reporting period.
Therefore, when cash flows, tax attributes, and earnings are contractually allocated to investors in disparate ways over the life of an investee, it would be inappropriate for the investor to forecast expectations of the investee’s performance to determine a weighted-average expected return on the investor’s investment when allocating current-period earnings. That is, we believe that the allocation method should generally be consistent with how the contractual provisions allocate earnings in the
current period or how the investor’s rights to the book value change in that current period.
However, we do not think that this means that contractual earnings allocation provisions should
be followed blindly. For example, it may be the case that earnings allocation percentages change
contractually over the investee’s life while operating and liquidating cash distributions remain constant.
In such situations, the substance of the contractual cash distribution provisions may imply relative
membership interests in the investee, while earnings are allocated to achieve certain other form-based
objectives (e.g., an after-tax return). In summary, when earnings, tax attributes, and cash flows are
contractually allocated differently, we think that the substance of those provisions should be carefully
considered.
See Section 6.2 of
Deloitte’s Roadmap Noncontrolling
Interests for further discussion of allocations that are
disproportionate to ownership interests.
Example 5-2
Investors A and C have 40 percent and 60 percent equity interests, respectively, in Investee B, a partnership.
The investors use the equity method to account for their interests in B. Distributions (including those that
would occur if the investee were liquidated) are shared evenly, in accordance with the terms of the partnership
agreement.
In this example, A and C would record their proportionate shares of B’s profits and losses on the basis of the
allocation method specified in the partnership agreement (i.e., equal distribution), since this allocation reflects
the substance of the investment. That is, A and C would not record their equity method earnings on the basis
of 40 percent and 60 percent, respectively, of B’s profits and losses.
Example 5-3
Investor Z has an equity method investment in an LLC that owns income-producing real estate properties.
For financial reporting purposes, the LLC agreement states that 100 percent of depreciation expense and 50
percent of all other income and expense items are to be allocated to Z. However, the agreement states that 50
percent of all cash distributed by the LLC during its operations and upon liquidation should be allocated to Z.
In this example, there is no basis for the allocation of 100 percent of depreciation expense to Z. Therefore, Z
would record its equity method earnings on the basis of 50 percent of the LLC’s total net profits and losses
(including depreciation expense).
5.1.2.1 Hypothetical Liquidation at Book Value Method
Although the Codification does not prescribe a specific method for allocating an
investee’s earnings or losses to investors, reporting entities will often use the
hypothetical liquidation at book value (HLBV) method, which is a balance sheet approach
to encapsulating the change in an investor’s claim on an investee’s net assets as
reported under U.S. GAAP. Under the HLBV method, changes in the investor’s claim on the
investee’s net assets that would result from the period-end hypothetical liquidation of
the investee at book value form the basis for allocating the equity method investor’s
share of the investee’s earnings or losses. However, in applying the HLBV method,
investors should not consider other potential effects of a hypothetical liquidation,
such as debt prepayment or lease termination penalties.
The HLBV method arose in response to increasingly complex capital structures, the lack of prescribed
implementation guidance on how an equity method investor should determine its share of earnings or
losses generated by the equity method investee, and the ensuing diversity in practice. In an attempt to
establish in the authoritative literature the appropriate accounting for equity method investments in
entities with complex structures, the AICPA issued a proposed Statement of Position (SOP), Accounting for Investors’ Interests in Unconsolidated Real Estate Investments, in November 2000. The proposed SOP, which was not ultimately finalized, was intended for investments of unconsolidated real estate. However, the proposal led to increased use of the HLBV method as an acceptable means to allocate earnings or losses of an equity method investee among its investors when each investor’s right to participate in the earnings or losses of the investee is disproportionate to its ownership interest.
Notwithstanding the HLBV method’s origins (or its absence from the Codification), we believe that given the FASB’s focus on substance over form, the HLBV method will often be an acceptable method for allocating an investee’s earnings or losses. Other methods may also be acceptable depending on the facts and circumstances.
Under the HLBV method, a reporting entity
allocates an investee’s earnings or losses to each investor by using the following
formula:
The two examples below illustrate the calculation of an investor’s equity method
earnings or losses under the HLBV method. In addition, Case B from the example in ASC
323-10-55-54 through 55-57 also illustrates, in substance, the application of the HLBV
method (see Section
5.2.3.1).
Example 5-4
Partnership X (or the “investee”) was formed to develop and construct a
renewable solar energy facility. Partnership X will own the facility and sell
electricity at a fixed rate to a local utility under a long-term power
purchase agreement. Partnership X is a flow-through entity for tax purposes;
therefore, the tax attributes (such as ITCs and accelerated tax depreciation)
related to the solar energy facility are allocated to X’s partners in
accordance with X’s operating agreement between the partners.
The fair market value of the solar energy facility is $35 million. The tax
equity investor and sponsor (collectively, the
“investors”) will contribute $15.5 million and $19.5
million, respectively, to X. Assume that both the tax
equity investor and the sponsor account for their
investments in X under the equity method.1
Partnership X has a complex capital structure that requires an allocation of
income, gain, loss, tax deductions, and tax credits before and after a “flip
date” to the investors that is not consistent with the investors’ relative
ownership percentages. The flip date is defined as the point in time when the
tax equity investor receives a target after-tax internal rate of return (IRR)
on its investment (in this example, the tax equity investor’s target after-tax
IRR is 8 percent). The tax equity investor achieves its IRR through cash
distributions as well as the allocation of ITCs and other tax benefits.
Under the partnership agreement, income, gain, loss, tax deductions, and tax
credits for each tax year will be allocated between the
tax equity investor and the sponsor as follows:2
Preflip | Postflip | |
---|---|---|
Tax equity investor | 99 percent | 5 percent |
Sponsor | 1 percent | 95 percent |
Cash distributions for each tax year, which are not designed to approximate GAAP earnings in each period, will
be allocated between the tax equity investor and the sponsor as follows:
Preflip | Postflip | |
---|---|---|
Tax equity investor | 25 percent | 5 percent |
Sponsor | 75 percent | 95 percent |
Tax gain (or loss) recognized upon the partnership’s liquidation will be
distributed according to the following waterfall:
-
First, to partners with negative Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Section 704(b)3 capital accounts, the amount needed to bring their capital accounts to zero.
-
Second, to the partners in accordance with their preflip sharing ratios (1 percent to the sponsor and 99 percent to the tax equity investor), until the tax equity investor achieves its target IRR.
-
Finally, to the partners in accordance with their postflip tax sharing ratios (95 percent to the sponsor and 5 percent to the tax equity investor), any remaining gain (or loss).
Note that in this example, we assumed a generic set of liquidation provisions in computing HLBV
equity method income (loss). In practice, there is tremendous diversity in liquidation provisions
from deal to deal since partners develop provisions that more accurately reflect their economic
arrangements.
Given X’s complex capital structure, both the tax equity investor and the
sponsor have elected a policy of calculating their share of X’s earnings or
losses by using the HLBV method. To determine the amount allocated to each
investor under the HLBV method, the tax equity investor and sponsor must
perform an analysis of the investors’ IRC Section 704(b) capital accounts (as
adjusted in accordance with the liquidation provisions of the partnership
agreement). The mechanics of the HLBV method in this type of flip structure
involve a complex combination of U.S. GAAP and tax concepts, typically
consisting of the following steps (as of the end of each reporting period):4
-
Determine the investee’s period-end U.S. GAAP capital account balance.
-
Determine the investee’s and each investor’s starting IRC Section 704(b) capital account balance.
-
Calculate the investee’s IRC Section 704(b) book gain (loss) on hypothetical liquidation (U.S. GAAP capital account from step 1 less starting IRC Section 704(b) capital account balance from step 2).
-
Allocate the investee’s IRC Section 704(b) book gain (loss) from step 3 in the following order (specifics as determined by the liquidation provisions in the relevant agreement):
-
Allocate the gain to restore negative IRC Section 704(b) capital account balances to zero.
-
Allocate the gain to the tax equity investor until the target IRR is achieved.
-
Allocate the remaining gain (loss) in accordance with the appropriate residual sharing percentages.
-
-
Add/subtract the gain (loss) allocated in step 4 to each investor’s IRC Section 704(b) capital account balance determined in step 2.
-
Determine the change in each investor’s claim on the investee’s book value during the period (adjusted for contributions and distributions).
The attribution of X’s HLBV equity method income (loss) is calculated for the tax equity investor and the sponsor in years 1 through 3 and is shown below. Note that intra-entity profit and loss eliminations and tax impacts have been ignored for simplicity.
Step 1: Determine the
investee’s period-end U.S. GAAP capital account balance:
Step 2: Determine the
investee’s and each investor’s starting IRC Section 704(b) capital account
balance:
Step 3: Calculate the
investee’s IRC Section 704(b) book gain (loss) on hypothetical liquidation
(U.S. GAAP capital account from step 1 less starting IRC Section 704(b)
capital account balance from step 2):
Step 4: Allocate the
investee’s IRC Section 704(b) book gain (loss) on liquidation:
Step 4(a): Allocate gain to
restore negative capital accounts:
Step 4(b): Allocate gain to
tax equity investor until target after-tax return (IRR) is
achieved:**
Step 4(c): Allocate
remaining gain (loss) in accordance with appropriate residual sharing
percentages:***
Step 5: Add/subtract the
gain (loss) allocated in step 4 to each investor’s starting IRC Section
704(b) capital account balance determined in step 2:
Step 6: Determine the change
in each investor’s claim on the investee’s book value during the period
(adjusted for contributions and distributions):
Below are the journal entries the tax equity investor and the sponsor would use to record their contributions, equity method earnings or losses, and distributions related to their equity method investments in Partnership X on the basis of the calculation and summary above.
Note that in year 2, as illustrated in the journal entries below, the tax equity
investor recognizes a larger loss (and the sponsor a larger gain) than in the
other years as a result of the realization of the ITC. See the Connecting the
Dots box below this example for a discussion of diversity in practice related
to recognizing the change in the tax equity investor’s rights to book value as
a result of the realization of the ITC. The journal entries below do not
illustrate the calculation of any basis difference, as discussed in the
Connecting the Dots box. Instead, the entries show the recording of the entire
change in HLBV through earnings immediately.
Connecting the Dots
We are aware of diversity in practice related to recognizing earnings and losses
under the HLBV equity method involving ITCs. The accounting for ITCs under ASC 740 by
the tax equity investor can vary depending on whether the investor elects, as an
accounting policy, either to (1) recognize the ITC as an immediate reduction to income
tax expense (the “flow-through method”) or (2) recognize the ITC on a deferred basis
over the life of the underlying asset (the “deferral method”). See Deloitte’s Roadmap
Income Taxes for
further discussion of these methods of recognizing the ITC in earnings. If the
flow-through method is applied, the equity method loss that results from the
application of the HLBV method should always be recognized in earnings. However, if
the deferral method is applied, diversity exists in accounting for the decrease in the
right to book value as a result of the ITC’s impact on the application of the HLBV
method.
When applying the deferral method for ITCs, some tax equity investors, as
illustrated in Example
5-4, recognize the change in the right to book value in equity method
earnings of the tax equity investor in the period in which the ITC is earned (i.e.,
the period in which the underlying asset is placed in service). However, other tax
equity investors believe that it is more appropriate to consider the change in the
right to book value as a result of the ITC’s impact on the application of HLBV to be a
basis difference that would be amortized in accordance with ASC 323-10-35-13 (see
Section 5.1.5.2 for a
discussion of basis differences). If a tax equity investor applies the basis
difference approach, we recommend consultation with an accounting adviser.
This basis difference approach would not be appropriate for the sponsor if it consolidated the investee in accordance with ASC 810.
Example 5-5
Investee R, a partnership, is capitalized by equity contributions from Investor V and Investor T as follows:
Assets, liabilities, and equity for R as of December 31, 20X4, 20X5, and 20X6, are:
Investee R had net income of $50 during 20X5 and $300 during 20X6.
Assume that V accounts for its investment in R under the equity method. Investee
R is a limited-life entity that does not make regular distributions to its
investors. Upon liquidation of R, its net assets are distributed as
follows:
-
Return of the investors’ capital contributions.
-
Return of $100 to T.
-
Remainder to the investors on a pro rata basis.
Given R’s complex capital structure, V has elected a policy of calculating its share of R’s earnings or losses by using the HLBV method. Thus, net income for 20X5 and 20X6 is allocated on the basis of the hypothetical liquidations of net assets as of December 31, 20X4, 20X5, and 20X6, as depicted in the chart below. Note that intra-entity profit and loss eliminations and tax impacts have been ignored for simplicity.
Investor V’s share of R’s earnings during 20X5 is zero, because its claim on the book value has remained
unchanged during the year (i.e., T was allocated 100 percent of the net income). Investor V’s share of R’s
earnings during 20X6 is $125 (V’s $325 claim on December 31, 20X6, net assets less its $200 claim on
December 31, 20X5, net assets).
Connecting the Dots
We believe that while it will often be acceptable for an entity to use the HLBV method to allocate
an investee’s earnings or losses, there may be instances in which it would be inappropriate for
an entity to use the HLBV method. Because the HLBV method inherently focuses on how an
investee’s net assets will be distributed in liquidation, a detailed understanding of the investee’s
intention with respect to cash distributions is important. We believe that when provisions
governing the attribution of liquidating distributions differ significantly from those governing the
attribution of ordinary distributions, it would be inappropriate to rely on the HLBV method to
allocate the earnings or losses of a going-concern investee if the investee is expected to make
significant ordinary distributions throughout its life.
5.1.2.2 Capital-Allocation-Based Arrangements
Capital-allocation-based arrangements are fee arrangements in which one or more parties receives
compensation for managing the capital of one or more investors. These arrangements typically include
two payment streams: (1) a management fee (usually a fixed percentage of the net asset value of the
assets under management) and (2) an incentive-based fee (i.e., a fee based on the extent to which a
fund’s performance exceeds predetermined thresholds). Often, a private-equity or real estate fund
manager (who may be the GP and have a small ownership percentage in the fund) will receive incentive-based
fees by way of a disproportionate allocation of capital from a fund’s limited partnership interests if
certain investment returns are achieved (commonly referred to as “carried interests”). This is an example
of a capital-allocation-based arrangement that involves an equity interest (the partnership interests held
by the GP).
Before the adoption of ASU 2014-09 (codified as ASC 606), GP investors that did not have a controlling financial interest in the underlying partnership generally accounted for their GP interest, excluding the disproportionate allocation of profits, by using the equity method of accounting as prescribed in ASC 323. With respect to the incentive-based-fee portion of their GP investments, investors usually applied EITF Topic D-96 (codified in ASC 605-20-S99-1), which specifies two acceptable approaches to
accounting for the receipt of fees for performance-based fee arrangements such as an
incentive-based fee in a capital-allocation-based arrangement:
-
Method 1 — Because of the possibility that fees earned by exceeding performance targets early in the measurement period may be reversed if performance targets are missed later in the measurement period, no incentive-based-fee income is recorded until the end of the measurement period (which in some cases may be coterminous with the life of the fund under management).
-
Method 2 — Incentive-based-fee income is recorded on the basis of the amount that would be due under the relevant formula at any point in time as if the contract were terminated at that date.
Notwithstanding the above, before the adoption of ASU 2014-09, some investors may have been treating the incentive-based-fee portion of their GP investments within the scope of ASC 323 on the basis of footnote 1 of EITF Topic D-96 (although not
codified in ASC 605-20-S99-1), which states:
The SEC staff
understands that in certain entities within the scope of AICPA Statement of Position
No. 78-9, Accounting for Investments in Real Estate Ventures, the manager is
the general partner in a partnership and receives fees in the form of partnership
allocations. If the general partner manager has been accounting for such arrangements
on the equity method in accordance with that SOP, the manager may continue to apply
that method.
With the issuance of ASU 2014-09, the question has arisen about whether these capital-allocation-based arrangements are within the scope of ASC 606 or whether they would be accounted for under other
U.S. GAAP (particularly ASC 323).
We believe that if these capital-allocation-based arrangements are within the
scope of ASC 606, the incentive-based-fee portion would represent variable
consideration. As illustrated in Example 25 in ASC 606-10-55-221 through 55-225, the
application of the variable consideration constraint may result in a delay in
recognition of incentive-based fees for entities that previously chose to apply Method
2. In some cases, this delay may be significant. See Deloitte’s Roadmap Revenue Recognition for
further discussion of constraining estimates of variable consideration.
Notwithstanding Example 25, ASC 606 does not contain explicit guidance on whether capital-allocation-based arrangements that involve an equity interest are within its scope.
We believe that the accounting for an entity’s capital-allocation-based
arrangements will vary in accordance with the nature and substance of the arrangement.
Specifically, certain entities may be able to demonstrate that the incentive-based fee
is an attribute of an equity interest. In such instances, the entity would be able to
make an accounting policy election to account for the incentive-based fee under the
provisions of ASC 606 or ASC 323 since the equity interest, inclusive of the incentive
fee, would qualify for the scope exception outlined in ASC 606-10-15-2(c)(3). See
Section 2.4.2.1.1 for further discussion.
Thus, entities should carefully evaluate the scoping guidance within these
Codification topics, particularly ASC 323, to determine whether their
capital-allocation-based arrangements should be accounted for thereunder.
If an investor determines that the incentive-based-fee portion of its capital-allocation-based arrangements is within the scope of ASC 323 (and thus qualifies for the scope exception to ASC 606 noted above), we believe that the scope exception would be applied only to the incentive-based fee. We believe that the management-fee portion of the capital-allocation-based arrangement, if present, should be accounted for under ASC 606.
Application of the equity method under ASC 323-10-35-4 would permit the investor
to recognize its share of earnings or losses, inclusive of the incentive-based fee, in
the periods in which they are recognized by the underlying investee. The guidance
states, in part, that “[a]n investor’s share of the earnings or losses of an investee
shall be based on the shares of common stock and in-substance common stock held by that
investor.” However, when an agreement designates allocations among the investors of the
investee’s profits and losses, certain costs and expenses, distributions from
operations, or distributions upon liquidation that are different from ownership
percentages, it may not be appropriate for the investor to record equity method income
on the basis of the equity interest owned. Examples illustrating these considerations
are included in ASC 323-10-55-30 through 55-47, ASC 323-10-55-48 through 55-57 (see
Section 5.2.3.1), and ASC
323-10-35-19 (see Section
5.2). ASC 323-10-55-54 through 55-57 also illustrate, in substance, the
application of the HLBV method (see Sections 5.2.3.1 and 5.1.2.1). This guidance is consistent with that in ASC 970-323-35-16 and
35-17 (see Section 5.1.2),
under which the equity method is applied to investments in entities that have legal
agreements designating the allocation of profits and losses and distributions. Given
that capital-allocation-based arrangements often provide for a disproportionate
allocation of profits on the basis of the fair value of underlying investments in a
fund, the investor should carefully determine the most appropriate method of calculating
its share of earnings or losses of the investee after considering all of the
arrangement’s facts and circumstances.
ASC 323-10-45-1 states that “[u]nder the equity method, an investment in common stock shall be
shown in the balance sheet of an investor as a single amount” and that “an investor’s share of earnings
or losses from its investment shall be shown in its income statement as a single amount.” Therefore, if
the investor has determined that it is appropriate to account for the incentive-based-fee portion of its
capital-allocation-based arrangement under ASC 323, we believe that the investor should present its GP
investment in the underlying investee as one unit of account in the same line item in the balance sheet.
Regarding income statement presentation, we are aware of the following two potentially acceptable
views:
- The entire amount of the investor’s share of earnings, including its pro rata allocation of profits as well as allocations under the incentive-based-fee portion of the capital-allocation-based arrangement, represents revenue earned by the investor and should therefore be presented in the revenue total in the income statement. However, since these revenues would be considered outside the scope of ASC 606, the amounts should not be labeled as revenue from contracts with customers in the investor’s financial statements or in the accompanying footnotes and disclosures.
- The entire amount of the investor’s share of earnings, including its pro rata allocation of profits as well as allocations under the incentive-based-fee portion of the capital-allocation-based arrangement, should be reflected in a separate line item outside of revenue in the income statement.
5.1.3 Differences Between Investor and Investee Accounting Policies and Principles
An investor and its equity method investee may prepare their financial statements by using different
accounting policies and principles. Depending on the circumstances, the investor may be required to
make adjustments to the investee’s financial statements when calculating its share of the investee’s
earnings or losses.
5.1.3.1 Equity Method Investee Does Not Follow U.S. GAAP
ASC 970-323
35-20 In
the real estate industry, the accounts of a venture may reflect accounting
practices, such as those used to prepare tax basis data for investors, that
vary from GAAP. If the financial statements of the investor are to be
prepared in conformity with GAAP, such variances that are material shall be
eliminated in applying the equity method.
The term “earnings or losses of an investee” is defined in ASC 323-10-20 as
“[n]et income (or net loss) of an investee determined in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP).” Therefore, if an investee is not following U.S.
GAAP, an investor that reports under U.S. GAAP must make adjustments to convert the
investee’s financial statements into U.S. GAAP so it can apply the equity method and
record its share of the investee’s earnings or losses. This situation may arise, for
example, when the investee’s financial statements are prepared under IFRS Accounting
Standards or some other basis of accounting (i.e., in the real estate industry when the
investee’s financial statements were prepared by using tax basis information that
differs from U.S. GAAP).
GAAP in some countries other than the United States permit an investor to
recognize its share of net income in an equity method investee by using the investee’s
basis of accounting, which may be different from that of the investor. For example, a
foreign registrant using French GAAP may have an equity method investee that reports
under German GAAP. Because a conversion of the investee’s net income into French GAAP is
not required under French GAAP, the financial statements of the investor will simply
reflect the investor’s share of the investee’s German GAAP net income.
At the 2000 AICPA Conference on Current SEC Developments, the SEC staff indicated that a foreign registrant that is reconciling to U.S. GAAP must convert the net income of its equity method investees into net income prepared under U.S. GAAP and must list the difference as a reconciling item.
5.1.3.2 Investee Has Elected a Private-Company Alternative
ASC 323-10 — Glossary
Public Business Entity
A public business entity is a business entity meeting any one of the criteria below. Neither a not-for-profit entity nor an employee benefit plan is a business entity.
- It is required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to file or furnish financial statements, or does file or furnish financial statements (including voluntary filers), with the SEC (including other entities whose financial statements or financial information are required to be or are included in a filing).
- It is required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Act), as amended, or rules or regulations promulgated under the Act, to file or furnish financial statements with a regulatory agency other than the SEC.
- It is required to file or furnish financial statements with a foreign or domestic regulatory agency in preparation for the sale of or for purposes of issuing securities that are not subject to contractual restrictions on transfer.
- It has issued, or is a conduit bond obligor for, securities that are traded, listed, or quoted on an exchange or an over-the-counter market.
- It has one or more securities that are not subject to contractual restrictions on transfer, and it is required by law, contract, or regulation to prepare U.S. GAAP financial statements (including notes) and make them publicly available on a periodic basis (for example, interim or annual periods). An entity must meet both of these conditions to meet this criterion.
An entity may meet the definition of a public business entity solely because its financial statements or financial information is included in another entity’s filing with the SEC. In that case, the entity is only a public business entity for purposes of financial statements that are filed or furnished with the SEC.
The PCC determines alternatives to existing nongovernmental U.S. GAAP to address
the needs of users of private-company financial statements on the basis of criteria
mutually agreed upon by the PCC and the FASB. The FASB has issued certain ASUs that
contain these PCC alternatives. When an investor accounts for its interest in an
investee, the determination of whether PCC alternatives are allowed and whether there is
any impact to the investor’s recognition of its share of the investee’s earnings or
losses depends on whether the investor and the investee meet the definition of a PBE.
-
If the investor and the investee are not PBEs — If both the investor and the investee are not PBEs, the investor and the investee may use PCC alternatives. The investor may conform the investee’s accounting policies with its own to unwind a PCC alternative elected by the investee. However, if the investee does not apply a PCC alternative, the investor may not change the investee’s accounting policies to conform with its own.
-
If the investor is not a PBE but the investee is a PBE — If the investor is not a PBE but the investee is a PBE, the investor may apply PCC alternatives. The investee is prohibited from applying PCC alternatives in its own separate financial statements. Further, the investor is prohibited from conforming the investee’s accounting policies to its accounting policies (i.e., the investor cannot apply the PCC alternatives to the investee’s financial statements when the investor is preparing its own financial statements).
-
If the investor and the investee are PBEs — If the investor and the investee are PBEs, both the investor and the investee are prohibited from applying PCC alternatives.
-
If the investor is a PBE but the investee is not a PBE — If the investor is a PBE but the investee is not a PBE, the investor is prohibited from applying PCC alternatives. The investee may elect to apply PCC alternatives in its separate financial statements; however, when applying the equity method of accounting, the investor may need to make adjustments in certain circumstances.While not authoritative, the guidance in AICPA Technical Q&As Section 7100.08 distinguishes between when the investor meets criterion (a) and when it meets criteria (b) through (e) of the ASC master glossary definition of a PBE in the determination of whether any adjustments to equity method pickups would be required.If the investor is a PBE according to criterion (a) of the ASC master glossary definition, the investor is required to reverse the investee’s PCC alternatives when calculating its equity method pickup. The SEC staff has indicated in discussions that PBEs are prohibited from including PCC alternatives in their financial statements on an “indirect” basis when they apply the equity method of accounting. Although the PCC alternatives are considered part of U.S. GAAP, precluding their use by an investor that meets the definition of a PBE (referred to herein as a “PBE investor”) is consistent with requiring investors that apply the equity method to adjust the accounting of an investee that applies other GAAP (e.g., IFRS Accounting Standards) (see Section 5.1.3.1).If the investor is a PBE according to criteria (b) through (e) of the ASC master glossary definition, the investor is not required to reverse the investee’s PCC alternatives when calculating its equity method pickup. However, the investor may elect to do so in certain circumstances (e.g., if it plans to go public).Example 5-6Company P holds an interest in Company Q and accounts for it by applying the equity method. Because P is an SEC registrant, it is a PBE for financial reporting purposes according to criterion (a) of the ASC master glossary definition. Company Q is a private company that has elected to amortize goodwill in accordance with ASC 350-20-15-4 in its own financial statements. In addition, P is not required to include Q’s separate financial statements in its own SEC filings (in accordance with Regulation S-X, Rule 3-09).5 Therefore, for P’s SEC filing purposes, Q does not explicitly meet criterion (a) of the definition of a PBE because Q is not one of the “other entities whose financial statements or financial information are required to be or are included in a filing.” Company P’s accounting under the equity method cannot reflect Q’s election to amortize goodwill. Although Q may be eligible to amortize goodwill when it prepares its stand-alone financial statements, Q’s accounting must be changed to that of a PBE when P applies the equity method to account for its interest in Q. Thus, P would reverse the amortization recorded by Q (and the related tax effects, if any) and evaluate whether the adjusted carrying value of goodwill on Q’s books, without the election to amortize goodwill, would be deemed impaired if Q performed the impairment analysis required of a PBE (i.e., an annual test performed at the reporting-unit level).See Section 5.1.3.4 for details regarding application of the definition of a PBE to an equity method investee and a discussion of the extent to which PBE effective dates of new accounting standards apply when a PBE investor accounts for its interest in an investee that may or may not be a PBE.
5.1.3.3 Investee Applies Different Accounting Policies Under U.S. GAAP
While a PBE investor cannot apply the equity method to account for its interest
in an investee until it adjusts the investee’s financial statements to eliminate any
elected private-company accounting alternatives (as discussed in the previous section),
there is no need to align the investee’s accounting policies with those of the investor
as long as the investee’s policies can be applied by a PBE. That is, in accordance with
the ASC master glossary definition of the term “earnings or losses of an investee,” as
long as the investee’s accounting policies are acceptable under U.S. GAAP, the
investee’s financial statements should not be adjusted to conform to the accounting
policies of the investor.
For instance, if an equity method investee accounts for its inventory under the
last-in, first-out method while the investor uses the first-in, first-out method (or
vice versa), the investor should not adjust the investee’s financial statements to
conform to the investor’s inventory policy. However, it is important for the investor to
understand the impact of these differing accounting policies when calculating equity
method earnings and, specifically, whether any intra-entity profit or loss eliminations
are required. For example, assume that an investor and its equity method investee enter
into a sales contract and the investor determines that the contract is a derivative
while the investee elects the normal purchases and normal sales derivative scope
exception. This difference in accounting policy leads the investor to account for the
contract at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in earnings, while the
investee accounts for the same contract on an accrual basis. In this case, the investor
will have to eliminate unrealized intra-entity profits or losses recognized on the
contract. See Section
5.1.5.1 for details on intra-entity profit or loss eliminations.
5.1.3.4 Investee Adopts a New Accounting Standard on a Different Date
New accounting standards often establish divergent adoption requirements (e.g.,
different effective dates) for PBEs and non-PBEs. The determination of whether an
investor registrant must adjust an equity method investee’s adoption of a new standard
to make it conform to the manner of adoption required of PBEs depends on whether the
equity method investee is considered a PBE. For example, an equity method investee whose
financial statements are included in a registrant’s filing under Regulation S-X, Rule
3-09, because the equity method investee is significant to the registrant is considered
a PBE under U.S. GAAP.
In his remarks before the 2016 AICPA Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB Developments, Jonathan Wiggins, associate chief accountant in the OCA, stated, in part:
Whether an entity is a public business entity can have a significant impact on financial reporting, particularly since certain FASB guidance, including the new revenue, leases, and financial instruments standards, have different effective dates for public business entities. You should ensure that all entities that meet the definition of a public business entity adopt such guidance using the effective dates for public business entities for purposes of the financial statements or financial information included in a filing with the SEC.
OCA has received related questions regarding the accounting for equity method investees that do not otherwise meet the FASB’s definition of a public business entity. [Footnotes omitted]
When a PBE investor accounts for its interest in an investee, the determination of whether the PBE effective dates of new accounting standards apply to (1) the investee’s financial statements or financial information filed with or furnished to the SEC and (2) the PBE investor’s recognition of its share of the investee’s earnings or losses depends on whether the investee (1) is a PBE itself, (2) is a PBE because of its relationship with the PBE investor, or (3) is not a PBE.
- If the investee is a PBE itself — If the investee is a PBE itself (i.e., it meets the definition of a PBE regardless of its relationship with the PBE investor), the investor’s equity method of accounting should be based on the financial statements that the investee prepared by applying the specific PBE transition dates and provisions, if any, of the new accounting standard being adopted. In addition, the investee’s financial statements or financial information filed or furnished by the PBE investor must reflect the investee’s adoption of the new accounting standard and its compliance with the specific PBE transition dates and provisions, if any.
- If the investee is a PBE because of its relationship with the PBE investor — In some instances, an investee meets the definition of a PBE according to the ASC master glossary “solely because its financial statements or financial information is included in another entity’s filing with the SEC.” For example, an SEC filer may include financial statements or financial information of investees that otherwise would not meet the definition of a PBE (referred to herein as “specified PBEs”) in its own filings with the SEC under the following Regulation S-X rules:6
-
Rule 3-05, “Financial Statements of Businesses Acquired or to Be Acquired.”
-
Rule 3-09, “Separate Financial Statements of Subsidiaries Not Consolidated and 50 Percent or Less Owned Persons.”
-
Rule 3-14, “Special Instructions for Financial Statements of Real Estate Operations Acquired or to Be Acquired.”
-
Rule 4-08(g), “Summarized Financial Information of Subsidiaries Not Consolidated and 50 Percent or Less Owned Persons.”
-
Rule 10-01(b)(1), “Interim Financial Statements.”
-
- If the investee is not a PBE — Mr. Wiggins indicated that in the determination of the applicable effective dates of accounting standards, he believes that when an SEC registrant uses the equity method to account for its investment in an entity that is not a PBE, amounts recognized by the registrant would not be considered financial information included in a filing with the SEC under the FASB’s definition of a PBE. Thus, the non-PBE equity method investee would not be required to use PBE effective dates solely to determine the registrant’s application of the equity method of accounting.
See Section
6.4.2.1 for details regarding form and content considerations.
Note that if an investee early adopts a new accounting standard while the investor
adopts that standard on the required adoption date, the investor is not required to
eliminate the effects of the investee's early adoption in its financial statements since
both the investor and investee have complied with the adoption dates for that standard.
However, care must be taken in the elimination of intercompany transactions to avoid the
recognition of profit or loss that results from the investee’s adoption of a new
accounting standard before adoption by the investor.
5.1.3.4.1 Application of PBE Adoption Dates to Equity Method Investees With Different Fiscal Year-Ends
Determining the adoption date for a new accounting standard when a PBE investor and its equity method investee that meets the definition of a PBE have different fiscal year-end dates can be complex. Mr. Wiggins noted that when an equity method investee meets the definition of a PBE, the registrant’s equity method accounting would be expected “to be based on the [investee’s] financial statements prepared using the public business entity effective dates.” Therefore, we believe that when the investee has a different fiscal year-end than the investor, it would be appropriate for the investee to use the adoption date based on the investee’s fiscal year-end, which may be later than the investor’s adoption date.
Example 5-7
Investor K is a PBE that holds an equity method investment in Investee M.
Although M is a private company, it meets the definition of a PBE because
its financial statements are included in K’s SEC filing under Regulation
S-X, Rule 3-09, given that M is significant to K. Investor K has a
December 31 fiscal year-end, whereas M has a June 30 fiscal year-end.
Note that M is permitted to use the non-PBE effective
dates in accordance with the relief provided by the SEC, as described in
ASU 2020-02, which we understand has been extended to include deferral of
the effective dates in ASU 2020-05. However, to illustrate the use of
different fiscal year-ends and not the SEC relief, this example assumes
that both K and M are applying the PBE effective dates.
In its filing of financial statements for the year ending on December 31 with
the SEC, K would include M’s financial statements for the year ending on
June 30. Because there is a greater-than-three-month lag between K’s and
M’s fiscal year-end dates, the equity method earnings (losses) reported in
K’s financial statements are adjusted in such a way that K is recording
its equity method earnings (losses) in M for the 12 months ending on
December 31. See Section
5.1.4 for details related to accounting for an investor’s
share of earnings on a time lag.
ASC 606 and ASC 842 are effective for PBEs for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and December 15, 2018, respectively (i.e., calendar periods beginning on January 1, 2018, and January 1, 2019, respectively), and interim periods therein. Since M meets the definition of a specified PBE, it may choose to adopt these standards by using the PBE effective date.
Investee M would not be precluded from adopting ASC 606 and ASC 842 by using its
own PBE effective date (i.e., July 1, 2018, and July 1, 2019,
respectively). In the year of adoption, this would result in the
reflection in K’s equity method earnings (losses) in M of six months of
M’s accounting before the adoption of ASC 606 and ASC 842 and six months
of M’s accounting after the adoption of ASC 606 and ASC 842. If M were
required to use the PBE adoption date of K (i.e., January 1, 2019), this
would effectively cause M to adopt ASC 606 and ASC 842 as of July 1, 2017,
and July 1, 2018, respectively, which is, respectively, one year before
its own PBE effective date and more than two years before the non-PBE
effective date.
5.1.3.5 Investee Applies Specialized Industry Accounting
ASC 323-10
25-7 For the purposes of applying the equity method of accounting to an investee subject to guidance in an industry-specific Topic, an entity shall retain the industry-specific guidance applied by that investee.
ASC 810-10
25-15 For the purposes of consolidating a subsidiary subject to guidance in an industry-specific Topic, an entity
shall retain the industry-specific guidance applied by that subsidiary.
Under ASC 323-10-25-7, if an equity method investee applies industry-specific
guidance, the investor should retain the application of the industry-specific guidance
when preparing its financial statements. For example, specialized industry accounting
allows investment companies to carry their investments at fair value, with changes in
the fair value of the investments recorded in the statement of operations. Since ASC
323-10 essentially requires a one-line consolidation, an investor that holds investments
that qualify for specialized industry accounting for investment companies (in accordance
with ASC 946) should follow that guidance regardless of whether the investment is
accounted for under the equity method or is consolidated. Therefore, the investor should
record in its statement of operations its share of the earnings or losses, realized and
unrealized, as reported by its equity method investees that qualify for specialized
industry accounting for investment companies.
5.1.4 Accounting for an Investor’s Share of Earnings on a Time Lag
ASC 323-10
35-6 If financial statements of an investee are not sufficiently timely for an investor to apply the equity method
currently, the investor ordinarily shall record its share of the earnings or losses of an investee from the most
recent available financial statements. A lag in reporting shall be consistent from period to period.
In some situations, an equity method investee’s fiscal-year-end date will not be the same as an
investor’s. In addition, an equity method investee may have the same fiscal-year-end date as the
investor, but the financial statements of the equity method investee may not be made available to the
investor in a sufficiently timely manner. The investor should consider all facts and circumstances when
assessing the appropriateness of reporting its share of the equity method investee’s financial results on
a time lag. For instance, investors may receive periodic financial information from investees in the form
of capital statements, performance reports, statements of net asset value, or statements of unit value.
Such financial information is most likely derived from investee accounting records that are substantively
the same as financial statements. Accordingly, investors should carefully evaluate their conclusions
concerning what constitutes an investee’s “most recent available financial statements.”
It is generally acceptable for an investor to apply the equity method accounting by using an equity
method investee’s financial statements with a different reporting date as long as the reporting dates
of the investor and investee are no greater than three months apart. Since equity method accounting
generally results in single-line consolidation, ASC 810-10-45-12 provides the following analogous
guidance:
It ordinarily is feasible for the subsidiary to prepare, for consolidation purposes, financial statements for a
period that corresponds with or closely approaches the fiscal period of the parent. However, if the difference is
not more than about three months, it usually is acceptable to use, for consolidation purposes, the subsidiary’s
financial statements for its fiscal period; if this is done, recognition should be given by disclosure or otherwise
to the effect of intervening events that materially affect the financial position or results of operations.
When the investor reports its share of the results of its equity method investee on a time lag, the
investee’s results should be for the same length of time as the investor’s results. For example, in the
investor’s 12-month financial statements, the investee’s results also would be for the full 12 months,
although the results will be for a different 12 months than the investor’s stand-alone results. It would
not be appropriate to include the investee’s results for a period that is greater or less than 12 months.
The investor’s evaluation of whether to report its share of the equity method investee’s financial results
on a time lag should be performed for each investment separately. For instance, the investor may use a reporting time lag for certain equity method investees but not for others. The decision to use a reporting time lag for an equity method investee should be applied consistently for that investee in each reporting period.
The investor should evaluate material events occurring during the time lag (i.e., the period between the investee’s most recent available financial statements and the investor’s balance sheet date) to determine whether the effects of such events should be disclosed or recorded in the investor’s financial statements. By analogy to ASC 810-10-45-12, “recognition should be given by disclosure or otherwise to the effect of intervening events that materially affect the [investor’s] financial position or results of operations” (emphasis added).
An investor may elect a policy of either disclosing all material intervening
events or both disclosing and recognizing them. Either policy is acceptable and should be
consistently applied to all material intervening events that meet the recognition
requirements of U.S. GAAP. When the investor chooses to recognize material intervening
events, either in accordance with its elected policy or because the events are so
significant that disclosure alone would not be sufficient, it should take care to reflect
only the impact of such events. Further, the investor should track recognized material
intervening events for the time lag to ensure that those events are not recognized again
in subsequent periods. It would generally not be appropriate to present the investor’s
share of more than 12 months of operations for the investee in the investor’s financial
statements (in addition to the effects of the recognized event or another change in the
investor’s accounting for the investee). See Section 11.1.3 of Deloitte’s Consolidation Roadmap for further
discussion of when recognition or disclosure or both are appropriate for material
intervening events. This guidance applies to material (or significant) intervening events
that would affect the investee’s financial results rather than transactions or events of
the investor. For instance, if the investor sold its interest in the investee during the
reporting lag, the sale is a transaction of the investor. Therefore, in such
circumstances, the disposal of the investee should be recognized in the period in which
the disposition occurs, regardless of whether a reporting lag exists. It would be
inappropriate to defer recognition of the transaction at the investor level because the
transaction falls into a different interim or annual period for the investee. Further, if
an investor disposes of its interest in an equity method investee that reports its
financial results on a lag, the investor only recognizes its share of the investee’s
profit (loss) for the period up to the most recently available financial statements of the
investee. Any resulting gain or loss on the disposal of the investee should be recognized
by the investor in the period in which the sale occurred (i.e., not on a lag).
Also, an investor’s other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) testing of its equity
method investments should be performed as of the investor’s balance sheet date in
accordance with ASC 323-10-35-32. The investor should evaluate all impairment indicators
that occur during the time lag. See Section 5.5 for additional guidance on evaluating equity method investments
for OTTIs, including examples of impairment indicators.
The example below illustrates the adoption of a
new accounting standard when an investor records its share of earnings of its equity
method investee on a time lag.
Example 5-8
Investor Q is a public company that has adopted ASC 606 as of January 1, 2018,
by using the modified retrospective approach. Investor Q records its share of
earnings of its equity method investee, G, on a one-quarter lag. Specifically,
for the first quarter of 2018, Q will record its share of G’s earnings for the
period from October 1, 2017, through December 31, 2017. Because of this time
lag, the impact from G’s adoption of ASC 606 would not be included in Q’s
results until April 1, 2018. In this situation, we believe that Q should
report its share of the impact from G’s adoption of ASC 606 as an adjustment
to equity on April 1, 2018. Although Q’s ASC 606 adoption date is January 1,
2018, Q records its share of G’s earnings on a one-quarter lag. Therefore, it
is appropriate that Q’s share of G’s cumulative equity adjustment because of
ASC 606 adoption should also be reported on a lag (on April 1, 2018). We
believe that since Q recognizes its share of G’s first-quarter earnings in the
second quarter, Q should also recognize the cumulative equity adjustment
resulting from G’s adoption of ASC 606 on the first day of the second quarter
(April 1, 2018).
In addition, ASC 810-10-45-13 requires investors to record the elimination of a reporting time lag “as
a change in accounting principle in accordance with the provisions of Topic 250.” ASC 250-10-45-2
indicates that an entity may change an accounting principle only if the change is considered preferable,
stating, in part:
A reporting entity shall change an accounting principle only if either of the following apply:
- The change is required by a newly issued Codification update.
- The entity can justify the use of an allowable alternative accounting principle on the basis that it is preferable. [Emphasis added]
While the criterion in ASC 250-10-45-2(b) above refers to preferable methods of
applying accounting principles in situations with multiple allowable alternatives,
investors should view the application and discontinuance of the reporting time lag as a
matter of acceptability rather than preference. That is, the method an investor uses to
apply a reporting time lag and its discontinuance or modification of this method are
matters of fact and necessity rather than elections among multiple acceptable
alternatives. Generally, under ASC 250, voluntary changes in accounting principles must be
presented retrospectively.
Even if an investor’s use of a reporting time lag for its equity method
investee was appropriate in previous periods, the investor must discontinue the use of
such a time lag once the equity method investee can produce reliable and timely financial
statements by using the same reporting date as the investor.
Note that if an investor that historically did not use a reporting time
lag for its equity method investee subsequently determines that results should be reported
on a time lag, that change would be considered a change in accounting policy subject to
the requirements in ASC 250. In practice, it is often difficult to justify an investor’s
use of a reporting time lag for its equity method investee when it has historically not
used a time lag. Similarly, it is difficult to justify lengthening the period of a time
lag, and such a change is expected to be rare. In the evaluation of a new or extended time
lag period, the inability to obtain timely financial information from the equity method
investee is generally not sufficient to justify the change. Further, such an inability to
obtain timely information may indicate that the investor lacks significant influence over
the equity method investee.
5.1.5 Adjustments to Equity Method Earnings and Losses
As noted in ASC 323-10-35-5 (see Section 5.1), to determine its share of an investee’s
earnings or losses in income, an investor should adjust its share of equity method
earnings or losses (and make corresponding adjustments to the carrying value of the equity
method investment) for the following:
-
Intra-entity profits and losses (see the next section).
-
Amortization or accretion of basis differences (see Section 5.1.5.2).
-
Investee capital transactions (see Section 5.1.5.3).
-
Other comprehensive income (OCI) (see Section 5.1.5.4).
5.1.5.1 Intra-Entity Profits and Losses
ASC 323-10
35-7 Intra-entity profits and losses shall be eliminated until realized by the investor or investee as if the investee were consolidated. Specifically, intra-entity profits or losses on assets still remaining with an investor or investee shall be eliminated, giving effect to any income taxes on the intra-entity transactions, except for any of the following:
- A transaction with an investee (including a joint venture investee) that is accounted for as a deconsolidation of a subsidiary or a derecognition of a group of assets in accordance with paragraphs 810-10-40-3A through 40-5.
- A transaction with an investee (including a joint venture investee) that is accounted for as a change in ownership transaction in accordance with paragraphs 810-10-45-21A through 45-24.
- A transaction with an investee (including a joint venture investee) that is accounted for as the derecognition of an asset in accordance with Subtopic 610-20 on gains and losses from the derecognition of nonfinancial assets.
35-8 Because the equity method is a one-line consolidation, the details reported in the investor’s financial statements under the equity method will not be the same as would be reported in consolidated financial statements under Subtopic 810-10. All intra-entity transactions are eliminated in consolidation under that Subtopic, but under the equity method, intra-entity profits or losses are normally eliminated only on assets still remaining on the books of an investor or an investee.
35-9 Paragraph 810-10-45-18 provides for complete elimination of intra-entity income or losses in consolidation and states that the elimination of intra-entity income or loss may be allocated between the parent and the noncontrolling interests. Whether all or a proportionate part of the intra-entity income or loss shall be eliminated under the equity method depends largely on the relationship between the investor and investee.
35-10 If an investor controls an investee through majority voting interest and enters into a transaction with an investee that is not at arm’s length, none of the intra-entity profit or loss from the transaction shall be recognized in income by the investor until it has been realized through transactions with third parties. The same treatment applies also for an investee established with the cooperation of an investor (including an investee established for the financing and operation or leasing of property sold to the investee by the investor) if control is exercised through guarantees of indebtedness, extension of credit and other special arrangements by the investor for the benefit of the investee, or because of ownership by the investor of warrants, convertible securities, and so forth issued by the investee.
35-11 In other circumstances, it would be appropriate for the investor to eliminate intra-entity profit in relation
to the investor’s common stock interest in the investee. In these circumstances, the percentage of intra-entity
profit to be eliminated would be the same regardless of whether the transaction is downstream (that is, a sale
by the investor to the investee) or upstream (that is, a sale by the investee to the investor).
35-12 Example 3 (see paragraph 323-10-55-27) illustrates the application of this guidance.
ASC 970-323
30-7 An investor shall not record as income its equity in the venture’s profit from a sale of real estate to that
investor; the investor’s share of such profit shall be recorded as a reduction in the carrying amount of the
purchased real estate and recognized as income on a pro rata basis as the real estate is depreciated or when it
is sold to a third party. Similarly, if a venture performs services for an investor and the cost of those services is
capitalized by the investor, the investor’s share of the venture’s profit in the transaction shall be recorded as a
reduction in the carrying amount of the capitalized cost.
35-14 Intra-entity profit shall be eliminated by the investor in relation to the investor’s noncontrolling
interest in the investee, unless one of the exceptions in paragraph 323-10-35-7 applies. An investor that
controls the investee and enters into a transaction with the investee shall eliminate all of the interentity
profit on assets remaining within the group. (See Subsection 323-30-35 for accounting guidance
concerning partnership ownership interest.)
35-15 A sale of property in which the seller holds or acquires a noncontrolling interest in the buyer shall
be evaluated in accordance with the guidance in paragraphs 360-10-40-3A through 40-3B. No profit shall
be recognized if the seller controls the buyer.
As discussed in Section
10.2.1 of Deloitte’s Consolidation Roadmap, ASC 810-10-45-1 and ASC 810-10-45-18 require
intercompany balances and transactions to be eliminated in their entirety. The amount of
profit or loss eliminated would not be affected by the existence of a noncontrolling
interest (e.g., intra-entity open accounts balances, security holdings, sales and
purchases, interest, or dividends). Since consolidated financial statements are based on
the assumption that they represent the financial position and operating results of a
single economic entity, the consolidated statements would not include any gain or loss
transactions between the entities in the consolidated group.
Although ASC 810 provides for complete elimination of intercompany profits or losses in consolidation, it also states that the elimination of intercompany profit or loss may be allocated proportionately between the parent and noncontrolling interests.
Because the equity method is a one-line consolidation, an investor should eliminate its intra-entity profits or losses resulting from transactions with equity method investees until the investor or the investee realizes the profits or losses through transactions with independent third parties.
When performing the analysis of whether an intra-entity sale should be
recognized, an investor must determine whether there are any unstated rights or
privileges present in the transaction and whether the transaction includes, in whole or
in part, a capital contribution or distribution that should be accounted for separately.
If recognition of the sale is deemed appropriate, the investor would recognize gross
revenue, costs, and profits (or losses) on the transaction, all of which would flow
through those respective financial statement line items, as well as its proportionate
share of expense recorded by the investee through the application of equity method
accounting, which would flow through the same financial statement line item as equity
method earnings (losses).
In applying the equity method, the investor will first need to determine whether
intra-entity assets remain on the books of either the investor or the investee (e.g.,
inventory). If assets do remain on the books of either the investor in an upstream
transaction (i.e., a sale by the investee to the investor) or the investee in a
downstream transaction (i.e., a sale by the investor to the investee), the determination
of whether all or only the investor’s proportionate share of the intra-entity profit or
loss is eliminated depends on (1) an evaluation of the nature of the relationship
between the investor and the investee (i.e., generally, whether the investor controls
the investee through a majority voting interest or other means as described in ASC
323-10-35-10) and (2) whether the intra-entity transaction is conducted at arm’s length
in the normal course of business. If an investor controls the investee through a
majority voting interest and the intra-entity transaction is not conducted at
arm’s-length terms, all of the intra-entity profit or loss is required to be eliminated
by the investor. However, situations in which an investor would have control over an
investee through a majority voting interest would be rare because an investor with a
controlling financial interest in a legal entity must consolidate the legal entity under
ASC 810.
In ASU 2017-05, the FASB noted that it had
”placed more emphasis on eliminating differences between the derecognition of assets and
the derecognition of businesses or nonprofit activities.” Therefore, it decided to amend
ASC 323-10-35-7 “to require that no gain or loss should be eliminated when an entity
transfers an asset subject to Subtopic 610-20.” The accounting for intra-entity
transactions is summarized in the following table:
An investor is required to assess an Intra-entity transaction in which assets remain on
the books to determine whether the transaction is at arm’s length. Factors to consider
when assessing whether an intra-entity transaction is at arm’s length include, but are
not limited to, the following:
-
Does the sales price approximate the fair value of the assets transferred, and will payment of the sales price be collected?
-
Does the transaction have economic substance?
-
Does the seller have an obligation to support the asset sold, even after the transaction is completed?
Intra-entity profit or loss elimination is required even if the elimination exceeds the carrying amount of the investor’s equity method investment and therefore results in a negative equity method investment balance. In such instances, it may be acceptable to credit the investor’s inventory or fixed asset balances as appropriate.
Note that an investor also recognizes the tax effects of the
intra-entity transactions, including any deferred taxes, regardless of whether profit or
loss is eliminated. (See Sections
4.5.2 and 12.3
of Deloitte’s Roadmap Income
Taxes for additional guidance on the tax considerations for equity
method investees.) The examples below illustrate the elimination of intra-entity profit
or loss in both upstream and downstream transactions that are within the scope of both
ASC 606 and ASC 610-20. To reflect the intra-entity profit eliminations, an investor
should consider which presentation is most meaningful in the circumstances in accordance
with ASC 323-10-55-28. We believe that there should be consistent application of an
accounting policy for similar facts and circumstances (i.e., it would not be appropriate
to apply different alternatives for the same or similar transactions or
circumstances).
The investor should also disclose its accounting policy for the aforementioned
eliminations.
In addition, investors and equity method investees that engage in
downstream or upstream transactions should consider the related-party disclosure
requirements as discussed in Section
6.3.2. Once the intra-entity profit or loss is realized by the investor or
investee through transactions with independent third parties (and therefore no
intra-entity asset remains), no elimination is required. Similarly, when intra-entity
profit or loss is realized by the investor or investee through service transactions (and
no intra-entity asset remains), no elimination is required.
ASC 323-10
55-27 The following Cases illustrate how eliminations of intra-entity profits might be made in accordance with paragraph 323-10-35-7. Both Cases assume that an investor owns 30 percent of the common stock of an investee, the investment is accounted for under the equity method, the income tax rate to both the investor and the investee is 40 percent, the inventory is a good that is an output of the entity’s ordinary activities, and the contract is with a customer that is within the scope of Topic 606 on revenue from contracts with customers:
- Investor sells inventory downstream to investee (Case A)
- Investee sells inventory upstream to investor (Case B).
Case A: Investor Sells Inventory Downstream to Investee
55-28 Assume an investor sells inventory items to the investee (downstream). At the investee’s balance sheet date, the investee holds inventory for which the investor has recorded a gross profit of $100,000. The investor’s net income would be reduced $18,000 to reflect a $30,000 reduction in gross profit and a $12,000 reduction in income tax expense. The elimination of intra-entity profit might be reflected in the investor’s balance sheet in various ways. The income statement and balance sheet presentations will depend on what is the most meaningful in the circumstances.
Case B: Investee Sells Inventory Upstream to Investor
55-29 Assume an investee sells inventory items to the investor (upstream). At the investor’s balance sheet date, the investor holds inventory for which the investee has recorded a gross profit of $100,000. In computing the investor’s equity pickup, $60,000 ($100,000 less 40 percent of income tax) would be deducted from the investee’s net income and $18,000 (the investor’s share of the intra-entity gross profit after income tax) would thereby be eliminated from the investor’s equity income. Usually, the investor’s investment account would also reflect the $18,000 intra-entity profit elimination, but the elimination might also be reflected in various other ways; for example, the investor’s inventory might be reduced $18,000.
Example 5-9
Assets Remain on the Books but Will Be Sold Through to a Third Party
Downstream Transaction
Investor A holds a 40 percent ownership interest in Investee C and accounts for
its investment in C under the equity method. Earnings in C are allocated pro
rata on the basis of the ownership interests in C. Investee C purchases 10
units of inventory from A in an arm’s-length transaction for $1,000 per
unit, which is accounted for in accordance with ASC 606. Investor A’s cost
associated with each unit of inventory is $600, thus generating an
intra-entity profit of $400 for each unit of inventory sold. As of C’s
balance sheet date, 5 units of inventory were sold to independent third
parties and 5 units remain in C’s ending inventory. Investor A should
eliminate $800 of intra-entity profit: (5 units remaining in C’s inventory ×
$400 profit for each unit of inventory) × A’s 40% ownership interest in
C.
To reflect this intra-entity profit elimination, A should consider which
presentation is most meaningful in the circumstances in accordance with ASC
323-10-55-28. Potential acceptable alternatives for recording the
intra-entity profit elimination for this downstream transaction include the
following; however, there could be additional alternatives (such
alternatives ignore the effect of income taxes):
If the transaction between A and C was not considered to be at arm’s length, 100 percent of A’s $2,000 profit
on the 5 units remaining in C’s ending inventory (5 units remaining in ending inventory × $400 profit on each
unit) would be eliminated.
Upstream Transaction
The above example represents a downstream transaction; however, if this were an upstream transaction in
which C was selling the units of inventory to A, the intra-entity elimination by A could be reflected differently
than what is shown depending on the alternative selected by A. Potential acceptable alternatives for recording
the intra-entity profit elimination if this were an upstream transaction include the following; however, there could be additional alternatives (such alternatives ignore the effect of income taxes):
Example 5-10
Assets Remain on the Books That Will Not Be Sold to a Third Party
Assume the same facts as in the example above, except the investee does not
intend to sell the inventory, which has a useful life of five years.
Downstream Transaction
See the example above for initial intra-entity profit elimination alternatives.
Subsequently, the investor would recognize the deferred intra-entity profit of $800 over the five-year useful life of the asset, which effectively adjusts the investor’s share of the depreciation expense recorded by the investee.
Upstream Transaction
See the example above for initial intra-entity profit elimination alternatives.
Subsequently, the investor recognizes the deferred intra-entity profit of $800 over the five-year useful life of the asset.
Example 5-11
Sale of an Asset Within the Scope of ASC 610-20
Downstream Transaction
Investor B holds a 35 percent ownership interest in Investee W and accounts for its investment under the equity method. Investor B sells equipment (that is not an output of its ordinary activities) to W in an arm’s-length transaction for $10,000. Investor B’s cost associated with the equipment is $9,000, resulting in an intra-entity profit of $1,000. Investee W does not intend to sell the equipment, which has a useful life of five years.
On the transaction’s closing date, B concludes that the transaction is the sale of a nonfinancial asset within the scope of ASC 610-20 and determines that W has control of the nonfinancial asset under ASC 606. Therefore, B determines that it should derecognize the equipment under ASC 610-20 and recognize a gain of $1,000 ($10,000 − $9,000) (i.e., no portion of the profit or loss should be eliminated).
Upstream Transaction
Assume the same facts as above, except that the transaction is upstream, wherein W sells the equipment to B (B is not a customer as defined in ASC 606). Intra-entity profit elimination should be recorded in a manner consistent with an upstream sale of assets that (1) are within the scope of ASC 606 and (2) will not be sold to a third party. Thus, B should consider which presentation is most meaningful in the circumstances in accordance with ASC 323-10-55-28. Investor B should disclose its accounting policy for such eliminations.
Example 5-12
Accounting for Intra-Entity Service Transactions
Investor A holds a 35 percent ownership interest in Investee M and accounts
for its investment under the equity method. During the year, A provides
software engineering services to M in an arm’s-length transaction for
$50,000. The service is provided at a cost of $35,000, thereby generating a
profit of $15,000.
Scenario 1 — Service Transaction Consumed (Not Capitalized) by
M
Investee M reports $1 million of net income for the reporting period,
taking into account the $50,000 expense incurred for the software
engineering services. When the transaction between A and M is consumed
(realized) and is not capitalized at the end of the reporting period, A does
not eliminate any profit associated with the transaction, regardless of any
remaining receivable or payable. As a result, A records revenue of $50,000,
cost of sales of $35,000 related to the transaction, and equity method
earnings of $350,000 (M’s net income of $1 million × 35% interest in M).
Scenario 2 — Service Transaction Capitalized by M
The $50,000 incurred for the software engineering services (1) is related
to developing internal-use software that qualifies for capitalization under
ASC 350-40 and (2) is being amortized over the useful life of the
capitalized software, which is three years.
When the service transaction between A and M is capitalized, A eliminates
its share of the profit. As in Scenario 1, A initially records revenue of
$50,000 and cost of sales of $35,000 related to the transaction. However, A
then eliminates its intra-entity share of the profit of $5,250 ($15,000
profit × 35% interest in M). Investor A then releases the $5,250 in deferred
profit over the three-year useful life of the capitalized software for
$1,750 each year ($5,250 ÷ 3 years).
5.1.5.2 Amortization or Accretion of Basis Differences
ASC 323-10
35-13 A difference between the cost of an
investment and the amount of underlying equity in net assets of an investee
shall be accounted for as if the investee were a consolidated subsidiary.
Paragraph 350-20-35-58 requires that the portion of that difference that is
recognized as goodwill not be amortized. However, if an entity within the
scope of paragraph 350-20-15-4 elects the accounting alternative for
amortizing goodwill in Subtopic 350-20, the portion of that difference that
is recognized as goodwill shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over
10 years, or less than 10 years if the entity demonstrates that another
useful life is more appropriate. Paragraph 350-20-35-59 explains that equity
method goodwill shall not be reviewed for impairment in accordance with
paragraph 350-20-35-58. However, equity method investments shall continue to
be reviewed for impairment in accordance with paragraph 323-10-35-32.
35-14 See paragraph 323-10-35-34 for related guidance when an investment becomes subject to the equity method.
ASC 323-10-35-13 requires an investor to account for the “difference between the
cost of an [equity method] investment and the amount of underlying equity in net assets
of an investee . . . as if the investee were a consolidated subsidiary.” The investor
therefore determines any differences between the cost of an equity method investment and
its share of the fair values of the investee’s individual assets and liabilities by
using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805. Such differences
are commonly known as “basis differences” and result from the investor’s requirement to
allocate the cost of the equity method investment to the investee’s individual assets
and liabilities. Any excess of the cost of an equity method investment over the
proportional fair value of the investee’s assets and liabilities (commonly referred to
as “equity method goodwill”) is recognized in the equity investment balance. See
Section 4.5 for details
regarding the initial measurement of basis differences.
ASC 323-10-35-5 specifies that after initial measurement, adjustments to the
investor’s share of the investee’s earnings or losses (and corresponding adjustments to
the carrying value of the equity method investment) are made for amortization or
accretion of basis differences (aside from equity method goodwill, which is not
amortized unless the PCC alternative is elected — see ASC 323-10-35-13 and Section 5.1.3.2). Note that the
investor should make these adjustments to its share of the investee’s earnings or losses
regardless of the allocation method the investor used to determine its share of the
investee’s earnings or losses.
If the investee subsequently disposes of an asset that initially gave
rise to an equity method basis difference recognized by the investor, that basis
difference should be written off at the time of sale and the investor should adjust the
equity in earnings to correctly reflect the investor’s proportionate share of the
investee’s reported gain or loss. Note that the guidance in ASC 323-10-35-13 does not
provide specific insights into the determination of the period over which basis
differences should be amortized or accreted. Generally, basis differences are amortized
or accreted over the life of the underlying assets and liabilities to which the basis
differences are attributable. For instance, if a positive basis difference exists
because the investor’s proportionate share of the fair value of the investee’s net
assets exceeds its book value and the positive basis difference is solely attributable
to fixed assets of the equity method investee with an estimated remaining useful life of
25 years, the positive basis difference would be amortized over the 25-year life of
those specific fixed assets. The amortization of the positive basis difference would
result in the investor’s recognition of increased depreciation expense related to the
fixed assets of the investee to reflect the investor’s basis in the investee, thus
reducing the investor’s equity method earnings in each period. Similarly, if a negative
basis difference exists because the investor’s proportionate share of the fair value of
the investee’s net assets is less than its book value and the negative basis difference
is solely attributable to fixed assets of the equity method investee with an estimated
remaining useful life of 25 years, the negative basis difference would be accreted over
the 25-year life of those specific fixed assets. The accretion of the negative basis
difference would result in the investor’s recognition of decreased depreciation expense
related to the fixed assets of the investee to reflect the investor’s basis in the
investee, thus increasing the investor’s equity method earnings in each period. See
Section 4.5.1 for further
discussion of the limited circumstances in which initial negative basis differences are
recorded as bargain purchase gains upon initial measurement of an equity method
investment.
Example 5-13
Investor X purchases a 40 percent interest in Investee Z for $2 million, applies
the equity method of accounting, and will recognize earnings in Z pro rata
on the basis of its ownership interest. The book value of Z’s net assets is
$3.5 million. The table below shows the book values and fair values of Z’s
net assets (along with X’s proportionate share) as of the investment
acquisition date.
As shown in the table above:
- The book value of Z’s current assets and current liabilities approximates their fair value.
- Investor X determined that Z has patented technology that was internally developed; therefore, costs associated with developing this technology were expensed as incurred rather than recorded as an intangible asset on Z’s books. The patented technology has a fair value of $300,000 and a remaining useful life of 30 years as of the investment acquisition date.
- Investor X determined that the fair value of Z’s fixed assets is $4 million, with a remaining useful life of 20 years as of the investment acquisition date.
Assume that for the year after the investment acquisition date, Z’s net income is $1 million. Below is a
calculation of X’s equity method earnings for the period. Assume that allocations of profit and loss as well as
distributions are made in accordance with investor ownership percentages. Further, taxes and intra-entity
profit eliminations are ignored for simplicity.
As shown above, the basis differences attributable to Z’s fixed assets and intangible assets are amortized over their estimated remaining useful lives, creating adjustments to X’s proportionate share of Z’s earnings for the period. As discussed, the $80,000 related to equity method goodwill is not amortized; however, it should be assessed along with the entire equity method investment for impairment in accordance with ASC 323-10-35-32 and 35-32A. See Section 5.5 for further guidance on impairment testing.
5.1.5.3 Investee Capital Transactions
Adjustments to an investor’s share of equity method earnings or losses (and corresponding adjustments to the carrying value of the equity method investment) may be necessary for certain investee capital transactions, including share issuances, share repurchases, and transactions with noncontrolling interest holders, since all of these transactions may affect the investor’s share of the equity method investee’s net assets.
5.1.5.3.1 Treasury Share Repurchases
An investee may repurchase its own shares in a treasury stock transaction. This transaction may affect an investor’s claim to the investee’s net assets.
If the investor participates in the treasury stock transaction (i.e., shares are repurchased from the investor) and it causes a decrease in the investor’s claim to the investee’s net assets, the investor would need to assess whether the decrease results in a loss of significant influence and account for the decrease accordingly (see Sections 5.6.4 and 5.6.5). If the investor does not participate in the treasury stock transaction (i.e., shares are repurchased from other investors only), there will be an increase in the investor’s claim to the investee’s net assets; however, there will also be a decrease to the investee’s net assets in the amount of consideration paid to repurchase the shares. If there is an increase to the investor’s ownership interest with significant influence retained (that is, the investor continues to account for its investment under the equity method), the investor would account for the increase in its claim to the investee’s net assets on a step-by-step basis in a manner similar to that in the accounting described in Section 5.6.3. Although the investor has not directly paid consideration for its increase in ownership interest, it has indirectly acquired an additional ownership interest for consideration equal to the investor’s proportionate share of the consideration paid by the investee for the repurchase. This transaction would not result in a change to the investor’s equity method investment balance, but it would result in a change to the investor’s basis differences that are tracked in memo accounts, as illustrated in the example below.
If a treasury stock transaction results in a change to an investor’s ownership interest with significant
influence retained, the investor should adjust its share of equity method investee earnings and losses as
of the date of the treasury stock transaction to reflect (1) the change in ownership and (2) the impact of
any additional basis differences.
Example 5-14
Investor X holds a 40 percent interest in Investee Z, applies the equity method
of accounting, and will recognize earnings in Z pro rata on the basis of
its ownership interest. Investee Z repurchases 10 percent of its
outstanding voting common shares from third parties for $500,000, which
increases X’s ownership interest in Z to 44 percent. Assume that X does
not obtain a controlling financial interest in Z. The book value of Z’s
net assets at the time of the repurchase is $4.5 million. Although X has
not directly paid consideration for its 4 percent increase in ownership
interest, it has indirectly acquired an additional ownership interest for
consideration of $200,000, which is equal to its 40 percent proportionate
share of the $500,000 of consideration paid by Z for the repurchase. The
table below shows the book values and fair values of Z’s net assets at the
time of the repurchase (along with a calculation of X’s incremental 4
percent share) as of the share repurchase date. Taxes and intra-entity
profit eliminations are ignored for simplicity.
As shown in the table above:
- The book values of Z’s current assets and current liabilities approximate their fair values at the time of repurchase.
- Investor X determined that Z has patented technology that was internally developed; therefore, costs associated with developing this technology were expensed as incurred rather than recorded as an intangible asset on Z’s books. The patented technology has a fair value of $100,000 at the time of repurchase.
On the basis of the calculations in the above table, the $20,000 difference between the cost of X’s investment
($200,000) and its proportionate share of the book value of Z’s net assets ($180,000) is attributable to Z’s
fixed assets ($16,000) and Z’s patented technology ($4,000). The basis differences are presented as part of X’s
overall investment in Z and subsequently tracked in memo accounts. That is, X would not present the $4,000
separately as an “intangible asset” on its balance sheet.
This transaction would not result in a change to X’s equity method investment balance, but it would result in
a change to X’s basis differences that are tracked in memo accounts, as illustrated in the table above. On a
prospective basis, X would adjust its share of equity method investee earnings and losses to reflect (1) the 4
percent increase in ownership and (2) the impact of the additional basis differences.
5.1.5.3.2 Shares Issued to Employees of an Investee
If an investee issues additional shares as a result of employees’ exercise of options, an investor should determine the corresponding impact on its ownership interest in the investee. When the investee issues stock compensation awards to its employees, it recognizes stock compensation expense as the awards vest in accordance with ASC 718 with a corresponding increase to additional paid-in capital (APIC) (as long as the awards are classified as equity). During the vesting period, the investor would recognize its share of the stock compensation expense through its equity method pickup; however, there is no guidance regarding the investor’s accounting for the investee’s increase in APIC. Two acceptable methods that are applied in practice are as follows:
- During the vesting period, the investor reflects the change in its share of the investee’s equity as an adjustment to the investor’s equity method investment with a corresponding adjustment to the investor’s own equity. When these adjustments are coupled with the investor’s recognition of its share of the investee’s stock compensation expense through equity earnings (losses), there is ultimately no net impact on the equity method investment account balance. Instead, the resulting net impact is to equity method earnings (losses) and the investor’s own equity.
- During the vesting period, the investor does not make any adjustments to its equity method investment balance but instead tracks its share of the increase in the investee’s APIC as a reconciling item in memo accounts.
We do not believe that the investor should record its share of the investee’s increase in APIC in equity earnings (losses) given that this would essentially negate the impact of recording the investor’s share of the investee’s stock compensation during the vesting period.
Regardless of the method applied during the vesting period, the investor is required to adjust for the change in its share of the investee’s net assets once the options are exercised (shares are issued to the employees in exchange for consideration equal to the exercise price of the options). See Sections 5.6.4 and 5.6.5 for details on accounting for decreases in an investor’s level of ownership or degree of influence.
5.1.5.3.3 Investee Acquisitions and Dispositions of Noncontrolling Interests
An equity method investee may consolidate certain less than wholly owned subsidiaries and present noncontrolling interests in its financial statements. The investee may transact with noncontrolling interest holders, either acquiring or disposing of noncontrolling interests while retaining a controlling financial interest in the subsidiary. As noted in ASC 810-10-45-23, a parent’s acquisition or disposition of any noncontrolling interest should be accounted for as an equity transaction, with any difference between price paid and the carrying amount of the noncontrolling interest reflected directly in equity and not in net income as a gain or loss. Investee-level transactions with noncontrolling interest holders do not directly involve the investor; however, these transactions would affect the investor’s claim to the investee’s net assets because of the change in the investee’s equity.
If the equity method investee acquires a noncontrolling interest while retaining a controlling financial interest in the subsidiary and thereby causes an increase in the equity method investor’s claim to the investee’s net assets, we believe that the investor should account for the increase on a step-by-step basis, as illustrated in Section 5.1.5.3.1.
If the equity method investee’s subsidiary sells existing shares or issues additional shares to another party while retaining a controlling financial interest in the subsidiary (i.e., creates or increases outstanding noncontrolling interests), the equity method investor should consider the substance of the
transaction. We believe that in these circumstances, there are potentially two accounting outcomes:
- If, in substance, the transaction is structured so that the investor essentially sold a portion of its interest in the equity method investee, we believe that it is appropriate to apply ASC 323-10-35-35 and ASC 323-10-40-1 in such a way that the investor records a gain or loss in equity method earnings (losses). See Section 5.6.4 for details on accounting for decreases in an investor’s level of ownership when significant influence is retained.
- We also understand that others believe that the issuance of noncontrolling interests at the investee level while the investee retains a controlling financial interest in the subsidiary generally represents an equity transaction not only for the investee but also for the investor in accordance with ASC 810-10-45-23. Under this accounting outcome, the transaction would be accounted for as a change in the investor’s share of the investee’s equity as an adjustment to the investor’s equity method investment with a corresponding adjustment to the investor’s own equity.
We believe that either accounting outcome could potentially be acceptable; however,
the investor should carefully analyze the transaction and apply the view that best
aligns with the substance of the disposal transaction.
For details related to accounting for equity issuances by an investee, see Section 5.6.
5.1.5.4 Other Comprehensive Income
ASC 323-10
35-18 An investor shall record its proportionate share of the investee’s equity adjustments for other
comprehensive income (unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities; foreign currency items; and
gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and transition assets or obligations associated with pension and
other postretirement benefits to the extent not yet recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost) as
increases or decreases to the investment account with corresponding adjustments in equity. See paragraph
323-10-35-37 for related guidance to be applied upon discontinuation of the equity method.
An investor should record its proportionate share of an equity method investee’s
OCI (which may include foreign currency translation adjustments, actuarial gains or
losses, and gains and losses on AFS debt securities, among other items) as an increase
or decrease to its equity method investment account for the investee, with a
corresponding debit or credit to OCI, which will ultimately be reflected within AOCI in
the equity section of the financial statements. See Section 6.2.3 for further discussion of acceptable
presentation alternatives related to an investor’s share of an equity method investee’s
OCI. See Section 5.6.5.1
for further discussion of the impact to OCI when there is a decrease in the level of
ownership or degree of influence of an equity method investment. Also, see Section 4.5.3 for further discussion of basis differences
related to assets and liabilities measured at fair value and recorded in the investee’s
AOCI.
Example 5-15
On December 31, 20X5, Investor G acquires a 25 percent interest in Investee T
for $500. Investor G accounts for its investment in T under the equity
method and will recognize earnings in T pro rata on the basis of its
ownership interest. For the year ended December 31, 20X6, T has net income
of $1,000 and records a $100 gain in OCI related to foreign currency
translation adjustments. Assuming no basis differences or intra-entity
profit or loss eliminations, G should record the following entries for the
year ended December 31, 20X6:
5.1.6 Dividends Received From an Investee
ASC 323-10
35-17 Dividends received from an investee shall reduce the carrying amount of the investment.
As discussed in Section 5.1, an investor’s equity method investment balance is increased by its share of an investee’s income and decreased by its share of the investee’s losses in the periods in which the investee reports the income and losses rather than in the periods in which the investee declares dividends. Therefore, when dividends or distributions are received from the equity method investee, the investor should record a reduction to its equity method investment balance rather than recording income. See Section 6.2.4 for details related to cash flow classification of dividends and distributions from equity method investees.
To determine whether cash distributions by an equity method investee that exceed
an investor’s carrying amount should be recorded as income or as a liability,
the investor should evaluate whether the following two criteria are met: (1) the
distributions are not refundable by agreement, law, or convention7 and (2) the investor is not liable (and may not become liable) for the
obligations of the investee or otherwise committed or expected to provide
financial support to the investee. If these two criteria are met, the investor
should record the excess cash distributions as income. Otherwise, the investor
should record the excess cash distributions as a liability. If the investor
suspends equity method loss recognition8 and has recorded the cash distributions as income or a liability, the
investor should record future equity method earnings reported by the investee
only after its share of the investee’s cumulative earnings during the suspended
period exceeds the investor’s income or liability recognized for the excess cash
distributions.
The guidance above is supported by the AICPA Issues Paper “Accounting by Investors for Distributions Received in Excess of Their Investment in a Joint Venture” (an addendum to the AICPA Issues Paper “Joint Venture Accounting”), issued on October 8, 1979, which states the following in its advisory conclusion:
A noncontrolling investor in a real estate venture should account for cash distributions received in excess of its investment in a venture as income when (a) the distributions are not refundable by agreement or by law and
(b) the investor is not liable for the obligations of the venture and is not otherwise committed to provide financial support to the venture.
ASC 970-323-35-3 through 35-10 provide further details about an investor’s accounting for its share of losses that are greater than its investment (see Section 5.2). This literature also defines general partnership interests as having unlimited liability; therefore, these interests would meet criterion (2) as described above.
Example 5-16
Investor A and Investor B form Investee C by investing $1 million each in
exchange for a 50 percent ownership interest. Investors A and B both use the
equity method to account for their investment in C and will recognize earnings
in C pro rata on the basis of their ownership interests. Investee C
subsequently incurs a U.S. GAAP loss of $2.4 million. As a result, A’s and B’s
investment balances are exceeded by $200,000 each, but because the losses are
due to noncash depreciation expense, C has available cash and distributes
$100,000 to both A and B.
The $100,000 distribution made to A is not refundable by agreement, law, or convention, and A is not liable
(and may not become liable) for the obligations of C or otherwise committed or expected to provide financial
support to C. Therefore, A should reduce its investment in C to zero and record the $100,000 received as
income. Investor A would initially record the following journal entry:
If C subsequently becomes profitable, A cannot increase its basis in its investment in C until C’s cumulative
earnings during the suspended period exceed the $100,000 excess distribution. For example, if C subsequently
reported earnings of $1.5 million, A would record $450,000 of equity method earnings, which represents A’s
portion of C’s subsequent earnings (50% × $1.5 million = $750,000), net of A’s previously unrecognized losses
($200,000), less income previously recognized by A for the cash distribution ($100,000). The following journal
entry would be recorded:
Example 5-17
Investor A and Investor B form Investee C by investing $1 million each for a 50
percent ownership interest. Investee C is not a VIE under ASC 810-10.
Investors A and B both use the equity method to account for their investment
in C and will recognize earnings in C pro rata on the basis of their ownership
interests. Investee C subsequently incurs a U.S. GAAP loss of $2.4 million. As
a result, A’s and B’s investment balances are exceeded by $200,000 each, but
because the losses are due to noncash depreciation expense, C has available
cash and distributes $100,000 to both A and B.
The $100,000 distribution made to B is not refundable by agreement, law, or convention, and B is not liable
(and may not become liable) for C’s obligations. However, B has a history of providing financial support to C.
Therefore, B should reduce its investment in C to zero and should record a liability (negative investment
balance) of $300,000, representing its initial investment of $1 million less (1) its share of equity in losses of
$1.2 million and (2) the cash distributions it received of $100,000. Investor B would initially record the following
journal entry:
Investor B would continue to recognize earnings or losses of C under the equity method. However, B would reduce the liability (e.g., negative investment balance) to zero before recording an asset for its share of earnings in C. For example, if C subsequently reported earnings of $1.5 million, B would record $750,000 of equity method earnings, which represents B’s portion of C’s subsequent earnings (50% × $1.5 million). Investor B would record the following journal entry:
Example 5-18
Four investors form Partnership Z, a limited partnership. The table below summarizes the amounts contributed by, and ownership interests of, each investor.
Partnership Z is not a VIE under ASC 810-10. Partnership Z acquires an operating
real estate project for $180 million, using a nonrecourse mortgage loan to
finance the additional $80 million purchase price. Partnership Z subsequently
incurs U.S. GAAP losses of $100 million. Therefore, each investor’s investment
balance is reduced to zero, but because the losses are due to noncash
depreciation expense, Z has available cash and distributes it to the
investors.
As the GP, A is not required to consolidate Z since Z is not a VIE (see
Deloitte’s Consolidation
Roadmap). Accordingly, A uses the equity method to account for
its investment in Z. In these circumstances, A should continue to recognize
any future losses of Z and its receipt of the cash distribution by recording a
liability (e.g., negative investment balance). For a GP, the existence of
nonrecourse debt is not justification for discontinuing the recording of
losses or for recognizing a gain for the cash distribution. Because of its
general partnership interest, A is legally obligated to provide additional
financial support to Z. If A recognizes losses only to the extent of its
investment in Z, it would effectively be recognizing a gain on a debt
extinguishment that has not occurred, which is prohibited in accordance with
ASC 405-20-40-1. Company A would subsequently reduce any liability (negative
investment balance) to zero before recording an asset for its share of
earnings in Z.
Note that A’s journal entries would be similar to those in the previous
example.
Company A should also determine whether it is required to absorb any future losses by Z that are otherwise allocable to the other partners. This decision would depend on whether any other partners, by agreement, convention, or otherwise, are required to provide additional support to Z and, if so, whether they have the financial wherewithal to do so.
In accordance with ASC 323-30-S99-1 and ASC 323-30-35-3, B, C, and D also use
the equity method to account for their investments in Z. Generally, B, C, and
D, as limited partners, would not have unlimited liability or a legal or other
commitment to further support the partnership. Therefore, B, C, and D should
reduce their respective investments to zero and record distributions that
exceed their investments as income. If Z subsequently becomes profitable, B,
C, and D cannot increase their basis in their investment in Z until Z’s
cumulative earnings during the suspended period exceed the excess distribution
amount. However, B, C, and D should carefully review contractual arrangements,
review past funding practices, and consider other relevant facts and
circumstances before reaching this conclusion.
Note that B, C, and D would record journal entries similar to those in Example 5-16.
5.1.7 Interests Held by an Investee
5.1.7.1 Reciprocal Interests
When an investor holds an equity method investment in an investee and the
investee concurrently holds an equity method investment in the investor, such
investments are known as reciprocal interests. The investor should present reciprocal
interests as a reduction of both its investment in the equity method investee and its
equity in the investee’s earnings. In practice, there are two methods of calculating the
investee’s earnings: the treasury stock method and the simultaneous equations method.
Application of the treasury stock method tends to be more common since, as illustrated
in Section 6.6 of
Deloitte’s Roadmap Noncontrolling
Interests, the simultaneous equations method can be very complex.
However, we believe that either method is acceptable as long as an investor applies its
selected method consistently to all reciprocal interests. Under the treasury stock
method, the equity method investor considers its shares held by the equity method
investee to be treasury stock. Therefore, the investor records its share of the
investee’s net income exclusive of the equity method earnings from the investee’s equity
method investment in the investor. Below is an example illustrating the treasury stock
method.
Example 5-19
Entity A owns a 30 percent interest in Entity B, and B owns a 20 percent
interest in A. Entities A and B have 10,000 shares and 5,000 shares,
respectively, of common stock issued and outstanding, and each entity paid
$100 per share for its ownership interests. Entities A and B both use the
equity method to account for their investment in the other party and will
recognize earnings in each other pro rata on the basis of their respective
ownership interests.
Entity A’s basis in its investment in B, B’s basis in A, and A’s corresponding reciprocal interest in A are calculated
as follows:
- Entity A’s basis in B = $100/share × (30% × 5,000 shares) = $150,000.
- Entity B’s basis in A = $100/share × (20% × 10,000 shares) = $200,000.
- Entity A’s reciprocal interest in A = 30% × $200,000 = $60,000.
The reduction in A’s investment should be offset by a decrease in retained earnings, and as with treasury stock,
the offset to the reduction may be presented as a separate line item in A’s equity section.
Entity A’s Journal Entries
Initial investment in B:
Entity B’s investment in A and B’s reciprocal interest in B would be calculated and accounted for similarly:
- B’s basis in A = $100/share × (20% × 10,000 shares) = $200,000.
- A’s basis in B = $100/share × (30% × 5,000 shares) = $150,000.
- B’s reciprocal interest in B = 20% × $150,000 = $30,000.
Entity B’s Journal Entries
Initial investment in A:
If earnings of A, exclusive of any equity in B, total $100,000 (“direct earnings
of A”) and earnings of B, exclusive of any equity in A, total $50,000
(“direct earnings of B”), net income and earnings per share (EPS) for A and
B, respectively, are calculated as follows:
Net income and EPS of A:
Although A owns 30 percent of B, A’s investment in B is reduced for its ownership interest in itself through B’s reciprocal 20 percent ownership interest in A’s stock.
Net income and EPS of B:
Although B owns 20 percent of A, B’s investment in A is reduced for its ownership interest in itself through A’s reciprocal 30 percent ownership interest in B’s stock.
5.1.7.2 Earnings or Losses of an Investee’s Subsidiary
As described in Section 3.2.7.1, when an investor accounts for direct interests in both an investee and
an investee’s subsidiary under the equity method of accounting, the investor should adjust the investee’s
financial information to exclude the earnings or losses of the investee’s subsidiary in which the investor
has a direct interest to determine its proportionate share of the investee’s earnings or losses.
Example 5-20
Direct Investment in an Investee’s Consolidated Subsidiary
Entity A owns a 30 percent voting interest in Entity B that is accounted for
under the equity method of accounting (i.e., A has ability to exercise
significant influence over B) and a 15 percent voting interest in Entity C.
Entity A will recognize earnings in B pro rata on the basis of its ownership
interest. Entity B owns an 80 percent voting interest in C that is
considered a controlling financial interest, requiring B to consolidate C
under ASC 810-10.
Since B controls C, and A has the ability to exercise significant influence over B, A has the ability to exercise
significant influence over C, despite the fact that A has only a 15 percent direct voting interest in C. Therefore, A
should account for its investment in C under the equity method of accounting.
Entity B’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended 20X6 and A’s proportionate share of earnings
(both the correct and incorrect application) are as follows (for simplicity, taxes, intra-entity transactions, and
basis differences are ignored):
The incorrect computation double counts A’s proportionate share of the earnings
in C since 100 percent of C’s earnings are included in net income (i.e., net
income has not been adjusted to exclude the net income attributable to the
noncontrolling interest, 15 percent of which is attributable to A).
5.1.7.3 Earnings or Losses of a Consolidated Subsidiary’s Investee
As described in Section 3.2.7, an investor that
does not have the ability to exercise significant influence through its direct interests
in an investee may have such ability through a combination of direct and indirect
interests. When an investor accounts for indirect interests in an investee under the
equity method of accounting, the investor should calculate its proportionate share of
the equity method investee’s earnings or losses on the basis of (1) the investor’s
ownership interest in the intermediary and (2) the intermediary’s ownership in the
equity method investee.
Example 5-21
Entity A is a calendar-year-end entity that has a controlling financial
interest in Entities B, C, and D. Therefore, under ASC 810-10, A
consolidates B, C, and D, which each own a 10 percent voting interest in
Entity E.
Entity A indirectly owns less than a 20 percent voting interest in E (i.e.,
6 percent through B, 7 percent through C, and 6 percent through D). However,
because A consolidates B, C, and D, A effectively controls 30 percent of the
voting interests in E. Hence, A has the ability to exercise significant
influence over E.
Assume that A, B, and C do not individually have the ability to exercise
significant influence over E.
For the year ended December 31, 20X3, E has
net income of $1 million. Entity A records the following journal entry to
record its share of E’s earnings:
5.1.8 Contingent Consideration
ASC 323-10
35-14A If a contingency is resolved relating to a liability recognized in accordance with the guidance in paragraph 323-10-25-2A and the consideration is issued or becomes issuable, any excess of the fair value of the contingent consideration issued or issuable over the amount that was recognized as a liability shall be recognized as an additional cost of the investment. If the amount initially recognized as a liability exceeds the fair value of the consideration issued or issuable, that excess shall reduce the cost of the investment.
As discussed in Section
4.4, if the acquisition of an equity method investment involves contingent
consideration, the contingent consideration is included as part of the initial cost of the
equity method investment only if it meets the definition of a derivative instrument under
ASC 815 or is required to be recognized by other U.S. GAAP aside from ASC 805. If the
contingent consideration arrangement meets the definition of a derivative instrument, the
fair value of the derivative is included in the initial cost of the equity method
investment. Subsequently, changes to the fair value of the derivative are recorded in the
income statement separately from the accounting for the equity method investment. Further,
payments under the contingent consideration arrangement represent the settlement of the
derivative instrument and therefore should not increase the cost of the equity method
investment.
If the contingent consideration arrangement does not meet the definition of a derivative under ASC 815 and is not otherwise required to be recognized by other U.S. GAAP aside from ASC 805, no amounts related to the contingent consideration arrangement should be included as part of the cost of the equity method investment until the contingent consideration payments are made.
If a liability is initially recognized for a contingent consideration arrangement because an investor’s proportionate share of an investee’s net assets is greater than the investor’s initial cost in accordance with ASC 323-10-25-2A, any difference between the ultimate settlement of the contingent consideration and the initial liability recorded should be recognized as an increase or decrease to the cost of the equity method investment.
Example 5-22
Investor Q acquires an equity method investment for $1,250. Investor Q is obligated to pay an additional $100 if certain earnings targets of the investee are reached. Investor Q’s proportionate share of the investee’s net assets is $1,300, which exceeds Q’s initial cost of $1,250. In accordance with ASC 323-10-30-2B, on the date of acquisition, a liability of $50 is recorded (with a corresponding increase to the initial cost of the equity method investment) since this amount is less than the $100 maximum amount of contingent consideration not recognized. If the contingency is resolved after the initial measurement of the equity method investment and a $75 payment related to the contingent consideration arrangement is required, Q would record an increase to its equity method investment of $25. Alternatively, if the contingency is subsequently resolved and only a $20 payment related to the contingent consideration arrangement is required, Q would record a decrease to its equity method investment of $30. The impact to basis differences, if any, should be considered.
Footnotes
1
Note, however, that the sponsor
will frequently consolidate the partnership and account for the tax equity
investor’s interest as a noncontrolling interest in its consolidated
financial statements. Nonetheless, the sponsor may attribute income and
loss to itself and the noncontrolling interest in a manner consistent with
the HLBV method by using the mechanics described herein. See Example 6-1 in
Section
6.2.1 in Deloitte’s Roadmap Noncontrolling Interests.
2
The partnership operating
agreement may call for certain allocations, such as 99:1, in the preflip
period. However, the tax equity investor and the sponsor must still
perform a detailed analysis of the partners’ 704(b) capital accounts and
tax basis since the operation of the partnership tax rules/limitations can
often result in allocations that do not necessarily match the stated
allocation percentages in the operating agreement.
3
IRC Section 704(b) discusses special allocations
of partnership items.
4
This example represents a simple HLBV waterfall
calculation. Depending on the complexity of the liquidation waterfall in
the operating agreement, as well as the discrete items in the entity’s
financial statements, additional steps may be necessary.
5
See Section 6.4 for details.
6
This list of Regulation S-X rules is not exclusive, and any
rule that requires an investee’s financial statements or financial information
to be included in another entity’s filing with the SEC would cause the
investee to be a “specified PBE.”
7
When the investor is not under a legal obligation to
refund its distributions or provide financial support to the investee,
it must consider specific facts and circumstances, including the
relationship among the investors. For instance, if the investor has a
history of refunding distributions provided by the investee or otherwise
providing financial support to the investee, the investor may be
expected, by convention, to refund its distributions and provide
financial support in the future.
8
In situations in which the investor’s share of equity
method losses equals or exceeds its equity method investment balance plus any
advances, equity method loss recognition should generally be discontinued (that is,
the investor should stop reflecting the equity method investee’s losses in its
financial statements) unless the investor has provided, or committed to provide, the
investee with additional financial support or the investor has guaranteed the
investee’s obligations. See Section
5.2 for details.
5.2 Equity Method Losses That Exceed the Investor’s Equity Method Investment Carrying Amount
ASC 323-10
35-19 An investor’s share of losses of an investee may equal or exceed the carrying amount of an investment
accounted for by the equity method plus advances made by the investor. An equity method investor shall
continue to report losses up to the investor’s investment carrying amount, including any additional financial
support made or committed to by the investor. Additional financial support made or committed to by the
investor may take the form of any of the following:
- Capital contributions to the investee
- Investments in additional common stock of the investee
- Investments in preferred stock of the investee
- Loans to the investee
- Investments in debt securities (including mandatorily redeemable preferred stock) of the investee
- Advances to the investee.
See paragraphs 323-10-35-24 and 323-10-35-28 for additional guidance if the investor has other investments
in the investee.
35-20 The investor ordinarily shall discontinue applying the equity method if the investment (and net advances)
is reduced to zero and shall not provide for additional losses unless the investor has guaranteed obligations of
the investee or is otherwise committed to provide further financial support for the investee.
35-21 An investor shall, however, provide for additional losses if the imminent return to profitable operations
by an investee appears to be assured. For example, a material, nonrecurring loss of an isolated nature may
reduce an investment below zero even though the underlying profitable operating pattern of an investee is
unimpaired.
35-22 If the investee subsequently reports net income, the investor shall resume applying the equity method
only after its share of that net income equals the share of net losses not recognized during the period the
equity method was suspended.
ASC 970-323
35-3 An investor that is liable for the obligations of the venture or is otherwise committed to provide additional
financial support to the venture shall record its equity in real estate venture losses in excess of its investment,
including loans and advances.
35-4 The following are examples of such circumstances:
- The investor has a legal obligation as a guarantor or general partner.
- The investor has indicated a commitment, based on considerations such as business reputation, intra-entity relationships, or credit standing, to provide additional financial support. Such a commitment might be indicated by previous support provided by the investor or statements by the investor to other investors or third parties of the investor’s intention to provide support.
35-5 An investor, though not liable or otherwise committed to provide additional financial support, shall provide
for losses in excess of investment when the imminent return to profitable operations by the venture appears to
be assured. For example, a material nonrecurring loss of an isolated nature, or start-up losses, may reduce an
investment below zero though the underlying profitable pattern of an investee is unimpaired.
35-6 An investor in a real estate venture shall report its recorded share of losses in excess of its investment, including loans and advances, as a liability in its financial statements.
35-7 If an investor does not recognize venture losses in excess of its investment, loans, and advances and the venture subsequently reports net income, the investor shall resume applying the equity method only after its share of such net income equals the share of net losses not recognized during the period in which equity accounting was suspended.
35-8 If it is probable that one or more investors cannot bear their share of losses, the remaining investors shall record their proportionate shares of venture losses otherwise allocable to investors considered unable to bear their share of losses. This does not apply for real property jointly owned and operated as undivided interests in assets if the claims or liens of investors’ creditors are limited to investors’ respective interests in such property.
35-9 When the venture subsequently reports income, those remaining investors shall record their proportionate share of the venture’s net income otherwise allocable to investors considered unable to bear their share of losses until such income equals the excess losses they previously recorded. An investor who is deemed by other investors to be unable to bear its share of losses shall continue to record its contractual share of losses unless it is relieved from the obligation to make payment by agreement or operation of law.
35-10 The accounting by an investor for losses otherwise allocable to other investors shall be governed by the provisions of Subtopic 450-20 relating to loss contingencies. Accordingly, the investor shall record a proportionate share of the losses otherwise allocable to other investors if it is probable that they will not bear their share. In this connection, each investor shall look primarily to the fair value of the other investors’ interests in the venture and the extent to which the venture’s debt is nonrecourse in evaluating their ability and willingness to bear their allocable share of losses. An investor may not be able to apply the general rule to an investment in an undivided interest because the extent to which the interests of other investors are encumbered by liens may not be known. However, there may be satisfactory alternative evidence of an ability and willingness of other investors to bear their allocable share of losses. Such evidence might be, for example, that those investors previously made loans or contributions to support cash deficits, possess satisfactory financial standing (as may be evidenced by satisfactory credit ratings), or have provided adequately collateralized guarantees.
35-11 See Section 323-10-35 for additional guidance regarding accounting by equity method investor for investee losses when the investor has both loans and equity interest.
As discussed in Section
5.1, an investor records its proportionate share of an equity method
investee’s earnings or losses. In situations in which the investor’s share of equity
method losses (recorded through a combination of earnings and OCI) equals or exceeds
its equity method investment balance plus any advances, equity method loss
recognition should generally be discontinued (i.e., the investor should stop
reflecting the equity method investee’s losses and any subsequent accounting for
basis differences in its financial statements) unless the investor has provided or
committed to provide the investee with additional financial support or the investor
has guaranteed the investee’s obligations. Additional financial support could come
in many forms as noted in ASC 323-10-35-19, including additional contributions,
investments in common stock, guarantees, loans, and other advances. An obligation or
commitment to provide further financial support to the investee could arise because
of legal or implied obligations, assumption of liabilities, or other indications,
such as reputational concerns or prior funding of losses. We believe that
operational dependence (e.g., if the investee licenses technology to the investor
that is significant to the investor’s operations or the investee provides necessary
products or services at less than market price) could imply that the investor would
not abandon the investee and may indicate that the investor would provide additional
financial support.
Further, the investor should continue to record its share of the equity method
investee’s losses even when its equity method investment balance plus any advances
has been reduced to zero when the investee’s imminent return to profitability is
assured. If such return to profitability no longer appears assured, the investor
should stop recognizing excess losses from the date of the determination and reverse
its related liability with an adjustment to the equity method gain or loss from the
investee. The investor should consider disclosing the adjustment.
If the investor is required to continue recording its share of equity method investee losses, it should
present any losses that exceed its equity method investment balance (negative equity method
investment) as a liability.
If the investor suspends equity method loss recognition, it should separately
track its unrecorded share of the investee’s losses, other comprehensive losses, and
any adjustments related to subsequent accounting for basis differences in its memo
accounts. The investor should record future equity method earnings reported by the
investee only after the cumulative losses in the memo accounts have been reduced to
zero (i.e., the net income or OCI should first be applied to those memo accounts).
Upon returning to profitability, an investor should only restore its equity method
investment balance to its equity in the investee’s net assets; it should not
restore the remaining balance of unamortized basis differences that were not
recognized after losses reduced its investment balance to zero.
The treatment described in this section is different from the consolidation
procedures described in ASC 810-10 when an investor consolidates a less than wholly
owned subsidiary. Specifically, noncontrolling interests are considered equity of
the consolidated group that participate fully in the risks and rewards of the
subsidiary. Accordingly, with limited exception, losses generally continue to be
attributed to noncontrolling interests regardless of whether a deficit would be
accumulated. See Section
6.3 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Noncontrolling Interests for
details.
The investor should also consider whether it is probable (under ASC 450-20) that other investors will be
able to bear their share of the equity method investee’s losses. If not, and the investor has provided or
committed to provide additional financial support to the investee, the investor should record its share
of the losses otherwise attributable to the investors that cannot bear their share of the investee’s losses.
When the investee subsequently reports income, the investor that absorbed losses attributable to other
investors should record the other investors’ share (in addition to its own share) of the investee’s income
until it equals the excess losses previously recorded. The investors that are considered unable to bear
their share of losses should nonetheless continue to record their contractual share of losses until they
are contractually or legally released from their obligation to fund losses.
The examples below illustrate the evaluation of whether (1) the investor has provided or committed
to provide the investee additional financial support or (2) the investor has guaranteed the investee’s
obligations, thus requiring that the investor continue recording equity method losses that exceed the
investor’s equity method investment carrying amount.
Example 5-23
Investor A owns 15 percent of Limited Partnership B and accounts for its investment in B under the equity
method in accordance with ASC 323-30-S99-1 and ASC 970-323-25-6. Limited Partnership B has incurred, and
continues to incur, losses, and A is aware that the other partners in B cannot bear their share of the losses
since they lack the financial capacity to fund ongoing operations of B and their capital accounts have been
reduced to zero. Because A becomes the sole source of funding to support the continuing operations of B,
A should record 100 percent of B’s losses in its equity method accounting.
Example 5-24
Investors B, C, D, and E enter into an investor arrangement that does not require any of the investors to guarantee the obligations or to provide for any future funding requirements of the investee. However, a provision does exist whereby B could be required to pay C up to $25 million if certain conditions have been met. Assume that none of those conditions would require B to provide support directly or indirectly to the investee. Also assume that B’s investment in the investee is zero.
Investor B should not reduce its investment in the investee to a negative amount
for its portion of losses after formation of the investee,
despite its potential obligation to C. Equity method
investors should not record additional equity method losses
when their investment is zero and they are not required to
provide further financial support to the investee, as stated
in ASC 323-10-35-20. Investor B has not guaranteed the
obligations of the investee and is not otherwise obligated
to provide it with future financial support. Although B
could be required to compensate C if certain events occur, B
is not obligated to the investee itself. Therefore, B would
not be required to reduce its investment below zero for
additional investee losses.
Note that B would consider whether the arrangement with C requires accounting under other U.S. GAAP (e.g., as a guarantee under ASC 460).
Example 5-25
Investors B, C, D, and E each have a 25 percent ownership in Investee F and
account for their investments under the equity method.
Profits and losses are shared equally. Investee F has had
continuing operating losses. As a result, B’s investment in
F has been reduced to zero. Further, B has guaranteed F’s
LOC jointly and severally with the other investors. Investor
B has no collateral or other arrangements with F, the holder
of the LOC, or the other investors or their related parties.
While F has not yet drawn down on the LOC, it is expected to
draw the full amount in the near future. Therefore, B has
determined that it should recognize further losses for its
investment in F under the provisions of ASC
323-10-35-20.
If the other investors in F are proved to be financially solvent and can fund
their pro rata portion, it would be appropriate for B to
record its proportionate share of losses in each period, up
to its pro rata share of the LOC. However, if one or more of
the investors demonstrates questionable financial stability,
B should evaluate its risk under the agreement and record
losses accordingly.
Further assume that F draws down on the LOC for its full facility of $5 million
and reports a loss of $1 million. Investor B concludes that
the other investors are financially solvent. Investor B
should record a $250,000 loss in its financial statements
for its proportionate share of losses. Investor B would
continue to record its proportionate share of losses in each
period, up to its 25 percent pro rata share of the
outstanding amount of the LOC (i.e., $1.25 million). If B
determines that it is probable that it will pay $5 million
to the holder of the LOC because of the financial condition
of F and the other investors, B should record a loss of $5
million.
Example 5-26
Cash Commitment to Investee
Investors A, B, C, and D each have 25 percent ownership over
Investee E, and each investor accounts for its investment
under the equity method. Profits and losses are shared
equally. Investor A has committed to provide up to $10
million of additional financial support to E and does not
receive additional ownership in E in exchange for providing
such support. Investors B, C, and D have not made similar
commitments.
Investee E reports recurring losses such that each investor’s
equity method investment balance has been reduced to zero at
the end of year 3. In year 4, E records another loss of $20
million. All investors have demonstrated that they are still
financially solvent and able to fund their pro rata portion
of E’s losses. Investor A determines that because it has
committed to provide E with up to $10 million of additional
financial support, it should record its $5 million
proportionate share of E’s losses along with an offsetting
liability in accordance with ASC 323-10-35-20.
On the other hand, consider a situation in which A has
committed to provide E with additional financial support of
up to $1 million and there are no other indications that A
would provide support beyond this amount.
In this case, at the end of year 4, A determines that it
should record its proportionate share of E’s losses, up to
its committed financial support of $1 million, under ASC
323-10-35-20. Although A’s proportionate share of E’s losses
is $5 million, A limits its recognized losses in E to A’s
committed financial support by recognizing an equity method
loss and a liability of $1 million. The remaining $4 million
proportionate loss would be recorded in A’s memo
accounts.
5.2.1 Guarantee of an Equity Method Investee’s Third-Party Debt
See Section 4.2.1
for further discussion of the accounting when a guarantee is issued by the
investor in conjunction with the equity method investee’s formation or is issued
after formation as required by the formation documents. As noted in that
section, we generally believe that, in the absence of substantive evidence to
the contrary, the value of the guarantee would be included in the initial
measurement of the equity method investment (i.e., the debit entry would be
recorded to the equity method investment account rather than to expense) given
that it is more likely that the guarantee was issued to balance the investor’s
investment in the investee.
A guarantee that is not contemplated or required by the formation documents may be issued after
the equity method investee’s formation. In such a situation, if the investor does not receive any
consideration from the equity method investee or the other investors for issuing the guarantee, the
investor should recognize a guarantee liability initially at fair value in accordance with ASC 460-10-25-3
and 25-4 and ASC 460-10-30-2. When the investor initially recognizes a guarantee liability related to
a guarantee issued after the investee’s formation, the investor should use judgment to allocate the
initial fair value of the guarantee between its interest in the equity method investee and that of other
investors. The investor should do the following:
- Expense the portion of the debit entry related to noncontributing investors.
- Record the portion of the debit entry related to the investor’s interest in the equity method investee as an increase in its investment in the equity method investee and amortize that portion over the life of the guarantee.
If a controlling financial interest holder deconsolidates a subsidiary in
accordance with ASC 810-10-40-3A through 40-5 and retains an equity method
investment, the investor measures the equity method investment at its fair value
in accordance with ASC 323-10-30-2. If the investor issues a guarantee of the
investee’s third-party debt in conjunction with the deconsolidation, we believe
that the initial fair value of the guarantee liability would be accounted for as
part of the gain or loss upon deconsolidation rather than capitalized as part of
the investor’s basis in the equity method investment.
5.2.2 Collateral of the Investee Held by the Investor When Equity Losses Exceed the Investor’s Investment
An investor may provide a loan to an equity method investee or guarantee a third-party loan held by
the investee that is collateralized by the investee’s underlying assets. Further, the appraised value of the
assets may be greater than the combined outstanding loan amount.
If the investor’s share of the investee’s cumulative losses exceeds the investor’s equity investment and
loan balances, it would not be appropriate for the investor to avoid recording equity losses associated
with the guarantee of the investee’s loans because the liquidation value of the collateral it holds exceeds
the amount of the guarantee. In other words, the investor should not consider the liquidation value
of collateral to offset the guarantee. However, it may be appropriate for the investor to consider the
liquidation value of collateral when recognizing investee losses if all the following conditions are met:
- The operations related to the assets that serve as collateral do not represent a large percentage of the investee’s operations, and removal of the assets would not preclude the investee’s continued operations.
- The investor has the ability and intent to take possession of the collateral if it is required to honor the guarantee. That is, the investor has the ability to obtain clear title to the collateral, notwithstanding any potential claims that other third parties may have.
- The investor could use the equipment in its own operations or has sufficient experience with and access to a market for assets that serve as collateral so that it can sell and realize the collateral’s value.
If the collateral is essential to the investee’s operations, the first condition would not be met. We expect
that it would be rare for all these conditions to be met.
If the investee extinguishes or settles the loan guaranteed by
the investor, the investor should stop recognizing excess losses from the time
of extinguishment or settlement of the loan and reverse its related liability,
with an adjustment to the equity method gains or losses from the investee. The
investor should consider disclosing the adjustment.
5.2.3 Investee Losses if the Investor Has Other Investments in the Investee
ASC 323-10
35-23 The guidance in the following paragraph applies to situations in which both of the following conditions
exist:
- An investor is not required to advance additional funds to an investee.
- Previous losses have reduced the common stock investment account to zero.
35-24 In the circumstances
described in paragraph 323-10-35-23, the investor shall
continue to report its share of equity method losses in
its statement of operations to the extent of and as an
adjustment to the adjusted basis of the other
investments in the investee. The order in which those
equity method losses should be applied to the other
investments shall follow the seniority of the other
investments (that is, priority in liquidation). For each
period, the adjusted basis of the other investments
shall be adjusted for the equity method losses, then the
investor shall apply Subtopic 310-10, 320-10, 321-10,
326-20, or 326-30 to the other investments, as
applicable.
35-25 The cost basis of the
other investments is the original cost of those
investments adjusted for the effects of write-downs,
unrealized holding gains and losses on debt securities
classified as trading in accordance with Subtopic 320-10
or equity securities accounted for in accordance with
Subtopic 321-10 and amortization of any discount or
premium on debt securities or financing receivables. The
adjusted basis is the cost basis adjusted for the
allowance for credit losses account recorded in
accordance with Topic 326 on measurement of credit
losses for an investee financing receivable and debt
security and the cumulative equity method losses applied
to the other investments. Equity method income
subsequently recorded shall be applied to the adjusted
basis of the other investments in reverse order of the
application of the equity method losses (that is, equity
method income is applied to the more senior investments
first).
35-26 If the investor has
other investments in the investee (including, but not
limited to, preferred stock, debt securities, and loans
to the investee) that are within the scope of Subtopic
310-10, 320-10, or 321-10, the investor should perform
all of the following steps to determine the amount of
equity method loss to report at the end of a period:
-
Apply this Subtopic to determine the maximum amount of equity method losses.
-
Determine whether the adjusted basis of the other investment(s) in the investee is positive, and do the following:
-
If the adjusted basis is positive, the adjusted basis of the other investments shall be adjusted for the amount of the equity method loss based on the investments’ seniority. Paragraph 320-10-35-3 explains that, for investments accounted for in accordance with Subtopic 320-10, this adjusted basis becomes the debt security’s basis from which subsequent changes in fair value are measured. Paragraph 321-10-35-5 explains that for investments accounted for in accordance with Subtopic 321-10, this adjusted basis becomes the equity security’s basis from which subsequent changes in fair value are measured.
-
If the adjusted basis reaches zero, equity method losses shall cease being reported; however, the investor shall continue to track the amount of unreported equity method losses for purposes of applying paragraph 323-10-35-20. If one of the other investments is sold at a time when its carrying value exceeds its adjusted basis, the difference between the cost basis of that other investment and its adjusted basis at the time of sale represents equity method losses that were originally applied to that other investment but effectively reversed upon its sale. Accordingly, that excess represents unreported equity method losses that shall continue to be tracked before future equity method income can be reported. Example 4 (see paragraph 323-10-55-30) illustrates the application of (b)(2).
-
-
After applying this Subtopic, apply Subtopics 310-10, 320-10, 321-10, 326-20, and 326-30 to the adjusted basis of the other investments in the investee, as applicable.
-
Apply appropriate generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) to other investments that are not within the scope of Subtopic 310-10, 320-10, 321-10, 326-20, or 326-30.
Example 4 (see paragraph 323-10-55-30) illustrates the application of this
guidance.
When an investor does not have a requirement or commitment to advance additional
funds to an investee and losses have reduced its common stock equity method
investment balance to zero, the investor should continue to record its share of
equity method losses to the extent that the investor has other investments
(e.g., preferred stock, loans to the investee, other securities) in the equity
method investee. The SEC staff has held that all investments and advances, other
than receivables, are presumed to fund the investee’s operating losses.
Equity method losses should be applied in order of seniority of the investor’s
other investments, starting with the most subordinated investment to the extent
that such an investment has a positive adjusted basis.
ASC 323-10-35-25 indicates that the cost basis
and adjusted basis of an investor’s other investments are determined as
follows:
We believe that the guidance in ASC 323-10-35-25 is meant to
reflect the calculation of the adjusted basis of an investment but does not
address the order in which to apply the measurement guidance.
Generally, an investor applies the following steps to its other investments when
it has incurred equity method losses during a reporting period: (1) it adjusts
its other investments for equity method losses to the extent that the other
investments’ adjusted basis is positive and (2) adjusts the other investments
further by applying other U.S. GAAP to them (e.g., ASC 310-10, ASC 320-10, ASC
321-10, and so forth). That is, for example, the investor would apply the
guidance in ASC 323 first and then apply the guidance in ASC 321, which would
result in recording the other equity investments at fair value in accordance
with ASC 321.
Once the adjusted basis of an investor’s other investments reaches zero, the investor should stop recording equity method losses as an adjustment to those investments. If there are no other investments with a positive adjusted basis, the investor should continue to track the unreported equity method losses for subsequent periods. When an investee returns to profitability, the investor should wait until profits recover unreported equity method losses before adjusting other investments.
When an investee begins to report equity method income, the income should first be applied to the adjusted basis of the investor’s other investments starting with the most senior investment (the reverse order of the application of losses described above). Therefore, the investor would not recognize any equity method income unless or until the amount of the subsequent equity method income exceeds the cumulative unreported equity method losses.
Changing Lanes
Clarifying the Interaction
Between ASC 321 and ASC 323
In May 2019, the FASB added a project9 to the EITF’s technical agenda on clarifying the interaction
between ASC 321 and ASC 323. The project included an issue related to
“[r]ecognizing investee losses when an investor has other equity
investments in the investee.” As stated in Issue Summary 1 of EITF Issue 19-A,
at its June 13, 2019, meeting, the EITF discussed the order in which an
investor should apply the guidance when (1) “an investor has additional
investments in the equity method investee that do not qualify for the
equity method of accounting”; (2) “the investee’s equity method losses
have resulted in a zero carrying amount for the investor’s equity method
investment”; (3) the investor is applying the measurement alternative in
ASC 321; and (4) within an accounting period, there is an observable
transaction that will result in an adjustment (i.e., increase) to the
carrying value of the investment under ASC 321. Issue Summary 1 of EITF
Issue 19-A provides the following example:
On
January 1, 20X1, an investor acquires 20 percent of Company A’s
common stock and 10 percent of its preferred stock for $10,000,000
and $5,000,000, respectively. The investor’s investment in the
common stock is accounted for in accordance with the equity method
of accounting, and the investment in the preferred stock is
accounted for as an equity security under the measurement
alternative under Topic 321. In each of the quarters between January
1, 20X1 and December 31, 20X3, Company A reports net losses. Because
the investor records its share of Company A’s losses, the cost basis
in both investments is reduced to zero. As of December 31, 20X3, the
investor has accumulated approximately $50,000,000 of unrecognized
equity method losses in a memo account.
On
March 31, 20X4, Company A completes a new round of equity financing
involving new investors. The investor determines that the new round
of equity financing constitutes an orderly transaction with an
observable price that requires the investor to remeasure its
investment in the preferred stock to its fair value of $60,000,000.
Additionally, the investor’s share of the investee’s equity losses
for the period ended March 31, 20X4 is $10,000,000.
Normally, an entity would apply the measurement guidance
in ASC 321 after applying adjustments recognized under ASC 323. However,
under the measurement alternative in ASC 321, the entity would adjust
the equity security to fair value for an observable transaction that
occurred during the period and may not be at the end of the reporting
period. Because this observable transaction may not be at the end of the
period, it calls into question the normal sequencing the entity would
follow of applying the measurement guidance in ASC 321 after recognizing
equity method losses for the period under ASC 323.
The EITF was able to reach consensus with respect to
other issues contemplated as part of EITF Issue 19-A, which led to the
FASB’s issuance of ASU 2020-01. However, the
Task Force was unable to reach a consensus on the order in which
Codification topics would be applied to the recognition of investee
losses when an investor has other equity investments in the investee.
We believe that in the absence of authoritative guidance
addressing the issue, either of the following approaches described in
Issue Summary 1 of EITF Issue 19-A would be acceptable.
-
Approach 1 — “Accumulated equity method losses that have not been allocated to an investor’s investments in the investee (that is, accumulated investee losses in the memo account) should offset any unrealized gains resulting from remeasurement of the investment due to an observable transaction in accordance with Topic 321.” That is, the investor would apply the guidance in ASC 321 first and then apply the guidance in ASC 323.Application of this guidance to the example above would result in a preferred stock carrying amount of $0. “The investor would apply the guidance in Topic 321 and remeasure the preferred stock to its fair value of $60,000,000. The investor would then apply the guidance in Topic 323 and adjust the basis of the preferred stock for cumulative investee losses of $60,000,000.”
-
Approach 2 — “Recognition of unrealized gains related to an orderly transaction in accordance with the measurement alternative in Topic 321 should be applied after the allocation of any equity method losses. As such, the carrying amount of the equity investment should reflect the most recent observable price, without offsetting any accumulated equity method losses.” That is, the investor would apply the guidance in ASC 323 first and then apply the guidance in ASC 321.Application of this guidance to the example above would result in a preferred stock carrying amount of $60,000,000. “The investor would apply the guidance in Topic 323 and record the additional $10,000,000 of investee losses in the memo account. The investor would then apply the guidance in Topic 321 to remeasure the preferred stock to its fair value of $60,000,000.”
An entity should use one entity-wide method that is
disclosed in the footnotes to the financial statements. Preparers should
monitor developments in this area and consider consulting with their
independent auditors or their professional accounting advisers as
needed.
ASU 2019-04
In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, which, among other
things, provided Codification improvements to ASU 2016-01, ASU 2016-13, and ASU 2017-12. Upon adoption of ASU
2019-04, an investor must first adjust its other investments for equity
method losses and then may have to adjust them further on the basis of
the application of other U.S. GAAP (e.g., ASC 310-10, ASC 320-10, ASC
321-10, ASC 326-20, and ASC 326-30) to those investments.
In addition to ASU 2019-04, ASU 2016-13 amends the
guidance in U.S. GAAP on impairment of financial instruments.
ASU 2016-13 adds to U.S. GAAP an impairment model (known
as the current expected credit loss [CECL] model) that is based on
expected losses rather than incurred losses. Under the new guidance, an
entity recognizes as an allowance its estimate of expected credit
losses, which the FASB believes will result in more timely recognition
of such losses. This ASU is also intended to reduce the complexity of
U.S. GAAP by decreasing the number of credit impairment models that
entities use to account for debt instruments.
5.2.3.1 Percentage Used to Determine the Amount of Equity Method Losses
ASC 323-10
35-27 The guidance in the following paragraph applies if all of the following conditions exist:
- An investor owns common stock (or in-substance common stock) and other investments in an investee.
- The investor has the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee.
- The investor is not required to advance additional funds to the investee.
- Previous losses have reduced the common stock investment account to zero.
35-28 In the circumstances
described in the preceding paragraph, the investor
shall not recognize equity method losses based
solely on the percentage of investee common stock
held by the investor. Example 5 (see paragraph
323-10-55-48) illustrates two possible approaches
for recognizing equity method losses in such
circumstances.
When an investor’s common stock equity method investment has been reduced to zero and the investor has other investments in an investee, the amount of equity method loss to be recognized in each period should not be based solely on the percentage of ownership, as stated in ASC 323-10-35-28, which was initially introduced by EITF Issue 99-10. While the EITF did not reach a consensus on a single method of recognition, it acknowledged that various approaches may be acceptable and that an entity should use one entity-wide method that is disclosed in the footnotes to the financial statements. The example below from ASC 323-10-55-48 through 55-57 illustrates two potential acceptable methods of recognition (one based on the ownership level of each specific investment and the other based on the change in the investor’s claim on the investee’s book value).
ASC 323-10
Example 5: Percentage Used to Determine the Amount of Equity Method Losses
55-48 The following Cases illustrate possible approaches to recognizing equity method losses in accordance
with paragraph 323-10-35-28:
- Ownership level of particular investment (Case A)
- Change in investor claim on investee book value (Case B).
55-49 Cases A and B share all of the following assumptions:
- Investee was formed on January 1, 20X0.
- Five investors each made investments in and loans to Investee on that date and there have not been any changes in those investment levels (that is, no new money, reacquisition of interests by Investee, principal payments by Investee, or dividends) during the period from January 1, 20X0, through December 31, 20X3.
- Investor A owns 40 percent of the outstanding common stock of Investee; the common stock investment has been reduced to zero at the beginning of 20X1 because of previous losses.
- Investor A also has invested $100 in preferred stock of Investee (50 percent of the outstanding preferred stock of Investee) and has extended $100 in loans to Investee (which represents 60 percent of all loans extended to Investee).
- Investor A is not obligated to provide any additional funding to Investee. As
of the beginning of 20X1, the adjusted basis of
Investor’s total combined investment in Investee
is $200, as follows.
- Investee operating income (loss) from 20X1 through 20X3 is as follows.
- Investee’s balance sheet is as follows.
Case A: Ownership Level of Particular Investment
55-50 Under this approach, Investor A would recognize equity method losses based on the ownership level of the particular investee security, loan, or advance held by the investor to which equity method losses are being applied.
55-51 In 20X1, in accordance with this Subtopic, Investor A would record the equity method loss to the adjusted basis of the preferred stock (the next most senior level of capital) after the common stock investment becomes zero (50% × $160 = $80). Investor A would record the following journal entry.
55-52 In 20X2, in accordance with this Subtopic, Investor A would record the equity method loss to the extent of the adjusted basis of the preferred stock of $20 (50% × $40 = $20) and, because the adjusted basis of the preferred stock will then be reduced to zero, record the remaining equity method loss to the adjusted basis of the loan (the next most senior level of capital) (60% × $160 [that is, $200–$40 applied to the preferred stock] = $96). Investor A would record the following journal entry.
55-53 In 20X3, in accordance with this Subtopic, Investor A would record the equity method income first to the loan until its adjusted basis is restored (60% × $160 = $96), then to the preferred stock until its adjusted basis is restored (50% × $200 = $100), and finally to the common stock (40% × $140 = $56). Investor A would record the following journal entry.
Case B: Change in Investor Claim on Investee Book Value
55-54 Under this approach, Investor A would recognize equity method losses based on the change in the investor’s claim on the investee’s book value.
55-55 With respect to 20X1, if Investee hypothetically liquidated its assets and liabilities at book value at
December 31, 20X1, it would have $207 available to distribute. Investor A would receive $120 (Investor A’s 60%
share of a priority claim from the loan [$100] and a priority distribution of its preferred stock investment of $20
[which is 50% of the $40 remaining to distribute after the creditors are paid]). Investor A’s claim on Investee’s
book value at January 1, 20X1, was $200 (60% × $167 = $100 and 50% × $200 = $100). Therefore, during 20X1,
Investor A’s claim on Investee’s book value decreased by $80 and that is the amount Investor A would recognize
in 20X1 as its share of Investee’s losses. Investor A would record the following journal entry.
55-56 With respect to 20X2, if Investee hypothetically liquidated its assets and liabilities at book value at
December 31, 20X2, it would have $7 available to distribute. Investor A would receive $4 (Investor A’s 60%
share of a priority claim from the loan). Investor A’s claim on Investee’s book value at December 31, 20X1,
was $120 (see the preceding paragraph). Therefore, during 20X2, Investor A’s claim on Investee’s book value
decreased by $116 and that is the amount Investor A would recognize in 20X2 as its share of Investee’s losses.
Investor A would record the following journal entry.
55-57 With respect to 20X3, if Investee hypothetically liquidated its assets and liabilities at book value at
December 31, 20X3, it would have $507 available to distribute. Investor A would receive $256 (Investor A’s 60%
share of a priority claim from the loan [$100], Investor A’s 50% share of a priority distribution from its preferred
stock investment [$100], and 40% of the remaining cash available to distribute [$140 × 40% = $56]). Investor A’s
claim on Investee’s book value at December 31, 20X2, was $4 (see above). Therefore, during 20X3, Investor A’s
claim on Investee’s book value increased by $252 and that is the amount Investor A would recognize in 20X3 as
its share of Investee’s earnings. Investor A would record the following journal entry.
5.2.4 Additional Investment After Suspension of Loss Recognition
ASC 323-10
35-29 If a subsequent investment in an investee does not result in the ownership interest increasing from one of significant influence to one of control and, in whole or in part, represents, in substance, the funding of prior losses, the investor should recognize previously suspended losses only up to the amount of the additional investment determined to represent the funding of prior losses (see (b)). Whether the investment represents the funding of prior losses, however, depends on the facts and circumstances. Judgment is required in determining whether prior losses are being funded and all available information should be considered in performing the related analysis. All of the following factors shall be considered; however, no one factor shall be considered presumptive or determinative:
- Whether the additional investment is acquired from a third party or directly from the investee. If the additional investment is purchased from a third party and the investee does not obtain additional funds either from the investor or the third party, it is unlikely that, in the absence of other factors, prior losses are being funded.
- The fair value of the consideration received in relation to the value of the consideration paid for the additional investment. For example, if the fair value of the consideration received is less than the fair value of the consideration paid, it may indicate that prior losses are being funded to the extent that there is disparity in the value of the exchange.
- Whether the additional investment results in an increase in ownership percentage of the investee. If the investment is made directly with the investee, the investor shall consider the form of the investment and whether other investors are making simultaneous investments proportionate to their interests. Investments made without a corresponding increase in ownership or other interests, or a pro rata equity investment made by all existing investors, may indicate that prior losses are being funded.
- The seniority of the additional investment relative to existing equity of the investee. An investment in an instrument that is subordinate to other equity of the investee may indicate that prior losses are being funded.
35-30 Upon making the additional investment, the investor should evaluate whether it has become otherwise committed to provide financial support to the investee.
In situations in which equity method losses have reduced an investor’s equity
method investment balance to zero and the investor makes an additional
contribution to an equity method investee for no additional ownership interest,
the investor must first determine whether this additional investment provides it
with a controlling financial interest in the investee. See Section 5.6 for further
discussion related to accounting for changes in the level of ownership or degree
of influence over an investee.
If the additional contribution does not result in a change from significant influence to control, the investor must determine whether the additional investment in the investee represents the funding of prior losses. ASC 323-10-35-29 discusses factors to consider in the determination of whether additional investments in an investee represent funding of prior losses when the investor has suspended equity method loss recognition in accordance with ASC 323-10-35-20 and ASC 323-10-35-23 through 35-26. This determination involves significant judgment, and the investor should consider all relevant facts and circumstances.
The factors in ASC 323-10-35-29 suggest that if the additional investment is determined, in substance, to be a funding of prior losses, the investor should recognize any prior suspended losses up to the amount of this investment. The investor should also evaluate whether the additional investment results in a commitment to provide financial support to the equity method investee. If the additional investment is not considered to be a funding of prior losses, the investor should account for the additional investment by using the equity method, including recording its share of equity method losses incurred after the additional investment is made. However, the investor would not recognize any prior suspended losses related to its initial investment.
Footnotes
9
EITF Issue No. 19-A, “Financial Instruments —
Clarifying the Interactions Between Topic 321 and Topic
323.”
5.3 Share-Based Compensation Granted by an Investor to Employees or Nonemployees of an Equity Method Investee
ASC 323-10
Share-Based Compensation
Granted to Employees and Nonemployees of an Equity
Method Investee
25-3 Paragraphs 323-10-25-4 through
25-6 provide guidance on accounting for share-based payment
awards granted by an investor to employees or nonemployees
of an equity method investee that provide goods or services
to the investee that are used or consumed in the investee’s
operations when no proportionate funding by the other
investors occurs and the investor does not receive any
increase in the investor’s relative ownership percentage of
the investee. That guidance assumes that the investor’s
grant of share-based payment awards to employees or
nonemployees of the equity method investee was not agreed to
in connection with the investor’s acquisition of an interest
in the investee. That guidance applies to share-based
payment awards granted to employees or nonemployees of an
investee by an investor based on that investor’s stock (that
is, stock of the investor or other equity instruments
indexed to, and potentially settled in, stock of the
investor).
25-4 In the circumstances described
in paragraph 323-10-25-3, a contributing investor shall
expense the cost of share-based payment awards granted to
employees and nonemployees of an equity method investee as
incurred (that is, in the same period the costs are
recognized by the investee) to the extent that the
investor’s claim on the investee’s book value has not been
increased.
25-5 In the circumstances described
in paragraph 323-10-25-3, other equity method investors in
an investee (that is, noncontributing investors) shall
recognize income equal to the amount that their interest in
the investee’s net book value has increased (that is, their
percentage share of the contributed capital recognized by
the investee) as a result of the disproportionate funding of
the compensation costs. Further, those other equity method
investors shall recognize their percentage share of earnings
or losses in the investee (inclusive of any expense
recognized by the investee for the share-based compensation
funded on its behalf).
25-6 Example 2 (see paragraph
323-10-55-19) illustrates the application of this guidance
for share-based compensation granted to employees of an
equity method investee.
Share-Based Compensation Granted to Employees and
Nonemployees of an Equity Method Investee
30-3 Share-based compensation cost
recognized in accordance with paragraph 323-10-25-4 shall be
measured initially at fair value in accordance with Topic
718. Example 2 (see paragraph 323-10-55-19) illustrates the
application of this guidance.
ASC 505-10
25-3 Paragraphs
323-10-25-3 through 25-5 provide guidance on accounting for
share-based compensation granted by an investor to employees
or nonemployees of an equity method investee that provide
goods or services to the investee that are used or consumed
in the investee’s operations. An investee shall recognize
the costs of the share-based payment incurred by the
investor on its behalf, and a corresponding capital
contribution, as the costs are incurred on its behalf (that
is, in the same period(s) as if the investor had paid cash
to employees and nonemployees of the investee following the
guidance in Topic 718 on stock compensation.
ASC 323-10 — SEC Materials — SEC Staff
Guidance
SEC Observer Comment:
Accounting by an Investor for Stock-Based Compensation
Granted to Employees of an Equity Method
Investee
S99-4 The following is the text of
SEC Observer Comment: Accounting by an Investor for
Stock-Based Compensation Granted to Employees of an Equity
Method Investee.
Paragraph 323-10-25-3
provides guidance on the accounting by an investor for
stock-based compensation based on the investor’s stock
granted to employees of an equity method investee. Investors
that are SEC registrants should classify any income or
expense resulting from application of this guidance in the
same income statement caption as the equity in earnings (or
losses) of the investee.
Share-based payment awards may be (1) issued by an equity method investor to employees or nonemployees of an equity method investee and (2) indexed to, or settled in, the equity of the investor. If such awards are issued to employees of an equity method investee and are indexed to, or settled in, the equity of the investor, the awards are not within the scope of ASC 718. This conclusion is supported by analogy to paragraph 10 of FASB Interpretation 44. While the guidance in Interpretation 44 was nullified by FASB Statement 123(R), the conclusion in paragraph 10 of Interpretation 44 remains applicable by analogy since it is the only available guidance on this issue. Paragraph 10 of Interpretation 44 states, in
part:
[Opinion No. 25] does not apply to the accounting by a
grantor for stock compensation granted to nonemployees. For example, Opinion 25
does not apply to the accounting by a corporate investor of an unconsolidated
investee (or a joint venture owner) for stock options or awards granted by the
investor (owner) to employees of the investee (joint venture) accounted for
under the equity method because the grantees are not employees of the
grantor.
However, since neither Interpretation 44 nor ASC 718 specifically addresses the
accounting for these awards, an entity must account for them under other guidance.
Such guidance includes ASC 323-10-25-3 through 25-5 and ASC 505-10-25-3, which
address the accounting related to the financial statements of the equity method
investor, the equity method investee, and the noncontributing investor(s). This
guidance does not apply to share-based payment awards issued to grantees for goods
or services provided to the investor that are indexed to, or settled in, the equity
of the investee (as opposed to the equity of the investor). See Section 2.11 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Share-Based Payment Awards for further
guidance on the accounting for awards that are issued to grantees and indexed to,
and settled in, shares of an unrelated entity.
Example 2 in ASC 323-10-55-19
through 55-26 illustrates the accounting for stock compensation granted by an
investor to employees of an equity method investee:
ASC 323-10
Example 2:
Share-Based Compensation Granted to Employees of an
Equity Method Investee
55-19 This Example illustrates the
guidance in paragraphs 323-10-25-3 and 323-10-30-3 for
share-based compensation by an investor granted to employees
of an equity method investee. This Example is equally
applicable to share-based awards granted by an investor to
nonemployees that provide goods or services to an equity
method investee that are used or consumed in the investee’s
operations.
55-20 Entity A owns a 40 percent
interest in Entity B and accounts for its investment under
the equity method. On January 1, 20X1, Entity A grants
10,000 stock options (in the stock of Entity A) to employees
of Entity B. The stock options cliff-vest in three years. If
an employee of Entity B fails to vest in a stock option, the
option is returned to Entity A (that is, Entity B does not
retain the underlying stock). The owners of the remaining 60
percent interest in Entity B have not shared in the funding
of the stock options granted to employees of Entity B on any
basis and Entity A was not obligated to grant the stock
options under any preexisting agreement with Entity B or the
other investors. Entity B will capitalize the share-based
compensation costs recognized over the first year of the
three-year vesting period as part of the cost of an
internally constructed fixed asset (the internally
constructed fixed asset will be completed on December 31,
20X1).
55-21 Before granting the stock
options, Entity A’s investment balance is $800,000, and the
book value of Entity B’s net assets equals $2,000,000.
Entity B will not begin depreciating the internally
constructed fixed asset until it is complete and ready for
its intended use and, therefore, no related depreciation
expense (or compensation expense relating to the stock
options) will be recognized between January 1, 20X1, and
December 31, 20X1. For the years ending December 31, 20X2,
and December 31, 20X3, Entity B will recognize depreciation
expense (on the internally constructed fixed asset) and
compensation expense (for the cost of the stock options
relating to Years 2 and 3 of the vesting period). After
recognizing those expenses, Entity B has net income of
$200,000 for the fiscal years ending December 31, 20X1,
December 31, 20X2, and December 31, 20X3.
55-22 Entity C also owns a 40
percent interest in Entity B. On January 1, 20X1, before
granting the stock options, Entity C’s investment balance is
$800,000.
55-23 Assume that the fair value of
the stock options granted by Entity A to employees of Entity
B is $120,000 on January 1, 20X1. Under Topic 718, the fair
value of share-based compensation should be measured at the
grant date. This Example assumes that the stock options
issued are classified as equity and ignores the effect of
forfeitures.
55-25 A rollforward of Entity B’s
net assets and a reconciliation to Entity A’s and Entity C’s
ending investment accounts follows.
55-26 A summary of the calculation
of share-based compensation cost by year follows.
5.3.1 Accounting in the Financial Statements of the Contributing Investor Issuing the Awards
ASC 323-10-25-3 and 25-4 indicate that an investor should recognize (1) the
entire cost (not just the portion of the cost associated with the investor’s
ownership interest) of the share-based payment awards granted to employees of an
investee as an expense and (2) a corresponding amount recognized in the
investor’s equity. However, the cost associated with the investor’s ownership
interest will be recognized as an expense when it records its share of the
investee’s earnings (because its share of the investee’s earnings includes the
awards’ expense). In addition, the entire cost (and corresponding equity) should
be recorded as incurred (i.e., in the same period(s) as if the investor had paid
cash to the investee’s employees). The cost of the share-based payment awards is
a fair-value-based amount that is consistent with the definition of such a cost
under ASC 718. As noted in ASC 323-10-S99-4, “[i]nvestors that are SEC
registrants should classify any income or expense resulting from application of
this guidance in the same income statement caption as the equity in earnings (or
losses) of the investee.” Although ASC 323-10-S99-4 refers to SEC registrants,
reporting entities that are not SEC registrants should consider applying the
same guidance.
5.3.2 Accounting in the Financial Statements of the Investee Receiving the Awards
ASC 505-10-25-3 indicates that an investee should recognize (1) the entire cost
of the share-based payment awards incurred by an investor on the investee’s
behalf as compensation cost and (2) a corresponding amount as a capital
contribution. The cost of the share-based payment awards is a fair-value-based
amount that is consistent with the definition of such a cost in ASC 718. In
addition, the compensation cost (and corresponding capital contribution) should
be recorded as incurred (i.e., in the same period(s) as if the investor had paid
cash to the investee’s employees).
5.3.3 Accounting in the Financial Statements of the Noncontributing Investors
ASC 323-10-25-5 states that the noncontributing investors “shall recognize
income equal to the amount that their interest in the investee’s net book value
has increased (that is, their percentage share of the contributed capital
recognized by the investee)” as a result of the capital contribution by the
investor issuing the awards. In addition, the noncontributing investors “shall
recognize their percentage share of earnings or losses in the investee
(inclusive of any expense recognized by the investee for the share-based
compensation funded on its behalf).” That is, the noncontributing investors
should recognize their share of the investee’s earnings or losses (including the
compensation cost recognized for the share-based payment awards issued by the
equity method investor) in accordance with ASC 323-10. As noted in ASC
323-10-S99-4, “[i]nvestors that are SEC registrants should classify any income
or expense resulting from application of this guidance in the same income
statement caption as the equity in earnings (or losses) of the investee.”
Although ASC 323-10-S99-4 refers to SEC registrants, reporting entities that are
not SEC registrants should consider applying the same guidance.
5.3.4 Stock-Based Compensation Granted by an Investor to Employees of an Equity Method Investee When the Investee Reimburses the Contributing Investor
If an investee reimburses a contributing investor for share-based payment awards, the contributing
investor generally records income, with a corresponding amount recorded in equity, in the same periods
as the cost that is recognized for issuing the awards. Therefore, the issuance of the awards by the
contributing investor and the subsequent reimbursement by the investee may not affect the net income
(loss) of the contributing investor. That is, if the reimbursement received by the investor equals the
compensation cost recognized for the awards granted, the cost of issuing the awards and the income
for their reimbursement will be equal and offsetting and will be recorded in the same reporting periods
in the contributing investor’s income statement.
If an investee reimburses a contributing investor for share-based payment
awards, the investee generally accrues a dividend to the contributing investor
for the amount of the reimbursement in the same periods as the capital
contribution from the contributing investor. The recognition of a dividend is
generally appropriate given that the issuance of the awards resulted in a
capital contribution from the contributing investor. See Section 5.3.2 for a more
detailed discussion of the investee’s accounting related to the awards.
If an investee reimburses a contributing investor for share-based payment awards, the noncontributing
investor or investors generally recognize a loss equal to the amount by which their interest in the
investee’s net book value has decreased (i.e., their percentage share of the distributed capital
recognized by the investee) as a result of the reimbursement to the contributing investor. The
recognition of a loss by the noncontributing investor is typically appropriate given that its interest in
the investee’s net book value has decreased as a result of the reimbursement provided to the investor
issuing the awards.
Under U.S. GAAP, there is no explicit guidance on the accounting for an
arrangement in which the investee reimburses the contributing investor;
therefore, other views may be acceptable for the accounting by the contributing
investor, the investee, and the noncontributing investor.
5.4 Costs Incurred on Behalf of an Investee
5.4.1 Accounting for Costs Incurred on Behalf of an Investee in the Financial Statements of the Investor
The guidance in ASC 323-10-25-3 through 25-5, which was initially introduced by EITF Issue 00-12 (see Section 5.3), examines situations in which an additional investment made by an investor is not
determined to be a funding of prior losses and considers the manner in which (i.e., capitalization or
expense), and period(s) over which, the investor should account for any costs incurred on behalf of an
investee. The following are two different views proposed by the EITF regarding how an investor should
recognize the many types of expenditures it might incur on behalf of an investee:
- View A — The investor should record the expenditures as expenses “to the extent that the investor’s claim on the investee’s book value has not been increased.” If the investor’s claim on the investee’s book value has been increased (e.g., when the cost incurred by the investor is capitalized by the investee), the investor should recognize the portion of the expenditures represented by the increase as an additional investment in the investee.
- View B — The investor should recognize the expenditures as an increase in its investment in the investee. The investor would then recognize its share of the earnings or losses of the investee, inclusive of the costs incurred, on the basis of its ownership percentage in the investee. The remainder of the cost incurred (the percentage of the cost that benefits the other investors) results in an originated-basis difference between the investor’s investment balance and its underlying equity in net assets of the investee. This difference should be accounted for in a manner similar to that described in ASC 323-10-35-34, whereby the difference is attributed to specific individual assets or liabilities of the investee, and any residual excess of the cost of the investment over the proportional fair value of the investee’s assets and liabilities is treated as equity method goodwill. When attributing the basis difference to the investee’s underlying net assets, the investor should consider the relevant facts and circumstances, including the nature of the expenditures. See Sections 4.5 and 5.1.5.2, respectively, for initial measurement of and subsequent accounting for basis differences.
After the EITF considered these two alternatives, the scope of the discussion and consensus in EITF Issue 00-12 (as codified in ASC 323-10-25-3 through 25-5) was narrowed to focus only on the costs of investor stock-based compensation granted by the investor to employees of the equity method investee, and not on contributions in other forms. When investor stock-based compensation costs are incurred, the consensus of ASC 323-10-25-3 through 25-5 would be followed. That is, the contributing investor would expense the cost of investor stock-based compensation granted to employees of an equity method investee as incurred (i.e., as the contribution is recognized by the investee) to the extent that the investor’s claim on the investee’s book value has not increased (see Section 5.3).
However, for costs that do not represent investor stock-based compensation costs
incurred by the contributing investor on behalf of the equity method investee
for no additional ownership interest, and when no proportionate funding is
provided by the other equity holders, we believe that View B would generally be
appropriate, after consideration of the provisions of ASC 323-10-35-29 (see
Section 5.2.4).
Although the investor’s contribution may not result in an additional ownership
interest for that investor, the contribution would presumably be made to enhance
the investor’s investment or would result in the investee’s avoidance of costs,
benefiting the investor indirectly.
Example 5-27
Investor W holds an investment in Investee M, which owns the mineral rights to
an exploratory mining project. Investee M is in the
development stage with no revenue or forms of debt
financing and has no assets or activities other than
those related to the mining project. Investor W accounts
for its investment in M under the equity method.
Investor W elects to fund 100 percent of M’s exploration
costs incurred for the calendar year. These exploration
payments are expected to cover all of M’s exploration
program costs and allow M to complete its exploration
phase. The exploration payments do not represent a
funding of prior losses.
Although W will not receive an additional ownership in M when it funds the exploration costs, these contributions enhance W’s investment because M does not have to bear the economic burden that it would have otherwise incurred if W had not made these contributions. Given M’s capital structure, W will provide all of M’s operating financing during this exploration phase of the mining project. The viability of M, as an entity in the development stage with no revenue or forms of debt financing, depends wholly on W’s equity commitment, and thus the contributions will enhance the value of W’s investment. Therefore, in these circumstances, it is appropriate for W to recognize the exploration payments as an increase to the carrying value of its investment in M in accordance with View B. The costs attributable to the noncontributing investor(s) result in an originated-basis difference between W’s investment balance and its underlying equity in M’s net assets. This basis difference would be attributable to the underlying investee’s mineral rights property asset and would be amortized over the life of that asset.
5.4.1.1 Accounting for Costs Incurred on Behalf of, and Subsequently Reimbursed by, an Investee in the Financial Statements of the Investor
In scenarios in which the investor incurs costs on behalf of
an investee that do not result in an additional ownership interest in the
investee (see Section 5.4.1), the
investee and investor may also enter an arrangement that obligates the
investee to reimburse the investor for costs previously incurred on the
investee’s behalf.
As the investee reimburses the investor for such costs, the
investee’s net assets decrease. Accordingly, we believe that the investor
should reflect such reimbursements as a reduction of its investment
in the investee given that its claim on the investee’s net assets has
decreased. We believe that, in such circumstances, the investor should
“unwind” the accounting described in View B (see Section 5.4.1) with respect to costs that do not represent
investor stock-based compensation costs incurred on behalf of an investee
for which the investor does not receive an additional ownership interest in
the investee.
5.4.2 Accounting for Costs Incurred on Behalf of an Investee in the Financial Statements of the Investee
When an investor incurs costs related to an equity method investment, the
investor should use judgment to determine whether the costs are incurred on
behalf of the investee and therefore should be reflected in the investee’s
financial statements. SAB
Topic 1.B states, in part, that “[i]n general, the staff
believes that the historical income statements of a registrant should reflect
all of its costs of doing business. Therefore, in specific situations, the staff
has required the subsidiary to revise its financial statements to include
certain expenses incurred by the parent on its behalf.” In addition,
SAB
Topic 5.T discusses the concept of reflecting costs incurred
by a shareholder on behalf of a company in the company’s financial statements.
SAB Topic 5.T states, in part, that a transaction in which “a principal
stockholder pays an expense for the company, unless the stockholder’s action is
caused by a relationship or obligation completely unrelated to his position as a
stockholder or such action clearly does not benefit the company” should be
reflected as an expense in the company’s financial statements, with a
corresponding credit to APIC. We believe that the guidance in SAB Topics 1.B (by
analogy) and 5.T applies to equity method investees. Therefore, we believe that
costs incurred by an investor on behalf of an investee should be recorded in the
financial statements of the investee as an expense (or capitalized if permitted
under other U.S. GAAP), with a corresponding credit to APIC.
In addition, even though the guidance in SAB Topics 1.B and 5.T applies to
public companies, we believe that private companies should also apply this
guidance when evaluating the recognition of costs incurred by an investor on
behalf of an investee.
5.5 Decrease in Investment Value and Impairment
ASC 323-10
35-31 A series of operating losses of an investee or other factors may indicate that a decrease in value of the
investment has occurred that is other than temporary and that shall be recognized even though the decrease
in value is in excess of what would otherwise be recognized by application of the equity method.
35-32 A loss in value of an investment that is other than a temporary decline shall be recognized. Evidence
of a loss in value might include, but would not necessarily be limited to, absence of an ability to recover the
carrying amount of the investment or inability of the investee to sustain an earnings capacity that would justify
the carrying amount of the investment. A current fair value of an investment that is less than its carrying
amount may indicate a loss in value of the investment. However, a decline in the quoted market price below the
carrying amount or the existence of operating losses is not necessarily indicative of a loss in value that is other
than temporary. All are factors that shall be evaluated.
35-32A An equity method investor shall not separately test an investee’s underlying asset(s) for impairment.
However, an equity investor shall recognize its share of any impairment charge recorded by an investee in
accordance with the guidance in paragraphs 323-10-35-13 and 323-10-45-1 and consider the effect, if any, of
the impairment on the investor’s basis difference in the assets giving rise to the investee’s impairment charge.
ASC 970-323
35-12 A loss in value of an investment other than a temporary decline shall be recognized. Such a loss in value may be indicated, for example, by a decision by other investors to cease providing support or reduce their financial commitment to the venture.
35-13 If a transaction with a real estate venture confirms that there has been a loss in the value of the asset sold that is other than temporary and that has not been recognized previously, the loss shall be recognized on the books of the transferor.
An investor must determine whether its equity method investment is impaired when
certain indications are present even if an investee has not recognized impairments
of its assets. In addition, an equity method investment may be impaired in an amount
greater than impairments recognized by the investee. Although a current fair value
below the recorded investment is an indicator of impairment, the investor should
recognize an impairment only if the loss in value is deemed to be an OTTI.10 If an impairment of an equity method investment is determined to be other than
temporary, the investor must record an impairment charge sufficient to reduce the
investment’s carrying value to its fair value, which results in a new cost basis.
This new cost basis cannot subsequently be written up to a higher value as a result
of increases in fair value. The investor should apply the equity method of
accounting to the new cost basis in its investment by recording its share of
subsequent income or loss of the investee in a manner consistent with the accounting
method used before the OTTI (see Section 5.1).
The investor should not test the investee’s underlying assets for impairment; rather, the investor should
test the equity method investment for impairment as its own unit of account. Also, ASC 323-10-35-32A
requires the investor to “recognize its share of any impairment charge recorded by an investee in
accordance with the guidance in paragraphs 323-10-35-13 and 323-10-45-1 and consider the effect,
if any, of the impairment on the investor’s basis difference in the assets giving rise to the investee’s
impairment charge.” However, the investor must nonetheless ensure that the amounts recognized
comply with U.S. GAAP. Therefore, the investor should consider if impairment indicators exist at the
investee level that were not recognized but should have been in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
5.5.1 Identifying Impairments
ASC 323-10-35-31 and 35-32 provide certain factors that may be indicative of an impairment, including:
- “A series of operating losses of an investee.”
- The “absence of an ability to recover the carrying amount of the investment.”
- The “inability of the investee to sustain an earnings capacity.”
- “A current fair value of an investment that is less than its carrying amount.”
In addition to these factors, the SEC issued SAB Topic 5.M, which provided three indicators of OTTI on investments in AFS equity securities. As a result of the issuance (and the adoption) of ASU 2016-01, SAB Topic 5.M was removed from the Codification. Although that guidance specifically related to AFS equity securities, we believe that the indicators of an OTTI contained therein continue to be helpful when an investor is evaluating whether an OTTI of any equity method investment exists. The indicators in SAB Topic 5.M were as follows:
- The length of the time and the extent to which the market value has been less than cost;
- The financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, including any specific events which may influence the operations of the issuer such as changes in technology that may impair the earnings potential of the investment or the discontinuance of a segment of the business that may affect the future earnings potential; or
- The intent and ability of the holder to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.
SEC Accounting and Auditing Enforcement Release Nos. 309, 316, 370, and 422 provide additional
factors to evaluate in the determination of an OTTI, including the following:
- The condition and trend of the economic cycle.
- The issuer’s financial performance and projections.
- Trends in the general market.
- The issuer’s capital strength.
- The issuer’s dividend payment record.
- Whether other adverse conditions at the investee level are further indicators of an other-than-temporary diminution in value, including:
- Known liquidity crisis.
- Bankruptcy proceedings.
- Going-concern commentary in the auditor’s report on the investee’s most recent financial statements.
Any impairment analysis will require a careful consideration of all the facts and circumstances, with
no individual factor being determinative. Note, however, that when an equity method investment has
a readily determinable value, it is more difficult to overcome the indication of impairment (e.g., by
performing an internal discounted cash flow analysis that contradicts the market value).
An investor is required to test certain long-lived assets for recoverability by
using undiscounted cash flows as a first step in determining whether an
impairment loss should be recognized under ASC 360-10; however, equity method investments are outside the scope of ASC 360-10. At the 2002 AICPA Conference on Current SEC Developments, the SEC staff indicated that it would object to the use of an undiscounted cash flow analysis under ASC 360-10 for the determination of whether an equity method investment is impaired. In addition, at the March 17–18, 2004, EITF meeting, during deliberations of EITF Issue 03-1, the SEC observer stated that registrants “should continue to rigorously assess equity method investments for impairment” and that the “SEC staff will continue to object to inappropriate impairment analyses for such investments, for example a Statement 144 [codified in ASC 360] undiscounted cash flow approach.” Thus, it
would not be appropriate to conclude that an impairment of an equity method
investment does not exist simply because the investment’s undiscounted cash
flows exceed its carrying amount. An investor should consider all factors, as
well as the severity and duration of the equity method investment’s decline in
value, when determining whether an impairment is other than temporary. However,
if the equity method investment’s undiscounted cash flows are less than its
carrying amount, this is a strong indicator of an impairment.
The table below outlines factors that may indicate that an equity method investment’s decline in value is an OTTI as well as those that may indicate that it is not an OTTI.
Indicator | OTTI | Not an OTTI |
---|---|---|
Length of time that the fair value is below the investor’s carrying value | Prolonged period | Short period, generally measured in months rather than in years |
Current expected performance relative to expected performance when the investor initially invested in the investee | Current expected performance is significantly worse than anticipated when the
investor initially invested in the investee | Current expected performance is consistent with the level anticipated when the
investor initially invested in the investee |
Performance relative to peers | The investee is performing significantly worse than peer companies | The investee is performing in a manner that is commensurate with peer
companies |
Industry performance relative to economy | The investee’s industry is declining and significantly lags the performance of
the economy as a whole | The investee’s industry is performing in a manner that is consistent with the
general economy as a whole |
Credit rating | The investee’s credit rating has been downgraded | No significant change in the investee’s credit rating has occurred |
Regulatory action | Adverse regulatory action is expected to substantially reduce the investee’s
product demand or profitability | No significant adverse regulatory actions against the investee have occurred |
Loss of principal customers or suppliers | The investee has lost significant customers or suppliers with no immediate
prospects for replacement | The investee has maintained significant customers and suppliers or has
identified replacements for those expected to be
lost |
Discounted cash flows | The investee’s discounted cash flows are below the investor’s carrying
amount | The investee’s discounted cash flows are greater than the investor’s carrying
amount |
Undiscounted cash flows | The investee’s undiscounted cash flows are below the investor’s carrying
amount | The evaluation of the investee’s undiscounted cash flows would not be
determinative of whether an OTTI exists |
5.5.2 Measuring Impairment
ASC 323 requires an investor to measure impairment (if it is determined to be other than temporary)
by comparing the carrying value of the investment with its fair value. The investor is prohibited from
testing an equity method investee’s underlying assets for impairment; instead, the investor must test
the total equity method investment for impairment, including any goodwill recognized on the date
of initial investment (i.e., equity method goodwill recognized is not separately tested for impairment
in accordance with ASC 350 but included as part of the total equity method investment subject to
impairment testing under ASC 323).
If an investor uses a cash flow analysis to determine the fair value of an
equity method investment, it must discount the cash flows to arrive at a measure
of the investment’s fair value. A discounted cash flow analysis is similar to
the present value techniques described in ASC 820-10-55-5(c) and (d) and
incorporates the time value of money and risk premiums that market participants
would take into account when pricing the asset. The time value of money
generally cannot be incorporated into an estimate of future cash flows but must
be incorporated into the discount rate used to measure fair value under the
discounted cash flow method. Certain risk factors are also usually included in
the discount rate. However, it is inappropriate for an investor to use an
undiscounted cash flow approach since such a valuation method would not take
into account the considerations described above and would not result in a
correct measurement of the “loss in value” of an equity method investment.
Depending on the facts and circumstances, there may be other acceptable ways to determine the fair
value of an equity method investment for impairment, such as the market approach or other income
approach methods described in ASC 820 (e.g., a discount rate adjustment technique or probability-weighted
techniques). However, if the investment has a readily determinable fair value, it would be
inappropriate for the investor to modify the amount of impairment measured by using the readily
determinable fair value by substituting another valuation technique (e.g., discounted cash flows).
5.5.2.1 Consideration of Basis Differences After Recognizing an Impairment
As discussed in Section
5.5, equity method investments are tested for impairment as a
single unit of account (i.e., the investment rather than individual assets
or basis differences). However, the recognition of an impairment charge will
often affect existing basis differences or give rise to new ones. For
example, if an investor has a positive basis difference allocated to various
assets and equity method goodwill greater than an impairment, the impairment
will be likely to reduce the existing positive basis differences and affect
their subsequent amortization. ASC 323 does not provide guidance on how the
impact of an impairment charge should be allocated to basis differences.
Therefore, an investor should select an accounting policy to allocate
impairment charges to basis differences and apply it consistently. As
illustrated in the example below, it would be appropriate to allocate on the
basis of the fair value at the time of impairment. While there may be other
acceptable allocation methods, we believe that the allocation method applied
should be reasonable on the basis of the facts and circumstances and the
nature of the impairment.
Example 5-28
As of December 31, 20X1, Investor X has a 40 percent interest in Investee Z with a carrying value of $2.376
million, which consists of the following:
- Share of underlying net assets: $1.8 million.
- Basis differences: $576,000.
- Fixed assets: $380,000.
- Intangible assets: $116,000.
- Goodwill: $80,000.
Investor X concludes that the fair value of its investment in Z is $1.84 million, and the decline in value is other than temporary. Investor X would record a $536,000 impairment charge and allocate it on the basis of the fair value of Z’s underlying assets as follows:
After comparing the new basis differences with the carrying value immediately before the impairment, X would allocate the impairment to the existing basis differences as follows:
Conversely, if an investor does not have any positive basis differences or the
impairment exceeds the existing basis differences, the recognition of an
impairment charge will result in the creation of a negative basis
difference. The write-down may affect the amortization of basis differences.
Subsequent increases in the investment’s value as a result of increases in
fair value not related to the amortizable basis differences would not be
recognized until realized (i.e., disposal of the investment). See Section 5.5 for details related to recording
an OTTI.
Example 5-29
Assume the same facts as in the example above, except that as of December 31,
20X1, Investor X concludes that the fair value of
its investment in Investee Z is $1.76 million, and
the decline in value is other than temporary.
Investor X would record a $616,000 impairment charge
and allocate it on the basis of the fair value of
Z’s underlying assets as follows:
After comparing the new basis differences with the carrying value immediately before the impairment, X would
allocate the impairment to the existing basis differences as follows:
Because the basis difference attributable to fixed assets was $380,000 immediately before the recognition of
the impairment, the recognition created a $40,000 negative basis difference. This difference will be amortized
over the remaining useful life of the underlying fixed assets.
5.5.2.2 Consideration of Cumulative Translation Adjustment in an Impairment Analysis
An equity method investment may generate cumulative translation adjustment (CTA)
balances given that the investee may be a foreign operation or hold
interests in foreign operations. ASC 830 provides specific guidance
regarding how CTA balances should be assessed during an impairment review.
ASC 830-30-45-13 states, in part, that “[a]n entity that has committed to a
plan that will cause the cumulative translation adjustment for an equity
method investment or a consolidated investment in a foreign entity to be
reclassified to earnings shall include the cumulative translation adjustment
as part of the carrying amount of the investment when evaluating that
investment for impairment.” However, ASC 830-30-45-14 states, in part, that
“no basis exists to include the cumulative translation adjustment in an
impairment assessment if that assessment does not contemplate a planned sale
or liquidation that will cause reclassification of some amount of the
cumulative translation adjustment.” Therefore, a CTA balance should be
considered in an impairment analysis only when the investment’s
recoverability is predicated on a plan to dispose of the investment. For
further discussion of impairment considerations related to a CTA, see
Section 5.5
of Deloitte’s Roadmap Foreign Currency Matters.
Example 5-30
Investor A determines that there are indicators of impairment for Investee B. Investor A’s investment in B has a carrying value of $60 million and a CTA debit balance of $10 million. Investor A has no plan to sell its investment in B or any other transaction that would cause reclassification of the CTA. Therefore, A would consider only the carrying value of $60 million when testing its investment in B for impairment.
Example 5-31
Assume the same facts as in
Example
5-30, except that Investor A has
committed to a plan to sell its investment in
Investee B within one year. Investor A would
consider the carrying value of $60 million and the
CTA debit balance of $10 million (i.e., the total
carrying value of $70 million must be compared with
the fair value) when testing its investment in B for
impairment. However, the $10 million debit balance
recorded in CTA would not be released into earnings
until the sale of B occurs and the conditions under
ASC 830-30 are met.
ASC 830-30 does not include guidance on how an
investor should determine whether it has committed
to a plan to dispose of its investment. By analogy,
we believe that if the equity method investment
meets the held-for-sale criteria in ASC 360-10-45-9
through 45-11, the investor would consider the
related CTA balance when comparing the carrying
value with the fair value of the equity method
investment.
5.5.2.3 Consideration of Nonrecourse Debt
The existence of nonrecourse debt or other similar financing structures does not affect the amount of impairment recognized. If an investor considered nonrecourse financing in determining an impairment charge of an equity method investment, the investor would, in substance, be accounting for the effects of a debt extinguishment before the threshold in ASC 405-20-40-1 was reached.
Example 5-32
Investor A and Investor B each contribute $6 million of cash in Investee C (a real estate project), which is financed, in part, by $10 million of nonrecourse financing. Assume that C has break-even operations after the original contribution. If A’s and B’s investment in C is determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired to such a degree that its value is reduced from $12 million to $8 million, A and B must write their investment down beyond the $10 million nonrecourse financing amount to $4 million each. The existence of nonrecourse debt is not justification for limiting the impairment charge. If A and B were to write their investment down to only $5 million each, they effectively would be recognizing a $2 million gain on a debt extinguishment that has not yet occurred, which is prohibited by ASC 405-20-40-1.
5.5.3 Impairment of Investee Goodwill
ASC 350-20-35-48 requires a goodwill impairment loss recognized at a subsidiary level to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements only if the goodwill of the reporting unit in which the subsidiary resides is also impaired. However, whether an impairment is ultimately recognized in the consolidated financial statements of the subsidiary’s parent does not affect whether an impairment is recognized by an equity method investor. Thus, if an equity method investee recognizes a goodwill impairment charge in its separate financial statements, the investor should recognize its share of the impairment in its financial statements in the same manner in which it recognizes other earnings of the investee.
5.5.4 Events During a Lag Period — Impact on Impairment Evaluation
Investors are permitted in certain instances to record their share of earnings
or losses in an investee on a lag (as long as the intervening period is no more
than three months); see Section 5.1.4. However, an investor should consider testing an
equity method investment for impairment up until its balance sheet date because
the guidance on reporting on the lag is limited to the “earnings or losses” of
the investee and does not address reporting an impairment on a lag. Generally,
the investor should evaluate its equity method investments as of its balance
sheet date to determine whether an OTTI exists. If an OTTI exists on the balance
sheet date, the measurement of the impairment should be determined as of the
balance sheet date and not as of the reporting date for the lag. For example, if
an investor reports its share of an investee’s earnings and losses on a
three-month reporting lag, and the investor determines as of its quarter ended
June 30 that its investment in the investee has an OTTI, the investor should
measure an impairment by using the fair value of its investment as of June 30,
not the fair value of its investment as of March 31.
If significant events occur during the period between the financial statements
used to record an equity method investment and the balance sheet date, questions
may be raised about whether an OTTI exists. The investor should apply the
guidance in ASC 810-10-45-12 to account for transactions or events in the
intervening period. It states, in part:
[R]ecognition should
be given by disclosure or otherwise to the effect of intervening events that
materially affect the financial position or results of operations.
Thus, investors should carefully
evaluate whether material intervening events are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements or
recognized in the statements themselves as an adjustment to the investment. The following events in
the intervening period may require further considerations in the context of impairment evaluation:
- Loss or bankruptcy of a significant customer or supplier.
- Adverse credit event (e.g., downgraded rating, default on lending agreements).
- Impairment of investee assets (e.g., property destroyed by fire and no insurance proceeds expected).
Additional factors may also require further consideration.
An investor may hold investments that qualify for specialized industry accounting under ASC 946. Under
this guidance, investments are measured at fair value, and changes in fair value are recognized in
current-period earnings. An investor holding equity method investments in entities applying accounting
under ASC 946 would record its equity method earnings and losses on the basis of amounts reported
by an investee, including the investor’s proportionate share of the change in fair value of the investee’s
assets.
Typically, changes in the fair value of the investee’s assets arising from
events occurring after the date of the investee’s most recent available
financial statements should not be considered an OTTI of the investor’s equity
method investment. An OTTI is the difference between the equity method
investment’s carrying value and its fair value. In the absence of a reporting
time lag, a difference would not exist as of the investor’s balance sheet date
for the effects of fair value changes because the investee’s accounting under
ASC 946 (i.e., fair value) is retained in the investor’s application of the
equity method of accounting. That is, there is no impairment charge, since the
carrying value and fair value would be the same.
However, if the investee and the investor have different reporting dates, the fair value reported in the
investee’s most recent available financial statements may not be indicative of the fair value as of the
investor’s balance sheet date. Therefore, the investor would need to evaluate the OTTI indicators to
determine whether an impairment should be recognized.
Footnotes
10
OTTI classification does not mean that the impairment is
permanent.
5.6 Change in Level of Ownership or Degree of Influence
An investor’s ownership and degree of influence may change as a result of a variety of transactions, including, but not limited to, the following:
- The investor directly acquires or disposes of an investment.
- The investee carries out a stock repurchase program, resulting in an increase in the investor’s relative ownership percentage (e.g., the investor does not sell any shares back to the investee or sells fewer than do other investors). Conversely, the investee sells additional shares and dilutes the investor’s relative ownership percentage (e.g., the investor does not purchase any shares from the investee).
- The investee emerges from bankruptcy. The investor accounted for its investment under ASC 321 at fair value (unless the measurement alternative was elected)11 during the bankruptcy because it was unable to exercise significant influence over the investee. However, upon emergence, the investor may be able to exercise significant influence again.
- The investor’s representation on the investee’s board of directors increases without a corresponding increase in the investor’s investment (e.g., a board member resigns and is not replaced, thereby increasing the investor’s relative representation, or alternatively, the investor is given or gains another seat on the board for no consideration). Conversely, an investor’s representation on the investee’s board of directors decreases without a corresponding decrease in the investor’s investment.
The above changes in the investor’s level of influence will result in the following accounting changes,
which are further discussed in this section:
- Increase in influence over an equity method investment results in control over the investment (equity method to consolidation); see the next section.
- Increase in influence over an investment accounted for in accordance with ASC 321 results in significant influence over the investment (ASC 321 to equity method); see Section 5.6.2.
- Increase in influence over an equity method investment results in the continued application of the equity method of accounting (significant influence retained); see Section 5.6.3.
- Decrease in influence over an equity method investment results in the continued application of the equity method of accounting (significant influence retained); see Section 5.6.4.
- Decrease in influence over an equity method investment results in ownership of an investment accounted for in accordance with ASC 321 (equity method to ASC 321); see Section 5.6.5.
-
Decrease in the level of ownership interest results in loss of control over the investee (consolidation to equity method); see Section 5.6.7.
5.6.1 Increase in Level of Ownership or Degree of Influence — Control Initially Obtained (From Equity Method to Consolidation Accounting)
If an investor obtains a controlling financial interest in accordance with ASC
810, it should consolidate the investee and stop using the equity method of
accounting. The investor should not retrospectively adjust the financial
statements to consolidate the investee during the period in which it only had an
equity method investment and did not control the investee. To determine the
applicable measurement and recognition guidance, the investor should consider
whether the investee and investor are under common control as defined in ASC
805-50 (see Appendix
B of Deloitte’s Roadmap Business Combinations for more
information).
If the investee and investor are not under common control, the investor should
consider whether the investee is:
-
A business as defined in ASC 805-10 (see Deloitte’s Roadmap Business Combinations). In such case, the investor should remeasure its equity interest to fair value as of the acquisition date and recognize any gain or loss from the remeasurement of the previously held equity method investment in earnings. Also, the investor should reclassify the AOCI balance related to the investee and include it in the computation of gain or loss.
-
A VIE as defined in ASC 810-10 that is not a business. In such case, the VIE should consider the recognition and measurement guidance in ASC 810-10-30-3 and 30-4 (see Appendix C of Deloitte’s Consolidation Roadmap). The primary beneficiary of the VIE should not recognize goodwill and should measure and recognize the assets and liabilities of the VIE in accordance with ASC 805-20-25 and ASC 805-20-30. Also, no gain or loss should be recognized on assets and liabilities that were transferred to the VIE on, after, or shortly before the date the investor became the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The gain or loss should be measured as the difference between (1) the sum of the fair value of the consideration paid, the fair value of any noncontrolling interests, and the reported amount of any previously held interests and (2) the net amount of the VIE’s identifiable assets and liabilities recognized and measured in accordance with ASC 805.
If the investee and investor are under common control, the
investor does not remeasure its previously held interests in the investee.
Instead, it should measure the newly acquired assets and liabilities at the
common-control parent’s historical carrying amounts regardless of whether
pushdown accounting was previously applied. The investor should recognize any
difference between the consideration paid and the net assets recognized in
equity.
If the investee is neither a business nor a VIE, the investor
should account for the transaction in which it obtains control as an asset
acquisition and consider the guidance in Appendix C of Deloitte’s Roadmap Business
Combinations. There are two alternatives available to an
investor for determining the cost of assets acquired. Under the first
alternative, the investor includes both the carrying value of its preexisting
ownership interests and the cost of additional ownership interest as part of the
total cost of the assets acquired, which follows the cost accumulation model.
Under the second alternative, the investor may analogize to the guidance on
business combination in ASC 805-30-30-1 and include the fair value of any
previously held interests (after recognizing a gain or loss for the difference
between the interest’s fair value and its carrying value), consideration paid,
and transaction costs incurred as the total cost of the assets acquired.
5.6.2 Increase in Level of Ownership or Degree of Influence — Significant Influence Initially Obtained (ASC 321 to Equity Method)
ASC 323-10
15-12 An investment in common stock of an investee that was previously accounted for on other than the
equity method may become qualified for use of the equity method in accordance with paragraph 323-10-15-3
by an increase in the level of ownership described in that paragraph (that is, acquisition of additional voting
stock by the investor, acquisition or retirement of voting stock by the investee, or other transactions). See
paragraph 323-10-35-33 for guidance on all changes in an investor’s level of ownership or degree of influence.
35-33 Paragraph 323-10-15-12
explains that an investment in common stock of an
investee that was previously accounted for on other than
the equity method may become qualified for use of the
equity method by an increase in the level of ownership
described in paragraph 323-10-15-3 (that is, acquisition
of additional voting stock by the investor, acquisition
or retirement of voting stock by the investee, or other
transactions). If an investment qualifies for use of the
equity method (that is, falls within the scope of this
Subtopic), the investor shall add the cost of acquiring
the additional interest in the investee (if any) to the
current basis of the investor’s previously held interest
and adopt the equity method of accounting as of the date
the investment becomes qualified for equity method
accounting. The current basis of the investor’s
previously held interest in the investee shall be
remeasured in accordance with paragraph 321-10-35-1 or
321-10-35-2, as applicable, immediately before adopting
the equity method of accounting. For purposes of
applying paragraph 321-10-35-2 to the investor’s
previously held interest, if the investor identifies
observable price changes in orderly transactions for an
identical or a similar investment of the same issuer
that results in it applying Topic 323, the entity shall
remeasure its previously held interest at fair value
immediately before applying Topic 323.
35-34 The carrying amount of an investment in common stock of an investee that qualifies for the equity method of accounting as described in paragraph 323-10-15-12 may differ from the underlying equity in net assets of the investee. The difference shall affect the determination of the amount of the investor’s share of earnings or losses of an investee as if the investee were a consolidated subsidiary. However, if the investor is unable to relate the difference to specific accounts of the investee, the difference shall be recognized as goodwill and not be amortized in accordance with Topic 350.
When an investor obtains an additional interest that provides it with significant influence, it must apply the equity method of accounting. This is the case regardless of whether the transaction that leads to significant influence is undertaken by the investor (e.g., a purchase of additional shares) or the investee (e.g., a change in the structure of the board of directors that provides the investor with increased relative influence).
For investments in equity securities that do not require consolidation or
application of the equity method, an investor will recognize them at fair value
(unless the measurement alternative is elected).12
The guidance requires the equity method to be applied
prospectively from the date an investor obtains significant influence. When an
investment qualifies for the equity method (as a result of an increase in the
level of ownership interest or degree of influence), the cost of acquiring the
additional interest in an investee would be added to the current basis of the
investor’s previously held interest, and the equity method would be applied
subsequently from the date on which the investor obtains the ability to exercise
significant influence over the investee.
An entity that applies the measurement alternative in ASC 321 should consider
observable transactions that require it to remeasure its equity investment in
accordance with that guidance before it applies ASC 323. Therefore, immediately
before applying the equity method of accounting, an investor would remeasure its
original investment on the basis of the valuation implied by the additional
investment in accordance with ASC 321-10-35-1 or 35-2, as applicable. In other
instances, qualification for the equity method of accounting can occur without
an observable price change (e.g., an increase in the level of influence without
an acquisition of an additional interest). If the transaction is not an
observable transaction, the investor should add the cost of the new investment
to the carrying amount of its existing interest, which would become the initial
measurement of the equity method investment in the investee. Under either
scenario, the investor must analyze any remaining basis differences after
applying the equity method, if applicable.
Example 5-33
Investor A acquires a 5 percent interest in Investee B at the beginning of the fiscal year for $5 million and then acquires an additional 20 percent interest two years later for $24 million, at which time the fair value of the original 5 percent interest is $6 million. The $6 million would therefore be added to the $24 million to represent a $30 million equity method investment. Investor A would also undertake a purchase price allocation to determine any basis difference as of the date significant influence is obtained.
If the investor’s claim to the investee’s carrying value is more than the total cost basis after the addition of the cost of acquiring the additional interest, a negative basis difference will exist. Because the investor records the investments at fair value under ASC 321 before applying the equity method if there is an observable price change, this would generally be limited to instances in which the investor elects the measurement alternative and qualifies for the equity method without an observable price change. In these cases, the guidance in ASC 323 is unclear on how the investor should account for the negative basis difference related to the original investment. We do not believe that it would be acceptable to recognize the negative basis difference immediately in earnings. That is, we do not believe that this circumstance (i.e., an increase in value since the original investment) is akin to a bargain purchase gain as discussed in Section 4.5.1. Rather, the investor should account for the negative basis difference in a manner similar to the amortization or accretion of any other negative basis difference (see Section 5.1.5.2). In some situations, it may be appropriate to defer the recognition of negative basis differences until the investment’s disposal.
5.6.2.1 Investee Bankruptcy
Other transactions, such as the bankruptcy of an investee and its subsequent emergence from bankruptcy, also may result in the discontinuation of the equity method of accounting and its subsequent reinstatement upon the investee’s emergence from bankruptcy.
Example 5-34
Investor A owns a 50 percent interest in Investee B, a joint venture, and uses the equity method to account for its interest. An unrelated company, Investor C, owns the remaining 50 percent interest in B. In 20X7, B voluntarily files for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection as a result of litigation.
Other than the significant exposure to loss that B could face through adverse
findings associated with the litigation, B generates
positive earnings and cash flows. However, no
distributions are made to equity investors during
the bankruptcy proceedings. Investor A is not the
guarantor of any obligations of B, nor is A
otherwise committed to provide financial support to
B. However, as a result of the Chapter 11 filing, A
concluded in 20X7 that there was substantial doubt
about whether its investment in B would be
recovered. Therefore, A wrote off its entire
investment in B in accordance with ASC
323-10-35-32.
Investor A concluded that it lost significant influence over B during the bankruptcy proceedings. Therefore, A derecognized the equity method investment, which was fully impaired, and recognized the investment at fair value in accordance with ASC 321 (see Section 5.6.5 for further discussion of the loss of significant influence). The fair value was zero because of the impairment recognized. Investee B is expected to emerge from bankruptcy in 20X9 with a positive equity balance and no change in its ownership structure (i.e., A and C will each continue to own 50 percent of B).
Investor A began to account for its investment in B at fair value during the bankruptcy period because it could no longer exercise significant influence over B. As a result, B’s emergence from bankruptcy is a significant transaction that affects both the cost basis of the investment and the accounting method for the investment; therefore, the emergence from bankruptcy, although not an equity event, is included within the scope of ASC 323-10-35-33 (i.e., an “other transaction”). Accordingly, when B emerges from bankruptcy and A begins applying the equity method of accounting, A should account for any difference between its investment and its share of equity in B’s net assets in accordance with ASC 323-10-35-34, which requires that this difference be assigned and subsequently accounted for in the same manner as a business combination (i.e., basis differences). Assume that A’s share of B’s underlying net assets at emergence is $50 million and A’s share of B’s earnings during the bankruptcy proceedings is $10 million.
In accordance with ASC 323-10-35-33, A would apply the equity method of accounting prospectively. Therefore, the investment balance would be zero at emergence (because the investment was fully impaired and accounted for at fair value throughout the bankruptcy proceedings). Since the investment balance would be zero, A would have a $50 million negative basis difference.
5.6.3 Increase in Level of Ownership or Degree of Influence — Significant Influence Retained
When an investor increases its level of ownership and the equity method of
accounting is applicable both before and after the transaction, the investor
would account for the acquisition of the additional interest in a manner
consistent with that used to account for an initial investment in an equity
method investee. The equity method of accounting requires the use of a cost
accumulation model, whereby the purchase price is recognized as the initial
investment. To the extent that the purchase price differs from the share of the
investee’s underlying net assets, the investor must account for any new basis
differences accordingly (see Sections 4.5 and 5.1.5.2 for the initial and subsequent
measurement, respectively, of basis differences). Since investments accounted
for under the equity method are not subject to fair value measurement, the
investor may not remeasure the existing equity method investment.
Example 5-35
At the beginning of year 1, Investor A purchases a 25 percent interest in
Investee B and accounts for its investment under the
equity method of accounting. The purchase price of the
investment is $900 million, which includes $100 million
of positive basis differences related to fixed assets
(with an average useful life of 10 years). In year 1, B
earns $200 million in profit. Therefore, A recognizes
$40 million in earnings ($50 million share of net income
partially offset by a $10 million amortization of the
fixed asset basis difference). At the end of year 1, A’s
carrying value of the investment is $940 million,
composed of an $850 million share of B’s underlying net
assets and a $90 million unamortized basis difference
related to fixed assets.
At the beginning of year 2, A purchases an additional 5 percent stake in B from
a third party for $200 million. Assume that A’s share of
B’s underlying net assets (related only to the
incremental 5 percent interest) is $170 million.
Investor A would record the incremental $200 million
purchase price, bringing its aggregate investment to
$1.14 billion, which consists of $1.02 billion of A’s
share of B’s underlying net assets ($850 million in
existing investment + $170 million in incremental
investment) and $120 million in basis differences ($90
million in existing investment + $30 million in
incremental investment). On the basis of the purchase
price paid for the incremental 5 percent interest ($200
million), A’s existing 25 percent interest is worth $1
billion, or ($200 million ÷ 5%) × 25%. However, A may
not adjust the existing interest to fair value since the
equity method of accounting requires a cost accumulation
approach.
5.6.4 Decrease in Level of Ownership or Degree of Influence — Significant Influence Retained
ASC 323-10
35-35 Sales of stock of an investee by an investor shall be accounted for as gains or losses equal to the
difference at the time of sale between selling price and carrying amount of the stock sold.
40-1 An equity method investor shall account for a share issuance by an investee as if the investor had sold
a proportionate share of its investment. Any gain or loss to the investor resulting from an investee’s share
issuance shall be recognized in earnings.
Since equity method investments other than in-substance nonfinancial assets are
considered to be financial assets, an investor should first consider the
requirements of ASC 860 (see Section 3.1
of Deloitte’s Roadmap Transfers and Servicing of
Financial Assets) to determine whether the transfer of
financial assets should be considered as a sale before derecognizing the partial
investment and recognizing a gain or loss.
An investor’s ownership of or influence over an investee may decline as a result
of its own action or the investee’s actions. For example, direct sales of
interests by the investor will result in a decline in ownership or influence.13 Similarly, sales of additional shares by the investee will dilute the
investor’s influence and ownership if the investor does not purchase additional
shares equal to its proportionate ownership interest immediately preceding the
additional sale. In either case, a gain or loss should be recognized on the
basis of the deemed selling price. When calculating the gain or loss, the
investor would include basis differences, if any, which would proportionately
reduce its equity method basis differences to reflect the sale or dilution and
proportionate reduction in ownership.
Example 5-36
Investor Sells Shares to a Third Party
Investor A holds a 40 percent interest in Investee B. Investor A sells a 5
percent stake in B to a third party for $120 million.
Investor A’s stake in B does not represent an
in-substance nonfinancial asset, and the transfer meets
the definition of a sale in ASC 860. Immediately before
the sale, the carrying value of A’s 40 percent interest
in B was $800 million, including a $100 million positive
basis difference. Investor A would derecognize a
proportionate share of the carrying value, including the
basis difference, or $100 million, or (5% ÷ 40%) × $800
million. The difference between the cash proceeds (i.e.,
$120 million) and the carrying value derecognized (i.e.,
$100 million) represents a gain on the disposal
transaction (i.e., $20 million).
Example 5-37
Investee Sells Additional Shares to a Third Party
Investor X holds 15 shares of Investee Y, which represents a 37.5 percent ownership interest. Investee Y issues an additional 10 shares to a third party for $650,000. Immediately before the issuance, Y’s net asset balance was $1.5 million. The carrying value of X’s 37.5 percent interest in Y was $600,000, including a $37,500 positive basis difference. The calculation of X’s dilution, share of proceeds, and investment balance after share issuance is shown in the chart below.
Investee Y’s issuance of shares diluted
X’s ownership interest from 37.5 percent to 30 percent,
resulting in X’s having effectively disposed of 20
percent, or 1 − (30% ÷ 37.5%), of its interest. Investor
X’s investment in Y was $600,000 before the transaction,
which includes a $37,500 positive basis difference.
Therefore, X must derecognize $120,000 of its investment
because of dilution, which would include a proportional
reduction of the basis difference. However, X would also
share in the increase of Y’s net assets (i.e., the
proceeds received from the sale of shares by Y),
resulting in an increase in the investment of
$195,000.
The net effect of the transaction would be recorded as follows:
5.6.5 Decrease in Level of Ownership or Degree of Influence — Significant Influence Lost (Equity Method to ASC 321)14
ASC 323-10
35-36 An investment in voting
stock of an investee may fall below the level of
ownership described in paragraph 323-10-15-3 from sale
of a portion of an investment by the investor, sale of
additional stock by an investee, or other transactions
and the investor may thereby lose the ability to
influence policy, as described in that paragraph. An
investor shall discontinue accruing its share of the
earnings or losses of the investee for an investment
that no longer qualifies for the equity method. The
earnings or losses that relate to the stock retained by
the investor and that were previously accrued shall
remain as a part of the carrying amount of the
investment. The investment account shall not be adjusted
retroactively under the conditions described in this
paragraph. Upon the discontinuance of the equity method,
an investor shall remeasure the retained investment in
accordance with paragraph 321-10-35-1 or 321-10-35-2, as
applicable. For purposes of applying paragraph
321-10-35-2 to the investor’s retained investment, if
the investor identifies observable price changes in
orderly transactions for the identical or a similar
investment of the same issuer that results in it
discontinuing the equity method, the entity shall
remeasure its retained investment at fair value
immediately after discontinuing the equity method. Topic
321 also addresses the subsequent accounting for
investments in equity securities that are not
consolidated or accounted for under the equity
method.
ASC 321-10
30-1 If an equity security no
longer qualifies to be accounted for under the equity
method (for example, due to a decrease in the level of
ownership), the security’s initial basis for which
subsequent changes in fair value are measured shall be
the previous carrying amount of the investment.
Paragraph 323-10-35-36 states that the earnings or
losses that relate to the stock retained by the investor
and that were previously accrued shall remain as a part
of the carrying amount of the investment and that the
investment account shall not be adjusted retroactively.
Upon discontinuance of the equity method, an entity
shall remeasure the equity security in accordance with
paragraph 321-10-35-1 or 321-10-35-2, as applicable. For
purposes of applying paragraph 321-10-35-2 to the
investor’s retained investment, if the investor
identifies observable price changes in orderly
transactions for the identical or a similar investment
of the same issuer that results in it discontinuing the
equity method, the entity shall remeasure its retained
investment at fair value immediately after it no longer
applies the guidance in Topic 323.
35-1 Except as provided in
paragraph 321-10-35-2, investments in equity securities
shall be measured subsequently at fair value in the
statement of financial position. Unrealized holding
gains and losses for equity securities shall be included
in earnings.
35-2 An entity may elect to
measure an equity security without a readily
determinable fair value that does not qualify for the
practical expedient to estimate fair value in accordance
with paragraph 820-10-35-59 at its cost minus
impairment, if any. If an entity identifies observable
price changes in orderly transactions for the identical
or a similar investment of the same issuer, it shall
measure the equity security at fair value as of the date
that the observable transaction occurred. An election to
measure an equity security in accordance with this
paragraph shall be made for each investment separately.
Once an entity elects to measure an equity security in
accordance with this paragraph, the entity shall
continue to apply the measurement guidance in this
paragraph until the investment does not qualify to be
measured in accordance with this paragraph (for example,
if the investment has a readily determinable fair value
or becomes eligible for the practical expedient to
estimate fair value in accordance with paragraph
820-10-35-59). The entity shall reassess at each
reporting period whether the equity investment without a
readily determinable fair value qualifies to be measured
in accordance with this paragraph. If an entity measures
an equity security in accordance with this paragraph
(and the security continues to qualify for measurement
in accordance with this paragraph), the entity may
subsequently elect to measure the equity security at
fair value. If an entity subsequently elects to measure
an equity security at fair value, the entity shall
measure all identical or similar investments of the same
issuer, including future purchases of identical or
similar investments of the same issuer, at fair value.
The election to measure those securities at fair value
shall be irrevocable. Any resulting gains or losses on
the securities for which that election is made shall be
recorded in earnings at the time of the election.
An investor can lose significant influence in various circumstances, including a
drop in ownership interest below a certain threshold or a loss in the degree of
influence over an investee. In all instances, the investor may no longer apply
the equity method of accounting as of the date on which the threshold for
applying the equity method no longer exists. That is, the investor must no
longer recognize its share of earnings or losses prospectively from that date
forward. However, the investor is precluded from reversing any previously
recognized earnings or losses; instead, the carrying amount of any remaining
investment becomes the new cost basis for the retained interest.
In a manner similar to that discussed in Section
5.6.4, an investor should first consider the guidance in ASC 860
to determine whether the sale or partial sale of its investment represents a
true sale under that guidance.
If the investor fully sells its ownership interest, any gain or loss is measured by comparing the carrying
amount of the equity method investment with the proceeds from the sale. If the investor retains an
interest, any gain or loss is calculated by deducting the carrying value of the portion of the investment
disposed from the transaction’s proceeds, which may include either amounts received directly by the
investor or the investor’s proportionate share of the increase in the investee’s equity.
If the investor does not fully sell its ownership interest and the retained
interest is accounted for at fair value in accordance with ASC 321, subsequent
changes in the fair value of the investment after the equity method is
discontinued are recognized in earnings. Although the previous carrying amount
of the equity method investment becomes the cost basis under ASC 321, the fair
value measurement objective will frequently result in the remeasurement of the
entire retained interest to fair value through earnings. See Example 5-38 for an
illustration of the accounting.
Further, as discussed in Section 5.6.2, an
entity that applies the measurement alternative under ASC 321 should consider
observable transactions that require it to discontinue application of the equity
method upon discontinuing the application of the guidance in ASC 323.
Example 5-38
Investor Sells Shares to a Third Party
Investor X holds 10,000 shares (a 25 percent interest) in Investee Y and sells 4,000 shares to a third party for $250 million. The sale results in X’s ceasing to have significant influence. Investor X must discontinue the application of the equity method of accounting, recognize a gain or loss for the interest disposed of, and account for the remaining interest. Assume the following:
The difference between the carrying value of $240 million derecognized and the cash proceeds of $250 million represents a gain on the disposal transaction of $10 million. The initial carrying value of the retained interest would be $360 million.
The retained interest would be accounted for in accordance with ASC 321. If the
retained interest has a readily determinable fair value,
X would immediately adjust the carrying value of the
retained interest to fair value, with any gain or loss
recognized in earnings. If the retained interest does
not have a readily determinable fair value and X elects
the measurement alternative,15 the sale of shares to a third party would be
likely to provide sufficient observable evidence of the
fair value of the retained interest, resulting in a gain
recognized in earnings to adjust the initial carrying
value to the fair value implied by the transaction.
Example 5-39
Investee Sells Additional Shares
Investor X holds 10,000 shares (a 25 percent interest) in Investee Y. Investee Y issues 15,000 additional shares
to a third party for $950 million, which causes X to lose significant influence. Investor X must discontinue the
application of the equity method of accounting, recognize a gain or loss for the deemed sale of a portion of its
interest, and account for the remaining interest. Assume the following:
Investor X will record a gain of $9.03 million, equal to the difference between (1) the deemed proceeds from
the issuance of $172.71 million ($950 million × 18.18%) and (2) the carrying value of X’s net investment sold
of $163.68 million ($600 million × 27.28%). The initial carrying value of the retained interest would be
$609.03 million.
The retained interest would be accounted for in accordance with ASC 321. If the
retained interest has a readily determinable fair value,
X would immediately adjust the carrying value of the
retained interest to fair value, with any gain or loss
recognized in earnings. If the retained interest does
not have a readily determinable fair value and X elects
the measurement alternative,16 the sale of shares to a third party would be
likely to provide sufficient observable evidence of the
fair value of the retained interest, resulting in a gain
recognized in earnings to adjust the initial carrying
value to the fair value implied by the transaction.
5.6.5.1 OCI Upon Discontinuation of the Equity Method of Accounting
ASC 323-10
35-37 Paragraph 323-10-35-39 provides guidance on how an investor shall account for its proportionate share of an investee’s equity adjustments for other comprehensive income in all of the following circumstances:
- A loss of significant influence
- A loss of control that results in accounting for the investment in accordance with Topic 321
- Discontinuation of the equity method for an investment in a limited partnership because the conditions in paragraph 970-323-25-6 are met for accounting for the investment in accordance with Topic 321.
35-38 Paragraph 323-10-35-39 does not provide guidance for entities that historically have not recorded their proportionate share of an investee’s equity adjustments for other comprehensive income. That paragraph does not provide guidance on the measurement and recognition of a gain or loss on the sale of all or a portion of the underlying investment.
35-39 In the circumstances described in paragraph 323-10-35-37, an investor’s proportionate share of an investee’s equity adjustments for other comprehensive income shall be offset against the carrying value of the investment at the time significant influence is lost. To the extent that the offset results in a carrying value of the investment that is less than zero, an investor shall both:
- Reduce the carrying value of the investment to zero
- Record the remaining balance in income.
When an investor disposes of its entire interest in an investee, accounting for
AOCI is straightforward. Upon disposition, the investor’s share of the
investee’s AOCI should be reclassified and recognized in income by the
investor. For partial disposals, a similar concept applies: the investor
would determine the proportion of its investment that has been disposed and
reclassify and recognize in income a proportional amount of AOCI. However,
upon transition from the equity method of accounting, the investor must also
adjust the AOCI related to the retained investment. Specifically, the
investor’s share of AOCI related to the retained investment must be
reclassified as an offset to the carrying value of the retained investment.
To the extent that this reclassification reduces the carrying amount to
zero, any excess would be recognized in income. To the extent that the
reclassification increases the carrying amount (i.e., a loss is reclassified
from AOCI), the investor should consider whether an impairment indicator
exists.
Example 5-40
Investor Sells Shares to a Third Party
Investor X holds a 25 percent interest in Investee Y that is accounted for under
the equity method of accounting. Investor X sells a
10 percent interest in Y to a third party for $250
million, which results in X’s investment’s no longer
qualifying for the equity method. In addition to the
facts and entries made in Example 5-38,
assume that X has recognized a $50 million gain in
AOCI related to its investment in Y. Since X has
disposed of 40 percent (10% ÷ 25%) of its interest,
$20 million of the gain in AOCI will be recognized
in income upon the discontinuance of the equity
method of accounting. The remaining $30 million of
gain in AOCI will be reclassified against the
carrying value of the retained interest ($360
million), resulting in a carrying amount of $330
million.
Example 5-41
Investor Sells Shares to a Third Party
Assume the same facts as in the example above, except that the amount of the
gain deferred in AOCI is $700 million. Since
Investor X has disposed of 40 percent of its
interest, $280 million of the gain in AOCI will be
recognized in income upon loss of significant
influence. The remaining $420 million of gain in
AOCI will be reclassified against the carrying value
of the retained interest ($360 million), resulting
in a carrying amount of nil and an additional gain
of $80 million.
5.6.6 Decrease in Level of Ownership or Degree of Influence — Full Disposal of Equity Method Investment
Transfers of equity method investments are within the scope of ASC 860 unless
those transfers represent in-substance nonfinancial assets.
Accordingly, for equity method investments that do not meet the definition of
in-substance nonfinancial assets, an investor applies ASC 860 when accounting
for the derecognition of its equity method investment. See Deloitte’s Roadmap
Transfers and Servicing of Financial
Assets for more information.
For equity method investments that do meet the definition of
in-substance nonfinancial assets, the investor should apply ASC 610-20 when
accounting for the derecognition of its equity method investment. See Deloitte’s
Roadmap Revenue
Recognition for additional guidance.
5.6.7 Decrease in Level of Ownership Interest Results in Loss of Control Over the Investee (Consolidation to Equity Method)
Upon a decrease in the ownership interest of a consolidated subsidiary, an
investor should perform an assessment under ASC 810-10 to determine whether it
has retained a controlling financial interest in the subsidiary. If the investor
loses a controlling financial interest over the former subsidiary but retains a
noncontrolling investment in common stock or in-substance common stock that
gives it significant influence over that investee, the investor is required to
apply the equity method of accounting to its retained interest.
If the parent ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary but
still retains an investment that will be accounted for under the equity method
in accordance with ASC 323-10, the parent should deconsolidate the subsidiary
and recognize a gain or loss in accordance with ASC 810-10-40-5. As of the date
the loss of control occurs, the former parent remeasures, at fair value, its
retained investment and includes any resulting adjustments as part of the gain
or loss recognized upon deconsolidation. The fair value of the retained
investment represents the investor’s cost basis in the investee’s net assets and
should be used in assessing basis differences as described in Section 4.5. The parent must apply the equity
method of accounting prospectively from the date control over the subsidiary is
relinquished and should not revise its prior-period presentation to reflect
deconsolidation of the subsidiary and application of the equity method of
accounting.
When an entity loses a controlling financial interest in a
subsidiary that does not represent a business in a transaction that, in
substance, is addressed by other GAAP, the entity must apply such other GAAP
(see ASC 810-10-40-3A(c)). For instance, upon the loss of a controlling
financial interest in a subsidiary that does not represent a business in a
transaction that, in substance, represents the transfer of nonfinancial or
in-substance nonfinancial assets (or both) to a noncustomer, a reporting entity
applies ASC 610-20 to determine any gain or loss on the derecognition of such
assets. See Section
17.2.1 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Revenue Recognition for a
discussion of in-substance nonfinancial assets that are within the scope of ASC
610-20 and Appendix
F of Deloitte’s Consolidation Roadmap for more information.
5.6.8 Other Considerations
5.6.8.1 Dissolution
Upon dissolution of an investee, the investor should
determine whether the net assets received from the investee as part of the
dissolution meet the definition of a business under ASC 805-10 or whether
the investor obtains a controlling financial interest over a VIE as defined
in ASC 810. In such cases, the investor should account for the net assets
obtained by using acquisition accounting in accordance with ASC 805 (see
Deloitte’s Roadmap Business Combinations). At the time of
dissolution, the investor should recognize the difference between the
carrying value and fair value of the equity method investment as a gain or
loss in the income statement since the fair value of the investor’s equity
method investment at dissolution is deemed to be the consideration
transferred. If the net assets received do not meet the definition of a
business in accordance with ASC 805 or the investor does not obtain a
controlling financial interest over the VIE, the transaction may be within
the scope of the asset acquisition guidance under ASC 805-50, the guidance
on nonmonetary transactions under ASC 845, the guidance on transfers of
financial assets under ASC 860, or other U.S. GAAP, depending on the nature
of the net assets transferred and the transaction.
5.6.8.2 Spin-Off Transactions
The investor’s accounting for an investee spin-off
transaction depends on whether the distribution of shares by the investee is
completed on a pro rata or non–pro rata basis as follows:
- Pro rata distribution — The investor receiving the distribution should allocate the previous investment between the spinnor and shares received in the spinoff (i.e., the investor accounts for the distribution as a deemed distribution to the shareholders at the carrying amount of the investment).
-
Non–pro rata distribution — The investor recognizes a gain or loss from the transaction in the income statement. The gain or loss should equal the difference between the fair value of the shares received and the investor’s carrying amount of the proportionate share in the investee that was sold, including its share of unamortized basis differences, if any.
5.6.8.3 Common-Control Contributions
In a common-control transaction, an investee receives assets from its parent
or an associate in exchange for additional shares, resulting in the
investee’s recognizing the assets at the parent’s carrying basis. However, a
third-party investor accounting for its ownership interest under the equity
method (if there is one) is required to determine the dilution gain or loss
by using the fair values of (1) the assets contributed and (2) additional
interests issued to the parent company. The third-party investor should
track and adjust any basis differences by using its memo accounts.
Footnotes
11
See ASC 321-10-35-2.
12
See footnote 11.
13
Accounting for the sale of an equity method investment
may fall within the scope of ASC 860. The guidance provided herein
discusses the impact on the application of the equity method of
accounting; however, financial statement preparers should also consider
the requirements of ASC 860 when determining the appropriate accounting
treatment for the sale transaction.
14
See footnote 11.
15
See footnote 11.
16
See footnote 11.
5.7 Real Estate Investments
5.7.1 Sale of an Investment in a Real Estate Venture
ASC 970-323
40-1 A
sale of an investment in a consolidated real estate
venture (including the sale of stock in a corporate real
estate venture) shall be evaluated under the guidelines
set forth in paragraphs 360-10-40-3A through 40-3B. The
sale of a noncontrolling investment in a real estate
venture that is being accounted for in accordance with
Topic 320 on investments — debt securities; Topic 321 on
investments — equity securities; Topic 323 on
investments — equity method and joint ventures; or Topic
325 on investments — other, shall be accounted for in
accordance with the guidance in Topic 860 on transfers
and servicing.
The sale of an investment in real estate, including an investment accounted for under the equity method, is not treated as a sale of the underlying real estate. In a transfer of only an equity method investment in which the investee holds nonfinancial assets, the seller will account for the transfer under ASC 860.
However, in certain unique circumstances, if a transfer to a counterparty (that
does not meet the definition of a customer in ASC 606) in a
contract represents a group of assets that (1) doesn’t
constitute a business and (2) includes both an equity method
investment and a nonfinancial asset whose fair value is
equal to substantially all of the fair value of the assets
transferred, the equity method investment would be
considered part of the entire nonfinancial asset transaction
under ASC 610-20 (see ASC 610-20-15-5). Also see Deloitte’s
Roadmap Revenue Recognition for further
information regarding the application of ASC 610-20.
5.8 Interest Costs
Investors may incur interest expense as a result of loans from third parties to finance the funding of their investments in equity method investees. In addition, equity method investees may incur interest expense as a result of loans from equity method investors or other third parties. The accounting for interest incurred by the investors and the investees principally depends on the use of the funds and the activities of the investees.
5.8.1 Capitalization of Interest Costs
ASC 835-20
15-5
Interest shall be capitalized for the following types of
assets (qualifying assets): . . .
c. Investments (equity, loans, and advances)
accounted for by the equity method while the
investee has activities in progress necessary to
commence its planned principal operations provided
that the investee’s activities include the use of
funds to acquire qualifying assets for its
operations. The investor’s investment in the
investee, not the individual assets or projects of
the investee, is the qualifying asset for purposes
of interest capitalization.
15-6
Interest shall not be capitalized for the following
types of assets: . . .
d. Investments accounted for by the equity
method after the planned principal operations of
the investee begin (see paragraph 835-20-55-2 for
clarification of the phrase after planned
principal operations begin) . . . .
30-6 The
total amount of interest cost capitalized in an
accounting period shall not exceed the total amount of
interest cost incurred by the entity in that period. In
consolidated financial statements, that limitation shall
be applied by reference to the total amount of interest
cost incurred by the parent entity and consolidated
subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. In any separately
issued financial statements of a parent entity or a
consolidated subsidiary and in the financial statements
(whether separately issued or not) of unconsolidated
subsidiaries and other investees accounted for by the
equity method, the limitation shall be applied by
reference to the total amount of interest cost
(including interest on intra-entity borrowings) incurred
by the separate entity.
35-2
This Subtopic requires capitalization of interest cost on an investment
accounted for by the equity method that has not begun its planned principal
operations while the investee has activities in progress necessary to commence
its planned principal operations provided that the investee’s activities
include the use of funds to acquire qualifying assets for its operations.
Under those circumstances, capitalized interest cost may be associated with
the estimated useful lives of the investee’s assets and amortized over the
same period as those assets. Interest capitalized on the investments accounted
for by the equity method is amortized consistent with paragraph 323-10-35-13.
ASC 835-20 allows an investor to capitalize interest costs it incurs in certain
situations. ASC 835-20-35-2 states, in part, that investments (e.g., equity, loans,
advances) accounted for under the equity method are qualifying assets of the investor
provided that the investee “has activities in progress necessary to commence its planned
principal operations” and the investee is using its funds “to acquire qualifying assets
for its operations.”
Once the investee commences its planned principal operations, the investor must cease capitalization of interest costs. If the investee is already operating, the investor’s entire equity method investment does not qualify for interest capitalization, even if certain projects are still under way (e.g., several plants are under construction and one plant begins operations).
In addition, if an investee meets the criteria in ASC 835-20-15-5 through 15-8, it would qualify for interest capitalization on construction projects within its own financial statements regardless of whether the investor is precluded from capitalizing the interest it incurs, as described in the preceding paragraph. Interest capitalized by the investee would be recognized by the investor through the equity method of accounting (i.e., as a pickup of its portion of the depreciation expense associated with the capitalized interest recorded by the investee) unless the capitalized interest is associated with a borrowing from the investor. In those instances, the investor should deduct its proportionate share of the capitalized interest recorded by the investee pertaining to the investor loan from its equity method investment with a corresponding adjustment to equity method earnings.
ASC 835-20-30-6 limits the total interest cost permitted to be capitalized by a consolidated group to the interest incurred by the parent and its consolidated subsidiaries. Given that an investee is inherently not included in the investor’s consolidated group, interest incurred by the investee is not eligible for capitalization by the consolidated group; nor is interest incurred by the investor eligible for capitalization by the investee.
Any basis differences resulting from application of this guidance should be adjusted by the investor over the same period as the associated underlying assets of the investee when recording equity method earnings (i.e., depreciation).
Example 5-42
On January 1, 20X8, Investor B obtains a loan for $5 million from a third-party bank and correspondingly (1) lends Investee M $4 million and (2) acquires a 30 percent interest in M’s voting common stock for $1 million. Investee M will use the proceeds to construct a new building.
- The loan between B and the third-party bank is for 10 years and has a 10 percent annual interest rate.
- The loan between B and M is for 10 years and has a 10 percent annual interest rate.
Investor B has the ability to exercise significant influence over M and applies the equity method of accounting. Other intra-entity transactions and the effect of income taxes have been ignored to simplify this illustration.
As of January 1, 20X8, M’s planned principal operations have not yet commenced.
Construction on the building begins immediately and is expected to continue
for two years, with principal operations commencing at the end of the second
year. Construction of the building qualifies for interest capitalization in
accordance with ASC 835-20 for the year ended December 31, 20X8.
During the year ended December 31, 20X8, B records the following:
In addition, because M has capitalized $400,000 of interest associated with the loan provided by B, B should deduct its proportionate share of such capitalized interest from its equity method investment. Investor B should consider which presentation is most meaningful in the circumstances. Potential acceptable alternatives are:
- Alternative 1:
- Alternative 2:
Investor B will need to consider the effects of potential basis differences resulting from the $500,000 capitalized interest on the third-party loan and the $120,000 reversal of B’s share of capitalized interest by M. Both basis differences should be amortized in a manner consistent with ASC 323-10-35-13.
In addition, in accordance with ASC 970-835-35-1, we believe that an investor should consider the following before recording interest income on a loan or an advance to an investee:
- Collectibility of the principal or interest.
- Whether other investors can bear their share of losses (see Section 5.2).
5.8.2 Interest on In-Substance Capital Contributions
ASC 970-323
35-22
Interest on loans and advances that are in substance capital contributions
(for example, if all the investors are required to make loans and advances
proportionate to their equity interests) shall be accounted for as
distributions rather than as interest income by the investors.
Although the guidance above was written for an investor’s accounting for loans and advances to an investee that is a real estate venture, we believe that it should apply to lending transactions involving any equity method investment.
An investor should evaluate whether loans or advances to an investee are in-substance capital contributions (e.g., whether all the investors are required to make loans and advances proportionate to their equity interests). If it is concluded that the loans or advances are, in effect, in-substance capital contributions, the investor should (1) account for interest received as a distribution from the investee and (2) reduce its equity method investment accordingly rather than recognize the amount as interest income.
The above scenario may be common in certain industries. For example, in the U.S.
insurance industry, U.S. insurers may invest in private funds by using a “rated feeder
fund” structure to maximize regulatory capital. Capital commitments to the rated feeder
fund are split between equity commitments and loan commitments. In some cases, the
contractual terms of the rated feeder fund (1) require all limited partners to make loans
and advances proportionate to their equity interests and (2) do not allow for the debt and
equity investments to be separately transferred without the general partner’s consent
(i.e., the debt and limited partnership interest are not legally detachable17). We believe that, in such a scenario, the debt and equity investments in the rated
feeder fund, while separate in legal form, would be considered a single unit of account18 within the scope of ASC 323, including the subsequent-measurement guidance in ASC
970-323-35-22 related to the recognition of interest income.
Footnotes
17
See additional discussion of legal detachability and unit-of-account considerations
in Section 3.3.1 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Distinguishing Liabilities From Equity.
18
Provided that the investor does not consolidate the rated feeder fund in accordance
with ASC 810.
5.9 Investor’s Recognition of ITCs Generated by an Investee
See Section 12.3.4 of Deloitte’s Roadmap
Income Taxes for interpretive
guidance on how an investor that accounts for its investment in a flow-through
entity under the equity method should account for the tax benefits received in the
form of ITCs.
Chapter 6 — Presentation and Disclosure
Chapter 6 — Presentation and Disclosure
6.1 Overview
The presentation of equity method investments is often referred to as a “one-line consolidation.” While this principle is relatively straightforward, there are several nuances financial statement preparers must consider when determining the appropriate presentation of equity method investments. ASC 323
outlines additional disclosure requirements that must be evaluated. Further, SEC registrants must take into account several reporting requirements specific to equity method investments. This chapter discusses these matters.
6.2 Presentation
6.2.1 Balance Sheet
ASC 323-10
45-1 Under the equity method, an investment in common stock shall be shown in the balance sheet of an investor as a single amount. . . .
SEC Rules, Regulations, and
Interpretations
Regulation S-X, Rule
5-02, Balance Sheets
The purpose of this rule is to indicate
the various line items and certain additional
disclosures which, if applicable, and except as
otherwise permitted by the Commission, should appear on
the face of the balance sheets or related notes filed
for the persons to whom this article pertains (see §
210.4-01(a)).
Regulation S-X, Rule
5-02(12)
Other investments. The accounting
and disclosure requirements for non-current marketable
equity securities are specified by generally accepted
accounting principles. With respect to other security
investments and any other investment, state,
parenthetically or otherwise, the basis of determining
the aggregate amounts shown in the balance sheet, along
with the alternate of the aggregate cost or aggregate
market value at the balance sheet date.
An entity should classify equity method investments as a single amount on its
balance sheet, including the impact of any basis differences and equity investee
impairments recorded by the investor, unless an investment qualifies for
proportionate consolidation (see Section 2.4.3). While multiple equity
method investments should be aggregated into a single line item, it is generally
not appropriate for an entity to combine its equity method investments with
other interests (e.g., such as loans or investments in debt securities) in the
same equity method investee for balance sheet presentation purposes.
In circumstances in which an investor has committed to fund an equity method
investee’s losses, the application of the equity method of accounting may result
in a negative investment balance. In such instances, the entity would recognize
the liability as a single amount in a manner consistent with the recognition of
equity method investment assets. However, the entity should not offset an
investment in an asset position with an investment in a liability position given
that separate investments would not meet the offset criteria outlined in ASC
210-20.
6.2.1.1 SEC Registrants
Regulation S-X, Rule 5-02(12), indicates that the investor should disclose a
separate line item for “[o]ther investments.” Regulation S-X, Rule 4-02,
provides that “[i]f the amount which would otherwise be required to be shown
with respect to any item is not material, it need not be separately set
forth. The combination of insignificant amounts is permitted.” Therefore,
SEC registrants would generally present equity method investments within a
separate investment line item. If this line item includes other investments
that do not reflect the equity method of accounting (because equity method
investments are not material), disclosure of the composition of the line
item in the footnotes may be necessary. Further, the investment balance may
be included in another line item such as “Other Assets” subject to the
materiality consideration outlined in Regulation S-X, Rule 4-02.
6.2.1.2 Other Entities
Entities other than SEC registrants may consider the guidance in Regulation S-X,
Rule 5-02(12), by analogy.
6.2.2 Income Statement
ASC 323-10
45-1 Under the equity method, an investment in common stock shall be shown in the balance sheet of an investor as a single amount. Likewise, an investor’s share of earnings or losses from its investment shall be shown in its income statement as a single amount.
45-2 The investor’s share of accounting changes reported in the financial statements of the investee shall be classified separately.
SEC Rules, Regulations, and
Interpretations
Regulation S-X, Rule
5-03, Statements of Comprehensive Income
(a) The purpose of this rule is to
indicate the various line items which, if applicable,
and except as otherwise permitted by the Commission,
should appear on the face of the statements of
comprehensive income filed for the persons to whom this
article pertains (see § 210.4-01(a)).
Unless an investment qualifies for proportionate consolidation, as discussed in
Section 2.4.3,
an entity should classify equity method investment income or loss as a single
amount in its income statement, including the impact of any basis differences.
In addition, any investor-level impairment would generally be included in the
same line item as equity method income or loss. Multiple investments may be
aggregated into a single line item. However, when income or loss from multiple
investments is aggregated into one line item, it may be necessary to provide
additional disclosures for material investments included in the aggregated
total, as further discussed in Sections 6.3 and 6.4. While this presentation is relatively
simple, the location of this line item in the income statement may vary
depending on facts and circumstances.
-
SEC registrants — Regulation S-X, Rule 5-03(b)(12),1 indicates that the investor’s equity in earnings of an unconsolidated subsidiary or “50 percent or less owned [persons]” (i.e., an equity method investee) should be shown after the investor’s income tax provision and before income or loss from continuing operations. However, Rule 5-03(b)(12) also states that “[i]f justified by the circumstances, this item may be presented in a different position and a different manner.” As a result, questions often arise over the appropriate presentation of equity method earnings.
-
Classification within revenues — The SEC staff has publicly stated that it is never appropriate to classify earnings of an equity method investee within any revenue amount or revenue caption of the investor.
-
Classification as a component of income from operations — The staff does not object to classification of equity in earnings of an equity method investee as a component of income from operations (i.e., before nonoperating income and expenses) if the equity method investee’s operations are “integral” to the investor’s business. In this context, the staff’s definition of integral indicates more than the fact that the investor and investee operate in the same line of business (see the highlights of the March 2003 AICPA SEC Regulations Committee joint meeting with the SEC staff). The registrant should consider the following questions when determining whether the investee is integral to the investor’s business:
-
Are intercompany transactions between the investor and the investee significant?
-
Is the investee a vital part of the investor’s procurement, production, or distribution functions?
-
Is the registrant’s management of the investee (e.g., through a management contract that does not provide control) similar to its management of its consolidated subsidiaries?
-
Are the investee’s operations an extension of the investor’s operations, providing additional capacity or critical functions?
If an equity method investee’s earnings are classified within income from operations, such amounts, if material, should be shown as a separate line item within operations and should be clearly disclosed as the investor’s share of equity earnings. -
-
Classification as a component of nonoperating income or a similar pretax item — The SEC staff has not provided guidance on the appropriate justification for classification of equity method earnings as other pretax income. Therefore, the staff may challenge registrants that have classified equity method earnings as a component of other income or a similar pretax item. These registrants may be able to use the Regulation S-X, Rule 5-03(b)(12), exception or materiality to justify their classification.Some registrants have proposed that equity method earnings from pass-through entities such as LLCs and partnerships, when material, may be shown as a separate line item in nonoperating income (pretax) through use of the Regulation S-X, Rule 5-03(b)(12), exception. They argue that classification of these amounts after income tax expense distorts the investor’s effective income tax rate since income taxes on the investor’s share of the equity method investee’s earnings must appear in the investor’s income tax provision and must not be shown net of equity method earnings. However, the SEC staff has neither accepted nor objected to classification of equity method earnings as a nonoperating (pretax) item solely on the basis of this potential distortion. Therefore, registrants classifying equity method earnings on this basis should be prepared to provide additional support for their position and consider further consultation with their advisers.
-
-
Other entities — Entities other than SEC registrants may consider the guidance in Regulation S-X, Rule 5-03(b)(12), by analogy but would not be required to do so.
6.2.2.1 Tax Effects
An investee’s income tax expense (benefit) is included as part of an investor’s
share of equity method earnings. However, the tax consequences of the
investor’s equity in earnings and basis differences attributable to its
investment in the investee should be recognized within the investor’s income
tax provision and not as part of the investor’s equity in the investee’s
earnings. In the event that equity in earnings of the investee is presented
below the income tax expense, presentation of the tax effects can be
reflected within this amount.
In a manner similar to business combinations, basis differences may give rise to deferred tax effects (additional inside basis differences — see Section 4.5). To accurately account for its equity method investment, an investor would consider these inside basis differences in addition to any outside basis difference in its investment. Since equity method investments are presented as a single consolidated amount, tax effects attributable to the investor basis differences become a component of this single consolidated amount and are not presented separately in the investor’s financial statements as individual current assets and liabilities or DTAs and DTLs. In addition, to accurately measure those tax assets and liabilities, the investor should use ASC 740 to analyze the investee’s uncertain tax positions. The investor’s share of investee income or loss may ultimately need to be adjusted for investor basis differences, including those for income taxes.
For further information on income taxes, see Deloitte’s Roadmap Income
Taxes.
6.2.2.2 Disposal Transactions
ASC 205-20
45-1B A disposal of a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity shall be reported in discontinued operations if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results when any of the following occurs:
- The component of an entity or group of components of an entity meets the criteria in paragraph 205-20-45-1E to be classified as held for sale.
- The component of an entity or group of components of an entity is disposed of by sale.
- The component of an entity or group of components of an entity is disposed of other than by sale in accordance with paragraph 360-10-45-15 (for example, by abandonment or in a distribution to owners in a spinoff).
45-1C Examples of a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results could include a disposal of a major geographical area, a major line of business, a major equity method investment, or other major parts of an entity (see paragraphs 205-20-55-83 through 55-101 for Examples).
If an equity method investee reports discontinued operations, the amounts are nonetheless included in the line item in which the investor reports equity method investment earnings, even though this line item may be included in income from continuing operations. The investor should not report the equity method investee’s discontinued operations as such unless the entire equity method investment earnings amount is presented in discontinued operations as discussed below.
ASU
2014-08 modified the scope of ASC 205-20 to explicitly
include the disposal of equity method investments (for further information
on discontinued operations reporting, see Section 1.3 of Deloitte’s Roadmap
Impairments and
Disposals of Long-Lived Assets and Discontinued
Operations). However, the ASU did not expand the scope of
ASC 360-10; therefore, an equity method investment that does not qualify as
a discontinued operation under ASC 205-20 cannot be reported, and accounted
for, as held for sale. Because the measurement guidance in ASC 360-10 (i.e.,
on impairment considerations) does not pertain to equity method investments,
an entity would continue to apply the measurement guidance in ASC 323. See
Section 5.5
for a discussion of OTTIs.
If an equity method investment qualifies for discontinued operations reporting, an entity must reclassify
the equity method income or loss to income from discontinued operations for all periods presented.
Further, the entity must present the equity method investment as assets held for sale on the balance
sheet for all periods presented and must disclose the information required by ASC 205-20-50.
For disposal transactions that do not qualify for discontinued operations reporting, a gain or loss on
disposal would generally be classified either (1) in the same line item as equity method earnings or
(2) as a separate line item in nonoperating income, gross of tax, before the income tax provision. This
classification would be applicable when an entity disposes of its interest in an equity method investment
or when an investor’s ownership interest in an investee is diluted (i.e., an investee issues additional
equity interests and the investor does not maintain its proportionate ownership interest in the investee).
An investor should disclose its presentation policy.
6.2.3 Other Comprehensive Income
ASC 323-10
45-3 An
investor may combine its proportionate share of investee
other comprehensive income amounts with its own other
comprehensive income components and present the
aggregate of those amounts in the statement in which
other comprehensive income is presented.
An investor must report its proportionate share
of an equity method investee’s OCI, which may include, among other things,
foreign currency translation adjustments, actuarial gains or losses, and gains
and losses on AFS securities. The investor has the option to present a separate
section within its statement of OCI to separately report its own comprehensive
income line items and those of its equity method investee. This option further
requires that the investor include additional disclosure of amounts recognized
before reclassifications and amounts reclassified to earnings in a manner
consistent with ASC 220, as depicted below.
Alternatively, the investor has the option to
combine its share of the investee’s OCI with its own, which results in a
presentation that does not separately identify amounts related to OCI for either
the investor or the investee, as shown below.
6.2.4 Cash Flows
An equity method investor will reflect equity method investment activity only if
it results in cash transfers, such as incremental investments, receipt of
dividends, or other similar transactions. Capital transactions, such as an
initial investment or incremental investment, would generally be recognized as
investing activities. However, the classification in the statement of cash flows
for cash received from equity method investees depends on the company’s policy
for recording such receipts.
An entity must make an accounting policy election to classify distributions received from equity method investees under either of the following methods:
- Cumulative-earnings approach — Under this approach, distributions are presumed to be returns on investment and classified as operating cash inflows. However, if the cumulative distributions received, less distributions received in prior periods that were determined to be returns of investment, exceed the entity’s cumulative equity in earnings, such excess is a return of capital and should be classified as cash inflows from investing activities.
- Nature of the distribution approach — Under this approach, each distribution is evaluated on the basis of the source of the payment and classified as either operating cash inflows or investing cash inflows. If an entity that generally applies this approach does not have enough information to determine the appropriate classification (i.e., the source of the distribution), the entity must apply the cumulative-earnings approach and report a change in accounting principle on a retrospective basis. The entity is required to disclose that a change in accounting principle has occurred as a result of the lack of available information as well as the information required under ASC 250-10-50-1 and 50-2, as applicable.
See Section 6.1.2
of Deloitte’s Roadmap Statement of Cash Flows for further discussion about
the cash flow considerations related to equity method investments.
6.2.5 Earnings per Share
ASC 323-10
60-1 For
guidance on the computation of consolidated earnings per
share (EPS) if equity method investees or corporate
joint ventures have issued options, warrants, and
convertible securities, see paragraph 260-10-55-20.
ASC 260-10
55-20 The effect on consolidated EPS of options, warrants, and convertible securities issued by a subsidiary
depends on whether the securities issued by the subsidiary enable their holders to obtain common stock
of the subsidiary or common stock of the parent entity. The following general guidelines shall be used for
computing consolidated diluted EPS by entities with subsidiaries that have issued common stock or potential
common shares to parties other than the parent entity
- Securities issued by a subsidiary that enable their holders to obtain the subsidiary’s common stock shall be included in computing the subsidiary’s EPS data. Those per-share earnings of the subsidiary shall then be included in the consolidated EPS computations based on the consolidated group’s holding of the subsidiary’s securities. Example 7 (see paragraph 260-10-55-64) illustrates that provision.
- Securities of a subsidiary that are convertible into its parent entity’s common stock shall be considered among the potential common shares of the parent entity for the purpose of computing consolidated diluted EPS. Likewise, a subsidiary’s options or warrants to purchase common stock of the parent entity shall be considered among the potential common shares of the parent entity in computing consolidated diluted EPS. Example 7 (see paragraph 260-10-55-64) illustrates that provision.
55-21 The preceding
provisions also apply to investments in common stock of
corporate joint ventures and investee companies
accounted for under the equity method.
55-22 The if-converted method shall be used in determining the EPS impact of securities issued by a parent entity that are convertible into common stock of a subsidiary or an investee entity accounted for under the equity method. That is, the securities shall be assumed to be converted and the numerator (income available to common stockholders) adjusted as necessary in accordance with the provisions in paragraph 260-10-45-40(a) through (b). In addition to those adjustments, the numerator shall be adjusted appropriately for any change in the income recorded by the parent (such as dividend income or equity method income) due to the increase in the number of common shares of the subsidiary or equity method investee outstanding as a result of the assumed conversion. The denominator of the diluted EPS computation would not be affected because the number of shares of parent entity common stock outstanding would not change upon assumed conversion.
While the guidance above refers to a “subsidiary,” it is equally applicable to equity method investments. Therefore, an equity method investor must evaluate the terms of any securities issued by its equity method investees to determine whether the securities are convertible into shares of either the investee or the investor.
Although the guidance generally does not affect basic EPS, it may affect diluted
EPS. If the securities issued are convertible into common stock of the equity
method investor, they would be treated as securities of the equity method
investor, and the treasury stock or if-converted method would be used to
calculate the dilutive impact. If the securities issued are convertible into
common stock of the equity method investee, they would be considered in the
determination of the equity method investee’s diluted EPS as illustrated in the
example below.
Example 6-1
Entity A holds a 40 percent interest in the common stock of Entity B that it
accounts for under the equity method. Entity A reported
net income of $100,000 (before consideration of its
equity in the earnings of B) and has outstanding common
stock of 5,000 shares. Entity A has not issued any other
securities. Entity B has issued 1,000 shares of common
stock and warrants exercisable to purchase up to 50
shares of its common stock at $5 each. Entity B reported
net income of $3,000. The average market price for B’s
common stock was $10. Earnings are allocated pro rata on
the basis of ownership.
Entity B’s basic EPS would be $3 ($3,000 net income ÷ 1,000 shares). Entity B’s
diluted EPS would be $2.93 ($3,000 net income ÷ 1,025
shares).2
Entity A would then determine its diluted EPS of the investee by adding its
earnings from the 40 percent interest in B of $1,1723 to its net income of $100,000, yielding a
numerator of $101,172 and diluted EPS of $20.23
($101,172 ÷ A’s 5,000 common shares).
Since the warrants are exercisable into B’s shares, the denominator for B must be adjusted. However, since there were no instruments that would affect A’s common shares, the denominator for A’s diluted EPS calculation does not require adjustment.
Footnotes
1
Regulation S-X, Article 5, applies to
financial statements filed for all entities except (1)
registered investment companies; (2) employee stock
purchase, savings, and similar plans; (3) insurance
companies; (4) bank holding companies and banks; and (5)
brokers and dealers when filing Form X-17A-5.
2
Calculated as 1,000 Entity B
common shares + {[($10 average share price − $5
warrant conversion price) ÷ $10 average share
price] × 50 common shares acquired upon conversion
of warrant}.
3
Calculated as Entity B’s diluted
EPS of $2.93 × Entity A’s 400-share interest in
B.
6.3 Disclosures
6.3.1 Equity Method Investment Disclosures
ASC 323-10
50-1 Paragraph 323-10-15-3 explains that references in this Subtopic to common stock refer to both common
stock and in-substance common stock that give the investor the ability to exercise significant influence over
operating and financial policies of an investee even though the investor holds 50 percent or less of the
common stock or in-substance common stock (or both common stock and in-substance common stock).
50-2 The significance of an investment to the investor’s financial position and results of operations shall be
considered in evaluating the extent of disclosures of the financial position and results of operations of an
investee. If the investor has more than one investment in common stock, disclosures wholly or partly on a
combined basis may be appropriate.
50-3 All of the following disclosures generally shall apply to the equity method of accounting for investments in
common stock:
- Financial statements of an investor shall disclose all of the following parenthetically, in notes to financial statements, or in separate statements or schedules:
- The name of each investee and percentage of ownership of common stock.
- The accounting policies of the investor with respect to investments in common stock. Disclosure shall include the names of any significant investee entities in which the investor holds 20 percent or more of the voting stock, but the common stock is not accounted for on the equity method, together with the reasons why the equity method is not considered appropriate, and the names of any significant investee corporations in which the investor holds less than 20 percent of the voting stock and the common stock is accounted for on the equity method, together with the reasons why the equity method is considered appropriate.
- The difference, if any, between the amount at which an investment is carried and the amount of underlying equity in net assets and the accounting treatment of the difference.
- For those investments in common stock for which a quoted market price is available, the aggregate value of each identified investment based on the quoted market price usually shall be disclosed. This disclosure is not required for investments in common stock of subsidiaries.
- If investments in common stock of corporate joint ventures or other investments accounted for under the equity method are, in the aggregate, material in relation to the financial position or results of operations of an investor, it may be necessary for summarized information as to assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the investees to be disclosed in the notes or in separate statements, either individually or in groups, as appropriate.
- Conversion of outstanding convertible securities, exercise of outstanding options and warrants, and other contingent issuances of an investee may have a significant effect on an investor’s share of reported earnings or losses. Accordingly, material effects of possible conversions, exercises, or contingent issuances shall be disclosed in notes to financial statements of an investor.
ASC 825-10
50-28 As of each date for which a statement of financial position is presented, entities shall disclose all of the
following: . . .
f. For investments that would have been accounted for under the equity method if the entity had not
chosen to apply the fair value option, the information required by paragraph 323-10-50-3 (excluding the
disclosures in paragraph 323-10-50-3(a)(3); (b); and (d)).
SEC Rules, Regulations, and
Interpretations
Regulation S-X, Rule
5-03(b)(12)
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated
subsidiaries and 50 percent or less owned
persons. State, parenthetically or in a note,
the amount of dividends received from such persons. If
justified by the circumstances, this item may be
presented in a different position and a different manner
(see § 210.4-01(a)).
Investors in equity method investments are subject to specific disclosure
requirements. As with most elements of disclosure, investors should consider the
materiality of the investment(s) when determining the level of disclosure.
Further, investors may also be required to provide disclosures under other areas
of GAAP in addition to those required under ASC 323.
When an investor has multiple equity method investments, it may
be appropriate for the investor to combine some, or all, of the disclosures
depending on the similarity of the investments, similarity of the operations, or
materiality of the individual investments. In summary, the disclosure
requirements can be classified as those related to the investor’s accounting for
its investment and those related to the investee’s financial activity:
-
Disclosures related to the investor’s accounting for its investment — The investor should disclose the investee’s name and the investor’s percentage ownership of the investee’s common stock. As discussed in Section 3.2, there is a presumption under U.S. GAAP that an ownership interest of 20 percent or more (or 3 percent to 5 percent for investments in limited partnerships, LLCs, trusts, and similar entities) provides the investor with significant influence and, conversely, that an ownership interest of less than 20 percent (or 3 percent to 5 percent for investments in limited partnerships, LLCs, trusts, and similar entities) does not provide the investor with significant influence. Accordingly, the investor should disclose:
-
Why the equity method of accounting is not applied when the investor has an interest that would presumptively indicate significant influence does exist.
-
Why the equity method of accounting is applied when the investor has an interest that would presumptively indicate significant influence does not exist.
The investor should also disclose any differences that exist between the investment balance and the investor’s share in the investee’s underlying earnings and how the investor is accounting for such differences. This may include basis differences (see Section 4.5). For example, if a basis difference related to tangible assets (e.g., PP&E whose fair value exceeded the investee’s carrying value), the investor would need to disclose that the basis difference is being amortized over the remaining useful life of such assets. Differences could also arise from the suspension of the equity method of investment (see Section 5.2), the disproportionate allocation of earnings (see Section 5.1.2), or a bargain purchase (see Section 4.5.1). As a result, investors should consider providing appropriate disclosure to describe these differences and the related accounting policy in a manner consistent with how basis differences would be described.Further, when the quoted market price of the investee’s common stock is available, the investor should also disclose that investment’s fair value on the basis of the quoted market price. -
-
Disclosures related to the investee’s financial activity — If the investor’s equity method investments are material to the investor, for either an individual investee or all investees in the aggregate, the investor should consider disclosure of summarized information regarding the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the investees, either in the notes to the financial statements or in separate statements. This information may be presented individually (i.e., on an investee-by-investee basis) or in groups as appropriate for the circumstances depending on the similarity of the investments, similarity of the operations, or materiality of the individual investments. While ASC 323 does not specify thresholds for when this information should be provided or any format for these disclosures, SEC registrants must adhere to specific requirements (see Section 6.4). Other entities may find the SEC guidance useful as well in evaluating when it would be appropriate to provide these disclosures and determining their format. This information is intended to provide the users of the financial statements with further insight into the investee’s operations that could not otherwise be inferred from the amounts recorded in the investor’s financial statements.
If the investee has issued securities that may materially affect the investor’s share of the investee’s
reported earnings or losses (e.g., convertible debt, options, warrants, or other securities with similar
features), the investor must disclose the effect of the possible conversion, exercise, or issuance of
such securities on the investor’s share of the investee’s earnings or losses. For example, if an investor
holds a 25 percent interest in an equity method investee and that investee has issued warrants that,
if exercised, could double the number of investee common shares outstanding, the investor should
disclose the existence of such instruments and the potential effect, if exercised.
The example below illustrates disclosures by an
investor with two individually material investments and numerous immaterial
investments.
Example 6-2
Note X: Company G’s Equity Method Investments
Summarized Financial Information
6.3.1.1 Other Disclosure Considerations
While the guidance above outlines the requirements of ASC 323, equity method investments may necessitate disclosure under other areas of the Codification, including those that address the following circumstances:
- Disclosures for investments accounted for under the fair value option — Investors that apply the fair value option to an investment that would otherwise be accounted for under the equity method of accounting must provide the disclosures outlined in ASC 323 with certain exceptions. Investors need not disclose:
- Information regarding basis differences (since none would exist under the fair value option).
- The aggregate value of the investments based on quoted market price (since the amount recorded in the financial statements would presumably be based on this amount and subject to fair value disclosures in accordance with ASC 820).
- Information regarding the investee’s convertible or contingent securities that may materially affect the share of earnings or losses recorded by the investor (since the amount recorded by the investor is based on the fair value of the interests rather than the earnings or losses reported by the investee).
- Disclosures for investments in VIEs accounted for under the equity method — Investors may use the equity method to account for investees that are VIEs as defined in ASC 810 but whose primary beneficiaries are not the investors. In such cases, investors must comply with the disclosure requirements of ASC 323 (as outlined above) and of ASC 810. These requirements are discussed further in Section 11.2 of Deloitte’s Consolidation Roadmap.
- Disclosures for changes in reporting lag — As described in Section 5.1.4, an investor may report the results of its investments on a lag. If the investor changes the period of the lag, that would generally be considered a change in accounting principle and require disclosures in accordance with ASC 250. These disclosures include the nature of and reason for the change, the method of applying the change, and any indirect effects of the change.
- Disclosures related to guarantees — Investors may guarantee investees’ obligations. Such guarantees would usually require disclosure in accordance with ASC 460, including, but not limited to, the nature of the guarantee, the circumstances that would require performance, the guarantee’s term and status, and the maximum potential payable under the guarantee.
- Disclosures related to income taxes — SEC registrants must provide specific tax disclosures, including a rate reconciliation as well as a discussion of tax holidays. These disclosure requirements are also relevant to equity method investments if the tax effects are material to the registrant.
- Disclosures related to a change in accounting principle — See Section 5.1.3.4 for discussion related to the adoption of a new accounting standard. In addition, any relevant disclosures required by ASC 250 should be provided.
6.3.2 Related-Party Disclosure Requirements
ASC 850-10
50-1 Financial statements shall include disclosures of material related party transactions, other than
compensation arrangements, expense allowances, and other similar items in the ordinary course of business.
However, disclosure of transactions that are eliminated in the preparation of consolidated or combined
financial statements is not required in those statements. The disclosures shall include:
- The nature of the relationship(s) involved
- A description of the transactions, including transactions to which no amounts or nominal amounts were ascribed, for each of the periods for which income statements are presented, and such other information deemed necessary to an understanding of the effects of the transactions on the financial statements
- The dollar amounts of transactions for each of the periods for which income statements are presented and the effects of any change in the method of establishing the terms from that used in the preceding period
- Amounts due from or to related parties as of the date of each balance sheet presented and, if not otherwise apparent, the terms and manner of settlement
- The information required by paragraph 740-10-50-17.
Related parties include “[e]ntities for which investments in their equity
securities would be required, absent the election of the fair value option under
the Fair Value Option Subsection of Section 825-10-15, to be accounted for by
the equity method by the investing entity.”4 Therefore, an investor must provide appropriate disclosure for material
transactions with an equity method investee. These disclosures include a
description of the transaction, the amounts reflected in the financial
statements for each period presented, and the impact of any change in the method
of establishing the terms of the transactions. An investor must also disclose
the amount due to or from an equity method investee as of each balance sheet
date.
6.3.3 Nonmonetary Transaction Disclosure Requirements
ASC 845-10
50-1 An entity that engages in one or more nonmonetary transactions during a period shall disclose in financial statements for the period all of the following:
- The nature of the transactions
- The basis of accounting for the assets transferred
- Gains or losses recognized on transfers.
Nonmonetary transactions may include situations in which, for example, an investor contributes assets to an equity method investee in exchange for initial or additional interests. Therefore, an investor must consider the relevant nonmonetary transaction disclosure requirements, including the basis of accounting applied to the assets transferred, in addition to disclosures required under ASC 323 and other relevant guidance.
6.3.4 Discontinued Operation Disclosure Requirements
ASC 205-20
50-1 The following shall be disclosed in the notes to financial statements that cover the period in which a discontinued operation either has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale under the requirements of paragraph 205-20-45-1E:
- A description of both of the following:
- The facts and circumstances leading to the disposal or expected disposal
- The expected manner and timing of that disposal.
- If not separately presented on the face of the statement where net income is reported (or statement of activities for a not-for-profit entity) as part of discontinued operations (see paragraph 205-20-45-3B), the gain or loss recognized in accordance with paragraph 205-20-45-3C.
- Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-08.
- If applicable, the segment(s) in which the discontinued operation is reported under Topic 280 on segment reporting.
An equity method investment accounted for as a discontinued operation continues to remain subject to the equity method investment disclosures of ASC 323-10-50-3(c) (see Section 6.3.1).
Footnotes
4
See ASC 850-10-20.
6.4 Reporting Considerations for Domestic SEC Registrants
6.4.1 Requirements Under Regulation S-X
6.4.1.1 Overview
To ensure that investors receive relevant financial
information about a company’s significant activities, Regulation S-X
requires registrants that have significant equity method investees (i.e.,“50
percent or less owned persons”) to provide financial information about the
investees in their filings with the SEC. The SEC has indicated that the term
“50 percent or less owned persons” refers to all investments accounted for
under the equity method,5 even if the voting ownership exceeds this percentage. Regulation S-X,
Rules 3-09, 4-08(g), 8-03 (related to smaller reporting companies), and
10-01(b)(1) primarily contain the applicable SEC disclosure requirements.
An SEC registrant that has an equity method investee must consider whether
financial information about the investee should be provided in any reports
filed with the SEC that include the registrant’s financial statements. If an
equity method investee is considered significant to a registrant, the
registrant may be required to provide (1) separate financial statements of
the investee in certain filings with the SEC, (2) summarized financial
information of the investee in the footnotes to its financial statements, or
(3) both. Such filings may include annual reports on Forms 10-K and 20-F, or
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, or both; registration statements; and proxy
statements.
The amount of information a registrant must present depends on the level of
significance of the equity method investee, which a registrant determines by
performing the following significant subsidiary tests in Regulation S-X,
Rule 1-02(w), as applicable:
-
Investment test — The registrant’s and its other subsidiaries’ investments in and advances to the tested equity method investment are compared with the total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.
- Asset test — The registrant compares its share of the investee’s assets with the registrant’s consolidated total assets. Such amounts are generally as of the most recently completed fiscal year for both the investee and the registrant.
-
Income test — The test has two components:
- Income component — The absolute value of the registrant’s proportionate share of the investee’s pretax income or loss from continuing operations is compared with the absolute value of the registrant’s own pretax income or loss from continuing operations.
- Revenue component — If both the registrant and the investee have material revenue in each of the two most recently completed fiscal years, the revenue component is calculated by comparing the registrant’s proportionate share of the investee’s revenue with the registrant’s revenue.
6.4.1.2 Separate Financial Statements
To determine whether separate financial statements are
required under Rule 3-09, a registrant must apply both the investment test
and the income test to each equity method investee. The test that results in
the highest significance level is used to determine the financial statement
reporting requirements.
If, on the basis of the highest test result, the
significance of an individual equity method investee is greater than 20
percent, the registrant must provide, in its Form 10-K or Form 20-F or
related amendment, such investee’s financial statements for the periods in
which the registrant used the equity method to account for the investee.
These financial statements are not required for interim periods.
6.4.1.3 Summarized Financial Information
In the determination of whether summarized financial
information is required in the footnotes to the annual financial
statements under Rule 4-08(g), a registrant must apply all three
significance tests. The test that results in the highest
significance level will be used to establish the financial reporting
requirements.
Under SEC rules, on the basis of the highest test
result, if the significance of an equity method investee,
individually or as part of an aggregated group, is 10 percent or
less for all years presented, summarized financial information is
not required.
If the significance of an equity method investee,
individually or as part of an aggregated group, is greater than 10
percent, the registrant’s annual financial statements must include
summarized financial information for all equity method investees.
Such information should not be labeled “unaudited.”
6.4.1.4 Summarized Income Statement Information
To determine whether summarized income statement information
is required under Rule 10-01(b)(1), a registrant must apply both the
investment test and the income test to each equity method investee. The test
that results in the highest significance level is used to determine the
financial statement reporting requirements. If, on the basis of the highest
test result, the significance of an individual equity method investee is
greater than 20 percent, the registrant must provide summarized income
statement information in its quarterly report.
The table below compares the annual requirements for separate financial
statements, the annual requirements for summarized financial information,
and the interim requirements for summarized income statement information
under Rules 3-09, 4-08(g), and 10-01(b)(1), respectively.
6.4.1.5 Additional Guidance
For additional information and interpretive guidance on SEC
reporting requirements for equity method investees of SEC registrants under
Regulation S-X, see Deloitte’s Roadmap SEC Reporting Considerations for Equity Method
Investees.
6.4.2 Considerations for Acquisitions and Dispositions
SEC registrants are required to periodically file current reports on Form 8-K to
inform investors of certain events. When a registrant acquires or disposes of an
interest in an equity method investee, it must assess the significance of the
acquisition or disposition and should consider whether a Form 8-K should be
filed. Form 8-K, Item 2.01, requires a registrant to file a Form 8-K if either a
business or asset acquisition or disposition is significant. Item 2.01,
Instruction 4, states, in part:
An acquisition or
disposition will be deemed to involve a significant amount of
assets:
(i) if the
registrant’s and its other subsidiaries’ equity in the net book value of
such assets or the amount paid or received for the assets upon such
acquisition or disposition exceeded 10 percent of the total assets of the
registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries;
(ii) if it involved a business (see 17 CFR
210.11-01(d)) that is significant (see 17 CFR 210.11-01(b)).
Registrants should consider the Form 8-K reporting requirements for acquisitions
(see Section 2.4.1
of Deloitte’s Roadmap SEC
Reporting Considerations for Business Acquisitions) and
dispositions (see Section
8.4 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Impairments and Disposals of Long-Lived Assets and
Discontinued Operations). Registrants also may want to
consult with their legal advisers and independent accountants regarding these
requirements.
6.4.2.1 Acquisition of an Equity Method Investee
According to Rule 3-05(a)(2)(ii), a business acquisition for SEC reporting
purposes includes the acquisition of an investment accounted for under the
equity method. Therefore, when a registrant acquires an interest in an
equity method investee, it must assess the acquisition’s significance and
determine whether separate historical preacquisition financial statements of
the investee6 and pro forma financial information7 must be filed.
The registrant’s Form 8-K must be filed within four business days of the
acquisition’s completion. The registrant must describe the acquisition and
provide the required historical financial statements and pro forma financial
information in accordance with Regulation S-X, Article 11, giving effect to
the acquisition. If the historical financial statements and pro forma
financial information are not available at the time of the initial filing,
the registrant has 71 days from the filing of the initial Form 8-K to amend
it with the required information.
For further information and considerations related to the SEC reporting
requirements for the acquisition of an equity method investee business, see
Section 2.3.5.1 of Deloitte’s
Roadmap SEC Reporting Considerations for
Business Acquisitions.
6.4.2.2 Disposition of an Equity Method Investee
A registrant may be required to file a Form 8-K for the disposition of an equity
method investee. For additional guidance, see Chapter 8 of Deloitte’s Roadmap
Impairments and
Disposals of Long-Lived Assets and Discontinued
Operations.
6.4.2.3 Contribution of a Business or Assets to an Equity Method Investee
A registrant may contribute a business or other assets to an equity method
investee either at formation or during the investee’s operation in an
exchange transaction. These transactions may represent (1) the disposal of
assets or a business and (2) the acquisition of an interest in the equity
method investee. For additional information about the SEC reporting
requirements for the formation of a joint venture that is accounted for
under the equity method, see Section
2.10 of Deloitte’s Roadmap SEC
Reporting Considerations for Business
Acquisitions.
Footnotes
5
The SEC disclosure requirements discussed in this
Roadmap do not apply to an entity that is accounted for at fair
value or under the practicability exception to fair value in ASC
321-10-35-2 after the adoption of ASU 2016-01. They do apply,
however, to an investment that is eligible for the equity method of
accounting but for which a registrant elects the fair value option.
6
For further information about assessing the significance of an
investee, see Section 2.3.5.1
of Deloitte’s Roadmap SEC Reporting
Considerations for Business Acquisitions.
7
For further discussion of pro forma information, see
Chapter 4 of Deloitte’s
Roadmap SEC Reporting Considerations
for Business Acquisitions.
Chapter 7 — Identification of a Joint Venture
Chapter 7 — Identification of a Joint Venture
7.1 Overview
Corporate and unincorporated joint venture entities (“joint ventures”) are a
common form of business enterprise. For several reasons, investors (“venturers”)1 establish joint ventures rather than undertaking business activities on their
own. Venturers may use joint ventures to enter new markets, finance major projects
that are beyond each venturer’s financial capabilities, or share expertise or risks.
Joint ventures also allow venturers to partially exit a business or enterprise as an
alternative to a complete disposition. Joint ventures can take a variety of forms,
including corporations, partnerships, and LLCs.
Generally, a venturer accounts for its investment in a joint venture the same way it
would for any other equity method investment under ASC 323. However, determining
whether a legal entity is in fact a joint venture is necessary because such a
determination may affect the financial statements of the joint venture upon the
venture’s initial formation. For instance, if an entity is a joint venture, the
venture may measure the initial net assets received at historical cost or at fair
value, depending on facts and circumstances. In other circumstances, if an investor
determines that a legal entity does not meet the definition of a joint venture, the
failed joint venture may be required to account for its initial formation as a
business combination in accordance with ASC 805.
There is diversity in practice in the identification of whether an enterprise is
a joint venture owing to a lack of prescriptive guidance in U.S. GAAP beyond the
term’s definition in the ASC master glossary, which originated in APB Opinion 18 in
1971. In practice, “joint venture” is commonly used for ventures that do not meet
the definition of a joint venture in accordance with U.S. GAAP because:
-
Many use the phrase generously in the titles of legal/organizational documents.
-
Some use the phrase to describe all investments with only two investors.
-
Others mischaracterize investments as joint ventures because of the lack of comprehensive guidance related to what constitutes a joint venture.
Consequently, many investments that are called joint ventures do not meet the accounting definition of a joint venture.
In August 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-05, which is effective for joint
ventures formed on or after January 1, 2025. The ASU addresses accounting by a joint
venture for the contribution of nonmonetary assets upon the joint venture formation.
However, the ASU does not amend the definition of a joint venture or corporate joint
venture for GAAP purposes. See Chapter 9 for additional information.
Footnotes
1
We use the term “venturer” when referring to the members of
or investors in a legal entity that meets the definition of a joint venture.
Should the legal entity not meet, or it is unknown whether it meets, the
definition of a joint venture, we will interchangeably use the terms
“member” or “investor.”
7.2 Definition of a Joint Venture
ASC 323-10 — Glossary
Corporate Joint Venture
A corporation owned and operated by a small group of entities (the joint venturers) as a separate and specific business or project for the mutual benefit of the members of the group. A government may also be a member of the group. The purpose of a corporate joint venture frequently is to share risks and rewards in developing a new market, product or technology; to combine complementary technological knowledge; or to pool resources in developing production or other facilities. A corporate joint venture also usually provides an arrangement under which each joint venturer may participate, directly or indirectly, in the overall management of the joint venture. Joint venturers thus have an interest or relationship other than as passive investors. An entity that is a subsidiary of one of the joint venturers is not a corporate joint venture. The ownership of a corporate joint venture seldom changes, and its stock is usually not traded publicly. A noncontrolling interest held by public ownership, however, does not preclude a corporation from being a corporate joint venture.
ASC 805-10 — SEC Materials — SEC Staff Guidance
SEC Observer Comment: Accounting by a Joint Venture for Businesses Received at Its Formation
S99-8 The following is the text
of SEC Observer Comment: Accounting by a Joint Venture for
Businesses Received at Its Formation.
The SEC staff will
object to a conclusion that did not result in the
application of Topic 805 to transactions in which businesses
are contributed to a newly formed, jointly controlled entity
if that entity is not a joint venture. The SEC staff also
would object to a conclusion that joint control is the only
defining characteristic of a joint venture.
ASC 845-10 — SEC Materials — SEC Staff Guidance
SEC Observer Comment: Accounting by a Joint Venture for Businesses Received at
Its Formation
S99-2 The following is the text
of SEC Observer Comment: Accounting by a Joint Venture for
Businesses Received at Its Formation.
The SEC staff will
object to a conclusion that did not result in the
application of Topic 805 to transactions in which businesses
are contributed to a newly formed, jointly controlled entity
if that entity is not a joint venture. The SEC staff also
would object to a conclusion that joint control is the only
defining characteristic of a joint venture.
The ASC master glossary defines corporate joint venture2 and provides specific characteristics of a joint venture within that definition. In addition to those characteristics, there is a consensus that venturers must have joint control over an entity for it to be considered a joint venture, as indicated by the codified comments from the SEC staff observer captured originally in EITF Issue 98-4. Further, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee
(AcSEC) indicated in the advisory conclusion of its AICPA Issues Paper, “Joint
Venture Accounting,” issued July 17, 1979, that the element of “joint control” of
major decisions should be the central distinguishing characteristic of a joint
venture. The AcSEC recommended that the definition in Section 3055 of the Canadian
Institute of Chartered Accountants Handbook (subsequently amended) be adopted in
substance as the definition of a joint venture. The Handbook defines a joint venture
as:
An arrangement whereby two or more parties (the
venturers) jointly control a specific business undertaking and contribute
resources towards its accomplishment. The life of the joint venture is limited
to that of the undertaking which may be of short or long-term duration depending
on the circumstances. A distinctive feature of a joint venture is that the
relationship between the venturers is governed by an agreement (usually in
writing) which establishes joint control. Decisions in all areas essential to
the accomplishment of a joint venture require the consent of the venturers, as
provided by the agreement; none of the individual venturers is in a position to
unilaterally control the venture. This feature of joint control distinguishes
investments in joint ventures from investments in other enterprises where
control of decisions is related to the proportion of voting interest
held.
Although joint control is a joint venture’s most distinguishing feature, it is
not the only characteristic of a joint venture, and as described in ASC
805-10-S99-8 and ASC 845-10-S99-2, the SEC staff “would object to a conclusion that
joint control is the only defining characteristic of a joint venture.”
On the basis of the definition of a joint venture in ASC 323-10-20, we believe
that a joint venture has all3 the following characteristics:
-
It is a separate legal entity (see Section 7.2.1).
-
It is owned by a small group of entities (see Section 7.2.2).
-
Its operations are for the mutual benefit of the members (venturers) (see Section 7.2.3).
-
Its purpose is to share risks and rewards in developing a new market, product, or technology; to combine complementary technological knowledge; or to pool resources in developing production or other facilities (see Section 7.2.4).
-
It allows each venturer to participate, directly or indirectly, in the overall management. The members have an interest or relationship other than that of passive investors (see Section 7.2.5).
-
It is not a subsidiary of one of the members (commonly referred to as the “joint control” provision) (see Section 7.2.6).
The decision tree below illustrates how an
investor should determine whether an entity is a joint venture.
7.2.1 Separate Legal Entity
ASC 323-30
15-3 Although Subtopic 323-10 applies only to investments in common stock of corporations and does not
cover investments in partnerships and unincorporated joint ventures (also called undivided interests in
ventures), many of the provisions of that Subtopic would be appropriate in accounting for investments in these
unincorporated entities as discussed within this Subtopic.
ASC 810-10 — Glossary
Legal Entity
Any legal structure used to conduct activities or to hold assets. Some examples of such structures are
corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, grantor trusts, and other trusts.
One of the characteristics in the definition of a joint venture is that the
venture must be a separate legal entity. Further, we believe that the joint
venture must be a separate legal entity because it is important that the entity
have a separate legal identity from that of its venturers. This is the
foundation for the ability of all venturers to participate in the entity’s
decision making. See Section
3.2 of Deloitte’s Consolidation Roadmap for further
information regarding the evaluation of legal entities. If the venture is not
formed as a separate legal entity, it may be a collaborative arrangement as
defined by ASC 808.
Even though ASC 323-10-20 defines a corporate joint venture, other unincorporated legal entities (e.g.,
partnerships) may also be joint ventures. As described in ASC 323-30-15-3, many of the same principles
used in the evaluation of a corporate joint venture would apply to the evaluations of these other
unincorporated entities.
7.2.2 Small Group of Entities
While ASC 323-10-20 prescribes that a joint venture must be owned by a small
group of entities, there is no indication in U.S. GAAP of the maximum number of
entities that may own a joint venture. We believe that in practical terms, the
greater the number of investors, the less likely it is for an entity to be
jointly controlled by its venturers. We also believe that the greater the number
of investors, the less likely it is that the entity may meet the condition of
being owned by a small group of entities and, therefore, the less likely it is
to qualify as a joint venture.
ASC 323-10-20 does allow a joint venture to have a noncontrolling interest held by public investors (both
public entities and individual shareholders). It is not uncommon, nor is it prohibited by U.S. GAAP, for
public entities to be venturers in a joint venture. It is less common for numerous individual shareholders
to hold interests in the joint venture. Typically, when individual shareholders have an interest in a
joint venture, these interests are not significant to those of the other venturers, and the individual
shareholders cannot substantively participate in the financial and operating decisions made in the
ordinary course of business for the joint venture. In these circumstances, a legal entity is not precluded
from meeting the definition of a joint venture should the remaining venturers jointly control the legal
entity.
7.2.3 Mutual Benefit of Members (Venturers)
The joint venture’s operations must be for the mutual benefit of its members. The members, however,
do not need to benefit equally for the entity to be a joint venture. In fact, one venturer may receive
substantially all of the benefit and the entity may still be a joint venture.
7.2.4 Purpose
Under ASC 323-10-20, the “purpose of a corporate joint venture frequently is to
share risks and rewards in developing a new market, product or technology; to
combine complementary technological knowledge; or to pool resources in
developing production or other facilities.”
At the 2014 AICPA Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB Developments, Chris
Rogers, then a professional accounting fellow in the SEC’s OCA, commented on the
evaluation of the purpose of a joint venture and stated, in part:
In evaluating joint venture formation transactions, the
staff continues to believe that joint control is not the only defining
characteristic of a joint venture. Rather, each of the characteristics in
the definition of a joint venture in Topic 323 should be met for an entity
to be a joint venture, including that the “purpose” of the entity is
consistent with that of a joint venture. . . .
The
staff has seen recent fact patterns where the primary purpose of a
transaction is to combine two or more existing operating businesses in an
effort to generate synergies such as economics of scale or cost reductions
and/or to generate future growth opportunities. In these fact patterns,
determining whether the purpose of the transaction is consistent with the
definition of a joint venture as described in Topic 323 or whether the
substance of the formation transaction is a merger or put together
transaction that should be accounted for as a business combination under
Topic 805 requires a significant amount of judgment. [Footnotes
omitted]
As emphasized by Mr. Rogers, the “purpose” criterion is one of the defining characteristics of a joint venture. Many transactions that may be viewed as potential joint ventures do not meet the definition of a joint venture because the purpose of the venture is only to generate synergies, such as economies of scale or cost reductions, or to generate future growth opportunities of two merged companies. This does not mean that a venture that will create synergies is precluded from meeting the definition of a joint venture but that a venture that is created solely to combine existing businesses or to function as an extension of the investors’ ongoing operations would not meet the purpose criterion. Instead, a venture must focus on the development of something new and different to satisfy the purpose criterion (e.g., the combination of technological knowledge to achieve a new commercial purpose or business objective). This criterion may be challenging for an entity to assess.
Example 7-1
Company A has a subsidiary, Entity C, that sells outdoor equipment. Entity C meets the definition of a business. Company A approached a private equity firm, Company B, to invest in C. To effect the transaction, A formed a new entity, NewCo, and contributed C. Company B contributed its cash investment in exchange for an ownership interest of 50 percent in NewCo.
NewCo is not a joint venture because it does not meet the purpose criterion in the term’s definition. That is, NewCo is not developing a new market, product, or technology; combining complementary technological knowledge; or pooling resources in developing production or other facilities.
Example 7-2
Company A has developed a new product, SW. To expand its manufacturing
capabilities for this new product, A and a private
equity firm, PE 1, form a legal entity (NewCo) whereby A
will contribute its IP for SW as well as facilities in
which SW will be manufactured, and A will transfer
employees to manufacture SW. PE 1 will contribute cash
that NewCo will use to expand its manufacturing
capacity. Company A and PE 1 jointly control all
decisions that affect NewCo’s economic performance and
share equally in its profits and losses. Company A will
distribute SW within its distribution channels.
NewCo is not a joint venture because it does not meet the purpose criterion in the term’s definition. While NewCo is manufacturing a new product, A (instead of NewCo) developed it. Further, NewCo is not developing a new market but will employ A’s distribution channels. PE 1 is not combining complementary technological knowledge; nor will its contributed cash be used to develop new technology, production, or facilities.
Example 7-3
Company X is a business that explores for, develops, and drills for oil and natural gas assets in Alaska. Company
X is highly leveraged and is not cash flow positive and therefore desires to more readily access the capital
markets. Company Y is a multinational conglomerate that owns a diverse portfolio of businesses, including
drilling equipment. Company Y’s drilling business is cash flow positive. Both companies contribute their
respective businesses into a new legal entity, Entity OG, resulting in operational synergies. Companies X and Y
jointly control all decisions that affect OG’s economic performance of OG and share equally in its profits and
losses.
While the resulting operational synergies do not preclude OG from meeting the definition of a joint venture,
it is not a joint venture because it does not meet the purpose criterion in the term’s definition. Companies X
and Y are combining their businesses with the purpose of more readily accessing capital markets and will not
be developing a new market, product, or technology; combining complementary technological knowledge; or
pooling resources in developing production or other facilities.
7.2.5 Management of the Entity
Venturers in a joint venture must be able to participate in its management. The
term’s definition allows for this participation to be direct or indirect. That
is, each venturer could but is not required to serve as a member of management
and carry out the day-to-day operations. If venturers instead appoint a
management team, the venturers should still be able to substantively participate
in the appointment, oversight, and termination of team members, in addition to
the setting and adjustment of their compensation as well as other financial and
operating decisions made in the joint venture’s ordinary course of business.
Further, the venturers must not convey to management any power to make
significant decisions that affect the venture. See Section 7.2.6.2 for an evaluation of
management teams.
To participate indirectly in the joint venture’s management, the venturers should make its significant
financial and operating decisions (e.g., approving operating and capital budgets as well as selecting,
terminating, and setting the compensation of management team members) that occur in the
ordinary course of business, and management should be able to only carry out these decisions (e.g.,
implementing the venturer-approved operating and capital budgets) and not significantly deviate from
them.
7.2.6 Joint Control
Joint control is the most distinguishing characteristic of a joint venture. Even though the definition of a
joint venture in ASC 323-10-20 specifies only that it cannot be a subsidiary of one of the venturers (see
the discussion in Section 7.2.6.1 regarding considerations of whether an investor would consolidate
a VIE and voting interest entity, respectively), on the basis of guidance from the SEC, a joint venture
must be jointly controlled by its venturers. This distinction is significant since it may be possible for the
investors to be precluded from consolidating a legal entity without jointly controlling it.
The ASC master glossary defines joint control as “decisions regarding the financing, development,
sale, or operations [that] require the approval of two or more of the owners.” Likewise, the G4+1
Organization Special Report Reporting Interests in Joint Ventures and Similar Arrangements may be
helpful in the determination of the presence of joint control. Paragraph 2.14 of the Special Report states,
in part:
Joint control over an enterprise exists when no one party alone has the power to control its strategic operating,
investing, and financing decisions, but two or more parties together can do so, and each of the parties sharing
control (joint venturers) must consent.
Example 7-4
Investor A, Investor B, and Investor C form a venture, Entity Z. All decisions that significantly affect Z are made by a simple majority vote of Z’s board of directors. All three investors may appoint one director. Entity Z is not jointly controlled by the three investors because each decision does not require the consent of all the investors. That is, a decision may be made with the vote of two of the investors.
Connecting the Dots
An investor evaluating whether there is joint control over an entity must consider each investor’s rights in case the investors cannot reach a unanimous decision (i.e., a deadlock). These tiebreaker terms and conditions and an understanding of who has the authority to make decisions if there is a deadlock may prove critical in the determination of whether the investors jointly control the venture. For the venture to be jointly controlled, no investor can have the unilateral ability to cast a deciding vote in the event of deadlock. Consider the following example:
Investor RK and Investor JK form
Company PN. All decisions that significantly affect the company require
unanimous consent from both investors. In case of a deadlock, the matter
is taken to an arbitration court in which each investor may elect one
arbiter, and those two arbiters will elect the third. The arbitration
court will rule on the matter with a simple majority, and the ruling
will be accepted by both RK and JK.
In this example, neither investor has the unilateral ability to break the deadlock, and therefore, PN is jointly controlled.
7.2.6.1 Variable Interest Entity and Voting Interest Entity Models
In determining whether a reporting entity and other investors jointly control a
legal entity, the reporting entity must first consider which consolidation
model — the “VIE model” or the voting interest entity model (“voting model”)
— is applicable. ASC 810-10 requires the reporting entity to first determine
whether the legal entity is a VIE. Should the reporting entity determine
that the legal entity is a VIE, it would apply the VIE model to determine
whether the reporting entity has a controlling financial interest.
Conversely, should the reporting entity determine that the legal entity is
not a VIE, it would apply the voting model to ensure that the reporting
entity does not have a controlling financial interest.
As discussed in further detail below, there are some significant differences in the analysis of control under these respective models (see Section 1.4 of Deloitte’s Consolidation Roadmap for a more complete comparison).
7.2.6.1.1 VIE Model
In accordance with ASC 810-10-25-38A, a reporting entity has control over a VIE
if it has both “[t]he power to direct the activities of a VIE that most
significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance” and “[t]he
obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be
significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE
that could potentially be significant to the VIE.” To determine whether
the investors jointly control the VIE, the reporting entity would
perform the following steps:
-
Step 1 — Evaluate the purpose and design of the VIE and the risks the VIE was designed to create and pass along to its variable interest holders.
-
Step 2 — Identify the significant decisions related to the risks identified in step 1 and the activities associated with those risks.
-
Step 3 — Identify the party that makes the significant decisions or controls the activity or activities that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance.
If each of the investors shares in making all decisions over the activities that most significantly affect the
VIE’s economic performance, the investors would jointly control the VIE.
For more information on the power to direct the most significant activities and the VIE model, see
Chapter 7 of Deloitte’s Consolidation Roadmap.
7.2.6.1.2 Voting Model
ASC 810-10-15-8 and 15-8A indicate that an investor with a majority voting interest or a limited partner
with a majority of kick-out rights through voting interests will generally control a legal entity. However,
ASC 810-10-15-8 and 15-8A also provide exceptions to this guidance and indicate that the power to
control may also exist with a lesser percentage of ownership (e.g., by contract, lease, agreement with
other owners of voting interests, or court decree). Therefore, conclusions about control should be based
on an evaluation of the specific facts and circumstances. In some situations, an investor with less than
a majority voting interest or a limited partner with less than a majority of kick-out rights can control a
legal entity. In other situations, the power of a stockholder with a majority voting interest or of a limited
partner with a majority of kick-out rights to control a legal entity does not exist with the majority owner
because of noncontrolling rights or as a result of other factors. The majority investor may be precluded
from controlling the legal entity when another investor has the ability to veto or substantively participate
in the legal entity’s significant decisions.
We believe that for the legal entity to qualify as a joint venture, each
venturer should substantively participate in all the legal entity’s
significant decisions. If one or more, but not all, of the investors
have the ability to unilaterally perform the following actions outlined
in ASC 810-10-25-11, the investors do not jointly control the legal entity:
- ”Selecting, terminating, and setting the compensation of management responsible for implementing the investee’s policies and procedures.”
- ”Establishing operating and capital decisions of the investee, including budgets, in the ordinary course of business.”
The following conditions may indicate that the investors do not jointly control the legal entity should one
or more, but not all, of the investors:
- Hold the majority of total equity or otherwise provide additional financial support to the legal entity (e.g., one investor guarantees the legal entity’s debt), thereby resulting in potential influence beyond voting share percentage.
- Have the ability to unilaterally sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of the legal entity’s assets or to unilaterally enter into contracts or commitments on the legal entity’s behalf.
In summary, we believe that to jointly control a legal entity, all investors must participate in the legal
entity’s significant decisions. To the extent that an investor has little or no influence, the investors would
not jointly control the legal entity.
However, in the evaluation of whether joint control exists, the
likelihood of an entity to exercise its rights would not be considered
as part of the analysis. Instead, joint control exists when all of the
owners have, at a minimum, the ability to effectively participate in the
significant decisions of an entity regardless of the investor’s intent
to act on this ability.
For more information on the voting model, see Appendix D of Deloitte’s Consolidation Roadmap.
Example 7-5
Company A and Company B form a venture, Entity Z, that is a voting interest entity under ASC 810. Entity Z’s significant operating and capital decisions are made by a simple majority vote of its board of directors. Company A may appoint three directors, while B may appoint only two. However, B has a consent right for the appointment, termination, and determination of the compensation of Z’s management.
Company B’s consent right for Z’s management is a substantive participating right and would preclude A from consolidating Z. However, B does not have the ability to jointly participate in the remaining operating and capital decisions that are significant to Z, and therefore Z is not jointly controlled by A and B.
7.2.6.1.3 Other Differences Between the VIE and Voting Models
7.2.6.1.3.1 Forward Starting Rights and Potential Voting Rights and Contingencies
Future decision making and control can be conveyed to a venture through potential voting rights, in some cases referred to as forward starting rights (such as call options and put options conveyed in accordance with contracts in existence as of the balance sheet date), or through the occurrence of a contingent event.
7.2.6.1.3.1.1 VIE Model
In the VIE model, while the existence of such
rights, in isolation, may not be determinative in the
identification of the party (or parties) with power over the
activities that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic
performance, such rights often help a reporting entity
understand the purpose and design of a legal entity. Therefore,
potential voting rights are considered in the determination of
whether the reporting entity and other investors jointly control
the VIE. In addition, forward starting rights as a result of a
contingent event should be evaluated in the determination of
whether the contingency initiates or results in a change in
power and, for the latter, whether the contingency is
substantive. For example, a venture may be created to construct
a power plant (i.e., the construction phase) and to subsequently
provide power to customers (i.e., the operations phase).
Sometimes venturers will create these multiphased ventures with
different parties governing and making decisions for each phase.
We believe that the venturers must jointly control the joint
venture during each of these phases.
7.2.6.1.3.1.2 Voting Model
In the voting model, potential voting rights,
whether forward starting or conveyed upon the resolution of
contingency, are not considered in the analysis of which entity
has a controlling financial interest unless they are deemed to
be held because of a nonsubstantive exercise or purchase price
(i.e., a reporting entity can obtain these voting rights at
little or no economic cost) and there are no significant
decisions in the ordinary course of business that will be made
before the potential voting rights are exercisable. A reporting
entity must use significant judgment and evaluate all relevant
facts and circumstances to determine whether the purchase price
is nonsubstantive.
Example 7-6
Investor A and Investor B form
a joint venture and each own equity and voting
interests of 50 percent. All decisions that most
significantly affect the venture are made by a
unanimous vote of the shareholders. Investor A has
the ability to call 10 percent of B’s ownership
interests for a fixed price. Even though the call
option would convey an additional 10 percent
voting interest to A, the legal entity’s
governance still requires the unanimous vote of
both investors to make the joint venture’s
significant decisions. Therefore, the venture
would be under joint control regardless of the
substance of the call option, which would change
only the economic ownership percentage rather than
the governance to control.
However, if the decisions that
most significantly affect the venture were made by
a simple majority vote of shareholders, careful
consideration should be given to the evaluation of
the call option. If the fixed-price call option is
exercisable by A at little or no economic cost,
there would not be a significant barrier to A’s
exercising the option, and therefore A and B would
not jointly control the venture.
7.2.6.1.3.2 Related Parties
7.2.6.1.3.2.1 VIE Model
In the VIE model, a reporting entity should evaluate which entity has control of
a legal entity when the reporting entity’s related parties are
involved with the VIE. If investors are related parties and
share power over a VIE, one of the investors must consolidate
the VIE. Because a legal entity cannot meet the definition of a
joint venture if one party consolidates the legal entity,
neither investor would be able to conclude that the legal entity
is a joint venture despite the fact that there is joint control
over the most significant activities.
ASC 850-10-20 defines “related parties,” and the VIE model expands the
population of entities that are considered related parties for
VIE analysis purposes. Specifically, ASC 810 identifies certain
relationships that may indicate that one party (the “de facto
agent”) may be acting on behalf of another (the “de facto
principal”).
In practice, joint venture arrangements frequently have transfer restrictions on
when each venturer can sell its investment. A potential de facto
agency relationship may exist when the transfer restrictions are
not mutual (e.g., when one venturer can sell its interest
whereas the other venturer must receive approval from the other
venturer to sell its interest). However, the existence of
transfer restrictions does not always result in a de facto
agency relationship as indicated in ASC 810-10-25-43(d), which
states, in part, that “a de facto agency relationship does not
exist if both the reporting entity and the party have right of
prior approval and the rights are based on mutually agreed terms
by willing, independent parties.”
See ASC 810-10-25-43 for the various de facto agents identified by the FASB and Section 8.2.3 of
Deloitte’s Consolidation Roadmap for more information.
7.2.6.1.3.2.2 Voting Model
In the voting model, related parties — both related parties defined in ASC 850-10-20 and de facto
agents — are not considered.
7.2.6.2 Decisions Made by Different Governing Parties
Assessing whether the power criterion has been met can be more complex when decisions are made
by different parties and at different governance levels. In some arrangements, certain decisions could
be made directly by the investors, a board of directors established for the venture, or the venture’s
management. It is important for an entity to identify which party or parties make the venture’s significant
decisions and whether one or more, but not all, of the investors may unilaterally make those decisions
when the entity is determining whether the investors jointly control the venture. Each venturer may or
may not appoint an equal number of directors to the board or members of management. However, the
venturers may jointly control the venture as long as each venturer equally participates in the venture’s
significant decisions through the venturer’s representation on the board or in management. That
is, significant decisions must require the consent of each of the venturers (or their delegates on the
management team) for the venture to qualify as a joint venture. See Section 7.2.6.1 on the evaluation of
control in both the VIE and voting models.
Example 7-7
Two unrelated investors, Company R and Company S, form an LLC by contributing equal amounts of cash for equity ownership interest of 50 percent each. Profits and losses are shared equally. The investors have delegated the LLC’s management to a four-member management committee to which each investor appoints two representatives.
Decisions regarding the LLC’s ongoing operations require a majority vote of the management committee. The venturers can remove a member of the management committee only for cause. The LLC’s governing documents state that there must always be equal representation of both venturers on the management committee.
While the right to make day-to-day decisions has been assigned to a management committee, the LLC is still governed and jointly controlled by the venturers because decisions made in the ordinary course of business require the consent of at least one representative from each of the venturers. That is, the representatives from R are required to obtain at least one vote from the representatives from S, and vice versa, to move forward with a decision that affects the LLC’s ongoing operations.
7.2.6.3 Unequal Ownership
In both the VIE and voting models, a reporting entity that has a majority ownership interest in a legal entity may not have a controlling financial interest in that entity. Similarly, venturers may have varying degrees of ownership interests in the joint venture and are not required to have equal ownership interests to jointly control the legal entity.
Further, the existence of a publicly held noncontrolling
interest does not preclude an entity from meeting the definition of a joint
venture for GAAP purposes. Publicly held noncontrolling interests are
believed to be passive, meaning that public noncontrolling interest holders
are unlikely to be able to participate substantively in the decision making
related to the legal entity.
Example 7-8
Company B and Company C enter into a joint venture arrangement (forming Entity D) that enables B to gain access to C’s technology and enables C to gain access to B’s production and distribution network. The equity interests and profit/loss allocation under the arrangement is 60:40 to B and C, respectively. While B has majority ownership, the joint venture agreement provides that all significant decisions involving the joint venture’s activities require unanimous approval of both B and C.
The ownership interests do not have to be split equally among the venturers for joint control to exist. Because the joint venture agreement provides that all significant decisions involving D’s activities require unanimous approval of both venturers, neither one is able to unilaterally control D. As long as no conditions exist that indicate substantive control of D by either B or C, joint control would exist between the venturers. While C does not have equal ownership to B, C is in a position to veto actions proposed by B only by exercising its participating rights. In substance, this is equivalent to equal ownership between the venturers, a situation that would also require unanimous approval of both venturers.
Footnotes
2
We have used the terms “corporate joint venture” and “joint
venture” interchangeably in this publication.
3
The requirement that all the conditions must be met is
consistent with the views
expressed by then SEC Professional Accounting Fellow
Chris Rogers at the 2014 AICPA Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB
Developments. See Section
7.2.4 for excerpts from the remarks.
Chapter 8 — Accounting by the Joint Venture Before Adopting ASU 2023-05
Chapter 8 — Accounting by the Joint Venture Before Adopting ASU 2023-05
8.1 Overview
This chapter discusses the accounting by a joint venture for
nonmonetary contributions upon formation before the adoption of ASU 2023-05. Therefore,
the Codification references included in this chapter do not show the pending content
(transition guidance in ASC 805-60-65-1) related to the ASU. For information on the
accounting by a joint venture after the adoption of ASU 2023-05, see Chapter 9.
ASC 805-10
15-4 The guidance in the
Business Combinations Topic does not apply to any of the following:
a. The formation of a joint venture . . . .
ASC 845-10
15-4 The
guidance in the Nonmonetary Transactions Topic does not
apply to the following transactions: . . .
b. A transfer of nonmonetary assets solely between
entities or persons under common control, such as
between a parent and its subsidiaries or between two
subsidiaries of the same parent, or between a
corporate joint venture and its owners . . . .
Before the issuance of ASU 2023-05,U.S. GAAP did not address the accounting by legal entities that meet the definition of a joint venture for noncash assets contributed by venturers upon the initial joint venture formation. The EITF evaluated the accounting by joint ventures for businesses received at formation but did not reach a consensus on this issue (Issue 98-4). In addition, ASC 805 and ASC
845 have expressly excluded from their scope the formation of a joint venture and
transfers between joint ventures and their owners, respectively.
In the absence of prescriptive FASB guidance, some joint ventures recognized
contributions of nonmonetary assets upon the venture’s initial formation by using
the venturers’ carrying values (historical cost bases), while other joint ventures
have recognized such contributions at their fair values. To eliminate this diversity
in practice, the FASB included a project on its technical agenda to address the
accounting by a joint venture for the initial contribution of nonmonetary and
monetary assets to the venture. This project culminated in the August 2023 issuance
of ASU 2023-05, which is effective for all joint venture formations with a formation
date on or after January 1, 2025. Early adoption is permitted.
This chapter focuses on the accounting for joint ventures before the adoption of
ASU 2023-05. Until such adoption, practitioners may continue to apply the guidance
discussed in Section
8.2 (specifically, by using venturers’ carrying values [historical
cost bases] in nonmonetary assets that meet the definition of businesses) and in
Section 8.3 on the
accounting by a joint venture for the initial contribution of nonmonetary assets to
the joint venture (specifically, by using venturers’ carrying values [historical
cost bases] in nonmonetary assets that do not meet the definition of a business).
While practitioners are not required to apply the amendments in ASU 2023-05 to joint
ventures formed before January 1, 2025, early adoption of the amendments is
permitted. Chapter 9 of
this Roadmap reflects the amendments in ASU 2023-05 for those that want to apply a
fair value measurement model to a joint venture formation and thus apply ASU
2023-05.
8.2 Initial Contribution of Nonmonetary Assets That Meet the Definition of a Business
8.2.1 Development of Fair Value or Carry-Over Approach for Joint Venture Formation Measurement
Before we discuss the views that may be applied in practice for the contribution
of nonmonetary assets that meet the definition of a business, it is important to
understand the circumstances in which the two acceptable approaches were
developed in the absence of prescriptive FASB guidance.
With respect to joint ventures’ accounting for the contribution of nonmonetary
assets upon formation, the SEC periodically provided guidance on joint ventures
that influenced the accounting in this area. At the 1992 AICPA Conference on
Current SEC Developments, then Professional Accounting Fellow Steve Blowers
stated that the SEC staff would continue to scrutinize any step-up in basis for
nonmonetary assets contributed to a joint venture and that it would permit a
full step-up only if the following criteria were met:
-
Contribution of the asset or business was to a new entity.
-
The fair value was objectively determinable and supported by equal contributions of monetary assets by the other investor(s).
-
The monetary assets must have stayed in the new venture or been used for transactions with parties other than the venturers.
-
There was an equal allocation of equity and profits or losses between the venturers.
-
The new entity was clearly a joint venture; control was shared in meaningful respects (board of directors, shareholder interests, and so forth).
Because it is difficult to meet these criteria, many joint ventures have
historically recognized contributions of nonmonetary assets upon the venture’s
initial formation by using the venturers’ respective carrying values (historical
cost bases).
The events described below contributed to the development of the fair value
measurement approach and the requirements necessary to apply that measurement:
-
Fair value measurement proliferation in accounting standards — Since the remarks made by Mr. Blowers in 1992, the use of and requirements for fair-value-based measurement significantly increased in U.S. GAAP. For example, FASB Statement 141(R), issued in 2007, generally required acquired assets and liabilities to be recorded at fair value in a business combination. In addition, FASB Statement 160 was issued in 2007 and required entities to measure retained equity interests at fair value when deconsolidating a subsidiary that meets the definition of a business. FASB Statement 157, issued the same year, defined “fair value” and established a framework for measuring it in U.S. GAAP.
-
Evolution of guidance on when to apply pushdown accounting — The application of pushdown accounting establishes a “new basis.” Specifically, an entity that was acquired by a buyer adjusts its stand-alone financial statements to reflect the buyer’s new basis of accounting by remeasuring its assets and liabilities on the date of acquisition. Since the issuance of the 1979 AICPA Issues Paper on joint venture accounting, some have argued that the establishment of a joint venture should reflect the new basis for businesses contributed.1 While the accounting in the stand-alone financial statements of a business that has been acquired is not the same as that for the formation of a joint venture, some believe that both are instances in which a new basis of accounting should be reflected. Therefore, we believe that there is some background from pushdown accounting that is informative for the evaluation of the basis of accounting for joint ventures.In 1983, the SEC issued SAB Topic 5.J, which provided an option in certain cases and a requirement in others for the application of fair-value-based measurement for transactions that were not business combinations. However, the SEC’s views evolved, and the Commission expanded the number of situations in which this guidance was required to be applied, including when a group of investors rather than a single investor consummates a transaction. Consequently, in 2001, additional pushdown accounting guidance was provided in EITF Topic D-97 and in comments made by the SEC observer at EITF meetings (all of which was previously included in ASC 805-50-S99-1 through S99-3).Despite this guidance, in practice, there were many challenges in the determination of when pushdown accounting should be applied. As a result, in 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-17, which made it optional for an entity to apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements when an acquirer obtains control of it. In response to the issuance of ASU 2014-17, the SEC staff issued SAB 115 to rescind the guidance in SAB Topic 5.J, and the FASB issued ASU 2015-08 to rescind the remaining guidance on pushdown accounting and collaborative groups in ASC 805-50-S99.
-
SEC remarks in 2009 — At the 2009 AICPA Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB Developments, Joshua Forgione, then associate chief accountant in the OCA, stated:2Now, as it relates to the accounting for the joint venture itself, Statement 141(R) excludes from its scope the accounting for the formation of a joint venture. The staff has historically conveyed strong views when considering the use of fair value in recording noncash assets contributed to a joint venture. More specifically, many believe that the staff would only support step-up to fair value when certain conditions are met, including where the asset or business is contributed to a new entity and fair value is supported by an equal amount of monetary assets that either remains in the entity or used by the new entity in transactions with parties other than investors in the venture.There may be questions developing on the topic of new basis for joint venture formation transactions as a result of these recent changes. The good news or, depending on your perspective, the bad news is that I’m not going to roll out a new model for new basis in joint venture formation transactions. There are certainly a number of good questions surrounding new basis accounting in general. In the absence of additional standard setting, there may be more circumstances where it may be appropriate to record the contributed business at fair value. This is an area that requires a significant amount of analysis and you should carefully evaluate the facts and circumstances surrounding the transaction and determine whether you believe new basis of accounting will result in decision-useful information to investors.
Possibly in response to the proliferation of fair-value-based measurement
accounting guidance from the FASB, the SEC staff has recently been more receptive to considering the recognition of the initial contributions of businesses received by a joint venture at fair value. Perhaps because of the increasing prevalence of fair value measurement and the issuance of FASB Statement 160 (codified in ASC 810), which requires investors to recognize their
retained noncontrolling interest in a business (i.e., contributions of
businesses in exchange for a noncontrolling interest) at fair value,3 the SEC staff acknowledged in Mr. Forgione’s 2009 speech that there “may be more circumstances” in which “it may be appropriate” to recognize contributed businesses at fair value. While neither the SEC nor the FASB subsequently issued further guidance as to which circumstances give rise to the application of fair value, we observe that paragraph B55 of the Background Information and Basis for Conclusions in FASB Statement 160 stated, in part, that the derecognition of a
subsidiary that is a business is a significant economic event as follows:
Measuring the retained investment to fair value reflects
the Board’s view that a decrease in a parent’s ownership interest in a
subsidiary to the point that the parent no longer has a controlling
financial interest in that subsidiary is a significant economic event. The
parent-subsidiary relationship ceases to exist and an investor-investee
relationship begins, and that relationship differs significantly from the
former parent-subsidiary relationship. Recognizing the retained investment
at fair value is more representationally faithful and provides users of
financial statements with more relevant information about the value of the
retained investment.
8.2.2 Measurement of Initial Contribution of Nonmonetary Assets That Meet the Definition of a Business
We observe that the loss of a controlling financial interest by a parent in a
business, as opposed to a new entity’s obtaining a controlling financial
interest in that business, requires an investor to measure its retained
noncontrolling interest in that business at fair value. Therefore, a venturer
contributing a business to a joint venture will record its investment in the
joint venture at fair value, and if the joint venture itself records such
contributions at their historical cost, there will be a basis difference.
Conversely, if the joint venture records its venturers’ contributions at fair
value and both venturers contribute a business, it is not likely that
there will be a basis difference; if any differences do exist, they will be
smaller than they would have been if the joint venture had recorded its
venturers’ contributions at their historical cost. Some advocate that this is a
reason to record the venturer’s contribution at fair value, so that it is less
likely that there will be a basis difference between the venturer’s investments
and the venture’s financial statements. Others observe that because the
application of pushdown accounting is optional, there should not be a mandate to
record the venturer’s contribution at fair value to prevent basis
differences.
What is clear is that until a joint venture adopts ASU 2023-05, there is no prescriptive
framework in U.S. GAAP regarding the recognition and measurement in the joint
venture’s financial statements for net assets received from its venturers.
Furthermore, we understand that under current GAAP, there is diversity in the
preference for the measurement approach used in a joint venture’s financial
statements.
In summary, we believe that it remains acceptable for a joint venture to
recognize a business or businesses contributed to it at the venturers’
historical bases until the joint venture adopts ASU 2023-05, at which point fair
value recognition would be required. If an entity determines that fair value
recognition and measurement for the joint venture is appropriate, we believe
that the entity should early adopt the amendments in the ASU and consider the
guidance discussed in Chapter 9.
Footnotes
1
Paragraph 53(a) of the 1979 AICPA Issues
Paper, “Joint Venture Accounting.”
3
Under ASU 2017-05, contributions
that are conveyances of oil and gas mineral rights or transfers of goods
or services in a contract with a customer that are within the scope of
ASC 606 are not within the scope of ASC 810.
8.3 Measurement of Initial Contribution of Nonmonetary Assets That Do Not Meet the Definition of a Business
ASC 323-10
30-2 Except as provided in the following sentence, an investor shall measure an investment in the common stock of an investee (including a joint venture) initially at cost in accordance with the guidance in Section 805-50-30. An investor shall initially measure, at fair value, the following:
- A retained investment in the common stock of an investee (including a joint venture) in a deconsolidation transaction in accordance with paragraphs 810-10-40-3A through 40-5
- An investment in the common stock of an investee (including a joint venture) recognized upon the derecognition of a distinct nonfinancial asset or distinct in substance nonfinancial asset in accordance with Subtopic 610-20.
ASC 845-10 — SEC Materials — SEC Staff Guidance
SAB Topic 5.G, Transfers of Nonmonetary Assets by Promoters or Shareholders
S99-1 The following is the text
of SAB Topic 5.G, Transfers of Nonmonetary Assets by
Promoters or Shareholders.
Facts: Nonmonetary
assets are exchanged by promoters or shareholders for all or
part of a company’s common stock just prior to or
contemporaneously with a first-time public offering.
Question: Since FASB
ASC paragraph 845-10-15-4 (Nonmonetary Transactions Topic)
states that the guidance in this Topic is not applicable to
transactions involving the acquisition of nonmonetary assets
or services on issuance of the capital stock of an
enterprise, what value should be ascribed to the acquired
assets by the company?
Interpretive Response:
The staff believes that transfers of nonmonetary assets to a
company by its promoters or shareholders in exchange for
stock prior to or at the time of the company’s initial
public offering normally should be recorded at the
transferors’ historical cost basis determined under
GAAP.
The staff will not
always require that predecessor cost be used to value
nonmonetary assets received from an enterprise’s promoters
or shareholders. However, deviations from this policy have
been rare applying generally to situations where the fair
value of either the stock issuedFN1 or assets
acquired is objectively measurable and the transferor’s
stock ownership following the transaction was not so
significant that the transferor had retained a substantial
indirect interest in the assets as a result of stock
ownership in the company.
__________________________________
FN1 Estimating the fair
value of the common stock issued, however, is not
appropriate when the stock is closely held and/or seldom or
ever traded.
ASC 810-10
40-5 If a parent deconsolidates a subsidiary or derecognizes a group of assets through a nonreciprocal transfer
to owners, such as a spinoff, the accounting guidance in Subtopic 845-10 applies. Otherwise, a parent shall
account for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary or derecognition of a group of assets specified in paragraph
810-10-40-3A by recognizing a gain or loss in net income attributable to the parent, measured as the difference
between:
- The aggregate of all of the following:
- The fair value of any consideration received
- The fair value of any retained noncontrolling investment in the former subsidiary or group of assets at the date the subsidiary is deconsolidated or the group of assets is derecognized
- The carrying amount of any noncontrolling interest in the former subsidiary (including any accumulated other comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interest) at the date the subsidiary is deconsolidated.
- The carrying amount of the former subsidiary’s assets and liabilities or the carrying amount of the group of assets.
ASC 970-323
Contribution of Real Estate
30-3 An investor that contributes real estate to the capital of a real estate venture generally should record its investment in the venture at fair value when the real estate is derecognized, regardless of whether the other investors contribute cash, property, or services. The transaction shall be accounted for in accordance with the guidance in paragraphs 360-10-40-3A through 40-3C. Some transactions are sales of an ownership interest that result in an entity being an investor in a real estate venture. An example of such a transaction includes one in which investor A contributes real estate with a fair value of $2,000 to a venture and investor B contributes cash in the amount of $1,000. The real estate is not considered a business or nonprofit activity and, therefore, is within the scope of Subtopic 610-20 on gains and losses from the derecognition of nonfinancial assets. Investor A immediately withdraws the cash contributed by investor B and, following such contributions and withdrawals, each investor has a 50 percent interest in the venture (the only asset of which is the real estate). Assuming investor A does not have a controlling financial interest in the venture, investor A applies the guidance in paragraphs 610-20-25-5 and 610-20-25-7. When investor A meets the criteria to derecognize the property, investor A measures its retained ownership interest at fair value consistent with the guidance in paragraph 610-20-32-4 and includes that amount in the consideration used in calculating the gain or loss on derecognition of the property.
There is no currently prescribed guidance under U.S. GAAP on the accounting by
the joint venture when receiving contributions of assets that do not meet the
definition of a business. While the SEC staff has indicated that there may be more
circumstances in which the recording of the contribution of a business at fair value
is appropriate, the staff has not provided recent remarks or guidance for
contributions of assets that do not meet the definition of a business. Therefore,
the above codified guidance written for the venturer’s accounting is frequently
referenced by analogy to support the accounting by the joint venture itself. In the
absence of guidance from the FASB or SEC, these various analogies have been used to
justify the recognition and measurement methods shown in the table below for
contributions received by the joint venture. The table below is followed by a
detailed explanation of each method.
Basis of Presentation | Applicability |
---|---|
Historical cost | Acceptable for joint ventures formed before January 1, 2025. |
Fair value (full step-up) | If a venture would like to apply fair value measurement, the entity should early
adopt ASU 2023-05. |
Partial step-up | As a result of ASU 2017-05, we believe that partial step-up would be
prohibited. |
- Historical cost — Proponents of historical cost measurement believe that joint ventures should record contributions of nonmonetary assets that do not meet the definition of a business at historical cost. They observe that in the formation of the joint venture, the venturers who contributed the nonmonetary assets control (albeit jointly) the joint venture. Because the venturer has joint control over the joint venture and thus has not completely surrendered control over the contributed asset(s), a new basis of measurement is not appropriate.Proponents of this view also look to the guidance in ASC 805-50 on common-control transactions. Although joint venture formation is not technically within the scope of the guidance on common-control transactions since the venturers, by definition, jointly control the joint venture, proponents of this view believe that joint venture formation transactions are similar to common-control transactions. Specifically, proponents of this view believe that under the guidance in ASC 805-50, because there is no change in control, there is no change in the basis of the net assets. ASC 805-50 prescribes that in a common-control transaction, the net assets are recorded by the receiving entity at the carrying amounts of the entity that is transferring the net assets. Proponents of this view believe that the accounting for the joint venture should mirror the guidance in ASC 805-50.Some proponents of historical cost measurement have also analogized to SAB Topic 5.G (codified in ASC 845-10-S99-1) in analyzing joint venture formation transactions. That guidance states that the nonmonetary assets are normally recorded at a historical cost basis (i.e., carrying amounts).
- Fair value (full step-up) — Proponents of fair value (full step-up) measurement believe that nonmonetary assets received from venturers that do not meet the definition of a business should be recorded at fair value by the joint venture. They believe that the initial measurement of nonmonetary assets received by the joint venture upon its formation should be treated no differently than any initial measurement of nonmonetary assets by an entity when received from a third party in a reciprocal exchange.As discussed in Section 8.2.2, in accordance with ASC 810-10-40-5, retained interests in a business that is deconsolidated are initially measured at fair value. In part to align the accounting for the measurement upon derecognition of assets and businesses, the FASB issued ASU 2017-05, which also requires retained interests in a previously consolidated subsidiary that does not meet the definition of a business to be initially measured at fair value. Even though the guidance is for investors, proponents of the view that joint ventures should record contributions of nonmonetary assets that do not meet the definition of a business at fair value analogize to the guidance in ASC 323-10-30-2(b). In accordance with the proponents of fair value accounting for businesses contributed to a joint venture, they advocate that this is a reason to record the venturers’ contribution at fair value, so that there is no basis difference between the venturers’ investments and the joint venture’s financial statements.After the issuance of ASU 2023-05, fair value (full step-up) will be the required basis of presentation. See Chapter 9 for a discussion of the FASB’s basis for conclusions regarding this approach.
- Partial step-up — Some believe that the substance of some transactions in which monetary assets are withdrawn may be a partial sale of nonmonetary assets that do not meet the definition of a business and therefore that the joint venture should partially step up the contributed assets. As a result of ASU 2017-05, we believe that this approach is prohibited.
8.3.1 Summary of Views on Measurement of Initial Contribution of Nonmonetary Assets That Do Not Meet the Definition of a Business
We believe that before the adoption of ASU
2023-05, it remains acceptable for a joint venture to
recognize nonmonetary assets contributed to it at the venturer’s historical cost
basis when the nonmonetary assets do not meet the definition of a business. As
observed above, there are some who believe that fair value recognition is also
acceptable. If an entity determines that fair value recognition is appropriate,
we believe that the entity should early adopt the ASU.
8.4 Other Matters
8.4.1 Contribution of Nonmonetary Assets After Formation
Nonmonetary assets or businesses contributed to a joint venture in a separate and distinct transaction after the joint venture’s formation date are generally recorded at fair value. However, if the post-formation contribution is, in substance, an extension of the original formation of the joint venture, it may be appropriate to record it at historical cost when the initial formation transaction was accounted for at historical cost.
The existence of one or more of the following criteria may indicate that the subsequent contribution is an extension of the joint venture’s original formation and that it thus may be appropriate to record the subsequent contribution at historical cost (but only if the initial contribution was recorded at historical cost):
- The subsequent contribution is required under the original terms of the joint venture agreement.
- The venturers consider the subsequent contribution to be part of the original formation of the joint venture.
- The activities of the original joint venture (before the post-formation contribution) are considered insignificant or inconsequential.
- The time from the original formation to the post-formation contribution is relatively short.
The preceding list is not intended to be all-inclusive, and entities should carefully consider their facts and circumstances.
Example 8-1
On January 1, 20X7, two venturers form a limited liability partnership (LLP) by contributing $100 each. As of the formation date, the LLP is considered a joint venture in accordance with ASC 323. During the first year, the joint venture’s only transaction is to enter into an office space lease, an activity considered insignificant to the LLP’s planned business activities. On January 1, 20X8 (the contribution date), each venturer contributes an existing business to the joint venture. The estimated fair value of each of the contributed businesses is $100 million.
While the legal formation date of the joint venture was January 1, 20X7, the venturers used the LLP to facilitate the formation of a new joint venture one year later. In other words, the contribution date is, in substance, the formation date. As a result, the venturers should treat the contribution date as if it were the formation date and evaluate whether their contributions should be recognized at the venturers’ historical costs or at fair value (see Section 8.2.2) as of January 1, 20X8.
Example 8-2
Venturer X and Venturer Y each contribute a fully occupied commercial building to a newly formed entity that
meets the definition of a joint venture in accordance with ASC 323. Voting rights, as well as profits and losses,
are shared equally between X and Y. Several years later, Venturer Z, an unrelated party, contributes another
commercial building to the joint venture. When Z makes its contribution, the joint venture is restructured
so that X, Y, and Z share equally in profits and losses. All decisions regarding the joint venture require the
unanimous consent of all three owners. Venturer Z’s admission was not contemplated at the joint venture’s
formation. Therefore, the joint venture should account for the building contributed by Z at fair value.
8.4.2 Differences in Accounting Policies
Upon formation of a joint venture, the venture selects accounting policies.
Although a joint venture has the option of conforming its accounting policies to
those of the venturers, it is not required to do so. Should the joint venture
select accounting policies that are different from those of the venturers, it is
not a change in accounting principle under ASC 250. See Section 5.1.3 for further
discussion of differences in accounting policies between equity method investees
and investors.
8.4.3 Joint Venture’s Investment in the Stock of a Venturer
A joint venture may purchase the stock of one of its venturers for various reasons, including to
(1) provide share-based compensation to the joint venture’s employees, (2) hedge the cost and cash
requirements of stock appreciation rights, or (3) hold the stock as an investment.
We believe that the joint venture should follow the tentative conclusion reached by the EITF in Issue 98-2, which states:
[A]ssuming the joint venture partner has substantive operations apart from its investment in the joint venture, a joint venture should account for an investment in the stock of its joint venture partner as an asset in its separate financial statements. That asset should be accounted for using the equity method of accounting, with an elimination of the reciprocal ownership investments.
While no final consensus was reached by the EITF, we support its tentative conclusion in Issue 98-2 and believe that it should be applied by all joint ventures.
8.4.4 Start-Up Costs Incurred by the Joint Venture
ASC 720-15 — Glossary
Start-Up Activities
Defined broadly as those one-time activities related to any of the following:
- Opening a new facility
- Introducing a new product or service
- Conducting business in a new territory
- Conducting business with an entirely new class of customers (for example, a manufacturer who does all of its business with retailers attempts to sell merchandise directly to the public) or beneficiary
- Initiating a new process in an existing facility
- Commencing some new operation.
ASC 720-15
25-1 Costs of start-up activities, including organization costs, shall be expensed as incurred.
A joint venture may incur certain costs associated with start-up activities. The definition of “start-up activities” in ASC 720-15-20 is broad and may include the start-up activities of a joint venture. Because the purpose of a corporate joint venture in accordance with ASC 323-10-20 includes the development of a new market, product, technology, or production or other facilities (as discussed in Section 7.2), costs associated with these start-up activities should be expensed as incurred under ASC 720-15-25-1.
Chapter 9 — Accounting by the Joint Venture After Adopting ASU 2023-05
Chapter 9 — Accounting by the Joint Venture After Adopting ASU 2023-05
9.1 Overview
In this chapter, it is assumed that an entity has adopted
ASU 2023-05. See transition
guidance in ASC 805-60-65-1.
ASC 805-60
25-1
An entity shall determine whether a transaction or an event
is a joint venture formation by applying the definition of
joint venture (or corporate joint venture) and the guidance
in paragraph 805-60-25-3 on its formation date. If the
transaction or event is not a joint venture formation, the
reporting entity shall account for the transaction or event
in accordance with other generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP).
25-2
Accounting for joint venture formations as described in this
Subtopic requires that a joint venture establish upon
formation a new basis of accounting for its assets and
liabilities in accordance with Subtopic 805-20 on
identifiable assets and liabilities, and any noncontrolling
interest. A joint venture shall recognize goodwill, if any,
in accordance with paragraph 805-60-25-13. Unlike the
acquisition method, accounting for the formation of a joint
venture does not include the identification of an acquirer.
This Section includes the following requirements:
- Determining the formation date
- Determining whether multiple arrangements should be accounted for as a single formation transaction
- Determining what is part of the joint venture formation
- Accounting for the formation of a joint venture, as
applicable:
- New basis of accounting
- Private company accounting alternatives
- Goodwill
- Measurement period
- Transfers of financial assets.
In August 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-05, under which an entity
that qualifies as either a joint venture or a corporate joint venture as defined in
the ASC master glossary is required to apply a new basis of accounting upon the
formation of the joint venture (see Chapter 7 for a discussion of the
identification of a joint venture or a corporate joint venture). Specifically, the
ASU provides that a joint venture or a corporate joint venture (collectively, “joint
ventures”) must initially measure its assets and liabilities at fair value on the
formation date. The amendments in the ASU are effective prospectively for all joint
ventures formed on or after January 1, 2025, with early adoption “permitted in any
interim or annual period in which financial statements have not yet been issued (or
made available for issuance), either prospectively or retrospectively.” Joint
ventures that were formed before January 1, 2025, can “elect to apply the amendments
retrospectively if [they have] sufficient information.”
This chapter discusses the amendments in ASU 2023-05 and provides guidance for
entities considering adopting the standard before its January 1, 2025, effective
date. The amendments in ASU 2023-05 apply to the formation of a joint venture
regardless of whether the venture meets the definition of a business in ASC 805-10.
Under the ASU:
-
The formation of a joint venture results in the “creation of a new reporting entity,” and no accounting acquirer is identified under ASC 805. Accordingly, a new basis of accounting is established on the formation date. Paragraph BC23 of the ASU notes that this treatment is “generally consistent with other new basis of accounting models in GAAP, such as fresh-start reporting” under ASC 852.
-
A joint venture measures the net assets and liabilities on the formation date, which the ASU defines as “the date on which an entity initially meets the definition of a joint venture.” Thus, the formation date is not necessarily the date on which the legal entity was formed (e.g., the assets of the joint venture may be contributed by one or both of the parties to the joint venture on a later date).
-
A joint venture may establish a measurement period in a manner consistent with the measurement-period guidance in ASC 805-10 for business combinations when it identifies and measures the net assets received.
-
The excess of the fair value of a joint venture as a whole over the net assets of the joint venture is recognized as goodwill. On the formation date, the joint venture’s measurement of its total net assets would be “equal to the fair value of 100 percent of [its] equity.” Although the ASU does not preclude a joint venture from recognizing goodwill if it does not meet the definition of a business, paragraph BC48 of the ASU notes, in a manner consistent with the guidance in ASC 805-10-55-9, that “the Board does not expect that an entity that meets the definition of a joint venture will have more than an insignificant amount of goodwill if it does not already meet the definition of a business.”
-
In situations in which the net assets of a joint venture exceed its fair value as a whole, the joint venture is required to recognize any “negative goodwill” as an adjustment to equity.
-
The treatment of IPR&D contributed to a joint venture upon formation is aligned with the treatment of IPR&D acquired in a business combination. Therefore, the joint venture accounts for IPR&D as capitalized indefinite-lived intangible assets regardless of whether the R&D asset has an alternative future use.
9.2 Scope and Scope Exceptions
As noted in ASC 805-60-15-2, the guidance in ASC 805-60 (added by
ASU 2023-05) applies “to the financial statements of joint [ventures] as defined in
Section 805-60-20.”
ASC 805-60
15-4
The guidance in this Subtopic does not apply to any of the
following:
- Transactions between a joint venture and its owners other than the formation of a joint venture
- Formations of entities determined to be not-for-profit entities in accordance with Topic 958
- Combinations between entities, businesses, or nonprofit activities under common control (see paragraph 805-50-15-6 for examples)
- Entities in the construction or extractive industries that may be proportionately consolidated by any of their investor-venturers in accordance with paragraph 810-10-45-14
- Collaborative arrangements within the scope of Topic 808, except for any part of the arrangement that is conducted in a separate legal entity that meets the definition of a joint venture.
The guidance in ASC 805-60 is intended to only apply to the formation of joint
ventures and does not alter the accounting by the venturers. The scope exceptions
noted in ASC 805-60-15-4 are generally consistent with exceptions to joint venture
accounting in accordance with ASC 323-10.
9.3 The Formation of a Joint Venture — New Basis of Accounting
ASC 805-60
05-2
Paragraph 805-60-25-2 requires that a joint venture account
for its formation by applying a new basis of accounting. In
accounting for the formation of a joint venture, none of the
assets and/or businesses contributed to the joint venture
are viewed as having survived the combination as independent
entities. Rather, the formation is viewed as the transfer of
the net assets to a new entity that assumes control over
them. The history of that new reporting entity begins with
the joint venture formation. A joint venture establishes a
new basis of accounting upon formation by applying aspects
of the acquisition method for business combinations, with
adaptations that are unique to joint ventures as described
in this Subtopic. Accounting for a joint venture formation
includes the following steps:
- Determining the formation date
- Recognizing and measuring the identifiable assets, the liabilities, and any noncontrolling interest in the net assets recognized by the joint venture
- Recognizing and measuring goodwill, if any, using the fair value of the joint venture as a whole immediately following formation.
25-2
Accounting for joint venture formations as described in this
Subtopic requires that a joint venture establish upon
formation a new basis of accounting for its assets and
liabilities in accordance with Subtopic 805-20 on
identifiable assets and liabilities, and any noncontrolling
interest. A joint venture shall recognize goodwill, if any,
in accordance with paragraph 805-60-25-13. Unlike the
acquisition method, accounting for the formation of a joint
venture does not include the identification of an acquirer.
This Section includes the following requirements:
- Determining the formation date
- Determining whether multiple arrangements should be accounted for as a single formation transaction
- Determining what is part of the joint venture formation
- Accounting for the formation of a joint venture, as
applicable:
- New basis of accounting
- Private company accounting alternatives
- Goodwill
- Measurement period
- Transfers of financial assets.
25-3
The joint venture formation date is the date on which an
entity initially meets the definition of a joint venture,
which is not necessarily the legal entity formation date. A
joint venture’s formation date is the measurement date for
the formation transaction. A joint venture shall determine a
single formation date and account for its formation as of
that date. A joint venture shall consider the pertinent
facts and circumstances in identifying its formation date.
All contributions received, or that are receivable, as of
the formation date, including consideration of the guidance
in paragraphs 805-60-25-4 through 25-5 on multiple
arrangements that should be accounted for as a single
formation transaction, constitute the joint venture
formation transaction.
25-4
Multiple arrangements may establish the formation of a joint
venture and constitute the joint venture formation
transaction. Circumstances sometimes indicate that the
multiple arrangements should be accounted for as a single
transaction. In determining whether to account for the
multiple arrangements as a single transaction that
establishes the formation, a joint venture shall consider
the terms and conditions of the arrangements and their
economic effects. Any of the following may indicate that the
joint venture should account for the multiple arrangements
as a single transaction that established the formation of
the joint venture:
- The multiple arrangements are entered into at the same time or in contemplation of one another.
- The multiple arrangements form a single transaction designed to achieve an overall commercial effect.
- The occurrence of one arrangement is dependent on the occurrence of at least one other arrangement.
- One arrangement considered on its own is not economically justified, but the multiple arrangements are economically justified when considered together.
25-5
If multiple arrangements are accounted for as a single
transaction in accordance with paragraph 805-60-25-4, then
the formation date shall be the measurement date for all
arrangements that form part of the single formation
transaction. A joint venture shall recognize identifiable
assets and liabilities that are part of that single
transaction when they satisfy the recognition criteria
described in paragraph 805-60-25-2.
9.3.1 The Formation Date
A newly formed joint venture is required to account for its net assets and any
noncontrolling interests by using a new basis of accounting as of its formation
date. Under ASU 2023-05, which adds the definition of formation date to the ASC
master glossary, the formation date of a joint venture is not necessarily the
date on which the legal entity was formed; rather, it is defined as “the date on
which an entity initially meets the definition of a joint venture.” Accordingly,
entities may need to apply judgment and consider the definitions of joint
venture and corporate joint venture, as discussed in Chapter 7, when determining the date on which the joint venture
meets the requirements in the definition.
In addition, when creating a joint venture, the venturers may make multiple
financial contributions or contribute nonfinancial assets through a series of
transactions. Each subsequent transaction should be evaluated to determine
whether it is a stand-alone post-formation transaction or is part of a single
arrangement in which contributions are made to form the joint venture. ASU
2023-05 clarifies that if “multiple arrangements are accounted for as a single
transaction that establishes the formation of a joint venture, the formation
date is the measurement date for all arrangements that form part of the single
formation transaction.” An entity should refer to the factors in ASC 805-60-25-4
(which are consistent with the factors in ASC 810-10-40-6) and will need to use
judgment when evaluating whether multiple arrangements should be accounted for
as a single transaction in the determination of a joint venture’s formation
date.
Example 9-1
On January 1, 20X7, two venturers form an LLP by each
contributing $100. During the first year, the joint
venture’s sole transaction involves entering into an
office space lease, which was deemed insignificant in
relation to the planned business activities of the joint
venture. On January 1, 20X8 (the contribution date),
each venturer contributes its existing business to the
joint venture, and the venturers jointly commence the
development of a new product. The estimated fair value
of each of the contributed businesses is $100
million.
Although the legal formation date of the LLP was January
1, 20X7, the venturers used the LLP to facilitate the
formation of a joint venture, which began fulfilling the
joint venture’s purpose of developing a new product one
year later. In other words, the date the venturers
contribute existing businesses to jointly commence the
development of a new product is the date on which the
LLP meets the definition of a corporate joint venture in
accordance with the ASC master glossary. This is because
it is the date on which the venture begins fulfilling
its purpose and, therefore, it is also the formation
date in accordance with ASC 805-60-25-3. As a result,
the joint venture should consider January 1, 20X8, as
the formation date and determine the fair value of all
net assets contributed as of this date by using a new
basis of accounting.
Example 9-2
Company A and Company Z enter into an agreement on
January 1, 20X6, to develop a new pharmaceutical drug
together. On that date, each venturer contributes
$500,000 in cash to fund the venture. Company A
contributes a business on February 1, 20X6, and Z
contributes a business on March 31, 20X6; the total cost
basis is $1 million. The contributions of the businesses
allow the joint venture to begin pursuing its purpose of
developing a new drug.
While the legal formation date was January 1, 20X6, when
the agreement was signed, the venturers planned to
contribute several different types of assets, including
businesses, as contemplated on the date of the
agreement. Each of these contributions was necessary for
the joint venture to pursue its purpose, and each
contribution was made in contemplation of the other.
Accordingly, the joint venture determines that (1) these
multiple arrangements should be accounted for as a
single formation transaction and (2) the formation date
is March 31, 20X6, since it represents the date when all
initial contributions required for the joint venture to
start fulfilling its purpose were included in the joint
venture.
9.4 Initial Measurement for the Joint Venture
ASC 805-60
30-1 A
joint venture shall measure its identifiable assets and
liabilities, and any noncontrolling interest, recognized at
the formation date in accordance with Subtopic 805-20.
30-2 A
joint venture shall apply the guidance in this paragraph to
measure goodwill, when applicable. A joint venture shall
recognize goodwill, if any, upon formation, measured as the
excess of (a) over (b):
- The formation-date fair value of the joint venture as a whole. The formation-date fair value of the joint venture as a whole shall equal the fair value of 100 percent of the joint venture’s equity (net assets) immediately following formation (including any noncontrolling interest in the net assets recognized by the joint venture).
- The net of the formation-date amounts of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized by the joint venture and measured in accordance with Subtopic 805-20.
30-3
Upon formation, a joint venture shall recognize the amount
of its identifiable net assets recognized in excess of the
fair value of the joint venture as a whole, if any, as an
adjustment to additional paid-in capital (or other similar
equity account, such as members’ equity).
9.4.1 Identifiable Assets and Liabilities, Noncontrolling Interests, and Goodwill
Joint ventures are required to measure identifiable assets and liabilities and
any noncontrolling interests in accordance with ASC 805-20. That guidance
defines the recognition and measurement principles for an acquirer in a
traditional business combination and further requires that such items be
measured at their acquisition-date fair values. Therefore, on the formation date
(see Section 9.3.1), the joint venture’s
measurement of its total net assets would be “equal [to] the fair value of 100
percent of [its] equity” in accordance with ASC 805-60-30-2(a).
ASC 805-20 also provides certain fair value measurement exceptions for items such
as income taxes, employee benefits, indemnification assets, reacquired rights,
and share-based payment awards. (For a full detailed list, see Chapter 4 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Business Combinations.)
Since ASC 805-60 requires a joint venture to apply the recognition and
measurement principles under ASC 805-20, the same exceptions should be applied
to joint venture formation measurement in the absence of specific measurement
guidance.
9.4.1.1 Goodwill
Goodwill recognized by the joint venture and accounted for in accordance with
ASC 805-60 is conceptually similar to goodwill recognized by the accounting
acquirer in accordance with ASC 805-30; the primary difference in
recognition is related to the lack of consideration exchanged in a joint
venture formation. This is because venturers receive net asset contributions
(which may be nonmonetary) while the acquirer in a business combination
transfers consideration in exchange for net assets assumed. Accordingly,
goodwill is recognized upon the formation of a joint venture when the
formation-date fair value of the joint venture’s equity as a whole (net
assets, including any noncontrolling interest) is greater than the value of
the identifiable assets and liabilities measured in accordance with ASC
805-20.
As stated previously, ASU 2023-05 applies to both joint ventures that meet
the definition of a business and those that do not. While the ASU does not
preclude a joint venture from recognizing goodwill if it does not meet the
definition of a business, the FASB states in paragraph BC48 of the ASU that
“it will be unusual that an entity simultaneously (a) meets the definition
of a joint venture, (b) has [goodwill], and (c) is not a business.” Further,
the Board expects that before recognizing goodwill, the joint venture will
ensure that it has “correctly identified all of the contributed identifiable
net assets and that all available information as of the formation date has
been considered when measuring those identifiable net assets and the joint
venture as a whole.”
Negative goodwill (i.e., a bargain purchase gain) is
recognized when the fair value of the joint venture’s equity as a whole (net
assets, including any noncontrolling interest) is less than the value of the
identifiable assets and liabilities measured in accordance with ASC 805-20.
As indicated in ASC 805-60-30-3, any negative goodwill should be recorded
“as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital (or other similar equity
account, such as members’ equity).” This treatment is similar to the
accounting for a bargain purchase gain on an acquiree’s financial statements
in a business combination under ASC 805-50-30-11. It is expected to be very
rare that negative goodwill will be present in a joint venture formation.
Paragraph BC48 of ASU 2023-05 indicates that before recording goodwill or
negative goodwill, a joint venture should ensure that it has “correctly
identified all of the contributed identifiable net assets and that all
available information as of the formation date has been considered when
measuring those identifiable net assets and the joint venture as a whole.”
See Section 5.2
of Deloitte’s Roadmap Business Combinations for further discussion of
situations that may lead to a bargain purchase gain (or in the case of a
joint venture, negative goodwill).
9.4.2 Measurement Period
As contemplated in ASC 805-60-25-14, it is expected that there
will be scenarios in which “the initial accounting for a joint venture formation
is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the formation date
occurs.” In such instances, the joint venture may use the measurement period
guidance that exists for the accounting acquirer in business combinations. The
measurement period allows a joint venture to record a provisional amount for
items in which the accounting is incomplete. A provisional amount would reflect
the entity’s best estimate of the fair value (or other measurement required by
ASC 805) of the asset or liability on the basis of the information available.
Section 6.1 of
Deloitte’s Roadmap Business
Combinations includes further consideration of the
measurement period under ASC 805-10.
Note that if the initial accounting for a joint venture formation is incomplete,
joint ventures are required to provide further disclosures under ASC
805-60-50-3. These disclosure requirements are discussed in Section 9.6.
9.4.3 Other Initial Measurement Matters
9.4.3.1 Identifying Transactions Outside the Joint Venture Formation
ASC 805-60
25-6 A joint venture and its
owners (the venturers) may enter into an arrangement
upon formation that is separate from the formation
of the joint venture. For example, a joint venture
may enter into an arrangement with a venturer to
compensate the venturer or others (such as employees
of the venturers) for future services. A joint
venture shall apply the guidance in paragraphs
805-10-55-24 through 55-26 when determining whether
a transaction involving payments to be made by the
joint venture to the venturers or others is separate
from or part of a joint venture formation. A joint
venture shall identify any amounts that are separate
from the formation of the joint venture and shall
recognize the identifiable assets and liabilities
that are determined to be part of the joint venture
formation. Separate transactions shall be accounted
for in accordance with other relevant GAAP.
25-7 A joint venture shall
not apply by analogy the guidance in paragraphs
805-10-55-20 through 55-23 (for a transaction that
in effect settles preexisting relationships between
the acquirer and the acquiree) or paragraph
805-10-25-23 (for acquisition-related costs and
transactions that reimburse the acquiree or its
former owners for paying the acquirer’s
acquisition-related costs).
25-8 If, upon formation, a
joint venture issues share-based payment awards to
replace awards held by grantees of the contributed
entities, then the joint venture shall apply the
guidance in paragraphs 805-30-30-9 through 30-13 to
allocate the fair-value-based measure of replacement
share-based payment awards between preformation
vesting and postformation compensation cost.
Paragraphs 805-60-55-2 through 55-14 provide
illustrations of the accounting for the issuance of
replacement share-based payment awards in a joint
venture formation.
25-9 For the purposes of
applying the business combinations guidance on
arrangements that include contingent payments to
employees or selling shareholders and replacement
share-based payment awards referenced in paragraphs
805-60-25-6 through 25-8:
- The joint venture shall be viewed as analogous to the acquirer in a business combination.
- The venturers shall be viewed as analogous to the selling shareholders.
- The recognized businesses and/or assets shall be viewed as analogous to an acquiree.
Entities will need to use judgment to determine whether
certain arrangements between the venturers and the newly formed joint
venture are part of the joint venture formation or whether they are separate
transactions. To aid in the determination of whether certain arrangements
should be accounted for separately from or as part of a joint venture
formation, the Board provided guidance in ASC 805-60-25-6 through 25-9.
Paragraph BC54 of ASU 2023-05 notes that “there are several scenarios in
which the joint venture may be required to provide payment to its venturers
contingent either upon the provision of goods or services to the joint
venture or upon the outcome of a future event.” For those types of
arrangements, a joint venture should apply the guidance in ASC 805-10-55-24
through 55-26 when determining whether the transaction is separate from or
part of the joint venture formation.
However, as noted in ASC 805-60-25-7, the accounting for joint ventures and
business combinations will differ with respect to settling preexisting
relationships and acquisition-related costs. As previously mentioned, a
joint venture’s history begins as of the formation date; therefore, a joint
venture cannot be a party to a relationship that predates its existence or
formation. Likewise, in a joint venture formation, there is no formal
accounting acquirer and, therefore, it is not appropriate to apply the
guidance in ASC 805-10 on the accounting for acquisition-related costs.
Costs incurred by the venturers should be expensed as incurred and, as
discussed in Section 8.4.4, any
start-up costs incurred by the joint venture should also be expensed as
incurred under ASC 720-15-25-1.
9.4.3.2 Share-Based Payment Awards
ASC 805-60
Instruments, Contracts, and Share-Based Payment
Awards Classified as Equity
30-4 The amount
of any separately recognized equity-classified
instruments or contracts issued by a joint venture
as part of the formation transaction, other than
equity-classified replacement share-based payment
awards (see paragraph 805-60-30-5), shall be
accounted for as a reallocation of additional
paid-in capital (or other similar equity account,
such as members’ equity) and shall not affect the
total amount of equity or goodwill recognized by the
joint venture upon formation.
30-5 A joint
venture shall initially measure equity-classified
replacement share-based payment awards at the
fair-value-based measurement method described in
Topic 718 on stock compensation. The
fair-value-based amount allocated to preformation
vesting (in accordance with paragraph 805-60-25-8)
of any replacement share-based payments classified
as equity shall be recognized as a reallocation of
additional paid-in capital (or other similar equity
account, such as members’ equity) and shall not
affect the total amount of equity or goodwill
recognized by the joint venture upon formation.
Liability-Classified and Asset-Classified
Contingent Payments and Replacement Share-Based
Payment Awards
30-6 A joint
venture shall initially measure any contingent
payment arrangements between the joint venture and
its venturers that are classified as liabilities (or
assets), other than replacement share-based payment
awards, in accordance with paragraph 805-60-30-1. A
joint venture shall not account for those
arrangements generated as a result of the joint
venture formation as contingent consideration or as
an assumed contingent consideration arrangement.
30-7 A joint
venture shall initially measure liability-classified
replacement share-based payment awards using the
fair-value-based measurement method described in
Topic 718 on stock compensation (consistent with the
requirements in paragraphs 805-60-25-8 and
805-60-30-1).
A joint venture that issues equity-classified instruments or contracts as
part of its formation should account for these instruments as a reallocation
of equity rather than a change in the total amount of equity or goodwill
that is recognized by the joint venture upon formation. This does not
include share-based payment awards that are issued to replace awards held by
the grantees of the contributed entities. Such share-based payment awards
should be measured at fair value in accordance with ASC 718, and the fair
value is allocated between preformation vesting and postformation
compensation cost on the basis of the guidance in ASC 805-30-30-9 through
30-13. The amount allocated to preformation vesting should be treated as a
reallocation of equity rather than a change to total equity or goodwill.
Note that a joint venture will apply the guidance in ASC 718 to determine
whether the share-based payments should be classified as liabilities or
equity.
ASC 805-60 provides an illustrative example of the accounting for replacement
share-based payment awards, which is reproduced below.
ASC 805-60
Example 1: Joint Venture
Replacement Share-Based Payment Employee
Awards
55-2 On January 1, 20X0, a
newly formed corporation with no assets or
liabilities, New Venture, receives contributions of
a controlling financial interest in Business A (90
percent voting interest) from Venturer 1 and
Business B (100 percent voting interest) from
Venturer 2 and, in exchange, issues 50 common shares
to each Venturer 1 and Venturer 2. Assume that New
Venture has no other classes of equity or any other
equity instruments outstanding before receiving the
contributions. It is determined that New Venture
first met the definition of a joint venture on
January 1, 20X0. New Venture determines January 1,
20X0, to be its formation date.
55-3 In accordance with
paragraph 805-60-30-2, but before consideration of
any liabilities for share-based payments, New
Venture determines that the fair value of the joint
venture as a whole is $100 million including a
noncontrolling interest (10 percent voting interest)
in Business A that is owned by an outside entity. It
also determines, in accordance with paragraph
805-60-30-2, that the formation-date fair value of
the identifiable assets is $120 million, the fair
value of the liabilities is $40 million, and the
fair value of the noncontrolling interest in
Business A is $5 million.
55-4 Upon formation, New
Venture exchanges replacement awards that require
one year of postformation vesting for share-based
payment awards of Business A for which employees had
not yet rendered all of the required services as of
the formation date. The fair-value-based measure of
both awards (the original awards and the replacement
awards) is $20 million at the formation date. When
originally granted, the awards of the contributed
business had a requisite service period of four
years. As of the formation date, the contributed
business’s employees had rendered two years’
service, and they would have been required to render
two additional years of service after the formation
date for their awards to vest. Accordingly, only a
portion of the contributed business’s awards is
attributable to preformation vesting.
55-5 The replacement awards
require only one year of postformation vesting.
Because employees have already rendered two years of
service, the total requisite service period is three
years. For simplicity, assume that New Venture
estimates that there will be no forfeitures of the
replacement share-based payment awards. The portion
attributable to preformation vesting equals the
fair-value-based measure of the contributed
business’s award ($20 million) multiplied by the
ratio of the preformation vesting period (2 years)
to the greater of the total service period (3 years)
and the original service period of the contributed
business’s award (4 years). Thus, $10 million ($20
million × 2 ÷ 4 years) is attributable to
preformation vesting and, therefore, New Venture’s
additional paid-in capital upon formation. The
remaining $10 million is attributable to
postformation vesting and therefore recognized as
compensation cost in New Venture’s postformation
financial statements in accordance with Topic 718 on
stock compensation.
55-6 New Venture applies the
guidance in Topic 718 to determine whether the
share-based payments should be classified as
liabilities or equity.
Case A: Joint Venture Replacement
Share-Based Payment Employee Awards Are Liability
Classified
55-7 If New Venture
determines that the replacement share-based payment
awards are classified as liabilities, then total
liabilities will equal $50 million ($40 million +
$10 million). For simplicity, when taking the
share-based payment liabilities into account, the
fair value of New Venture as a whole is $90 million
($100 million – $10 million).
55-8 New Venture calculates
goodwill as follows (in millions), consistent with
the guidance in paragraph 805-60-30-2. The
formation-date fair value of the joint venture as a
whole is equal to the fair value of 100 percent of
the joint venture’s equity (net assets) immediately
following formation (including any noncontrolling
interest in the net assets recognized by the joint
venture).
55-9 New Venture calculates
additional paid-in capital as follows (in
millions).
55-10 New Venture records the
following entry at the formation date (in
millions).
Case B: Joint Venture Replacement
Share-Based Payment Employee Awards Are Equity
Classified
55-11 If New Venture
determines that the replacement share-based payment
awards are classified as equity, then total
liabilities will equal $40 million and the fair
value of New Venture as a whole is $100 million.
55-12 New Venture calculates
goodwill as follows (in millions), consistent with
the guidance in paragraph 805-60-30-2. The
formation-date fair value of the joint venture as a
whole is equal to the fair value of 100 percent of
the joint venture’s equity (net assets) immediately
following formation (including any noncontrolling
interest in the net assets recognized by the joint
venture).
55-13 New Venture calculates
additional paid-in capital, excluding additional
paid-in capital attributable to share-based
payments, as follows (in millions).
55-14 New Venture records the
following entry at the formation date (in
millions).
9.4.3.3 Contingent Payment Arrangements
A joint venture formation may involve an arrangement that is similar to a
contingent consideration arrangement entered into as part of a business
combination. For example, upon formation, a joint venture might promise to
make payments or issue additional equity interests to a venturer that are
contingent upon the performance of the assets or businesses contributed by
that venturer. Since a joint venture’s total net assets are measured on the
basis of the joint venture as a whole upon formation — and not based upon
consideration transferred — it may be difficult to identify contingent
consideration arrangements as defined in a business combination. ASC
805-60-30-6 requires that a joint venture measure any contingent payment
arrangements as an asset or liability in accordance with ASC 805-20. Thus,
the joint venture would account for a contingent payment arrangement as a
typical contingent asset or liability rather than applying the guidance in
ASC 805-30 that is specific to contingent consideration recognized in a
business combination.
9.4.3.4 In-Process Research and Development
IPR&D contributed to a joint venture as of the formation date must be
recognized by the joint venture as an indefinite-lived intangible asset
under ASC 350 regardless of whether the asset has an alternative future use.
As a result, IPR&D assets are accounted for in the same manner as if
they had been acquired in a business combination.
9.4.3.5 Transfer of Financial Assets
ASC 805-60
25-15 If a
venturer transfers financial assets that are within the
scope of Subtopic 860-10 to the joint venture upon
formation, then the joint venture shall determine
whether the transfer results in the recognition of the
transferred financial assets by the joint venture by
applying the guidance in Subtopic 860-10.
ASC 805-60-25-15 (added by ASU 2023-05) requires entities to
determine whether assets transferred to a joint venture are financial assets
recognized in accordance with ASC 860-10. Paragraph BC73 of ASU 2023-05 notes
that this amendment is intended to “align the joint venture’s accounting with
the venturers’ accounting.”
9.5 Subsequent Measurement of Assets and Liabilities Recognized as a Part of Formation
A joint venture should subsequently measure and account for assets
and liabilities recognized upon formation in accordance with other applicable GAAP.
ASC 805-10-35 and ASC 805-20-35 provide guidance on subsequently measuring and
accounting for certain assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and equity instruments
issued in a business combination. ASC 805-60 references the same business
combination guidance for subsequent measurement.
ASC 718 provides guidance on the subsequent measurement of replacement share-based
payment awards, while the subsequent measurement of goodwill, including impairment
considerations, is addressed in ASC 350-20. Goodwill, which is recognized upon joint
venture formation, should not be amortized; rather, it should be tested for
impairment in a manner consistent with how an entity would test goodwill that is
recognized during a business combination (unless the joint venture qualifies and
elects the private-company alternative to amortize goodwill under ASC 320-20). See
Section 9.6.1 for more information.
ASC 805-60
35-1 A
joint venture shall subsequently measure and account for the
assets and liabilities recognized upon formation in
accordance with the requirements for acquirers of a business
in Sections 805-10-35, 805-20-35, and 805-30-35, and other
generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), as
applicable.
35-2 A
joint venture that is a private company may elect to apply
the accounting alternatives for the subsequent measurement
of goodwill described in paragraphs 350-20-35-62 through
35-82.
9.6 Other Matters
9.6.1 Disclosure Requirements
A joint venture is required to provide specific disclosures aimed at giving
financial statement users a better understanding of the nature and financial
effect of the joint venture’s formation in the period in which the formation
occurred.
ASC 805-60
50-1 A
joint venture shall disclose information that enables
users of its financial statements to understand the
nature and financial effect of the joint venture
formation in the period in which the formation date
occurs.
50-2 In the period of
formation, a joint venture shall disclose the following:
- The formation date
- A description of the purpose for which the joint venture was formed (for example, to share risks and rewards in developing a new market, product, or technology; to combine complementary technological knowledge; or to pool resources in developing production or other facilities)
- The formation-date fair value of the joint venture as a whole
- A description of the assets and liabilities recognized by the joint venture at the formation date
- The amounts recognized by the joint venture for each major class of assets and liabilities as a result of accounting for its formation, either presented on the face of financial statements or disclosed in the notes to financial statements (see paragraph 805-60-45-1)
- A qualitative description of the factors that make up any goodwill recognized, such as expected synergies from combining operations of the contributed assets or businesses, intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition, or other factors.
50-3 If
the initial accounting for a joint venture formation is
incomplete (see paragraph 805-60-25-14) for particular
assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests, or the
formation-date fair value of the joint venture as a
whole and the amounts recognized in the financial
statements for the joint venture formation thus have
been determined only provisionally, the joint venture
shall disclose the following information:
- The reasons why the initial accounting is incomplete
- The assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests, or the formation-date fair value of the joint venture as a whole for which the initial accounting is incomplete
- The nature and amount of any measurement period adjustments recognized during the reporting period, including separately the amount of adjustment to current-period income statement line items relating to the income effects that would have been recognized in previous periods if the adjustment to provisional amounts was recognized as of the formation date.
9.6.2 Private-Company Alternative for Certain Intangible Assets
ASC 805-60 applies to the formation of all entities that meet
the definition of a joint venture or corporate joint venture regardless of
whether the newly formed joint venture is a PBE or private company. For joint
ventures that are private companies, ASC 805-60 provides a private-company
alternative to simplify the recognition of certain identifiable intangible
assets and subsume them into goodwill. This alternative applies to (1)
noncompetition agreements and (2) customer-related intangible assets unless they
are capable of being sold or licensed separately from other assets of a business
(see Section
8.2.1.1 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Business Combinations for further
discussion). If this alternative is selected, an entity must adopt the
accounting alternative for amortizing goodwill in accordance with ASC
350-20.
ASC 805-60
25-12 A joint
venture that is a private company may elect to apply the
accounting alternative for the recognition of
identifiable intangible assets described in paragraphs
805-20-25-30 through 25-33. In accordance with paragraph
805-20-15-4, a joint venture that elects to apply this
accounting alternative must adopt the accounting
alternative for amortizing goodwill in the Accounting
Alternatives Subsections of Subtopic 350-20.
Chapter 10 — Accounting by the Venturer
Chapter 10 — Accounting by the Venturer
The accounting for the initial contribution by the
venturer is not directly affected by ASU 2023-05.
10.1 Initial Contribution of a Business or Nonprofit Activity
The deconsolidation and initial measurement of a retained noncontrolling
interest in a business or nonprofit activity are governed by ASC 810-10-40, and the
requirements are the same for investors and venturers (see Section 4.3.2).
10.2 Initial Contribution of Nonfinancial Assets or In-Substance Nonfinancial Assets That Do Not Constitute a Business or Nonprofit Activity
The deconsolidation and initial measurement of a retained noncontrolling
interest in an asset that does not constitute a business or nonprofit activity are
governed by ASC 610-20, and the requirements are the same for investors and venturers
(see Section 4.3.4).
10.3 Restructuring and Impairment Charges
At the time of the creation of a joint venture and a contribution of
assets or businesses, or both, from the venturers, certain restructuring and
impairment charges may occur. Examples of events that cause these charges include
plans to reduce the workforce or to close certain operations. These restructurings
and impairments are often an integral part of the negotiation between the venturers.
It is critical to determine whether the venturer or the joint venture should bear
the cost of restructuring activities related to assets or businesses, or both,
contributed to the joint venture. A venturer cannot avoid an impairment of assets
that would otherwise be required under U.S. GAAP by contributing the assets to a
joint venture. The parties should exercise significant judgment to determine whether
the restructuring costs are the responsibility of the venturer or the joint venture.
If, after formation, the joint venture decides to restructure operations of the
contributed plant and such restructuring is not contemplated in the joint venture
formation, the restructuring costs should be recognized in the accounts of the joint
venture.
Appendix A — Glossary of Selected Terms
Appendix A — Glossary of Selected Terms
This appendix contains selected glossary terms from ASC 323-10, ASC
970-323, and ASC 974-323.
ASC 323-10 Glossary
Common Stock
A stock that is subordinate to all other
stock of the issuer. Also called common shares.
Corporate Joint
Venture
A corporation owned and operated by a small
group of entities (the joint venturers) as a separate and
specific business or project for the mutual benefit of the
members of the group. A government may also be a member of
the group. The purpose of a corporate joint venture
frequently is to share risks and rewards in developing a new
market, product or technology; to combine complementary
technological knowledge; or to pool resources in developing
production or other facilities. A corporate joint venture
also usually provides an arrangement under which each joint
venturer may participate, directly or indirectly, in the
overall management of the joint venture. Joint venturers
thus have an interest or relationship other than as passive
investors. An entity that is a subsidiary of one of the
joint venturers is not a corporate joint venture. The
ownership of a corporate joint venture seldom changes, and
its stock is usually not traded publicly. A noncontrolling
interest held by public ownership, however, does not
preclude a corporation from being a corporate joint
venture.
Dividends
Dividends paid or payable in cash, other
assets, or another class of stock and does not include stock
dividends or stock splits.
Earnings or Losses of an
Investee
Net income (or net loss) of an investee
determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles (GAAP).
In-Substance Common
Stock
An investment in an entity that has risk and
reward characteristics that are substantially similar to
that entity’s common stock.
Investee
An entity that issued an equity instrument
that is held by an investor.
Investor
A business entity that holds an investment
in voting stock of another entity.
Noncontrolling
Interest
The portion of equity (net assets) in a
subsidiary not attributable, directly or indirectly, to a
parent. A noncontrolling interest is sometimes called a
minority interest.
Not-for-Profit
Entity
An entity that possesses the following
characteristics, in varying degrees, that distinguish it
from a business entity:
-
Contributions of significant amounts of resources from resource providers who do not expect commensurate or proportionate pecuniary return
-
Operating purposes other than to provide goods or services at a profit
-
Absence of ownership interests like those of business entities.
Entities that clearly fall outside this
definition include the following:
-
All investor-owned entities
-
Entities that provide dividends, lower costs, or other economic benefits directly and proportionately to their owners, members, or participants, such as mutual insurance entities, credit unions, farm and rural electric cooperatives, and employee benefit plans.
Parent
An entity that has a controlling financial
interest in one or more subsidiaries. (Also, an entity that
is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest
entity.)
Private Company
An entity other than a public business
entity, a not-for-profit entity, or an employee benefit plan
within the scope of Topics 960 through 965 on plan
accounting.
Public Business
Entity
A public business entity is a business
entity meeting any one of the criteria below. Neither a
not-for-profit entity nor an employee benefit plan is a
business entity.
-
It is required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to file or furnish financial statements, or does file or furnish financial statements (including voluntary filers), with the SEC (including other entities whose financial statements or financial information are required to be or are included in a filing).
-
It is required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Act), as amended, or rules or regulations promulgated under the Act, to file or furnish financial statements with a regulatory agency other than the SEC.
-
It is required to file or furnish financial statements with a foreign or domestic regulatory agency in preparation for the sale of or for purposes of issuing securities that are not subject to contractual restrictions on transfer.
-
It has issued, or is a conduit bond obligor for, securities that are traded, listed, or quoted on an exchange or an over-the-counter market.
-
It has one or more securities that are not subject to contractual restrictions on transfer, and it is required by law, contract, or regulation to prepare U.S. GAAP financial statements (including notes) and make them publicly available on a periodic basis (for example, interim or annual periods). An entity must meet both of these conditions to meet this criterion.
An entity may meet the definition of a
public business entity solely because its financial
statements or financial information is included in another
entity’s filing with the SEC. In that case, the entity is
only a public business entity for purposes of financial
statements that are filed or furnished with the SEC.
Security
A share, participation, or other interest in
property or in an entity of the issuer or an obligation of
the issuer that has all of the following characteristics:
-
It is either represented by an instrument issued in bearer or registered form or, if not represented by an instrument, is registered in books maintained to record transfers by or on behalf of the issuer.
-
It is of a type commonly dealt in on securities exchanges or markets or, when represented by an instrument, is commonly recognized in any area in which it is issued or dealt in as a medium for investment.
-
It either is one of a class or series or by its terms is divisible into a class or series of shares, participations, interests, or obligations.
Significant
Influence
Paragraphs 323-10-15-6 through 15-11 define
significant influence.
Standstill
Agreement
An agreement signed by the investee and
investor under which the investor agrees to limit its
shareholding in the investee.
Subsidiary
An entity, including an unincorporated
entity such as a partnership or trust, in which another
entity, known as its parent, holds a controlling financial
interest. (Also, a variable interest entity that is
consolidated by a primary beneficiary.)
ASC 970-323 Glossary
Acquisition,
Development, and Construction Arrangements
Acquisition, development, or construction
arrangements, in which a lender, usually a financial
institution, participates in expected residual profit from
the sale or refinancing of property.
Corporate Joint
Venture
A corporation owned and operated by a small
group of entities (the joint venturers) as a separate and
specific business or project for the mutual benefit of the
members of the group. A government may also be a member of
the group. The purpose of a corporate joint venture
frequently is to share risks and rewards in developing a new
market, product or technology; to combine complementary
technological knowledge; or to pool resources in developing
production or other facilities. A corporate joint venture
also usually provides an arrangement under which each joint
venturer may participate, directly or indirectly, in the
overall management of the joint venture. Joint venturers
thus have an interest or relationship other than as passive
investors. An entity that is a subsidiary of one of the
joint venturers is not a corporate joint venture. The
ownership of a corporate joint venture seldom changes, and
its stock is usually not traded publicly. A noncontrolling
interest held by public ownership, however, does not
preclude a corporation from being a corporate joint
venture.
General
Partnership
An association in which each partner has
unlimited liability.
Joint Control
Occurs if decisions regarding the financing,
development, sale, or operations require the approval of two
or more of the owners.
Kick-Out Rights (Voting
Interest Entity Definition)
The rights underlying the limited partner’s
or partners’ ability to dissolve (liquidate) the limited
partnership or otherwise remove the general partners without
cause.
Limited
Partnership
An association in which one or more general
partners have unlimited liability and one or more partners
have limited liability. A limited partnership is usually
managed by the general partner or partners, subject to
limitations, if any, imposed by the partnership
agreement.
Noncontrolling
Interest
The portion of equity (net assets) in a
subsidiary not attributable, directly or indirectly, to a
parent. A noncontrolling interest is sometimes called a
minority interest.
Real Estate
Venture
Any of the following: a joint venture, a
general partnership, a limited partnership, and an undivided
interest.
Syndication
Activities
Efforts to directly or indirectly sponsor
the formation of entities that acquire interests in real
estate by raising funds from investors. As consideration for
their investments, the investors receive ownership or other
financial interests in the sponsored entities. All general
partners in syndicated partnerships are deemed to perform
syndication activities.
Undivided
Interest
An ownership arrangement in which two or
more parties jointly own property, and title is held
individually to the extent of each party’s interest.
ASC 974-323 Glossary
Real Estate Investment
Trust
Real estate investment trusts generally are
formed as trusts, associations, or corporations. They employ
equity capital, coupled with substantial amounts of debt
financing, in making real estate loans and investments. Real
estate investment trusts must distribute substantially all
of their taxable income to their shareholders annually in
order to retain their favorable tax status (that is,
dividends paid are treated as deductions in arriving at
taxable income).
Service
Corporation
A real estate investment trust may establish
a service corporation to perform services for the real
estate investment trust or for third parties. Service
corporations may provide property management and leasing
services, as well as services to acquire, develop,
construct, finance, or sell real estate projects.
Appendix B — Differences Between U.S. GAAP and IFRS Accounting Standards
Appendix B — Differences Between U.S. GAAP and IFRS Accounting Standards
Under IFRS Accounting Standards, the source of guidance on
determining whether and how to apply the equity method of accounting is IAS 28. Both
U.S. GAAP and IFRS Accounting Standards require the application of the equity method
to certain investments. However, the FASB has not converged its guidance on equity
method investments or on joint ventures with that of the International Accounting
Standards Board (IASB®), and there is no project to consider such
convergence. Therefore, while both sets of standards require the use of the equity
method or joint venture accounting in certain instances, they differ in several
respects in the determination of when and how it should be applied.
The tables below summarize the key differences between U.S. GAAP and
IFRS Accounting Standards in the determination of whether to apply (1) the equity
method of accounting or (2) joint venture accounting. For detailed interpretive
guidance on IAS 28 and IFRS 11, see A26, “Investments in Associates and Joint
Ventures,” and A27, “Joint Arrangements,” respectively, in
Deloitte’s iGAAP publication.
Table B-1 Determining Whether to Apply the
Equity Method of Accounting
Subject
|
U.S. GAAP
|
IFRS Accounting Standards
|
---|---|---|
Terminology
|
When an investor has an investment that is
accounted for under the equity method (generally because the
investor exercises significant influence over another
entity), that entity is referred to as an investee.
|
When an investor has an investment in, and
exercises significant influence over, an entity, that entity
is referred to as an associate.
|
Scope: General
|
As described in Sections 2.3 and
2.4.2, an investor
must apply the equity method of accounting when it has
significant influence over an investee unless (1) it has
elected the fair value option or (2) it carries its
investment at fair value under specialized industry
accounting guidance applicable to investment companies. In
these cases, the investor would record its interest at fair
value. In addition, as discussed in Section 3.2, an investment
in a partnership or certain LLCs requires the use of the
equity method of accounting with as little as 3 percent to 5
percent ownership even if significant influence does not
clearly exist.
|
An investor must apply the equity method of
accounting when it has significant influence over an
investee unless either of the following conditions
applies:
Because IFRS Accounting Standards do not
include a fair value option for equity method investments,
the application of fair value rather than the equity method
of accounting is more limited under IFRS Accounting
Standards than it is under U.S. GAAP. For example, assume
that a manufacturing company reports under U.S. GAAP and has
elected to apply the fair value option to its investments
that would otherwise be accounted for in accordance with the
equity method. In preparing IFRS financial statements, the
company would be required to apply the equity method of
accounting.
|
Scope: Investments in instruments other than
common equity
|
As described in Section 2.5, an
investor would apply the equity method of accounting for an
investment in a corporation when it has significant
influence over an investee and it holds an investment in
common stock or in-substance common stock. In-substance
common stock includes instruments that are substantially
similar to common stock on the basis of subordination, risks
and rewards of ownership, and an obligation to transfer
value.
In addition, as discussed in Section 3.2, there are
unique rules under U.S. GAAP for a partnership and certain
LLCs that maintain specific ownership accounts. These rules
can result in application of the equity method of accounting
with as little as 3 percent to 5 percent of the ownership
interests in the investee.
|
The evaluation of significant influence is
framed in reference to “voting power,” which can arise from
instruments other than ordinary common shares. For example,
when 50 percent of the voting rights in an entity are held
by the ordinary shareholders and the other 50 percent of the
voting rights are attached to voting preferred shares, an
investment in 4 percent of the ordinary shares and 36
percent of the voting preferred shares will result in a
presumption that the 4 percent ordinary share ownership will
be accounted for under the equity method. Preferred shares
would not be accounted for under the equity method unless
they are substantively the same as ordinary shares. Factors
that either individually or collectively may indicate that a
preferred share investment is substantively the same as an
ordinary share investment include:
Therefore, while IFRS Accounting Standards
do not specifically refer to “in-substance common stock,”
the fact that significant influence is determined on the
basis of “voting rights” results in similar application to
investments in instruments other than common stock. For
further information, see A26.3.3.4 and A26.4.4.3.3 of Deloitte’s iGAAP
publication.
|
Applying the equity method of accounting:
significant influence
|
As described in ASC 323-10-15-6 (see
Section 3.3), significant influence “may be
indicated in several ways, including the following:
However, this list is not all-inclusive, and
all relevant facts and circumstances should be
considered.
Further, an investment of 20 percent or more
in a corporation is presumed to provide significant
influence. In addition, as discussed in Section 3.2, an investment
greater than 3 percent to 5 percent in a partnership or LLC
that maintains specific ownership accounts is generally
considered an indication that the equity method of
accounting should be applied.
|
IAS 28 provides considerations similar to
those in U.S. GAAP for the evaluation of whether an investor
holds significant influence over an investee:
This list is not all-inclusive, and all
relevant facts and circumstances should be considered.
IFRS Accounting Standards also indicate that
an investment representing 20 percent or more of the voting
power of an entity is presumed to provide significant
influence. However, IFRS Accounting Standards do not provide
explicit thresholds for partnerships or LLCs. Nonetheless,
the qualitative considerations regarding significant
influence outlined above may yield the same accounting
conclusion under IFRS Accounting Standards as would be
reached under U.S. GAAP (i.e., an interest of much less than
20 percent may still yield significant influence in the
context of a limited partnership). However, in other
circumstances, the analysis may yield different conclusions
under IFRS Accounting Standards. Each fact pattern must be
analyzed separately.
For example, assume that a company owns a 10
percent limited partner interest in an investment
partnership. The company does not have any participation in
the investment partnership’s governance, investment
decisions, or other significant activities and does not have
any involvement with the investment partnership other than
receiving distributions. Under U.S. GAAP, the company would
apply the equity method of accounting to its interest in the
investment partnership. But under IFRS Accounting Standards,
the company might conclude that it does not have significant
influence over the investment partnership.
|
Applying the equity method of accounting:
potential interests
|
As described in ASC 323-10-15-9 (see
Section 3.2.6), an investor would consider
only “present voting privileges.” Therefore, potential
voting privileges (e.g., those related to stock options,
convertible debt, or derivatives thereof) are generally
disregarded.
|
An investor should consider “potential
voting rights that are currently exercisable or
convertible.”3 Additional instruments contingent on future events or
the passage of time would not be considered until the
contingent event occurs or the specified time frame
passes.
For example, an investor may conclude that
although its present voting interest is less than 20
percent, it has significant influence as a result of
“potential voting rights” it holds through a currently
exercisable option agreement, which, when combined with the
investor’s currently held ordinary shares, would provide the
investor with more than 20 percent of the voting power. That
is, it might be presumed that the investor has significant
influence if the combination of its voting power from its
investments in ordinary shares and the potential voting
power from the currently exercisable option is at least 20
percent. Even though the option could provide the investor
with significant influence, the option agreement itself is
not accounted for under the equity method of accounting or
considered in the investor’s measurement of equity
earnings.
This concept also applies to warrants,
options, or other instruments held by other investors. That
is, an investor with greater than 20 percent of present
voting interest may conclude that it does not have
significant influence as a result of “potential voting
rights” held by a third party through a currently
exercisable option agreement if the exercise of the option
would decrease the investor’s voting interest below 20
percent. This may lead to differences between U.S. GAAP and
IFRS Accounting Standards regarding the existence of
significant influence and thus the application of the equity
method of accounting. Management’s intentions with respect
to the exercise of the potential voting rights, the exercise
price of such rights, and the financial capability of the
holder to exercise them are ignored in the assessment of
significant influence.
In another example, assume that Investor A
holds a 25 percent interest in Investee B. Investor C holds
the remaining 75 percent in B. Investee B has also issued
debt to C that is convertible at any time, at C’s option, to
additional shares of B. If C elects to convert the debt, A’s
ownership interest would be diluted to 10 percent. Under
U.S. GAAP, A would be likely to conclude that it has
significant influence over B since potential voting rights
are disregarded. However, under IFRS Accounting Standards, A
may conclude that it does not have significant influence
over B because of the currently exercisable additional
interests of C.
For further information, see A26.4.4.3.2 of Deloitte’s iGAAP
publication.
|
Initial measurement: contingent
consideration
|
As discussed in Section 4.4,
contingent consideration may be recognized in two
scenarios:
|
While IFRS Accounting Standards do not
provide explicit guidance, IAS 28 indicates that “the
concepts underlying the procedures used in accounting for
the acquisition of a subsidiary are also adopted in
accounting for the acquisition of an investment in an
associate.”4 Therefore, contingent consideration is generally
recognized at its fair value on the acquisition date in
accordance with IFRS 3. Subsequently, the liability is
recognized at fair value with any changes in value
recognized in the income statement. Therefore, any
investment with contingent consideration may result in an
initial cost basis that is greater under IFRS Accounting
Standards than under U.S. GAAP.
For example, assume that Investor A acquires
a 25 percent interest in Investee B for $100 million in cash
and contingent consideration due in one year (and based on
the earnings of B) ranging from $5 million to $50 million.
The share of net assets A acquired is $120 million, and the
fair value of the contingent consideration is $25 million.
In accordance with U.S. GAAP, A would recognize the cash
consideration of $100 million and contingent consideration
of $20 million (since the initial cost is less than the
share of net assets acquired) for a total of $120 million.
In accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, A would
recognize an initial cost of $125 million since the
contingent consideration would be recognized at fair value
under IFRS 3.
For further information, see A26.4.4.9 of Deloitte’s iGAAP
publication.
|
Initial measurement: nonmonetary
contributions, such as contributions of assets that meet the
definition of a business and contributions of nonfinancial
assets or in-substance nonfinancial assets
|
As described in Section 4.3.2, the
contribution of assets that meet the definition of a
business to an equity method investee should be accounted
for in accordance with ASC 810, which requires full gain or
loss recognition (unless the transaction is the conveyance
of oil and gas mineral rights or a transfer of a good or
service in a contract with a customer within the scope of
ASC 606). As described in Section 4.3.4, a
contribution of nonfinancial assets or in-substance
nonfinancial assets that is not an output of the entity’s
ordinary business activities (i.e., outside the scope of ASC
606) would generally be accounted for in accordance with ASC
610-20, which indicates that full gain or loss recognition
is appropriate when the transaction meets the various
recognition criteria described therein.
|
IFRS Accounting Standards contain
conflicting guidance, which the IASB attempted to resolve
through a narrow-scope amendment. IAS 28 indicates that
nonmonetary contributions should be recognized with partial
gain recognition. This, however, conflicts with IFRS 10,
which indicates that upon loss of control of a subsidiary, a
parent should recognize a full gain or loss. Therefore, when
an entity contributes shares of a subsidiary in exchange for
an equity method investment, the entity in effect has an
accounting policy choice between applying the approach in
IFRS 10 (full gain recognition) or IAS 28 (partial gain
recognition) since both IAS 28 and IFRS 10 have equal
standing under IFRS Accounting Standards.
The IASB issued Sale or Contribution of
Assets Between an Investor and Its Associate or Joint
Venture (Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28) in
September 2014 to resolve this conflict. The amendments
would require an investor to determine whether the assets
contributed represented a business. If they did, IFRS 10
would apply, and full gain recognition would be appropriate.
If they did not, IAS 28 would apply and partial gain
recognition would be appropriate. However, the effective
date of the amendments has been deferred indefinitely
because several practical implementation issues were
identified. The amendments will be considered as part of the
IASB’s larger research project on the equity method of
accounting. Therefore, until further guidance is issued,
entities that have not yet adopted the September 2014
amendments may continue to make an accounting policy choice
between partial gain recognition and full gain recognition
when applying IFRS Accounting Standards, whereas U.S. GAAP
provide more specific requirements on the basis of whether
the assets contributed constitute a business.
For further information, see A26.4.4.15 of
Deloitte’s iGAAP publication.
|
Initial measurement: acquisition-date excess of investor’s
share
|
As discussed in Section 4.5, the excess of (1) the
investor’s share of the fair value of the investee’s
identifiable assets and liabilities over (2) the carrying
value of the identifiable assets and liabilities on the
acquisition date is included as part of the basis difference
and is amortized, if appropriate, over the useful life of
the investee’s asset. The residual excess of the cost of the
investment over the proportional fair value of the
investee’s assets and liabilities is recognized within the
equity investment balance as equity method goodwill, which
is not amortized.
U.S. GAAP do not provide explicit guidance on the acquisition
of an equity method investment through a bargain purchase.
We believe that, as discussed in Section 4.5.1, two approaches are
acceptable. Specifically, the excess of (1) the investor’s
share of the net fair value of the investee’s identifiable
assets and liabilities over (2) the cost of the investment
as of the acquisition date may be recognized as (a) income
in the period in which the investment is acquired, provided
that certain conditions are met, or (b) a negative basis
difference related to the investee’s underlying assets.
|
Upon acquisition of the investment, if the cost of the
investment exceeds the entity’s share of the net fair value
of the investee’s identifiable assets and liabilities,
goodwill related to an associate or a joint venture is
included in the carrying amount of the investment.
Amortization of that goodwill is not permitted.
The excess of (1) the investor’s share of
the net fair value of the associates’ identifiable assets
and liabilities over (2) the cost of the investment as of
the acquisition date (i.e., a bargain purchase) is
recognized as income in the period in which the investment
is acquired.
Because of the optionality under U.S. GAAP (i.e., the option
to recognize a negative basis difference or to recognize an
acquisition-date gain), an entity may reach a different
accounting conclusion on the day 0 gain under U.S. GAAP than
it does under IFRS Accounting Standards, specifically with
respect to acquisitions of equity method investments for
which the fair value of the entity’s identifiable assets and
liabilities exceeds the cost incurred to acquire the
interest.
For further information, see A26.4.4.7 of Deloitte’s iGAAP
publication.
|
Subsequent measurement: step
acquisitions
|
As described in Section 5.6.2, when an
additional interest in an entity is acquired that results in
a change in the accounting for the investment to the equity
method, the investor should apply the equity method of
accounting on a prospective basis from the date it obtains
significant influence over the investee.
|
IFRS Accounting Standards do not provide
explicit guidance regarding the transition to the equity
method of accounting. We believe that two approaches are
acceptable. First, by analogy to business combination
guidance (IFRS 3), a transaction resulting in significant
influence could be viewed as a disposal of an existing
interest and the acquisition of an interest that conveys
significant influence. Second, the fair value of the
existing interest may be considered the “deemed cost” of
that portion of the interest on the date significant
influence is obtained. Regardless of the approach used, the
equity method of accounting would be applied only going
forward from the date significant influence was obtained
forward. Thus, the entity would be required under both U.S.
GAAP and IFRS Accounting Standards to apply the equity
method prospectively. However, differences may continue to
exist regarding the determination of the initial basis in
the equity method investee and the recognition of any
related gain or loss.
For further information, see A26.4.4.8 of Deloitte’s
iGAAP publication.
|
Subsequent measurement: losses that exceed
interests
|
As described in Section 5.2, an
investor generally discontinues use of the equity method of
accounting when the value of an investment reaches zero
unless the investor has guaranteed obligations of the
investee or is otherwise committed to provide further
financial support to the investee. However, an investor
should continue to recognize additional losses if the
imminent return to profitable operations appears to be
ensured.
|
IFRS Accounting Standards typically require
an investor to discontinue use of the equity method of
accounting when the value of an investment reaches zero
unless the investor has incurred legal or constructive
obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.
However, unlike the requirements under U.S. GAAP, those
under IFRS Accounting Standards do not permit an investor to
continue to provide for additional losses if an imminent
return to profitable operations by an associate appears to
be ensured.
For example, assume that Investor A has a 25
percent interest in Investee B. Investor A’s carrying value
is $50 million, and its share of B’s losses for the current
year is $75 million. Investee B has recently refocused its
product line and has sufficient sales contracts for the
following year to ensure profitability. In accordance with
U.S. GAAP, A would reduce its investment balance to zero and
record a liability for $25 million, representing the excess
of its share of losses over the existing carrying value. In
accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, A would reduce
its investment balance to zero but would not record any
further losses or liability.
For further information, see A26.4.4.16 of
Deloitte’s iGAAP publication.
|
Subsequent measurement: impairment
|
As described in Section 5.5, an
investor must determine whether its equity method investment
has a loss in value and, if so, whether that loss is other
than temporary. If an impairment is determined to be
appropriate, investments with other-than-temporary losses
must be written down to fair value. Impairment losses cannot
be reversed in subsequent periods.
|
An investor first looks for any indicators
of impairment as described in paragraphs 41A–41C of IAS 28.
The impairment indicators focus on identifiable loss events
that will affect future cash flows. Loss events can arise
only from past events. If an impairment indicator exists,
the investor must then measure any impairment as described
in IAS 28. Impairments are measured in accordance with IAS
36 as the excess of the investment’s carrying value over its
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is calculated as
the higher of the investment’s (1) fair value less cost to
sell or (2) value in use. The investor can calculate the
value in use by using either (1) the present value of the
investor’s share of estimated future cash flows from the
associate’s operations, including proceeds from the
investment’s disposal, or (2) the present value of the
investor’s estimated future dividends from the associate and
estimated proceeds from the investment’s disposal. Under IAS
28, the investor should reverse previously recorded
impairment losses to the extent that the recoverable amount
of the investment subsequently increases. However, the
investment can be written up no higher than its original
cost basis.
Since IFRS Accounting Standards do not
contemplate the concept of other-than-temporary losses but
do allow reversals of impairments and use different
measurement methods than do U.S. GAAP, significant
differences may arise between IFRS Accounting Standards and
U.S. GAAP when an entity is accounting for impairments of
equity method investments.
For further information, see A26.4.4.19 and
A26.4.4.20 of
Deloitte’s iGAAP publication.
|
Subsequent measurement: investee accounting
policies
|
As described in Section 5.1.3.3, an
investor is not required to conform an investee’s accounting
policies to its own as long as the investee’s accounting
policies are an acceptable alternative under U.S. GAAP. The
investor may elect to conform the investee’s accounting
policies to its own when applying the equity method of
accounting.
|
IFRS Accounting Standards specifically
require an investor to conform an investee’s accounting
policies to its own when applying the equity method of
accounting.5 This may result in differences in accounting for
equity method investments between U.S. GAAP and IFRS
Accounting Standards.
For further information, see A26.4.4.13 of
Deloitte’s iGAAP publication.
|
Subsequent measurement: investee fiscal
year-end
|
As described in Section 5.1.4, an
investor must record equity earnings or losses on the basis
of the investee’s “most recent available financial
statements.” It is usually acceptable for the investor to
apply the equity method of accounting by using the equity
method investee’s financial statements with a different
reporting date as long as the reporting dates of the
investor and investee are no greater than three months
apart. In addition, the difference between the investor’s
and investee’s reporting dates should be consistent in each
reporting period. Finally, the investor is generally not
required to record its share of the investee’s significant
transactions or events occurring during the lag period.
However, recognition should be given by disclosure or
otherwise for intervening events that materially affect the
investor’s financial position or results of operations.
|
The investor’s and investee’s reporting
dates must be the same unless it is impracticable for them
to be the same. When it is impracticable, the dates must be
no more than three months apart, and the lag period should
be consistent. In addition, as of the investor’s reporting
date, the investor must record its share of the associate’s
significant transactions or events that have occurred during
the lag period. Therefore, differences may arise between
U.S. GAAP and IFRS Accounting Standards, because IFRS
Accounting Standards require recognition if such intervening
transactions are significant, whereas U.S. GAAP do not.
For further information, see A26.4.4.12 of
Deloitte’s iGAAP publication.
|
Subsequent measurement: loss of significant
influence
|
As discussed in Section 5.6.5, when an
investor loses significant influence over an investee, it
recognizes any retained investment on the basis of
historical cost and thus recognizes no gain or loss solely
because of the loss of significant influence (and thus the
discontinuance of the equity method of accounting). Note,
however, that other U.S. GAAP (e.g., ASC 321) subsequently
applicable to the investment may require measurement at fair
value with changes in fair value recognized in income.
In accordance with ASC 321, an investor must
remeasure the retained investment in accordance with ASC
321-10-35-1 or ASC 321-10-35-2, as applicable. In the
application of ASC 321-10-35-2 to the investor’s retained
investment, if the investor identifies observable price
changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a
similar investment of the same issuer that results in the
investor’s discontinuance of the equity method, the entity
must remeasure its retained investment at fair value
immediately after discontinuing the equity method.
|
An investor would recognize any retained
interest at fair value, with any difference between the fair
value of the retained interest and the carrying value of the
equity method investment recognized in the income statement.
As a result, under IFRS Accounting Standards, an entity will
recognize a gain or loss as a result of losing significant
influence, whereas under U.S. GAAP, the entity will record
the interest at fair value or by applying the measurement
alternative. Note, however, that depending on the
classification of the retained interest (e.g., any equity
security that is measured at fair value), changes in fair
value may be immediately recognized under other U.S. GAAP.
In those instances, the impact to the income statement of
losing significant influence may be the same under U.S. GAAP
and IFRS Accounting Standards.
For further information, see A26.4.4.17 of
Deloitte’s iGAAP publication.
|
Presentation: general and impairment
|
As discussed in Section 6.2, an equity method investment is
presented as a single line item on the balance sheet and in
the income statement. In addition, basis differences and
investor-level impairments are typically recognized in the
same line in the income statement as the equity in the
investee’s earnings or losses.
|
An equity method investment is presented as
a separate line item on the balance sheet and in the income
statement. However, we generally believe that under IFRS
Accounting Standards, investor-level impairments should not
be offset against the share of profit or loss from an
associate because this would conflict with the requirement
to show that share of profit or loss as a separate line
item. Therefore, differences may arise between IFRS
Accounting Standards and U.S. GAAP regarding the
classification of investor-level impairment charges in the
income statement.
For further information, see A26.7.1 of Deloitte’s
iGAAP publication.
|
Presentation: proportionate
consolidation
|
As discussed in Section 2.4.3, under
U.S. GAAP, proportionate consolidation may be used to
account for undivided interests in assets and liabilities as
well as investments in unincorporated legal entities, such
as partnerships, in certain industries (i.e., construction
and extractive).
|
The use of proportionate consolidation is
technically not prescribed under IFRS Accounting Standards.
However, for a joint operation, an investor would recognize
its share of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses
instead of applying the equity method of accounting. A joint
operation is defined in Appendix A of IFRS 11 as a “joint
arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of
the arrangement have rights to the assets, and obligations
for the liabilities, relating to the arrangement.”
For further information, see A27.5.4.4.1 of
Deloitte’s iGAAP publication.
|
Presentation: held-for-sale
classification
|
As described in Section 6.2.2.2, an
equity method investment that does not qualify for
discontinued operations reporting would not qualify for
held-for-sale classification. An equity method investment
that does qualify for discontinued operations would qualify
for held-for-sale classification. However, equity method
investments are not within the scope of the measurement
guidance in ASC 360; rather, they must be assessed for
impairment in accordance with ASC 323 even while classified
as held for sale. In addition, ASC 323 does not provide
specific guidance on disposals. Therefore, an investor
should apply the equity method of accounting until the date
on which significant influence is lost, which will usually
not be before the date of disposal.
|
An equity method investment may be eligible
for held-for-sale accounting if it satisfies certain
criteria in paragraphs 6–12 of IFRS 5, including:
If the held-for-sale criteria are met, an
investor should record the equity method investment at the
lower of its (1) fair value less cost to sell or (2)
carrying value on the date when the held-for-sale criteria
are met. The investor would no longer apply the equity
method of accounting and would instead remeasure the
held-for-sale investment as of each subsequent reporting
date. In addition, the investment may qualify for separate
presentation in the investor’s discontinued operations if it
qualifies as a component of the entity and meets certain
other criteria under paragraphs 31 and 32 of IFRS 5.
Therefore, differences may arise between IFRS Accounting
Standards and U.S. GAAP related to when the equity method of
accounting will no longer apply and the measurement of the
held-for-sale equity method investment.
For further information, see A26.4.3 of Deloitte’s iGAAP
publication.
|
Disclosures
|
As described in Chapter 6, an
investor’s disclosure of its equity method investments
should include the following:
|
Under IFRS 12, an investor must disclose
information largely similar to that required to be disclosed
under U.S. GAAP (excluding the required disclosure under
U.S. GAAP for possible conversions of convertible securities
and exercise of options and warrants). In addition, an
investor must disclose:
In addition, the summarized financial
information must be provided separately for each material
investment (whereas, under U.S. GAAP, the information should
be provided individually or in the aggregate as
appropriate). IFRS 12 also provides more prescriptive
guidance regarding what specific information should be
disclosed, including:
Therefore, IFRS Accounting Standards require
additional disclosures beyond those required under U.S.
GAAP.
For further information, see A28 of Deloitte’s iGAAP
publication.
|
Table B-2 Determining Whether to Apply Joint
Venture Accounting
Subject
|
U.S. GAAP
|
IFRS Accounting Standards
|
---|---|---|
Definition, scope, and type of joint
venture
|
As discussed in Section 7.2, in
accordance with the definition of a joint venture in ASC
323-10-20, a joint venture has all of the following
characteristics:
ASC 323 addresses only separate legal
entities. Other types of arrangements, such as collaborative
arrangements, are addressed in other guidance.
|
A joint arrangement is an arrangement in
which two or more parties have joint control.
IFRS 11 requires an investor to follow the
three-step process below when classifying a joint
arrangement as either a joint operation (controlled by joint
operators) or a joint venture (controlled by joint
venturers).
|
Accounting for jointly controlled
entities
|
Generally, the venturer should apply the
equity method of accounting, except in certain industries
(i.e., the construction and extractive industries), in which
proportionate consolidation is permitted.
|
A joint venturer should recognize its
interest in a joint venture as an investment and should
account for that investment by using the equity method in
accordance with IAS 28 unless the venturer is exempted from
applying the equity method as specified in that
standard.
|
Accounting for jointly controlled
operations
|
ASC 323 does not address jointly controlled
operations (since a jointly controlled operation does not
have a legal entity). However, ASC 808-10 addresses the
accounting for collaborative arrangements, which are jointly
controlled operations that are not primarily conducted
through a legal entity. To be within the scope of ASC
808-10, a participant must be (1) an active participant in
the joint operations conducted primarily outside of a legal
entity and (2) exposed to significant risks and rewards that
depend on the joint activity’s success. ASC 808-10, like
IFRS 11, requires a participant to recognize costs incurred
and revenue generated from transactions with third parties
(i.e., nonparticipants) in its income statement. However,
ASC 808-10 also requires a participant to record such
amounts on a gross or net basis in its income statement in
accordance with ASC 606-10-55-36 through 55-40. That is, a
participant would record the amounts gross if it was the
principal on the sales transaction with the third party or
net if it was an agent to the transaction with the third
party.
|
IFRS 11 specifies that a joint operation “is
a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint
control of the arrangement have rights to the assets, and
obligations for the liabilities, relating to the
arrangement. Those parties are called joint operators.” A
joint operator recognizes the following attributes “in
relation to its interest in a joint operation:
(a) its assets, including its share of any assets
held jointly;
(b) its liabilities, including its share of any
liabilities incurred jointly;
(c) its revenue from the sale of its share of the
output of the joint operation;
(d) its share of the revenue from the sale of the
output by the joint operation; and
(e) its expenses, including its share of any
expenses incurred jointly.”
|
Initial contribution of nonmonetary assets
that meet the definition of a business to a joint venture or
joint operation
|
A gain or loss is recognized as the
difference between the following:
|
An accounting policy election among the
following three approaches may be taken (unless a venturer
adopted the amendments proposed by the IASB in September
2014 before it indefinitely deferred them in December
2015):
Note that entities that cannot formally
adopt the September 2014 amendments (e.g., because of a
requirement for endorsement of changes to IFRS Accounting
Standards in their jurisdiction) may adopt an accounting
policy consistent with those amendments (i.e.,
distinguishing between transactions on the basis of whether
the subsidiary being sold or contributed constitutes a
business) provided that the requirements of paragraph 14(b)
of IAS 8 are met (i.e., the change in policy results in the
financial statements’ providing reliable and more relevant
information). However, such a “voluntary” change in policy
would have to be applied retrospectively in accordance with
IAS 8; the transition provisions of the September 2014
amendments (which allow for prospective application to
transactions occurring after a specified date) would not be
available.
|
Initial contribution of nonmonetary assets
that do not meet the definition of a business to a joint
venture or joint operation
|
As discussed in Section 4.3.4,
generally, venturers recognize the initial contributions of
nonmonetary assets that do not meet the definition of a
business at fair value and may recognize a gain if
applicable.
|
An accounting policy election among the
following three approaches may be taken (unless a venturer
adopted the amendments proposed by the IASB in September
2014 before it indefinitely deferred them in December
2015):
Note that entities that cannot formally
adopt the September 2014 amendments (e.g., because of a
requirement for endorsement of changes to IFRS Accounting
Standards in their jurisdiction) may adopt an accounting
policy consistent with those amendments (i.e.,
distinguishing between transactions on the basis of whether
the subsidiary being sold or contributed constitutes a
business) provided that the requirements of paragraph 14(b)
of IAS 8 are met (i.e., the change in policy results in the
financial statements’ providing reliable and more relevant
information). However, such a “voluntary” change in policy
would have to be applied retrospectively in accordance with
IAS 8; the transition provisions of the September 2014
amendments (which allow for prospective application to
transactions occurring after a specified date) would not be
available.
|
Table B-3 Determining Whether to Apply the Proportional Amortization Method to
Investments in Tax Credit Structures
Subject
|
U.S. GAAP
|
IFRS Accounting Standards
|
---|---|---|
Proportional amortization method
|
An investor that holds an equity investment in a limited
liability entity primarily to obtain income tax credits and
other income tax benefits from a tax credit program can use
the proportional amortization method if certain conditions
are met. For each type of tax credit program, an investor
may make an accounting policy election to apply the
proportional amortization method to account for its
investments (if certain conditions are met). The accounting
policy election should be applied consistently to all
investments related to each type of tax program.
Under the proportional amortization method, the initial cost
of the investment, less any expected residual value, is
amortized in proportion to the tax credits and other
benefits received by the investor over the life of the
investment. The amortization expense and the tax benefits
received are recognized as a component of income taxes.
If an investor does not meet the conditions for use of the
proportional amortization method (or has elected not to
apply this method to a particular type of tax credit
program), the investor will account for its equity interests
under other applicable GAAP (i.e., ASC 323-30 or ASC 321).
Before the adoption of ASU 2023-02, the use of the
proportional amortization method was limited to investments
in qualified affordable housing projects.
|
IFRS Accounting Standards do not provide specific guidance on
accounting for investments in tax credit structures.
|
Footnotes
Appendix C — ASC 323-740 Before the Adoption of ASU 2023-02
Appendix C — ASC 323-740 Before the Adoption of ASU 2023-02
C.1 Summary of Accounting for a Limited Liability Equity Investment in a QAHP
The decision tree below illustrates how an investor should determine
what method to use to account for a limited liability equity investment in a
qualified affordable housing project (QAHP). Depending on the specific facts and
circumstances, an investor may account for the investment in one of the following
ways:
-
Consolidate the QAHP entity in accordance with ASC 810.
-
Account for the investment under the equity method of accounting in accordance with ASC 323.
-
Use the proportional amortization method under ASC 323-740.
-
Account for the investment in accordance with ASC 321 or by using the modified cost method as shown in ASC 323-740-55-7.
1
There is diversity in practice regarding how to
account for QAHP investments that do not qualify for the
proportional amortization method or the equity method of accounting.
Some tax equity investors may use the cost method of accounting
instead of ASC 321. See Section C.7 for additional
guidance.
C.2 Introduction
C.2.1 QAHP Investments
A QAHP investment is a form of tax equity investment in which an
investor invests in a QAHP through a limited liability entity for the purpose of
obtaining low-income housing tax credits (LIHTCs) and other tax benefits
generated by the QAHP. The LIHTCs generated are applied to the investor’s tax
return each year over a 10-year period. These investments, which in practice are
sometimes also referred to as LIHTC investments, are typically structured as
“flow-through” entities for tax purposes. Therefore, the investor is entitled to
directly receive tax benefits generated by the QAHP, typically in the form of
tax credits and tax deductions from operating losses.
Investments in real estate, such as housing projects, should be
accounted for in accordance with ASC 970-323. This guidance generally requires
the use of the equity method of accounting for limited partnership real estate
investments unless the limited partnership interest is so minor that it has
essentially no influence over the investee. In such a case, the investment would
typically be accounted for at fair value in accordance with ASC 3212 (unless the measurement alternative is elected). However, ASC 970-323-05-4
refers to ASC 323-740 for QAHP investments that satisfy the conditions in ASC
323-740.
ASC 323-740 permits an investor in a QAHP that meets certain
scope criteria (see Section
C.3) to make an accounting policy election to account for its
QAHP investment by using either the effective yield method (for investments
entered into before the adoption of ASU
2014-013) or the proportional amortization method (for investments entered into
after the adoption of ASU 2014-01). If this policy election is made,
it should be applied consistently to all QAHP investments that meet the scope
criteria. Further, ASC 323-740 also provides incremental guidance for QAHP
investments that do not qualify for, or do not elect to use, the proportional
amortization method (see Section C.7). See Sections C.2.2, C.2.3, and C.2.4 for additional information on the
impact of ASU 2014-01 and ASU
2023-02 on the guidance in ASC 323-740.
ASC 323-740
05-3 The following
discussion refers to and describes a provision within
the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993; however, it
shall not be considered a definitive interpretation of
any provision of the Act for any purpose. The Revenue
Reconciliation Act of 1993, enacted in August 1993,
retroactively extended and made permanent the affordable
housing credit. Investors in entities that manage or
invest in qualified affordable housing projects receive
tax benefits in the form of tax deductions from
operating losses and tax credits. The tax credits are
allowable on the tax return each year over a 10-year
period as a result of renting a sufficient number of
units to qualifying tenants and are subject to
restrictions on gross rentals paid by those tenants.
These credits are subject to recapture over a 15-year
period starting with the first year tax credits are
earned. Corporate investors generally purchase an
interest in a limited liability entity that manages or
invests in the qualified affordable housing
projects.
C.2.2 Before the Adoption of ASU 2014-01
Before the adoption of ASU 2014-01, an investor could have
elected, if certain criteria were met, to account for its investment in a QAHP
by using the effective yield method. Under this method, tax credits are applied
to (recognized in) the investor’s tax return over a 10-year period and the
investor’s initial cost of investment is amortized in a manner that provides a
constant effective yield over the same 10-year period. An investor that used the
effective yield method to account for QAHP investments it entered into before
adopting ASU 2014-01 is permitted to continue applying this method to such
investments until it transitions to the updated guidance in ASU 2023-02 (see
Appendix
D).
C.2.3 After the Adoption of ASU 2014-01
ASU 2014-01 replaced the effective yield method with the proportional
amortization method. Under this ASU, an investor can elect to account for its
investment in a QAHP by using the proportional amortization method, which
requires that the investor’s initial cost of the investment be amortized in
proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received. ASC 323-740-35-4
notes that “[a]s a practical expedient, an investor is permitted to amortize the
initial cost of the investment in proportion to only the tax credits allocated
to the investor if the investor reasonably expects that doing so would produce a
measurement that is substantially similar to” the one that would have resulted
if it had applied the full proportional amortization method.
Although the provisions of ASU 2014-01 were required to be applied
retrospectively, an investor that used the effective yield method to account for
its QAHP investments before adopting ASU 2014-01 may continue to apply that
method for those prior investments.
C.2.4 Issuance of ASU 2023-02
In March 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-02, which further updates the guidance in
ASC 323-740 and expands its applicability to investments other than QAHPs. See
Appendix D for a discussion of ASC 323-740 after the
adoption of ASU 2023-02.
The remainder of this appendix is applicable to investors who
have not adopted ASU 2023-02.
Footnotes
2
See footnote 1.
3
For public entities, ASU 2014-01 became effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim periods
therein. For nonpublic entities, the ASU became effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within
annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption was
permitted.
C.3 Scope of QAHP Guidance
ASC 323-740
05-2 The
Qualified Affordable Housing Project Investments Subsections
provide income tax accounting guidance on a specific type of
investment in real estate. This guidance applies to
investments in limited liability entities that manage or
invest in qualified affordable housing projects and are
flow-through entities for tax purposes.
15-3 The
guidance in the Qualified Affordable Housing Project
Investments Subsections applies to reporting entities that
are investors in qualified affordable housing projects
through limited liability entities that are flow-through
entities for tax purposes.
25-1 A
reporting entity that invests in qualified affordable
housing projects through limited liability entities (that
is, the investor) may elect to account for those investments
using the proportional amortization method (described in
paragraphs 323-740-35-2 and 323-740-45-2) provided all of
the following conditions are met:
a. It is probable that the tax credits allocable to
the investor will be available.
aa. The investor does not have the ability to
exercise significant influence over the operating
and financial policies of the limited liability
entity.
aaa. Substantially all of the projected benefits
are from tax credits and other tax benefits (for
example, tax benefits generated from the operating
losses of the investment).
b. The investor’s projected yield based solely on
the cash flows from the tax credits and other tax
benefits is positive.
c. The investor is a limited liability investor in
the limited liability entity for both legal and tax
purposes, and the investor’s liability is limited to
its capital investment.
25-1A In
determining whether an investor has the ability to exercise
significant influence over the operating and financial
policies of the limited liability entity, a reporting entity
shall consider the indicators of significant influence in
paragraphs 323-10-15-6 through 15-7.
25-1B Other
transactions between the investor and the limited liability
entity (for example, bank loans) shall not be considered
when determining whether the conditions in paragraph
323-740-25-1 are met, provided that all three of the
following conditions are met:
- The reporting entity is in the business of entering into those other transactions (for example, a financial institution that regularly extends loans to other projects).
- The terms of those other transactions are consistent with the terms of arm’s-length transactions.
- The reporting entity does not acquire the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the limited liability entity as a result of those other transactions.
ASC 323-740 permits entities to elect, as an accounting policy, to account for QAHP
investments that meet certain criteria by using the proportional amortization
method.4 Such method, however, applies only to investments in QAHPs through limited
liability entities and should not be analogized to investments in other projects for
which substantially all of the benefits come from tax credits and other tax
benefits. This restriction is similar to the SEC staff’s view described in ASC
323-740-S99-2 that it would be inappropriate to extend the prior effective-yield
method of accounting to analogous situations (i.e., investments involving other
types of tax credits).
Before applying the guidance in ASC 323-740, a reporting entity must
first consider whether it is required under ASC 810 to consolidate a QAHP investee.
If consolidation of the QAHP investee is required, the proportional amortization
method cannot be used.
If the QAHP investee is not consolidated, ASC 323-740-25-1 permits the
investor(s) to elect to use the proportional amortization method as long as
all of the following five criteria are met:
-
“It is probable that the tax credits allocable to the investor will be available” (see Section C.3.1).
-
“The investor does not have . . . significant influence over [the QAHP]” (see Section C.3.2).
-
“Substantially all of the projected benefits are from tax credits and other tax benefits” (see Section C.3.3).
-
“The investor’s projected yield based solely on . . . income tax benefits is positive” (see Section C.3.4).
-
“The investor is a limited liability investor in the limited liability entity for both legal and tax purposes, and the investor’s liability is limited to its capital investment” (see Section C.3.5).
C.3.1 Availability of LIHTC Tax Credits
Under the first scope criterion that must be met for an investor
to elect to use the proportional amortization method, it must be probable that
the tax credits allocable to the investor will be available. The ASC master
glossary defines probable as “[t]he future event or events are likely to occur.”
If an investor has previously established an accounting policy to define
probable for use in the application of other U.S. GAAP, it should use that same
policy when evaluating this scope condition.
Since LIHTCs are earned over a 10-year period, an investor should assess whether
it can reasonably expect LIHTCs generated over the life of the investee to be
available for distribution to the investor.
C.3.2 Significant Influence
Under the second scope criterion that must be met before an
investor can elect to use the proportional amortization method, the investor
cannot have the ability to exercise significant influence over the investee’s
operating and financial policies.
In the application of the guidance on equity method investments,
an investor with an ownership in a QAHP entity is generally presumed to have
significant influence on the basis of its level of ownership (see Section 3.2); however, ASC 323-740-25-1A
excludes reference to any ownership thresholds. As noted in paragraph BC12 of
ASU 2014-01, the EITF’s intent in reaching the conclusions in the ASU was “to
identify those investments that are made for the primary purpose of receiving
tax credits and other tax benefits” and to allow an investor to elect the
proportional amortization method to account for such investments. Further, the
EITF believed that “an investor who has the ability to influence the operating
and financial policies of the [QAHP] entity should not be precluded from
[electing the proportional amortization method] as long as that investor does
not have the ability to exercise significant influence.” In accordance with its
objective, the EITF concluded that the presumption that an investor can exercise
significant influence at 20 percent or more voting stock ownership would not
apply to investments in QAHP entities since that presumption “was intended for
application to investments in common stock and not to investments in limited
liability partnership interests.” Although the EITF did not indicate that the
quantitative thresholds typically associated with an investor’s possessing
significant influence over a partnership would not apply to an investment in a
QAHP entity, it is reasonable to conclude, on the basis of the EITF’s stated
objective, that an investor in a QAHP entity would not be required to consider
the guidance in ASC 323-30 that a 3 percent to 5 percent ownership interest in a
partnership constitutes significant influence over the partnership. Rather, the
qualitative indicators included in ASC 323-10-15-6 and 15-7 should be considered
to determine whether an investor has significant influence.
As a result, an investor that holds the majority of limited
partnership interests (e.g., 99 percent of the limited partnership units) in a
QAHP may be able to conclude that it does not have the ability to exercise
significant influence over the QAHP’s operating and financial policies. However,
if the investor concludes that it participates in the QAHP’s policy-making
processes, it would be deemed to have significant influence and would not be
eligible to apply the proportional amortization method to account for its
investment in the QAHP entity. In addition to the indicators of significant
influence discussed in Section 3.3,
factors to consider in the determination of whether an investor participates in
the policy-making processes of a QAHP entity include the following:
-
Does the investor have the ability to make decisions about the day-to-day operations of the QAHP entity (e.g., accepting tenants, setting rent)?
-
Does the investor have the ability to vote on operating and capital budgets or otherwise participate in making decisions about the day-to-day operations of the QAHP?
The existence of protective rights (e.g., the ability to remove the GP with cause
or to veto the sale of a property owned by the QAHP entity for significantly
less than its fair value) would generally not provide the investor with
significant influence over the QAHP entity.
C.3.3 Substantially All of the Projected Benefits
Under the third scope criterion that must be met for an investor
to elect to use the proportional amortization method, substantially all of the
projected benefits of the investment must be derived from tax credits and other
tax benefits, such as operating losses. An investor should evaluate this scope
condition on the basis of a ratio in which (1) the numerator includes only the
income tax credits and other income tax benefits (net of income tax expense, if
any) expected to be realized from the investment and (2) the denominator
includes all benefits expected to be realized from the investment.
If an investment is expected to generate income tax expenses along with income
tax benefits, such as income tax expense generated from an investee’s taxable
income, the net amount of income tax benefits would be used in this calculation
to determine whether this criterion is met.
While the term “substantially all” is not defined in the Codification, we believe
that a threshold of 90 percent should generally be used to determine whether the
tax credits and tax benefits generated by an investee meet the substantially all
threshold. However, if an investor has previously established an accounting
policy to quantify substantially all (such as a policy established during the
implementation of ASC 842 to evaluate lease classification), that existing
policy should continue to be used.
C.3.4 Positive Projected Yield
Under the fourth scope criterion that must be met for an
investor to elect to use the proportional amortization method, the investor’s
projected yield, calculated solely on the basis of the cash flows from the tax
credits and other net tax benefits, must be positive. When evaluating this
criterion, an investor should consider the tax credits as well as other net tax
benefits expected to be realized from the investment, such as net operating
losses. See Section
C.4.1 for additional factors to consider for QAHP investments
that generate other tax credits in addition to LIHTCs.
C.3.5 Form of the Investment
Under the fifth and final scope criterion that must be met for
an investor to elect to use the proportional amortization method, the investor
must be a limited liability investor in a limited liability entity for both
legal and tax purposes, and the investor’s liability must be limited to its
capital investment. In practice, investments made through both partnership and
LLC structures meet this scope requirement.
Footnotes
4
An entity that used the effective yield method to account for its QAHP
investments before adopting ASU 2014-01 may continue to apply that method
for those prior investments
C.4 Applying the Proportional Amortization Method
C.4.1 Applicability of the Proportional Amortization Method to a QAHP Investment That Generates Other Tax Credits in Addition to Affordable Housing Credits
As discussed in more detail in Section C.2, ASC 323-740 can be applied to QAHP investments that
generate LIHTC credits. In some situations, the QAHP generates other tax credits
(e.g., alternative energy credits or credits related to restoring and
rehabilitating historic buildings), which are also allocated to investors in the
QAHP. Because the scope of ASC 323-740 is limited to QAHP investments, it is
unclear whether a QAHP investment that generates other credits in addition to
LIHTC credits would be automatically excluded from its scope. While we believe
that an entity needs to carefully consider the nature of the investment, we do
not think that a QAHP investment that generates tax benefits other than LIHTC
credits would automatically be excluded from the scope of ASC 323-740.
To consider the nature of a QAHP investment, an investor would
need to determine whether the LIHTC program is the predominant program through
which the QAHP investment generates credits. This is not a bright-line
determination; however, the greater the proportion of the benefits derived from
other tax credits in relation to the proportion of the benefits derived from
LIHTC credits and tax benefits from operating losses of the investment, the more
difficult it becomes to conclude that the investment is within the scope of ASC
323-740. For example, we believe that if 45 percent of the tax credits generated
by a QAHP investment are attributable to LIHTC credits and the remaining 55
percent are associated with other tax credits, it would be difficult to conclude
that the investment is within the scope of ASC 323-740. Alternatively, we
believe that if 92 percent of the projected benefits of a QAHP investment are
related to LIHTC credits and only 8 percent are associated with other tax
credits, it would generally be appropriate to conclude that the investment could
be within the scope of ASC 323-740, provided that the other scope requirements
are met.
In the determination of whether the “substantially all”
condition is met (see Section C.3.3), tax credits that are accounted for
outside the scope of ASC 740, such as refundable tax credits, are
included in the computation of the total projected benefits (i.e., the
denominator) but are not included in the computation of the
projected benefits from tax credits and other income tax benefits (i.e.,
the numerator). If any of the underlying credits represent transferable
credits, an investor will need to consider its accounting policy choice
for such credits in determining whether to include them in the numerator
when assessing the “substantially all” condition. See Section 12.2.2 of Deloitte’s Roadmap
Income
Taxes for additional information on accounting
for transferable tax credits.
C.5 Initial Measurement
C.5.1 Initial Recognition of the Cost of a QAHP Investment
ASC 323-740
25-3 A
liability shall be recognized for delayed equity
contributions that are unconditional and legally
binding. A liability also shall be recognized for equity
contributions that are contingent upon a future event
when that contingent event becomes probable. Topic 450
and paragraph 842-50-55-2 provide additional guidance on
the accounting for delayed equity contributions.
25-5 At the
time of initial investment, immediate recognition of the
entire benefit of the tax credits to be received during
the term of an investment in a qualified affordable
housing project is not appropriate (that is, affordable
housing credits shall not be recognized in the financial
statements before their inclusion in the investor’s tax
return).
30-1
Paragraph 323-740-25-5 prohibits immediate recognition
of tax credits, at the time of initial investment, for
the entire benefit of tax credits to be received during
the term of an investment in a qualified affordable
housing project. See paragraph 323-740-35-2 for the
required subsequent measurement calculation methodology
when an entity uses the proportional amortization method
of accounting for an investment in a qualified
affordable housing project through a limited liability
entity.
Investments that are accounted for in accordance with ASC
323-740, including QAHP investments that are not accounted for in
accordance with the proportional amortization method, are initially recognized
at cost. The cost of the investment should include (1) the initial investment
amount, (2) the amount of any unconditional and legally binding future
contributions to be made, and (3) the cost of any future contributions that are
contingent on a future event that is determined to be probable. Notwithstanding
the reference in ASC 323-740-25-3 to the leveraged lease accounting guidance in
ASC 842-50-55-2, we believe that these delayed equity contributions are not
required to be recognized on a discounted basis. However, if an investor elected
to record delayed equity contributions on a discounted basis and recognize the
subsequent accretion expense, we would not object.
Example C-1
Company A executes an investment agreement for a QAHP
investment that meets the scope criteria in ASC 323-740
to be accounted for by using the proportional
amortization method. The investor has elected to apply
that method. As part of the investment agreement, A
makes an initial cash investment of $1 million and
agrees to invest (1) an additional $1 million one year
after the initial investment and (2) up to an additional
$0.5 million to fund losses of the QAHP. On the date of
the initial investment, A determines that it is not
probable that it will be required to invest any
additional cash to fund losses of the QAHP.
On the date of the initial investment, A recognizes an
investment of $2 million, with an offsetting liability
of $1 million for the portion of the future commitments
that is unconditional and legally binding. However, the
contingent commitment to fund an additional $0.5 million
would not be recognized in the initial investment
balance because it is not considered probable.
If, on a future date, A determines that
it is probable that it will be required to fund the
additional $0.5 million, it would recognize that amount
in the investment balance, and the amortization
recognized in each period would be prospectively
adjusted to reflect the additional investment.
For simplicity, assume that the investment was assessed
and continues to qualify for the proportional
amortization method after this additional investment
amount was recognized.
See Section C.6.2 for
further interpretive guidance on how to adjust the proportional amortization
calculation for commitments to fund that are made, or are contingent and become
probable, after the initial measurement of the investment.
C.5.2 Recognizing Deferred Taxes When the Proportional Amortization Method Is Used to Account for a QAHP Investment
For an investment accounted for under the proportional amortization method, an
entity generally should not record deferred taxes for the temporary difference
between the investment’s carrying amount for financial reporting purposes and
its tax basis. The proportional amortization method reflects the view that an
investment in a QAHP through a limited liability entity is in substance the
purchase of tax benefits. Accordingly, the initial investment is amortized in
proportion to the affordable housing tax credits and other tax benefits
allocated to the investor, as described in ASC 323-740-35-2. This approach is
similar to the accounting for purchased tax benefits described in ASC
740-10-25-52, which requires that future tax benefits (net of the amount paid)
purchased from a party other than a tax authority be initially recognized as a
deferred credit and then recognized in tax expense when the related tax
attributes are realized.
Further, while ASC 323-740 does not explicitly state that an entity is not
required to recognize deferred taxes for the temporary difference related to its
QAHP investment, ASU 2014-01 amended the example in ASC 323-740-55-2 through
55-5 so that it no longer addresses the recognition of deferred taxes for the
temporary difference.
In the Background Information and Basis for Conclusions of ASU
2014-01, the EITF expressed the view that the proportional amortization method
better reflects a QAHP investment’s economics than the equity or cost methods of
accounting and thus should help users better understand such investments. As
shown in Column K of the table in Example
C-2, if an entity does not record deferred taxes when using the
proportional amortization method, there will be a return in all periods that is
positive and in proportion to the investment amortization in each respective
period. Column O of the table in Example
C-2, on the other hand, shows that when deferred taxes are
recorded on the investment, a net decrease in income tax expense (or increase in
benefit) occurs in the early years and a net increase in income tax expense (or
reduction of benefit) occurs in later years. We believe that result is less
indicative of the overall economics, is more difficult for financial statement
users to understand, and is therefore generally inconsistent with the EITF’s
overall objectives in ASU 2014-01. Nonetheless, we are aware that others believe
that since the asset is an investment, an entity would not be precluded from
accruing deferred taxes on the related temporary difference. Entities that take
this view are encouraged to consult with their income tax accounting
advisers.
We believe that when an entity uses the practical expedient
described in ASC 323-740-35-4, as discussed in further detail in Section C.6.3, it should
recognize deferred taxes on the investment. Under the practical expedient, the
entire cost of the QAHP investment is amortized over only the period during
which the QAHP credits are received (generally 10 years). The period over which
“other tax benefits” such as depreciation will be received may be longer (e.g.,
depreciation deductions would normally be taken over a period of 15 years or
longer). When deferred taxes are recognized for the temporary difference, the
current tax benefit for the “other tax benefits” received after the amortization
of the investment’s cost is offset by deferred tax expense resulting from the
reversal of the DTA recognized for the remaining tax basis. We believe that when
using the practical expedient, an entity should record deferred taxes since this
approach results in a better reflection of the investment’s performance and thus
should provide users with a better understanding of an entity’s QAHP investment,
as demonstrated in Column O of the table in Example C-4.
If the practical expedient is used and deferred taxes are
not recorded, a reporting entity will recognize “other tax benefits”
in the years after the cost of the investment has been amortized, and those
other tax benefits will not be reduced by the cost of obtaining them in the
period in which they are recognized. The investment may result in an incremental
expense in the early years and an incremental benefit in the later years. We
believe that these results are less reflective of the overall economics of the
investment and, again, inconsistent with the overall objectives of ASU
2014-01.
C.6 Subsequent Measurement
C.6.1 The Proportional Amortization Calculation
ASC 323-740
35-2 Under the
proportional amortization method, the investor amortizes
the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the
tax credits and other tax benefits allocated to the
investor. The amortization amount shall be calculated as
follows:
-
The initial investment balance less any expected residual value of the investment, multiplied by
-
The percentage of actual tax credits and other tax benefits allocated to the investor in the current period divided by the total estimated tax credits and other tax benefits expected to be received by the investor over the life of the investment.
35-5 Any
expected residual value of the investment shall be
excluded from the proportional amortization calculation.
Cash received from operations of the limited liability
entity shall be included in earnings when realized or
realizable. Gains or losses on the sale of the
investment, if any, shall be included in earnings at the
time of sale.
35-6 An
investment in a qualified affordable housing project
through a limited liability entity shall be tested for
impairment when events or changes in circumstances
indicate that it is more likely than not that the
carrying amount of the investment will not be realized.
An impairment loss shall be measured as the amount by
which the carrying amount of an investment exceeds its
fair value. A previously recognized impairment loss
shall not be reversed.
In each period after the initial
investment in a QAHP accounted for under ASC 323-740, the investor amortizes the
initial cost of the investment into the income tax benefit/expense line item in
the investor’s income statement. The cost of the investment is amortized in
proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits expected to be received
over the life of the underlying QAHP. The calculation is as follows:
Example C-2
On January 1, 20X1, Company A makes a $200,000 investment
in a QAHP in exchange for a 10 percent limited
partnership interest. Further assume that:
-
Company A determines that its investment has met the scope criteria in ASC 323-740 and elects to account for the investment by using the proportional amortization method.
-
Company A has not applied the practical expedient.
-
The partnership is financed entirely with equity.
-
Annual tax credits equal 9 percent of the original cost of the property each year for 10 years.
-
Book and tax depreciation are determined by using a straight-line method over 25 years.
-
Company A’s statutory tax rate is 25 percent.
-
The estimated residual value of Company A’s investment is zero.
See
table below.
C.6.2 Additional Investments Made After Initial Measurement
After making an initial investment, an entity may make an
additional investment that was not included in the initial cost (e.g., the
additional investment is not contractually required or is a contingent
commitment that was previously determined to not be probable but subsequently
became probable). If the investment continues to qualify for the proportional
amortization method after the additional investment is made, the proportional
amortization calculation should be adjusted to reflect the additional
investment. In addition, the entity should adjust the calculation to reflect any
additional tax credits and other tax benefits expected to be realized as a
result of the additional investment.
There are two different ways that investors can adjust proportional amortization
calculations to reflect additional investments that are not included in the
initial cost of the investment:
-
They can create a separate amortization schedule for the additional investment and recognize the amortization calculated in this separate schedule in addition to the amortization calculated in the original schedule. (The schedule should be similar to that in Example C-2.)
-
The original amortization schedule can be adjusted prospectively to reflect the additional investment amount, tax credits, and other tax benefits expected to be received.
Both methods described above would result in the recognition of the same
amortization amount in each period.
Example C-3
On January 1, 20X1, Company A makes a
$200,000 investment in a QAHP in exchange for a 10
percent limited partnership interest. On January 1,
20X3, A makes an additional $100,000 investment in the
QAHP in exchange for an additional 5 percent limited
partnership interest that was not contemplated at the
time of the initial investment.
Further assume that:
-
Company A determines that its investment has met the scope criteria in ASC 323-740 and elects to account for the investment by using the proportional amortization method.
-
Company A has not applied the practical expedient.
-
The $100,000 additional investment made in 20X3 resulted in a corresponding increase to the tax basis of the investment.
-
Company A will recognize (1) annual tax credits equal to 9 percent of the original cost of the property in each year for 10 years starting in 20X1 and (2) additional tax credits equal to 9 percent of the additional investment in each year for 10 years starting in 20X3.
-
Book and tax depreciation are determined by using a straight-line method over 25 years.
-
Company A’s statutory tax rate is 25 percent.
-
The estimated residual value of A’s investment is zero.
See
table below.
C.6.3 Practical Expedient
ASC 323-740
35-4 As a practical
expedient, an investor is permitted to amortize the
initial cost of the investment in proportion to only the
tax credits allocated to the investor if the investor
reasonably expects that doing so would produce a
measurement that is substantially similar to the
measurement that would result from applying the
requirement in paragraph 323-740-35-2.
Under the proportional amortization method described in ASC
323-740, an investor amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion
to the tax credits and other tax benefits received. As a
practical expedient, an investor applying the proportional amortization method
may choose to amortize the initial cost of the investment in proportion to only the tax credits allocated to the investor if the
investor reasonably expects that doing so would produce a measurement that is
substantially similar to the measurement that would result from applying the
full proportional amortization method described in ASC 323-740-35-2 (as
illustrated in Example C-2).
There is no bright-line test for determining whether the practical expedient can
be applied. Instead, an investor will need to use significant judgment to
determine whether use of the practical expedient would produce a measurement
that is substantially similar to that of the proportional amortization method.
Factors to consider include, but are not limited to, the net effect on income
tax expense each period and the period over which the predominant portion of the
investment would be amortized.
Below are some examples of when the use of the practical expedient would produce
a measurement that is or is not substantially similar to the measurement
produced by the proportional amortization method.
Substantially Similar
|
Not Substantially Similar
|
---|---|
|
|
Below are examples of the application of the practical expedient.
Example C-4
On January 1, 20X1, Company A makes a $200,000 investment
in a QAHP in exchange for a 10 percent limited
partnership interest. Further assume that:
- Company A determines that its investment has met the scope criteria in ASC 323-740 and elects to account for the investment by using the proportional amortization method.
- Company A qualifies for, and elects to use, the practical expedient.
- The partnership is financed entirely with equity.
- Company A will recognize annual tax credits equal to 9 percent of the original cost of the property each year for 10 years starting in 20X1.
- Book and tax depreciation are determined by using a straight-line method over 25 years.
- Company A’s statutory tax rate is 25 percent.
- The estimated residual value of A’s investment is zero.
See
table below.
Example C-5
On January 1, 20X1, Company A makes a $200,000 investment
in a QAHP in exchange for a 10 percent limited
partnership interest. On January 1, 20X3, A makes an
additional $100,000 investment in the QAHP for an
additional 5 percent limited partnership interest that
was not contemplated at the time of the initial
investment.
Further assume that:
-
Company A determines that its investment has met the scope criteria in ASC 323-740 and elects to account for the investment by using the proportional amortization method.
-
Company A qualifies for, and elects to use, the practical expedient.
-
The partnership is financed entirely with equity.
-
Company A will recognize (1) annual tax credits equal to 9 percent of the original cost of the property in each year for 10 years starting in 20X1 and (2) additional tax credits equal to 9 percent of the additional investment in each year for 10 years starting in 20X3.
-
Book and tax depreciation are determined by using a straight-line method over 25 years.
-
Company A’s statutory tax rate is 25 percent.
-
The estimated residual value of A’s investment is zero.
See
table below.
C.6.4 Reassessment
ASC 323-740
25-1C At the time of the
initial investment, a reporting entity shall evaluate
whether the conditions in paragraphs 323-740-25-1
through 25-1B have been met to elect to apply the
proportional amortization method on the basis of facts
and circumstances that exist at that time. A reporting
entity shall subsequently reevaluate the conditions upon
the occurrence of either of the following:
-
A change in the nature of the investment (for example, if the investment is no longer in a flow-through entity for tax purposes)
-
A change in the relationship with the limited liability entity that could result in the reporting entity no longer meeting the conditions in paragraphs 323-740-25-1 through 25-1B.
C.6.4.1 Changes in Circumstances After Initial Measurement
Under ASC 323-740-25-1C, an entity is required to reassess the applicability
of the proportional amortization method when there is either a “change in
the nature of the investment” or a “change in the relationship with the
underlying [QAHP] that could result in the [investment] no longer meeting”
the scope requirements for the application of ASC 323-740. Changes that
would trigger the need for reassessment include, but are not limited to, (1)
the investee is no longer a pass-through entity for tax purposes or (2) the
investee no longer generates LIHTCs.
C.6.4.2 Changes in Laws or Rates
Questions have arisen regarding whether an entity needs to reevaluate whether
a project yields an overall benefit (the criterion in ASC 323-740-25-1(b))
when a change in tax law is enacted. To determine whether a change in tax
law represents a change in the nature of the investment or in the
relationship with the investee, either of which would require reassessment
of the applicability of the proportional amortization method, investors
should evaluate the specific impact of the change in tax law. Such an
assessment requires significant professional judgment.
Although a change in the tax rate may affect whether the criteria in ASC
323-740-25-1 are met after the initial investment, we do not believe that a
change in tax rate represents either a change in the nature of the
investment or a change in the relationship with the investee, as those terms
are contemplated in ASC 323-740-25-1C. Therefore, an entity is not required
to reassess whether it is still appropriate to apply the proportional
amortization method solely because of a change in tax rates.
Alternatively, we believe that if a change in the tax law has a broader
impact that affects more than just the tax rate, an entity should assess the
nature of the change to determine whether it represents either a change in
the nature of the investment or a change in the relationship with the
investee. Examples of changes in tax laws that would generally trigger the
need to reassess the applicability of the proportional amortization method include:
-
Changing a credit from nontransferable or nonrefundable to transferable or refundable.
-
Changing how a credit is generated (e.g., a change in the criteria that need to be met for a QAHP to generate credits).
-
Changing the rate at which the credits are generated (e.g., a change in the LIHTC rate from 9 percent each period to 5 percent each period).
If the total expected tax benefit changes because of a change in tax rates
and the investment continues to be accounted for under the proportional
amortization method, an investor must revise the amortization of the
investment to ensure that cumulative amortization over the life of the
investment equals the initial carrying amount (less any residual value). If
the change in total expected tax benefits is the result of a change in tax
rates and the investor has not elected to use the practical expedient, the
proportion of benefits already allocated to the investor will increase in
relation to the total expected tax credits and other tax benefits. As a
result, we believe that there are two acceptable approaches for adjusting
amortization.
Under the first approach, the investor would record a cumulative catch-up
adjustment to the carrying amount of the investment on the basis of the
amount of tax credits and other tax benefits that have been allocated to the
investor in proportion to the revised amount of total expected tax benefits.
This approach is consistent with the guidance in ASC 323-740, which requires
that the initial cost of the investment be amortized in proportion to the
tax credits and other benefits that have been allocated to the investor.
Under the second approach, the investor would adjust
amortization prospectively. This treatment is consistent with accounting for
a change in estimate that does not affect the carrying amount of an asset or
liability but alters the subsequent accounting for existing or future assets
or liabilities under ASC 250. See Example C-6 for an
illustration of the prospective adjustment to the proportional amortization
calculation in response to a change in tax rate.
In selecting an approach to adjust amortization, an investor should consider
whether it has, in effect, made a policy election in prior periods when
adjusting amortization to take into account changes in expected tax benefits
that are due to factors other than changes in tax rates. If so, using a
different approach to account for the change in tax rate would be a change
in accounting principle that would need to be assessed for
preferability.
If a significant portion of an investor’s yield is tied to tax benefits, as
is expected with investments in QAHPs, the investor may need to test its
investment for impairment when there is a change in the estimate or a change
in tax law. More specifically, to evaluate whether it is more likely than
not that the carrying amount of the QAHP investment will not be
realized, the investor would need to compare (1) the carrying amount of the
investment, after any cumulative catch-up is considered, with (2) the
undiscounted amount of the remaining expected tax credits and other tax
benefits.
C.6.4.3 Changes in Estimates After Initial Recognition
ASC 250-10-20 defines a change in accounting estimate, in part, as “[a]
change that has the effect of adjusting the carrying amount of an existing
asset or liability or altering the subsequent accounting for existing or
future assets or liabilities.” Changes in accounting estimates occur when
new information is obtained.
The accounting for a change in estimate is based on the cause of the change.
Generally, changes in the amount or timing of anticipated tax benefits to be
generated by a QAHP, or changes in the residual value of a QAHP investment,
are accounted for prospectively and typically would not be considered a
change in circumstances that would trigger the need to reassess the
applicability of the proportional amortization method. Investors should
carefully consider whether adjustments made to the proportional amortization
calculation are the result of a change in estimate or the correction of an
error.
C.6.5 Impairment Considerations
QAHP investors are required to assess their investment for impairment if the
occurrence of an event or a change in circumstances indicates that it is more
likely than not that the carrying amount of the investment will not be realized.
ASC 323-740-35-6 states, in part, that an “impairment loss shall be measured as
the amount by which the carrying amount of an investment exceeds its fair
value.”
Events or changes in circumstances that may indicate that a QAHP
investment is impaired include, but are not limited to, (1) changes in income
tax rates and (2) changes in the income tax credits and other tax benefits to be
generated by the QAHP. See Section C.6.4 for additional
guidance on the potential need for reassessment if an investment in a QAHP
qualifies for ASC 323-740 when such changes occur.
C.6.5.1 Presentation of Impairment Expense
ASC 323-740 does not specify where in the income statement an impairment
charge related to a QAHP investment should be recorded. Under the
proportional amortization method, the amortization of the cost of the
investment is netted against the tax benefits received within the income tax
expense line. An impairment is a recognition of the fact that the
unamortized cost of acquiring the benefits exceeds the remaining expected
benefits, but it does not change the nature of the initial investment as an
investment in tax credits and other tax benefits. Accordingly, we believe
that the impairment of an investment accounted for by using the proportional
amortization method would be recorded as a component of income tax expense.
However, such presentation would not be appropriate for QAHP investments
within the scope of ASC 323-740 that are not accounted for by using the
proportional amortization method.
Since investments in QAHPs are usually recovered through income tax credits
and other tax benefits, the impairment assessments of such investments often
focus on these benefits. However, secondary markets for such investments
exist, and therefore recoveries may occur through sales. When developing the
guidance in ASU 2014-01, the EITF was cognizant of the various methods of
recovery and referred to “fair value” in the guidance.
See the example below of a possible impairment assessment,
including an undiscounted cash flow assessment, for a QAHP investment
accounted for in accordance with ASC 323-740.
Example C-6
On January 1, 20X1, Company A makes a $200,000
investment in a QAHP in exchange for a 10 percent
limited partnership interest. Further assume that:
-
Company A determines that its investment has met the scope criteria in ASC 323-740 and elects to account for the investment by using the proportional amortization method.
-
Company A has not applied the practical expedient.
-
The partnership is financed entirely with equity.
-
Company A recognizes annual tax credits equal to 9 percent of the original cost of the property in each year for 10 years starting in 20X1.
-
Book and tax depreciation are determined by using a straight-line method over 25 years.
-
Company A’s statutory tax rate is 25 percent.
-
On January 1, 20X4, a new tax law was passed that reduced A’s statutory tax rate to 12 percent.
-
The estimated residual value of A’s investment is zero.
See table below.
Because of the new tax law enacted
in 20X4 that decreased A’s statutory tax rate from
25 percent to 12 percent, the total other tax
benefits expected to be generated by the QAHP
decreased. As a result, on January 1, 20X4 (the date
the new tax law was enacted), the total undiscounted
cash flows (i.e., the sum of anticipated tax credits
plus other tax benefits) was less than the
investment balance. Accordingly, A recorded an
impairment of $706, which was the difference between
the investment balance on January 1, 20X4, and the
expected future tax credit and other tax benefits
after adjusting for the change in tax rates.
Note that as discussed in Section C.6.4.3, there are two
acceptable approaches for adjusting the amortization
calculation in response to a change in tax rates.
This example illustrates the prospective adjustment
approach.
C.6.5.2 Impairment of Investment in QAHPs Accounted for Under the Equity Method
ASC 323-740 historically included an example illustrating the accounting for
an investment in a QAHP accounted for under the equity method. This guidance
was solely applicable to QAHP investments that qualify for, and are
accounted for under, the equity method and should not be used by analogy for
any other investments not within the scope of ASC 323-740. Although this
example was removed from the Codification, we believe that it is still
acceptable to use the method for assessing for impairment of an equity
method investment within the scope of ASC 323-740 that was illustrated in
this example.
See the example below for a possible impairment assessment, including the
undiscounted cash flow method, for a QAHP investment accounted for in
accordance with ASC 323 (i.e., the traditional equity method of accounting
for all purposes other than impairment).
Example C-7
On January 1, 20X1, Company A makes a $200,000 QAHP
investment in exchange for a 10 percent limited
partnership interest. Further assume that:
- Company A accounts for its investment as a traditional equity method investment in accordance with ASC 323.
- The partnership is financed entirely with equity.
- Company A will recognize annual tax credits equal to 9 percent of the original cost of the property in each year for 10 years starting in 20X1.
- Book and tax depreciation are determined by using a straight-line method over 25 years.
- Company A’s statutory tax rate is 25 percent.
- The estimated residual value of A’s investment is zero.
See table below.
In 20X4, the total undiscounted cash
flows (i.e., the sum of anticipated tax credits plus
other tax benefits) dropped below the investment
balance. Accordingly, A recorded an impairment of
$32,000, which was the difference between the
investment balance at the end of 20X4 and the
anticipated future tax credit and other tax
benefits.
Footnotes
5
This includes (1) any unconditional and legally binding future
contributions to be made and (2) the cost of any future contributions
that are contingent on a future event that is determined to be
probable.
C.7 Other Accounting Methods When the Proportional Amortization Method Cannot Be Used or Is Not Elected
ASC 323-740
25-2 For an
investment in a qualified affordable housing project through
a limited liability entity not accounted for using the
proportional amortization method, the investment shall be
accounted for in accordance with Subtopic 970-323. In
accounting for such an investment under that Subtopic, the
requirements in paragraphs 323-740-25-3 through 25-5 and
paragraphs 323-740-50-1 through 50-2 of this Subsection that
are not related to the proportional amortization method,
shall be applied.
25-2A
Accounting for an investment in a qualified affordable
housing project using the cost method may be appropriate. In
accounting for such an investment using the cost method, the
requirements in paragraphs 323-740-25-3 through 25-5 and
paragraphs 323-740-50-1 through 50-2 of this Subsection that
are not related to the proportional amortization method
shall be applied.
25-4 The
decision to apply the proportional amortization method of
accounting is an accounting policy decision to be applied
consistently to all investments in qualified affordable
housing projects that meet the conditions in paragraph
323-740-25-1 rather than a decision to be applied to
individual investments that qualify for use of the
proportional amortization method.
ASC 970-323
25-8 If the
substance of the partnership arrangement is such that the
general partners are not in control of the major operating
and financial policies of the partnership, a limited partner
may be in control. An example could be a limited partner
holding over 50 percent of the limited partnership’s
kick-out rights through voting interests in accordance with
paragraph 810-10-15-8A. A controlling limited partner shall
be guided in accounting for its investment by the principles
for investments in subsidiaries in Topic 810 on
consolidation. Noncontrolling limited partners shall account
for their investments by the equity method and shall be
guided by the provisions of Topic 323, as discussed in the
guidance beginning in paragraph 970-323-25-5, or by the
guidance in Topic 321.
Under ASC 323-740-25-2, if a limited liability investment in a QAHP is not accounted
for under the proportional amortization method, either because it does not qualify
or because the proportional amortization method is not elected, an entity is
required to account for such investment in accordance with ASC 970-323.
ASC 970-323-25-6 generally requires use of the equity method of accounting for
limited partnership real estate investments unless the limited partner’s interest is
“so minor [(generally considered to be no more than 3 to 5 percent)] that the
limited partner may have virtually no influence over partnership operating and
financial policies.”
For situations in which the equity method of accounting is not
required under ASC 970-323-25-6, ASC 970-323-25-8 indicates that noncontrolling
limited partners should account for their investments by using the equity method and
should “be guided by the provisions of Topic 323, as discussed in the guidance
beginning in paragraph 970-323-25-5, or by the guidance in Topic 321.”
Alternatively, ASC 323-740-25-2A (added by ASU 2016-01) notes that it may be
appropriate to account for a QAHP by using the cost method. ASU 2016-01 also removed
the reference to the cost method6 in ASC 970-323 and superseded ASC 325-20.
Because of this conflicting guidance, we believe that investors are able to make a
policy election regarding the accounting for QAHP investments that are not accounted
for by using the proportional amortization method and that do not qualify for the
equity method. Such investments may be accounted for under either (1) ASC 321 or (2)
the modified cost method of accounting described in ASC 323-740-25-2A and ASC
323-740-55-7. Once a policy election is made, it should be applied consistently to
all QAHP investments.
Example C-8
On January 1, 20X1, Company A makes a $100,000 QAHP
investment in exchange for a 5 percent limited partnership
interest. Further assume that:
-
Company A accounts for its investment by using the cost method.
-
The partnership is financed entirely with equity.
-
Company A recognizes annual tax credits equal to 9 percent of the original cost of the property ($200,000) in each year for 10 years starting in 20X1.
-
Book and tax depreciation are determined by using a straight-line method over 25 years.
-
Company A’s statutory tax rate is 25 percent.
-
The project will operate with break-even pretax cash flows.
-
The estimated residual value of A’s investment is zero.
Each year, the cost of the investment is amortized in
proportion to the tax credits generated. The key difference
between the application of the cost method and the
application of the proportional amortization method is that
under the cost method, the amortization of the investment is
not recorded within the income tax line item.
Footnotes
6
Note that the cost method referenced in ASC 323-740 is a
modified form of the cost method previously codified in ASC 325-20. See
Example C-8 for the application of
the modified cost method discussed in ASC 323-740 to a QAHP investment.
C.8 Presentation and Disclosure
C.8.1 Presentation
ASC 323-740
45-2 Under
the proportional amortization method, the amortization
of the investment in the limited liability entity is
recognized in the income statement as a component of
income tax expense (or benefit). The current tax expense
(or benefit) shall be accounted for pursuant to the
general requirements of Topic 740.
ASC 323-740 requires the amortization of investments accounted
for under the proportional amortization method to be recognized as a component
of income tax expense (benefit). However, it does not address the balance sheet
presentation of such investments. EITF Issue 13-B, which resulted in the
issuance of ASU 2014-01, stated that QAHP “investments do not have the
characteristics of deferred tax assets and [that the EITF] agrees with the
stakeholders that deferred tax asset classification could have significant and
adverse consequences for both financial reporting and regulatory capital
purposes.” It further noted:
FASB staff does not believe that the Task Force needs to
prescribe a balance sheet classification for the purpose of achieving
symmetry with the income statement classification. The FASB staff
believes that the presentation of those tax credit investments as
investments is reasonable and appropriate but, because reporting
entities often include such investments in other asset captions, the
staff recommends not prescribing a specific balance sheet
presentation.
As a result, in deliberating ASU 2014-01, the EITF did not
prescribe a specific balance sheet presentation for QAHP investments. On the
basis of this lack of guidance, there is diversity in practice in the balance
sheet presentation of investments in QAHPs. While such investments should not be
presented as DTAs, it may be appropriate to present them as an investment asset
or as a component of other assets.
C.8.2 Disclosure
ASC 323-740
50-1 A
reporting entity that invests in a qualified affordable
housing project shall disclose information that enables
users of its financial statements to understand the
following:
-
The nature of its investments in qualified affordable housing projects
-
The effect of the measurement of its investments in qualified affordable housing projects and the related tax credits on its financial position and results of operations.
50-2 To meet
the objectives in the preceding paragraph, a reporting
entity may consider disclosing the following:
-
The amount of affordable housing tax credits and other tax benefits recognized during the year
-
The balance of the investment recognized in the statement of financial position
-
For qualified affordable housing project investments accounted for using the proportional amortization method, the amount recognized as a component of income tax expense (benefit)
-
For qualified affordable housing project investments accounted for using the equity method, the amount of investment income or loss included in pretax income
-
Any commitments or contingent commitments (for example, guarantees or commitments to provide additional capital contributions), including the amount of equity contributions that are contingent commitments related to qualified affordable housing project investments and the year or years in which contingent commitments are expected to be paid
-
The amount and nature of impairment losses during the year resulting from the forfeiture or ineligibility of tax credits or other circumstances. For example, those impairment losses may be based on actual property-level foreclosures, loss of qualification due to occupancy levels, compliance issues with tax code provisions, or other issues.
QAHP investors may need to provide certain additional disclosures owing to the
unique nature of these investments. ASC 323-740-50-1 addresses the overall
disclosure objectives for QAHP investments, which include disclosure of (1) the
nature of the investment in the QAHP and (2) the effect of the investment on the
investor’s financial position and results of operations. By contrast, ASC
323-740-50-2 provides example disclosures that can be made by an investor to
meet the objectives outlined in ASC 323-740-50-1. The guidance in ASC 323-740-50
is applicable regardless of whether the proportional amortization method is
applied.
Appendix D — ASC 323-740 After the Adoption of ASU 2023-02
Appendix D — ASC 323-740 After the Adoption of ASU 2023-02
D.1 Summary of Accounting for a Limited Liability Tax Equity Investment
The decision tree below illustrates how an investor should determine what method to
use to account for a limited liability tax equity investment. Depending on the
specific facts and circumstances, an investor may account for the investment in one
of the following ways:
-
Consolidate the tax equity investee in accordance with ASC 810.
-
Account for the investment under the equity method of accounting in accordance with ASC 323.
-
Use the proportional amortization method under ASC 323-740.
-
Account for the investment at fair value or by applying the measurement alternative, if applicable, in accordance with ASC 321.
D.2 Introduction
D.2.1 Tax Equity Investments
ASC 323-740
05-1 This Subtopic contains
standalone guidance on the use of the proportional
amortization method to investments made primarily for
the purpose of receiving income tax credits and other
income tax benefits. Income tax accounting guidance on
other types of equity method investments and joint
ventures is contained in Subtopics 740-10 and 740-30.
Tax equity investments, including investments in QAHPs, are a
subset of investments that are made through limited liability entities for the
purpose of obtaining income tax credits and other income tax benefits generated
by the investee. Because these types of investments are typically structured as
“flow-through” entities for tax purposes, the investors are entitled to directly
receive income tax benefits generated by the investee, typically in the form of
income tax credits and income tax deductions from operating losses.
ASC 323-740 permits investments that meet certain scope criteria (see
Section D.3) to be accounted for by using the
proportional amortization method at the election of the investor. The sections
below provide additional information on the impact of ASU 2014-01 and ASU 2023-02 on the guidance in ASC
323-740.
In March 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-02. Before adoption of
ASU 2023-02, tax equity investments are typically accounted for in accordance
with ASC 323, or industry specific guidance such as ASC 970-323. In that regard,
ASC 970-323-05-4 specifies that QAHP investments should be accounted for in
accordance with ASC 323-740. That is, only QAHP investments that meet certain
criteria are eligible to be accounted for by using the proportional amortization
method. However, if those criteria are not met, or if the tax equity
investor did not elect to apply the proportional amortization method, other
guidance in ASC 323-740 would apply to those QAHP investments. After the
adoption of ASU 2023-02, any tax equity investments that meet certain criteria
can be accounted for by using the proportional amortization method in accordance
with ASC 323-740. As a result, the scope of the investments to be accounted for
under ASC 323-740 changes after the adoption of ASU 2023-02.
D.2.2 Before the Adoption of ASU 2014-01
Before the adoption of ASU 2014-01, a tax equity investor could have elected, if
certain criteria were met, to account for its QAHP investments by using the
effective yield method. Under this method, tax credits are applied to
(recognized in) the investor’s tax return over a 10-year period and the
investor’s initial cost of investment is amortized in a way that provides a
constant effective yield over the same 10-year period. An investor that used the
effective yield method to account for QAHP investments it entered into before
adopting ASU 2014-01 is permitted to continue applying this method to such
investments until it transitions to the updated guidance in ASU 2023-02.
D.2.3 After the Adoption of ASU 2014-01
ASU 2014-01 replaced the effective yield method with the proportional
amortization method. Under this ASU, a tax equity investor can elect to account
for its investment in a QAHP by using the proportional amortization method,
which required that the investor’s initial cost of the investment be amortized
in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received. ASC
323-740-35-4 notes that “[a]s a practical expedient, an investor is permitted to
amortize the initial cost of the investment in proportion to only the tax
credits allocated to the investor if the investor reasonably expects that doing
so would produce a measurement that is substantially similar to” the one that
would have resulted if it had applied the full proportional amortization method.
Although the provisions of ASU 2014-01 were required to be applied
retrospectively, an investor that used the effective yield method to account for
its QAHP investments before adopting ASU 2014-01 could continue to apply that
method for those prior investments.
D.2.4 Issuance of ASU 2023-02
In March 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-02, which further
updates the guidance in ASC 323-740 and expands its applicability to investments
other than QAHPs. Specifically, this ASU expands the use of the proportional
amortization method, which was previously limited to tax equity investments in
QAHPs, to all tax equity investments regardless of the program from which the
income tax credits are received, if certain conditions are met.
Under ASU 2023-02, an investor must make an accounting policy election to apply
the proportional amortization method on a
tax-credit-program-by-tax-credit-program basis. For all tax equity investments
accounted for under the proportional amortization method, an entity must use the
flow-through method to account for ITCs received through the tax equity
investments, even if the entity uses the deferral method for other ITCs it
received. Further, ASU 2023-02 removes the guidance in ASC 323-740 that was
specific to QAHP investments that were accounted for by using the equity method
or cost method (rather than proportional amortization).
The remainder of this appendix is applicable to investors who have adopted ASU
2023-02. For additional guidance on the application of ASC 323-740 for investors
who have not yet adopted the ASU, see Appendix
C.
D.3 Scope
ASC 323-740
15-1A
The guidance in the Proportional Amortization Method
Subtopic applies to equity investments that generate income
tax credits and other income tax benefits from a tax credit
program through limited liability entities that are
flow-through entities for tax purposes, meet the criteria to
be accounted for using the proportional amortization method
in this Subtopic, and for which that method is elected on a
tax-credit-program-by-tax-credit-program basis in accordance
with paragraph 323-740-25-4. Additionally, the disclosure
requirements in paragraphs 323-740-50-1 through 50-2 shall
be applied to all investments that generate income tax
credits and other income tax benefits from a tax credit
program for which the entity has elected to apply the
proportional amortization method, including investments
within that elected program that do not meet the conditions
to apply the proportional amortization method.
25-1 A
reporting entity that invests in projects that generate
income tax credits and other income tax benefits from a tax
credit program through limited liability entities (that is,
the investor) may elect to account for those investments
using the proportional amortization method (described in
paragraphs 323-740-35-2 and 323-740-45-2) if elected in
accordance with paragraph 323-740-25-4, provided all of the
following conditions are met:
a. It is probable that the income tax credits
allocable to the investor will be available.
aa. The investor does not have the ability to
exercise significant influence over the operating
and financial policies of the underlying
project.
aaa. Substantially all of the projected benefits
are from income tax credits and other income tax
benefits (for example, tax benefits generated from
the operating losses of the investment). Projected
benefits include, but are not limited to, income tax
credits, other income tax benefits, and other
non-income-tax-related benefits, including
refundable tax credits (that is, those tax credits
not dependent upon an investor’s income tax
liability). Tax credits accounted for outside of the
scope of Topic 740 (for example, refundable tax
credits) shall be included in total projected
benefits, but not in income tax credits and other
income tax benefits when evaluating this condition.
This condition shall be determined on a discounted
basis using a discount rate that is consistent with
the cash flow assumptions utilized by the investor
for the purpose of making a decision to invest in
the project.
b. The investor’s projected yield based solely on
the cash flows from the income tax credits and other
income tax benefits is positive.
c. The investor is a limited liability investor in
the limited liability entity for both legal and tax
purposes, and the investor’s liability is limited to
its capital investment.
25-1A
In determining whether an investor has the ability to
exercise significant influence over the operating and
financial policies of the underlying project, a reporting
entity shall consider the indicators of significant
influence in paragraphs 323-10-15-6 through 15-7. In
considering the operating and financial policies of the
underlying project, the investor shall consider the
operations, financial decisions, and related objectives of
the project as a whole.
25-1B
Other transactions between the investor and the limited
liability entity (for example, bank loans) shall not be
considered when determining whether the conditions in
paragraph 323-740-25-1 are met, provided that all three of
the following conditions are met:
a. The reporting entity is in the business of
entering into those other transactions (for example,
a financial institution that regularly extends loans
to other projects).
b. The terms of those other transactions are
consistent with the terms of arm’s-length
transactions.
c. The reporting entity does not acquire the
ability to exercise significant influence over the
operating and financial policies of the underlying
project as a result of those other
transactions.
ASC 323-740 permits entities to elect, as an accounting policy on a
tax-credit-program-by-tax-credit-program basis, to account for tax equity
investments that meet certain criteria by using the proportional amortization
method. Before applying the guidance in ASC 323-740, a reporting entity must first
consider whether it is required under ASC 810 to consolidate a tax equity
investment. If consolidation of the investment is required, the proportional
amortization method cannot be used.
If the tax equity investment is not consolidated, ASC
323-740-25-1 permits the investor(s) to elect to use the proportional amortization
method as long as all of the following five criteria are met:
- “It is probable that the income tax credits allocable to the investor will be available” (see Section D.3.1).
- “The investor does not have . . . significant influence over the [underlying project]” (see Section D.3.2).
- “Substantially all of the projected benefits are from income tax credits and other income tax benefits” within the scope of ASC 740 (see Section D.3.3).
- “The investor’s projected yield based solely on the cash flows from the income tax [benefits] is positive” (see Section D.3.4).
- “The investor is a limited liability investor in the limited liability entity for both legal and tax purposes, and the investor’s liability is limited to its capital investment” (see Section D.3.5).
D.3.1 Availability of Income Tax Credits
Under the first scope criterion that must be met for an investor
to elect to use the proportional amortization method, it must be probable that
the income tax credits allocable to the investor will be available. The ASC
master glossary defines probable as “[t]he future event or events are likely to
occur.” If an investor has previously established an accounting policy to define
probable for use in the application of other U.S. GAAP, it should use that same
policy when evaluating this scope condition.
For tax credit programs that generate credits over time (e.g.,
production tax credits [PTCs] or LIHTCs) rather than at a point in time (e.g.,
ITCs), an investor should assess whether it can reasonably expect income tax
credits generated over the life of the investee to be available for distribution
to the investor. This assessment should be made in the context of whether it is
probable that the investee will continue to qualify to participate in the
underlying income tax credit program and will continue to generate income tax
credits.
D.3.2 Significant Influence
Under the second scope criterion that must be met for an
investor to elect to use the proportional amortization method, the investor
cannot have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and
financial policies of the underlying project.
While an investment in a tax equity structure may provide the investor with an
ownership interest in the project that generally results in the presumption of
significant influence in the application of the guidance on equity method
investments (see Section 3.2), ASC
323-740-25-1A excludes reference to any such thresholds. As noted in paragraph
BC12 of ASU 2014-01, the EITF’s intent in reaching the conclusions in the ASU
was “to identify those investments that are made for the primary purpose of
receiving tax credits and other tax benefits” and to allow an investor to elect
the proportional amortization method to account for such investments. Further,
the EITF believed that “an investor who has the ability to influence the
operating and financial policies of the limited liability entity should not be
precluded from [electing the proportional amortization method] as long as that
investor does not have the ability to exercise significant influence.” In
accordance with its objective, the EITF concluded that the presumption that an
investor can exercise significant influence at 20 percent or more voting stock
ownership would not be applicable to investments in entities since that
presumption “was intended for application to investments in common stock and not
to investments in limited liability partnership interests.” Although the EITF
did not indicate that the quantitative thresholds typically associated with an
investor possessing significant influence over a partnership would not be
applicable to a tax equity investment, it is reasonable to conclude, on the
basis of the EITF’s stated objective, that an investor would not be required to
consider the guidance in ASC 323-30 that a 3 percent to 5 percent ownership
interest in a partnership constitutes significant influence over the
partnership. Rather, the qualitative indicators included in ASC 323-10-15-6 and
15-7 should be considered to determine whether an investor has significant
influence.
As a result, an investor that holds the majority of limited partnership interests
(e.g., 99 percent of the limited partnership units) in a tax equity investee may
be able to conclude that it does not have the ability to exercise significant
influence over the operating and financial policies of the underlying project
depending on facts and circumstances. If the investor concludes that it
participates in the policy-making processes of the underlying project, it would
be deemed to have significant influence and would not be eligible to apply the
proportional amortization method to account for its investment. In addition to
the indicators of significant influence discussed in Section 3.3, factors to consider in the determination of whether
an investor participates in the policy-making processes of the underlying
project of a tax equity investee include the following:
- Does the investor have the ability to make decisions about the day-to-day operations of the project?
- If the rights are substantive, does the investor have the ability to vote on operating and capital budgets of the project or otherwise participate in making decisions about the day-to-day operations without cause? In such circumstances, professional judgment may need to be applied.
The existence of protective rights would generally not provide the investor with
significant influence over the underlying project of the tax equity
investee.
When deliberating the amendments that would ultimately become
ASU 2023-02, the EITF considered whether the criteria in ASC 323-740-25-1(aa),
as discussed above, (1) should be retained and (2) were operable as currently
worded in the application of the condition to a broader set of tax equity
investments. As noted in paragraph BC17 of ASU 2023-02:
The Task Force decided to clarify how to apply the
significant influence condition in paragraph 323-740-25-1(aa) when a
structure is multitiered, such as in an NMTC investment structure. In
multitiered structures, there are several flow-through entities between
the tax equity investor and the project itself, and therefore some
stakeholders indicated that it was unclear at which entity in the
structure the evaluation of significant influence should occur. The Task
Force determined that the project investment structure itself must be
looked at holistically to avoid structuring opportunities.
As a result of this clarification, ASC 323-740-25-1(aa) was
modified to note that an investor should evaluate whether it has significant
influence over the underlying project taken as a whole rather than over a
specific limited liability entity within the tax equity structure. This
modification is not expected to change the application of the significant
influence criterion to tax equity investments that are not made through
multitiered structures (e.g., LIHTC structures).
D.3.3 Substantially All of the Projected Benefits
Under the third scope criterion that must be met for an investor
to elect to use the proportional amortization method, substantially all of the
projected benefits of the investment must be derived from income tax credits and
other income tax benefits, such as operating losses.
When evaluating this scope condition, an investor should
calculate, on a discounted basis, a ratio in which (1) the numerator includes
only the income tax credits within the scope of ASC 740 and other income tax
benefits (net of income tax expense, if any) expected to be realized from the
investment and (2) the denominator includes all benefits expected to be realized
from the investment.
If an investment is expected to generate income tax expense along with income tax
benefits (e.g., income tax expense generated from an investee’s taxable income),
the net amount of income tax benefits would be used in this ratio to determine
whether this criterion is met.
All benefits and income tax expenses expected to be received
throughout the life of the investment should be considered in the evaluation of
this criterion. This can be accomplished by considering either (1) all of the
benefits and income tax expenses to be received by the investor until the
anticipated end of the underlying tax equity project’s life or (2) all of the
anticipated benefits and income tax expenses until the anticipated flip date or
the date of exit by the tax equity investor. If this second approach is taken,
investors also need to include any benefits and income tax expenses expected to
be generated upon exit (e.g., the exercise price of a put or call option that
would be used to exit the investment or proceeds from the anticipated sale of an
investment, along with the income tax expense if there is a taxable gain upon
exit).
In the evaluation of the criterion in ASC 323-740-25-1(aaa), as
amended by ASU 2023-02, only tax credits and other net tax benefits within the
scope of ASC 740 should be included in the numerator of the substantially all
ratio. As noted in paragraph BC18 of ASU 2023-02, the EITF determined that:
[T]he existence of refundable tax credits (that is, tax
credits that are not within the scope of Topic 740) does not preclude an
entity from applying the proportional amortization method to that
investment. However, the Task Force decided that when evaluating this
condition, refundable tax credits are considered to be part of total
projected benefits but not included as an income tax credit or “other
income tax benefit.”
Therefore, in the evaluation of this condition, income tax
credits accounted for outside of the scope of ASC 740 should be included in
total projected benefits (the denominator) but not in income tax credits and
other income tax benefits (the numerator).
However, the EITF did not consider or provide guidance on the
applicability of the proportional amortization method to transferable income tax
credits. It may be appropriate to include transferable income tax credits in
income tax credits and other income tax benefits (the numerator), depending on
how the investor has elected to account for transferable income tax credits. If
any of the tax credits generated by the investee are transferable credits, an
investor will need to consider its policy choice on accounting for such credits
in determining whether to include them in the numerator when assessing the
substantially all condition. See Deloitte’s Roadmap Income Taxes for additional
guidance on the policy elections an investor can make regarding the accounting
treatment of transferable income tax credits.
The evaluation of the substantially all condition should be determined on a
discounted basis by using a discount rate that is consistent with the cash flow
assumptions used by the investor when deciding to invest in the project. As
noted in paragraph BC19 of ASU 2023-02:
The Task Force also determined that the substantially all test must be
calculated using discounted amounts because generally when making an
investment, the tax equity investor is not considering the cash to be
received upon exiting the structure as a significant factor for entering
into the investment and because the approach is also consistent with
other areas of GAAP in which future cash flows are considered.
Therefore, Task Force members viewed cash flows that occur later in the
project’s life as not weighing as heavily on an entity’s investment
decision and, therefore, determined that discounting the amounts was
appropriate.
Although the term “substantially all” is not defined in the
Codification, we believe that a ratio of 90 percent should generally be used to
determine whether the income tax credits and other income tax benefits generated
by an investee meet the substantially all threshold. However, if an investor has
previously established an accounting policy to quantify substantially all (e.g.,
a policy established during the implementation of ASC 842 to evaluate lease
classification), that existing policy should continue to be used.
D.3.3.1 Confidence Interval Used in Modeling the Projected Benefits of an Investment
When evaluating whether to invest in a tax equity structure,
investors will often model the projected income tax credits, other income
tax benefits, and non–income tax benefits expected to be generated by the
underlying project. If the investor ultimately invests in the tax equity
structure, this modeling is commonly used in the assessment of whether the
investment qualifies for the proportional amortization method. For some
types of tax equity structures (e.g., on-shore wind PTC structures), the
modeling may be performed on the basis of third-party studies that predict
how much production the project will generate, which is directly related to
the amount of tax credits to be generated by the project. The studies
usually include a “confidence interval” that indicates how likely it is that
a specific level of production will be reached. Questions have arisen about
what level of probability (e.g., p50, p75) is required in such studies for
the modeling to be used to assess whether the investment qualifies for the
proportional amortization method.
Modeling with a 50 percent confidence interval (i.e., p50)
reflects the median income tax credits and other income tax benefits that
are expected to be generated by the project. Said differently, in half of
the periods included in the model, actual results are expected to exceed the
p50 level results, and in the other half of the periods modeled, actual
results are expected to be below the modeled results. We understand that in
practice, modeling is performed by many sponsors and tax equity investors at
the p50 confidence level, which is meant to reflect the “best estimate” of
tax credits expected to be generated when making an investment decision. We
believe that it would be appropriate for a tax equity investor to apply the
same confidence interval used in making its investment decision to determine
whether the investment qualifies for the proportional amortization method.
As a result, we believe that modeling at the p50 confidence level is
sufficiently precise for assessing whether a tax equity investment qualifies
to be accounted for by using the proportional amortization method if that is
the confidence level used by the tax equity investor in making the
investment decision.
D.3.4 Positive Projected Yield
Under the fourth scope criterion that must be met for an
investor to elect to use the proportional amortization method, the investor’s
projected yield, calculated solely on the basis of the cash flows from the
income tax credits and other net income tax benefits, is positive. When
evaluating this criterion, an investor should consider income tax credits as
well as other net income tax benefits expected to be realized from the
investment. such as net operating losses. In a manner similar to the
substantially all criterion discussed above, this positive projected yield
criterion should be evaluated only on the basis of (1) income tax credits within
the scope of ASC 740 and (2) other income tax benefits, net of income tax
expenses (if any). If an income tax credit is not eligible to be included in the
substantially all criterion, it should similarly not be included in the
evaluation of whether the investment has a positive projected yield. See
Section D.3.3
for additional guidance.
D.3.5 Form of the Investment
Under the fifth and final scope criterion that must be met for
an investor to elect to use the proportional amortization method, the investor
must be a limited liability investor in a limited liability entity for both
legal and tax purposes, and the investor’s liability must be limited to its
capital investment. In practice, investments made through both partnership and
LLC structures meet this scope requirement.
Questions have arisen about deficit restoration obligations
(DROs) and whether the inclusion of a DRO in the investment agreement would
preclude an investment from qualifying for the proportional amortization method.
Some believe that an investor’s liability may not be limited to its capital
investment if a DRO is present. DROs serve to restore either the investor’s or
the sponsor’s tax capital accounts if they fall below zero. This is often
achieved by performing an additional step in the calculation of the earnings to
be allocated to the investor and sponsor each period; the requirement for the
step is only triggered if the investor or sponsor has a deficit in its tax
capital account that would result in the contribution of additional capital by
the tax equity investor only upon a formal liquidation. A DRO is not the same as
an obligation to fund the operating losses of an investee since it would only
result in a loss upon liquidation and therefore would not preclude an investment
from qualifying for the proportional amortization method.
D.4 Applying the Proportional Amortization Method
ASC 323-740
25-4
The decision to apply the proportional amortization method
is an accounting policy decision to be elected on a
tax-credit-program-by-tax-credit-program basis that shall be
applied consistently to all investments within an elected
tax credit program that meet the conditions in paragraph
323-740-25-1 rather than a decision to be applied to
individual investments that meet the conditions in paragraph
323-740-25-1.
D.4.1 Applicability of the Proportional Amortization Method to an Investment That Generates ITCs
ASC 740-10-25-45 and 25-46 include guidance that describes how the receipt of
ITCs should be accounted for and provides two methods by which to account for
the receipt of these credits:
- The deferral method, which results in a reduction to the income taxes payable equal to the amount of the ITCs. The entity would recognize that amount either with an offsetting entry to reduce the carrying value of the related asset or as a deferred credit.
- The flow-through method, which results in a reduction to income taxes payable equal to the amount of the ITCs in the year the credit is generated. The entity would recognize that amount with an offsetting entry to reduce income tax expense in the same period.
See Section 12.2.1 of Deloitte’s Roadmap
Income Taxes.
When evaluating whether the proportional amortization method should be expanded
to apply to tax equity investments that generate ITCs, the EITF considered (1)
the potential interaction between the deferral method of accounting for ITCs
described in ASC 740 and (2) the goal of the proportional amortization method.
Paragraph BC20 of ASU 2023-02 states, in part:
The Task Force considered that if an investment is accounted for using
the proportional amortization method, it is not appropriate for an
entity to use the deferral method to account for the receipt of the
investment tax credits because the objective of the deferral method is
inconsistent with the use of the proportional amortization method and
could result in significant additional complexity.
Accordingly, the transition guidance in ASC 323-740-65-2(f)
states that “[i]nvestments for which the proportional amortization method is
used shall follow the flow-through method described in paragraph 740-10-25-46.
An entity may have previously elected to apply the deferral method. That
election is not applicable to investments that are accounted for using the
proportional amortization method.”
If an investor had previously elected to apply the deferral method to account for
ITCs, it is not precluded from applying the proportional amortization method.
Further, it is not required to change its previous accounting policy election to
account for ITCs by using the deferral method if the associated investment will
not be accounted for by using the proportional amortization method. Instead, the
investor would be required to apply the flow-through method to account for ITCs
generated from tax equity investments accounted for by using the proportional
amortization method while continuing to apply the deferral method to account for
ITCs generated from other sources.
If an investor elects to apply the proportional amortization method to account
for tax equity investments that generate ITCs, it would need to evaluate whether
any existing ITC-generating investments qualify for the proportional
amortization method by using the transition guidance discussed in
Section D.8. If an investor determines that existing
ITC-generating investments qualify for the proportional amortization method and
the ITCs previously generated by those investments were accounted for by using
the deferral method, the investor would be required to transition its accounting
for the previously generated ITCs from the deferral method to the flow-through
method. In practice, there is more than one way the deferral method can be
applied, and the transition from the deferral method to the flow-through method
will depend on how the deferral method was initially applied. See Deloitte’s
Roadmap Income Taxes for additional
guidance on the initial application of the deferral method to account for
ITCs.
If an investor wants to change its accounting policy election so that all ITCs
are accounted for by using the flow-through method, this change would be subject
to the requirements in ASC 250.
D.4.2 Applying the Proportional Amortization Method on a Tax-Credit-Program-by-Tax-Credit-Program Basis
Choosing to apply the proportional amortization method is an
accounting policy election that an investor must make on a
tax-credit-program-by-tax-credit-program basis. We believe that the intent of
this election is to permit investors to apply the proportional amortization
method for investments that generate income tax credits on the basis of the
section of the IRC or state tax law through which the credits are generated
(e.g., IRC Section 42 for LIHTCs or IRC Section 45D for NMTC programs).
Once the election is made, the proportional amortization method
must be applied to all investments in which the predominant income tax credit is
within an elected tax credit program that meets the scope criteria described in
Section D.3. An
investor cannot decide, on an investment-by-investment basis, when to apply the
proportional amortization method. Paragraph BC14 of ASU 2023-02 elaborates on
this point and notes that “an entity could elect to apply the proportional
amortization method to investments that meet the conditions in paragraph
323-740-25-1 that generate income tax credits and other income tax benefits from
qualified affordable housing projects and not apply the proportional
amortization method to investments that meet the conditions in paragraph
323-740-25-1 that generate income tax credits and other income tax benefits from
an NMTC program.” See Section
D.4.3 for guidance on the applicability of the proportional
amortization method when an investee generates more than one type of income tax
credit.
D.4.3 Applicability of the Proportional Amortization Method to an Investment That Generates More Than One Type of Income Tax Credit
A tax equity investment may generate more than one type of
income tax credit (e.g., LIHTCs from a QAHP and income tax credits from
restoring and rehabilitating historic buildings). Because the proportional
amortization method in ASC 323-740 can be elected on a
tax-credit-program-by-tax-credit-program basis, questions have arisen about the
applicability of the proportional amortization method when a tax equity
investment generates more than one type of tax credit and only one of those
credits was generated from a tax credit program for which the investor had
elected the proportional amortization method.
While we believe that an entity needs to carefully consider the
nature of the investment, we do not think that a tax equity investment that
generates an income tax credit from a tax credit program for which the investor
has not elected the proportional amortization method would necessarily preclude
the investor from applying the proportional amortization method. Rather, an
investor would need to determine whether income tax credits generated from a
program for which the investor has elected the proportional amortization method
are the predominant credits that the tax equity investment generates. For
example, we believe that if 51 percent of the tax credits generated by a tax
equity investment are generated through a tax credit program for which the
investor has elected the proportional amortization method and the remaining 49
percent are generated through a program for which the investor has not elected
that method, it would generally be appropriate to conclude that the investment
should be accounted for by using the proportional amortization method provided
that the other scope requirements are met.
D.5 Initial Measurement
D.5.1 Initial Recognition of the Cost of a Tax Equity Investment
ASC 323-740
25-3 A liability shall be
recognized for delayed equity contributions that are
unconditional and legally binding. A liability also
shall be recognized for equity contributions that are
contingent upon a future event when that contingent
event becomes probable. Topic 450 and paragraph
842-50-55-2 provide additional guidance on the
accounting for delayed equity contributions.
25-5 An entity shall
recognize income tax credits in the period that they are
allocated to the investor for tax purposes. Unless all
income tax credits are allocated to the investor at the
date of initial investment, immediate recognition of the
entire benefit of the income tax credits to be received
during the term of an investment that generates income
tax credits and other income tax benefits from a tax
credit program is not permitted (that is, income tax
credits shall not be recognized in the financial
statements before the year in which the credit
arises).
30-1 Paragraph 323-740-25-5
prohibits immediate recognition of income tax credits,
at the time of initial investment, for the entire
benefit of tax credits to be received over a period of
time during the term of an investment that generates
income tax credits and other income tax benefits from a
tax credit program (that is, income tax credits shall
not be recognized in the financial statements before the
year in which the credit arises).
Investments accounted for in accordance with ASC 323-740 are
initially recognized at cost. The cost of the investment should include (1) the
initial investment amount, (2) the amount of any unconditional and legally
binding future contributions to be made, and (3) the cost of any future
contributions that are contingent on a future event that is determined to be
probable. Notwithstanding the reference in ASC 323-740-25-3 to leveraged lease
accounting guidance in ASC 842-50-55-2, we believe that these delayed equity
contributions are not required to be recognized on a discounted basis. However,
we believe that it would also be acceptable for an investor to elect to record
delayed equity contributions on a discounted basis. An investor should apply its
method of recognizing delayed equity contributions consistently for each tax
equity investment that qualifies for use of the proportional amortization
method.
Example D-1
Company A executes an investment agreement for a tax
equity investment that meets the scope criteria to be
accounted for by using the proportional amortization
method in accordance with ASC 323-740. The investor has
elected to apply that method. As part of the investment
agreement, A agrees to pay:
- An initial cash investment of $2 million.
- An additional $1 million one year after the initial investment.
- Up to an additional $0.5 million to fund losses of the investee to fund the investee’s operations.
At the time of the initial investment, A determines that
it is not probable that it will be required to invest
any additional cash to fund losses of the investee.
As of the date of the initial investment, the amount
recognized would include the initial investment of $2
million and the $1 million to be paid one year after the
initial investment, with an offsetting liability of $1
million for the future commitment that is unconditional
and legally binding. The contingent commitment to fund
an additional $0.5 million would not be recognized in
the initial investment balance because it was not
considered probable.
If, on a future date, A determines that
it is probable that it will be required to fund the
additional $0.5 million, that amount would be recognized
in the investment balance, with an offsetting liability
recognized for the same amount. The amortization
recognized each period would be prospectively adjusted
to reflect the increased investment balance.
For simplicity, assume that the investment was assessed
and continues to qualify for the proportional
amortization method after this additional investment
amount was recognized.
See Section
D.6.1 for further interpretive guidance on how to adjust the
proportional amortization calculation for commitments to fund that are made, or
are contingent and become probable, after the initial measurement of the
investment.
D.5.2 Recognizing Deferred Taxes When the Proportional Amortization Method Is Used to Account for a Tax Equity Investment
For an investment accounted for under the proportional
amortization method, an entity generally should not record deferred taxes for
the temporary difference between the investment’s carrying amount for financial
reporting purposes and its tax basis. The proportional amortization method
reflects the view that a tax equity investment through a limited liability
entity is in substance the purchase of income tax benefits. Accordingly, the
initial investment is amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and
other income tax benefits allocated to the investor, as described in ASC
323-740-35-2. This approach is similar to the accounting for purchased income
tax benefits described in ASC 740-10-25-52, which requires that future income
tax benefits (net of the amount paid) purchased from a party other than a tax
authority be initially recognized as a deferred credit and then recognized in
tax expense when the related tax attributes are realized.
Further, while ASC 323-740 does not explicitly state that an entity is not
required to recognize deferred taxes for the temporary difference related to its
tax equity investments, ASU 2014-01 amended the example in ASC 323-740-55-2
through 55-9 so that it no longer addresses the recognition of deferred taxes
for the temporary difference. While ASU 2023-02 further amended the example in
ASC 323-740-55-2 through 55-5, the example continues to be silent on the
recognition of deferred taxes for the temporary difference.
In the Background Information and Basis for Conclusions of ASU
2023-02, the EITF expressed the view that the proportional amortization method
better reflects a tax equity investment’s economics than the equity method of
accounting and thus should help users better understand an entity’s tax equity
investment. As shown in Column L of the table in Example D-2, if an entity does not record
deferred taxes when using the proportional amortization method, there will be a
return in all periods that is positive and in proportion to the investment
amortization in each respective period. Column P of the table in Example D-2, on the other
hand, shows that when deferred taxes are recorded on the investment, a net
decrease in income tax expense (or increase in benefit) occurs in the early
years and a net increase in income tax expense (or reduction of benefit) occurs
in later years. We believe that result is less indicative of the overall
economics, is more difficult for financial statement users to understand, and is
therefore generally inconsistent with the EITF’s overall objectives in ASU
2023-02. Nonetheless, we are aware that others believe that since the asset is
an investment, an entity would not be precluded from accruing deferred taxes on
the related temporary difference. Entities that take this view are encouraged to
consult with their income tax accounting advisers.
We believe that when an entity uses the practical expedient
described in ASC 323-740-35-4, as discussed in further detail in Section D.6.3, it should
recognize deferred taxes on the investment. Under the practical expedient, the
entire cost of the tax equity investment is amortized over only the period
during which the income tax credits are received. The period over which “other
income tax benefits” such as depreciation will be received may be longer than
the period over which income tax credits are generated. When deferred taxes are
recognized for the temporary difference, the current tax benefit for the “other
income tax benefits” received after the amortization of the investment’s cost is
offset by the deferred tax expense resulting from the reversal of the DTA
recognized for the remaining tax basis. We believe that when using the practical
expedient, an entity should record deferred taxes since this results in a better
reflection of the investment’s performance and thus should provide users with a
better understanding of an entity’s tax equity investment, as demonstrated in
Column P of the table in Example D-4.
If the practical expedient is used and deferred taxes are not
recorded, a reporting entity will recognize “other income tax benefits” in the
years after the cost of the investment has been amortized, and those other
income tax benefits will not be reduced by the cost of obtaining them in the
period in which they are recognized. Incremental expense may result from the
investment in early years, and incremental benefit may result in later years. We
believe that these results are less reflective of the overall economics of the
investment and, again, inconsistent with the overall objectives of the
proportional amortization method.
D.5.2.1 Recognizing Deferred Taxes for a Temporary Difference Resulting From a Statutory Reduction in the Tax Basis of a Tax Equity Investment
Certain tax credits, such as ITCs, require a statutory reduction
in the tax basis of the underlying asset held by the tax equity investment on
the date the income tax credit is generated. This tax basis reduction would
result in a reduction of the tax equity investor’s tax basis in the investment,
which causes the investor to have a temporary difference in the tax equity
investment since this statutory reduction will not result in a corresponding
decrease in the investment for financial reporting purposes.
As discussed above, investors in tax equity structures accounted for under the
proportional amortization method are not required to recognize deferred taxes
related to their tax equity investments (unless the practical expedient is
elected).
See Section 12.2.1 of Deloitte’s Roadmap
Income Taxes for a discussion
of the accounting for temporary differences related to ITCs if the tax equity
investor is recognizing deferred taxes.
D.6 Subsequent Measurement
ASC 323-740
35-2
Under the proportional amortization method, the investor
amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion
to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits
allocated to the investor. The amortization amount shall be
calculated as follows:
- The initial investment balance less any expected residual value of the investment, multiplied by
- The percentage of actual income tax credits and other income tax benefits allocated to the investor in the current period divided by the total estimated income tax credits and other income tax benefits expected to be received by the investor over the life of the investment.
35-5
Any expected residual value of the investment shall be excluded
from the proportional amortization calculation.
Non-income-tax-related benefits received from operations of the
limited liability entity shall be included in pre-tax earnings
when realized or realizable. Gains or losses on the sale of the
investment, if any, shall be included in pre-tax earnings at the
time of sale.
35-6
An investment shall be tested for impairment when events or
changes in circumstances indicate that it is more likely
than not that the carrying amount of the investment will not
be realized. An impairment loss shall be measured as the
amount by which the carrying amount of an investment exceeds
its fair value. A previously recognized impairment loss
shall not be reversed.
D.6.1 The Proportional Amortization Calculation
In each period after the initial investment in a tax equity structure accounted
for by using the proportional amortization method, the investor amortizes the
initial cost of the investment, less any expected residual value, into the
income tax benefit/expense line item in the investor’s income statement.
The ASC master glossary defines residual value as the “estimated
fair value of an intangible asset at the end of its useful life to an entity,
less any disposal costs.” While that definition includes a reference to an
intangible asset, we believe that the definition is applicable to the
proportionate amortization method. In the determination of the expected residual
value of a tax equity investment, the exit call/put option price should
generally be considered the expected residual value. When calculating
proportional amortization each period, investors are not required to discount,
and subsequently accrete, the expected residual return.
The cost of the investment is
amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits
expected to be received over the life of the underlying tax equity project. The
calculation is as follows:
1
This includes (1) any unconditional and legally
binding future contributions to be made and (2) the cost of any
future contributions that are contingent on a future event that
is determined to be probable. These deferred equity
contributions should be discounted and recognized as part of the
initial investment balance.
Example D-2
On January 1, 20X1, Company A makes a
$200,000 tax equity investment2 in an LLC holding a wind project in exchange for a
5 percent limited partnership interest. Further assume
that:
- Company A determines that its investment has met the scope criteria in ASC 323-740 and elects to use the proportional amortization method to account for its tax equity investments in this tax credit program in accordance with ASC 323-740-25-4.
- Company A has not applied the practical expedient.
- PTCs will be received annually for a period of 10 years on the basis of the total kilowatt-hours of energy generated by the underlying wind project each year.
- Book and tax depreciation are determined by using a straight-line method over 25 years.
- Company A will receive cash proceeds based on a fixed percentage of the project’s cash generated during the life of the project.
- Company A’s statutory tax rate is 25 percent.
- The estimated residual value of A’s investment is zero.
- All cash flows (except the initial investment) occur at the end of each year.
See table below.
D.6.2 Additional Investments Made After Initial Measurement
After making the initial investment, an entity may make an
additional investment that was not included in the initial cost (i.e., it was
not contractually required, or a contingent commitment that was previously
determined to not be probable became probable). If the investment continues to
qualify for the proportional amortization method after the additional investment
is made, the proportional amortization calculation should be adjusted to reflect
the additional investment. In addition, the entity should adjust the calculation
to reflect any additional income tax credits and other income tax benefits
expected to be realized as a result of the additional investment. See Section D.6.3 for
additional guidance on when an investor is required to reassess whether an
investment continues to qualify for the proportional amortization method.
There are two different ways that investors can adjust
proportional amortization calculations to reflect additional investments that
are not included in the initial cost of the investment:
- They can create a separate amortization schedule for the additional investment and recognize the amortization calculated in this separate schedule in addition to the amortization calculated on the original schedule. (The schedule should be similar to that in Example D-2.)
- The original amortization schedule can be adjusted prospectively to reflect the additional investment amount, income tax credits, and other income tax benefits expected to be received.
Both methods described above would result in recognition of the same amortization
in each period.
Example D-3
On January 1, 20X1, Company A makes a
$200,000 tax equity investment3 in an LLC holding a wind project in exchange for a
5 percent limited partnership interest. On January 1,
20X3, A makes an additional $100,000 investment in the
LLC holding the wind project in exchange for an
additional 5 percent limited partnership interest that
was not contemplated at the time of the initial
investment.
Further assume that:
- Company A determines that its investment has met the scope criteria in ASC 323-740 and elects to use the proportional amortization method to account for its tax equity investments in this tax credit program in accordance with ASC 323-740-25-4.
- Company A has not applied the practical expedient.
- The $100,000 additional investment made in 20X3 resulted in a corresponding increase to the tax basis of the investment.
- PTCs will be received annually for a period of 10 years on the basis of the total kilowatt-hours of energy generated by the underlying wind project each year.
- Book and tax depreciation are determined by using a straight-line method over 25 years.
- Company A will receive cash proceeds on the basis of a fixed percentage of the project’s cash generated during the life of the project.
- Company A’s statutory tax rate is 25 percent.
- The estimated residual value of A’s investment is zero.
- All cash flows (except the initial investment) occur at the end of each year.
See table below.
D.6.3 Practical Expedient
ASC 323-740
35-4 As a practical
expedient, an investor is permitted to amortize the
initial cost of the investment in proportion to only the
income tax credits allocated to the investor if the
investor reasonably expects that doing so would produce
a measurement that is substantially similar to the
measurement that would result from applying the
requirement in paragraph 323-740-35-2.
Under the proportional amortization method as described in ASC
323-740, an investor amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion
to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits
received. As a practical expedient, an investor applying the proportional
amortization method may choose to amortize the initial cost of the investment in
proportion to only the income tax credits allocated to
the investor if the investor reasonably expects that doing so would produce a
measurement that is substantially similar to the measurement that would result
from applying the full proportional amortization method described in ASC
323-740-35-2 (as illustrated in Example D-2).
There is no bright-line test for determining whether the
practical expedient can be applied. Instead, an investor will need to use
significant judgment to determine whether the practical expedient would produce
a measurement that is substantially similar to that of the proportional
amortization method. Factors to consider include, but are not limited to, the
net effect on income tax expense each period and the period over which the
predominant portion of the investment would be amortized.
Below are some examples of when the use of the practical expedient would produce
a measurement that is or is not substantially similar to the measurement
produced by the proportional amortization method.
Substantially Similar
|
Not Substantially Similar
|
---|---|
|
|
Below are examples of the application of the practical expedient.
Example D-4
On January 1, 20X1, Company A makes a
$200,000 tax equity investment4 in an LLC holding a wind project in exchange for a
5 percent limited partnership interest. Further assume
that:
- Company A determines that its investment has met the scope criteria in ASC 323-740 and elects to use the proportional amortization method to account for its tax equity investments in this tax credit program in accordance with ASC 323-740-25-4.
- Company A qualifies for, and elects to use, the practical expedient.
- PTCs will be received annually for a period of 10 years on the basis of the total kilowatt-hours of energy generated by the underlying wind project each year.
- Book and tax depreciation are determined by using a straight-line method over 25 years.
- Company A will receive cash proceeds on the basis of a fixed percentage of the project’s cash generated during the life of the project.
- Company A’s statutory tax rate is 25 percent.
- The estimated residual value of A’s investment is zero.
- All cash flows (except the initial investment) occur at the end of each year.
See table below.
Example D-5
On January 1, 20X1, Company A makes a
$200,000 tax equity investment5 in an LLC holding a wind project in exchange for a
5 percent limited partnership interest. On January 1,
20X3, A makes an additional $100,000 investment in the
LLC holding the wind project in exchange for an
additional 5 percent limited partnership interest that
was not contemplated at the time of the initial
investment.
Further assume that:
-
Company A determines that its investment has met the scope criteria in ASC 323-740 and elects to use the proportional amortization method to account for its tax equity investments in this tax credit program in accordance with ASC 323-740-25-4.
-
Company A qualifies for, and elects to use, the practical expedient.
-
The $100,000 additional investment made in 20X3 resulted in a corresponding increase to the tax basis of the investment.
-
PTCs will be received annually for a period of 10 years on the basis of the total kilowatt-hours of energy generated by the underlying wind project each year.
-
Book and tax depreciation are determined by using a straight-line method over 25 years.
-
Company A will receive cash proceeds on the basis of a fixed percentage of the project’s cash generated during the life of the project.
-
Company A’s statutory tax rate is 25 percent.
-
The estimated residual value of A’s investment is zero.
-
All cash flows (except the initial investment) occur at the end of each year.
See table below.
D.6.4 Reassessment
ASC 323-740
25-1C At the time of the
initial investment, a reporting entity shall evaluate
whether the conditions in paragraphs 323-740-25-1
through 25-1B have been met to elect to apply the
proportional amortization method on the basis of facts
and circumstances that exist at that time. A reporting
entity shall subsequently reevaluate the conditions upon
the occurrence of either of the following:
- A change in the nature of the investment (for example, if the investment is no longer in a flow-through entity for tax purposes)
- A change in the relationship with the underlying project that could result in the reporting entity no longer meeting the conditions in paragraphs 323-740-25-1 through 25-1B.
D.6.4.1 Changes in Circumstances After Initial Measurement
Under ASC 323-740-25-1C, an entity is required to reassess
the applicability of the proportional amortization method when there is
either a “change in the nature of the investment” or a “change in the
relationship with the underlying [tax equity] project that could result in
the [investment] no longer meeting” the scope requirements for the
application of ASC 323-740. Changes that would trigger the need for
reassessment include, but are not limited to, (1) the investee is no longer
a pass-through entity for tax purposes, (2) the investee no longer generates
income tax credits, or (3) an additional investment is made that was not
contractually required or a contingent commitment that was previously
determined to not be probable became probable.
However, there is an exception to this third trigger. Investments in wind
projects are commonly structured so that the initial investment amount
includes the majority (but not all) of the total investment expected to be
received. Each year after the initial investment, each investor is required
to make a small additional investment (a “pay-go” payment), which is
calculated on the basis of the actual amount of PTCs generated by the wind
project. Because these pay-go amounts are calculated on the basis of PTCs
generated, they could be viewed as contingent and not probable as of the
date of the initial investment. We believe that these regular pay-go
payments would not constitute a change in the nature of the investment or a
change in the relationship with the underlying project and, therefore, do
not trigger the need for reassessment of the applicability of the
proportional amortization method.
D.6.4.2 Changes in Laws or Rates
Questions have arisen regarding whether an entity needs to reevaluate whether
a tax equity project yields an overall benefit (the criterion in ASC
323-740-25-1(b)) when a change in tax law is enacted. To determine whether a
change in tax law represents a change in the nature of the investment or in
the relationship with the investee, either of which would require
reassessment of the applicability of ASC 323-740, investors should evaluate
the specific impact of the change in tax law. Such an assessment requires
significant professional judgment.
Although a change in tax rate may affect whether the criteria in ASC
323-740-25-1 are met after the initial investment, we do not believe that a
change in tax rate represents either a change in the nature of the
investment or a change in the relationship with the investee as those terms
are contemplated in ASC 323-740-25-1C. Therefore, an entity is not required
to reassess whether it is still appropriate to apply the proportional
amortization method solely because of the change in tax rates.
We believe that, alternatively, if the change in the tax law has a broader
impact that affects more than just the tax rate, an entity should assess the
nature of the change to determine whether it represents either a change in
the nature of the investment or a change in the relationship with the
investee. Examples of changes in tax laws that would generally trigger the
need to reassess the applicability of the proportional amortization method include:
- Changing a credit from nontransferable or nonrefundable to transferable or refundable.
- Changing how a credit is generated (e.g., a change in the criteria that need to be met for a tax equity project to generate credits).
- Changing the rate at which the credits are generated (e.g., a change in the LIHTC rate from 9 percent each period to 5 percent each period).
If the total expected tax benefit changes because of a
change in tax rates and the investment continues to be accounted for under
the proportional amortization method, an investor must revise the
amortization of the investment to ensure that cumulative amortization over
the life of the investment equals the initial carrying amount (less any
residual value). If the change in total expected income tax benefits is the
result of a change in tax rates and the investor has not elected to use the
practical expedient, the proportion of benefits already allocated to the
investor will increase in relation to the total expected income tax credits
and other income tax benefits. As a result, we believe that there are two
acceptable approaches for adjusting amortization.
Under the first approach, the investor would record a
cumulative catch-up adjustment to the carrying amount of the investment on
the basis of the amount of income tax credits and other income tax benefits
that have been allocated to the investor in proportion to the revised amount
of total expected income tax benefits. This approach is consistent with the
guidance in ASC 323-740, which requires that the initial cost of the
investment be amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other
income tax benefits that have been allocated to the investor.
Under the second approach, the investor would adjust amortization
prospectively. This treatment is consistent with accounting for a change in
estimate that does not affect the carrying amount of an asset or liability
but alters the subsequent accounting for existing or future assets or
liabilities under ASC 250. See Example D-6 for an
illustration of the prospective adjustment to the proportional amortization
calculation in response to a change in tax rate.
In selecting an approach to adjust amortization, an investor should consider
whether it has, in effect, made a policy election in prior periods when
adjusting amortization to take into account changes in expected income tax
benefits that are due to factors other than changes in tax rates. If so,
using a different approach to account for the change in tax rate would be a
change in accounting principle that would need to be assessed for
preferability.
If a significant portion of an investor’s yield is tied to
income tax benefits, as is expected with tax equity investments, the
investor may need to test its investment for impairment when there is a
change in estimate or a change in tax law. More specifically, to evaluate
whether it is more likely than not that the carrying amount of the tax
equity investment will not be realized, the investor would need to
compare (1) the carrying amount of the investment, after any cumulative
catch-up is considered, with (2) the undiscounted amount of the remaining
expected income tax credits and other income tax benefits.
D.6.4.3 Changes in Estimates After Initial Recognition
ASC 250-10-20 defines a change in accounting estimate, in part, as “[a]
change that has the effect of adjusting the carrying amount of an existing
asset or liability or altering the subsequent accounting for existing or
future assets or liabilities.” Changes in accounting estimates occur when
new information is obtained.
The accounting for a change in estimate is based on the cause of the change.
Generally, changes in the amount or timing of anticipated income tax
benefits to be generated by a tax equity investment, or the residual value
of a tax equity investment, are accounted for prospectively and typically
would not be considered a change in circumstances that would trigger the
need to reassess the applicability of the proportional amortization method.
Investors should carefully consider whether adjustments made to the
proportional amortization calculation are the result of a change in estimate
or the correction of an error.
D.6.5 Impairment Considerations
Investors are required to assess their investment for impairment if the
occurrence of an event or a change in circumstances indicates that it is more
likely than not that the carrying amount of the investment will not be realized.
ASC 323-740-35-6 states, in part, that an “impairment loss shall be measured as
the amount by which the carrying amount of an investment exceeds its fair
value.”
Events or changes in circumstances that may indicate that a tax
equity investment is impaired include, but are not limited to, (1) changes in
income tax rates, (2) material changes in the residual value, and (3) changes in
the income tax credits and other income tax benefits to be generated by the
investment. See Section
D.6.4 for additional guidance on the potential need to reassess
whether a tax equity investment qualifies for ASC 323-740 when these changes
occur.
We believe that, in a manner consistent with the requirements of ASC 360 for
long-lived assets, an investor should use undiscounted amounts when determining
whether an impairment of a tax equity investment is necessary. However, on the
basis of the guidance in ASC 323-740-35-6, we believe that impairment should be
calculated by using discounted amounts since that is what would be required in a
fair value measurement of the investment.
D.6.5.1 Presentation of Impairment Expense
ASC 323-740 does not specify where in the income statement
an impairment charge related to a tax equity investment should be recorded.
Under the proportional amortization method, the amortization of the cost of
the investment is netted against the income tax benefits received within the
income tax expense line. An impairment is a recognition of the fact that the
unamortized cost of acquiring the benefits exceeds the remaining expected
benefits, but it does not change the nature of the initial investment as an
investment in income tax credits and other income tax benefits. Accordingly,
we believe that the impairment of an investment accounted for by using the
proportional amortization method would be recorded as a component of income
tax expense.
Since tax equity investments are usually recovered through
income tax credits and other income tax benefits, the impairment assessment
of such investments often focuses on these benefits. However, secondary
markets for such investments exist and, therefore, recovery may occur
through sale. When developing the guidance in ASU 2023-02, the EITF was
cognizant of the various methods of recovery and referred to “fair value” in
the guidance.
The example below illustrates a possible impairment assessment, including the
undiscounted cash flow assessment, for a tax equity investment accounted for
in accordance with ASC 323-740.
Example D-6
|
---|
On January 1, 20X1, Company A makes
a $200,000 tax equity investment6 in an LLC holding a wind project in exchange
for a 5 percent limited partnership interest.
Further assume that:
See table below.
Because of the new tax law enacted
in 20X4 that decreased A’s statutory tax rate from
25 percent to 12 percent, the total benefits
expected to be generated by the tax equity investee
decreased. As a result, on January 1, 20X4 (the date
the new tax law was enacted), the total undiscounted
cash flows (i.e., the sum of anticipated income tax
credits, other income tax benefits, plus non-income
tax benefits) was less than the investment balance.
Accordingly, A recorded an impairment of $8,505,
which was the difference between the investment
balance on January 1, 20X4, and the expected future
benefits after adjusting for the change in tax
rates.
Note that as discussed in Section D.6.4.2, there are two
acceptable approaches for adjusting the amortization
calculation in response to a change in tax rates.
This example illustrates the prospective adjustment
approach.
|
Footnotes
1
This includes (1) any unconditional and legally
binding future contributions to be made and (2) the cost of any
future contributions that are contingent on a future event that
is determined to be probable. These deferred equity
contributions should be discounted and recognized as part of the
initial investment balance.
2
For simplicity, assume that the
investment balance does not reflect any deferred
equity contributions.
3
See footnote 2.
4
See footnote 2.
5
See footnote 2.
6
See footnote 2.
D.7 Presentation and Disclosure
D.7.1 Presentation
ASC 323-740
45-2 Under the proportional
amortization method, the amortization of the investment
in the limited liability entity is recognized in the
income statement as a component of income tax expense
(or benefit). The current tax expense (or benefit) shall
be accounted for pursuant to the general requirements of
Topic 740.
ASC 323-740 requires the amortization of investments accounted
for under the proportional amortization method to be recognized as a component
of income tax expense (benefit). However, it does not address the balance sheet
presentation of such investments. EITF Issue 13-B, which resulted in the
issuance of ASU 2014-01, stated that QAHP “investments do not have the
characteristics of deferred tax assets and [that the EITF] agrees with the
stakeholders that deferred tax asset classification could have significant and
adverse consequences for both financial reporting and regulatory capital
purposes.” It further noted:
The FASB staff does not believe that the Task Force
needs to prescribe a balance sheet classification for the purpose of
achieving symmetry with the income statement classification. The FASB
staff believes that the presentation of those tax credit investments as
investments is reasonable and appropriate but, because reporting
entities often include such investments in other asset captions, the
staff recommends not prescribing a specific balance sheet
presentation.
As a result, in deliberating ASU 2014-01 and ASU 2023-02, the
EITF did not prescribe specific balance sheet presentation for investments
accounted for by using the proportional amortization method. On the basis of
this lack of guidance, there is diversity in practice in the balance sheet
presentation of these investments. While such an investment should not be
presented as a DTA, it may be appropriate to present it as an investment asset
or as a component of other assets.
D.7.2 Disclosure
ASC 323-740
50-1 A reporting entity
shall disclose information in annual and interim periods
that enables users of its financial statements to
understand the following information about its
investments that generate income tax credits and other
income tax benefits from a tax credit program for which
it has elected on a
tax-credit-program-by-tax-credit-program basis to apply
the proportional amortization method, including
investments within that elected tax credit program that
do not meet the conditions in paragraph 323-740-25-1:
- The nature of its investments
- The effect of the recognition and measurement of its investments and the related income tax credits and other income tax benefits on its financial position and results of operations.
50-1A To meet the objectives
in paragraph 323-740-50-1, a reporting entity shall
disclose the following information about its investments
that generate income tax credits and other income tax
benefits from a tax credit program for which it has
elected on a tax-credit-program-by-tax-credit-program
basis to apply the proportional amortization method,
including investments within that elected tax credit
program that do not meet the conditions in paragraph
323-740-25-1:
- The amount of income tax credits and other income tax benefits recognized during the period, including the line item in the statement of operations and statement of cash flows in which it has been recognized
- The amount of investments and the line item in which the investments are recognized in the statement of financial position
- For investments accounted for using the proportional amortization method, the amount of investment amortization recognized as a component of income tax expense (benefit)
- For investments accounted for using the proportional amortization method, the amount of non-income-tax-related activity and other returns received that is recognized outside of income tax expense (benefit) and the line item in the statement of operations and statement of cash flows in which it has been recognized
- For investments accounted for using the proportional amortization method, significant modifications or events that resulted in a change in the nature of the investment or a change in the relationship with the underlying project.
50-2 To meet the objectives
in paragraph 323-740-50-1, a reporting entity may
consider disclosing the following about its investments
that generate income tax credits and other income tax
benefits from a tax credit program for which it has
elected on a tax-credit-program-by-tax-credit-program
basis to apply the proportional amortization method,
including investments within that elected tax credit
program that do not meet the conditions in paragraph
323-740-25-1:
- Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2023-02.
- Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2023-02.
- Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2023-02.
- For investments accounted for using the equity method, the amount of investment income or loss included in pretax income
- Any commitments or contingent commitments (for example, guarantees or commitments to provide additional capital contributions), including the amount of delayed equity contributions and the year or years in which contingent commitments are expected to be paid
- The amount and nature of impairment losses during the year resulting from the forfeiture or ineligibility of income tax credits or other circumstances. For example, in a qualified affordable housing project investment, those impairment losses may be based on actual property-level foreclosures, loss of qualification due to occupancy levels, compliance issues with tax code provisions, or other issues.
If an investor has a tax equity investment accounted for by using the
proportional amortization method, certain additional disclosures may be
necessary owing to the unique nature of the investment. ASC 323-740-50-1
addresses the overall disclosure objectives for investments in tax equity
structures, which include (1) the nature of the tax equity investment and (2)
the effect of the investment on the investor’s financial position and results of
operations. ASC 323-740-50-1A specifies the information that entities must
disclose to meet the objectives outlined in ASC 323-740-50-1. By contrast, ASC
323-740-50-2 provides example disclosures that can be made to meet the
objectives in ASC 323-740-50-1.
Note that the guidance in ASC 323-740-50 is applicable to
investments that generate income tax credits and other income tax benefits from
a tax credit program to which the investor has elected to apply the proportional
amortization method regardless of whether the proportional amortization
method has actually been applied.
D.8 Transition
D.8.1 Transition Guidance
ASC 323-740
65-2 The following
represents the transition and effective date information
related to Accounting Standards Update No. 2023-02,
Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures
(Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Tax
Credit Structures Using the Proportional
Amortization Method:
-
A public business entity shall apply the pending content that links to this paragraph for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years.
-
All other entities shall apply the pending content that links to this paragraph for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, including interim periods within those fiscal years.
-
For all entities, early adoption, including adoption in an interim period, is permitted. If an entity adopts in an interim period, it shall adopt as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period.
-
Except for the transition adjustment types described in (e), an entity shall apply the pending content that links to this paragraph using either a modified retrospective approach or a retrospective approach. Under both a modified retrospective approach and a retrospective approach, an entity that elects to apply the proportional amortization method shall determine as of the date that an investment was entered into, and considering the effect of any modifications, including those that may require reassessment as discussed in paragraph 323-740-25-1C, whether the investment qualifies for the proportional amortization method on the basis of the following:
-
Under a modified retrospective approach, that evaluation shall be performed for all investments that are still expected to generate either income tax credits or other income tax benefits from a tax credit program as of the date of adoption. To make that determination, the entity shall use actual income tax credits and other income tax benefits received and remaining benefits expected as of the date of adoption. A cumulative-effect adjustment shall be recognized to the opening balance of retained earnings at the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption for the difference between the previous accounting and the new method of accounting since the investment was entered into.
-
Under a retrospective approach, that evaluation shall be performed for all investments that are still expected to generate either income tax credits or other income tax benefits from a tax credit program as of the beginning of the earliest period presented. To make that determination, the entity shall use actual income tax credits and other income tax benefits received and remaining benefits expected as of the beginning of the earliest period presented. A cumulative-effect adjustment shall be recognized to the opening balance of retained earnings at the beginning of the earliest period presented for the difference between the previous accounting and the new method of accounting since the investment was entered into.
-
Under both a modified retrospective approach and a retrospective approach, an entity shall use actual equity contributions made and remaining equity contributions expected to be made as of the date at which an entity first applies the pending content that links to this paragraph in applying the guidance in paragraph 323-740-25-3.
-
-
An entity that holds investments in limited liability entities that manage or invest in qualified affordable housing projects and are flow-through entities for tax purposes that no longer are permitted to apply the cost method guidance, the impairment guidance in the equity method Example, or the delayed equity contribution guidance shall apply the pending content that links to this paragraph using the transition method elected in (d) or a prospective approach. Under a prospective approach, an adjustment as a result of applying the pending content that links to this paragraph to investments in qualified affordable housing projects held at the date of adoption shall be recognized in current-period earnings, the balance sheet, or both on the date of adoption. An entity may elect to apply its transition method in (d) or a prospective approach separately for each of the three transition adjustment types in this subparagraph. An entity shall apply a consistent transition method for each transition adjustment type.
-
Investments for which the proportional amortization method is used shall follow the flow-through method described in paragraph 740-10-25-46. An entity may have previously elected to apply the deferral method. That election is not applicable to investments that are accounted for using the proportional amortization method.
-
An entity shall provide the following transition disclosures consistent with Topic 250 on accounting changes and error corrections:
-
The nature of and reason for the change in accounting principle
-
The transition method and a description of prior-period information that has been retrospectively adjusted, if any
-
The effect of the change on income from continuing operations, net income, and any affected per-share amounts for the prior periods retrospectively adjusted
-
The cumulative effect of the change on retained earnings
-
A qualitative description of the financial statement line items affected by the change.
-
-
An entity that issues interim financial statements shall provide the disclosures in (g) in the financial statements of both the interim period of the change and the fiscal year of the change.
D.8.1.1 Effective Date
The amendments in ASU 2023-02 are required to be implemented
by PBEs for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including
interim periods within those fiscal years. All other entities are required
to implement the amendments in ASU 2023-02 for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2024, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For
all investors, early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim
period. If an entity adopts in an interim period, it should adopt as of the
beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. For example,
if a calendar-year-end non-PBE tax equity investor elects to adopt the
amendments in ASU 2023-02 in the quarter ending on June 30, 2024, it would
adopt the amendments as of January 1, 2024.
D.8.1.2 Transition Approach
Entities have the option to implement the amendments in ASU 2023-02 by using
either the retrospective approach or the modified retrospective approach
(the general transition approach). If the retrospective approach is elected,
an entity would record a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance
of retained earnings as of the beginning of the earliest reporting period
presented. If electing the modified retrospective approach, an entity would
record a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained
earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the
guidance is effective.
D.8.1.2.1 Investments Previously Accounted for Under the Proportional Amortization Method in ASC 323-740
After ASU 2023-02 is adopted, investments previously accounted for under
the proportional amortization method in ASC 323-740 should continue to
be accounted for under that method. We generally believe that any
investments that were previously accounted for under the proportional
amortization method would continue to qualify for that accounting after
adoption of ASU 2023-02.
If the investor decides to change its election so that it no longer
elects to apply the proportional amortization method, this would be
considered a change in accounting principle, and the investor would need
to apply the guidance in ASC 250-10.
D.8.1.2.2 Investments, Other Than QAHPs, Not Previously Accounted for Under the Proportional Amortization Method in ASC 323-740
Regardless of the general transition approach selected,
if an entity has an investment other than a QAHP that was not previously
accounted for under the proportional amortization method in accordance
with ASC 323-740, it should determine whether the investment is still
expected to generate either income tax credits or other income tax
benefits from a tax credit program. Such a determination must be made as
of either (1) the beginning of the earliest period presented if the
retrospective transition approach is being applied or (2) the period of
adoption if the modified retrospective transition approach is being
applied.
If an entity determines that its investment other than a
QAHP that was not previously accounted for under the proportional
amortization method is still expected to generate income tax credits or
other income tax benefits from a tax credit program, it should consider
the effect of any subsequent modifications and determine, as of the date
that the investment was entered into, whether the investment qualifies
for the proportional amortization method (see Section D.3). This determination
should incorporate actual income tax credits and other tax benefits
earned to date as well as an estimate of the remaining income tax
credits and other income tax benefits to be earned from the
investment.
If such an investment qualifies for use of the
proportional amortization method and the tax equity investor has elected
to apply such method to investments that earn income tax credits through
that program, the tax equity investor should account for the investment
by using the proportional amortization method in accordance with the
guidance in ASC 323-740, as amended by ASU 2023-02.
D.8.1.2.3 Select QAHP Not Previously Accounted for Under the Proportional Amortization Method in ASC 323-740
Before adoption of ASU 2023-02, the guidance in ASC 323-740 is applicable
to all equity investments in a QAHP regardless of whether they were
accounted for under the proportional amortization method. After adoption
of ASU 2023-02, the guidance in ASC 323-740 is applicable only to those
tax equity investments that are accounted for under the proportional
amortization method (except for disclosure requirements as described in
Section
D.7.2). As a result, there are certain provisions in ASC
323-740 that no longer apply to QAHP investments that are not accounted
for under the proportional amortization method. Therefore, the EITF
determined that special transition guidance should be provided for these
investments.
As described in Section D.8.1.2, the
amendments in ASU 2023-02 can generally be implemented by using the
retrospective or modified retrospective approach. However, ASU 2023-02
provides three exceptions from the general transition approach in which
the amendments can be implemented by using the prospective approach. For
investments in QAHPs that did not previously qualify for the
proportional amortization method, or for which the proportional
amortization method was not previously elected, the prospective
transition method can be used to account for the following:
- Transitioning from the cost method to another acceptable method of accounting for QAHP investments that are not accounted for under the proportional amortization method and that do not qualify for use of the equity method of accounting (see Section D.8.1.2.3.1).
- Transitioning from the impairment guidance for equity method investments as illustrated in the example in ASC 323-740-55-8 and 55-9 to the impairment guidance in ASC 323-107 (see Section D.8.1.2.3.2).
- Transitioning from the delayed equity contribution guidance in ASC 323-740-25-3, since this guidance is no longer applicable for QAHP investments that are not accounted for under the proportional amortization method (see Section D.8.1.2.3.3).
The prospective transition approach can be elected for each of these
three exceptions independently (i.e., the same transition approach does
not have to be selected for each of the three provisions mentioned
above). However, if the prospective approach is not elected, the
investor should use the “general transition” approach described above to
implement the amendments in ASU 2023-02.
D.8.1.2.3.1 Transition From Cost Method
Before the adoption of ASU 2023-02, ASC 323-740
allows entities to use the modified cost method8 for investments in QAHPs that do not qualify for or are not
accounted for under the proportional amortization method and do not
qualify to be accounted for as equity method investments. After the
adoption of ASU 2023-02, investments may no longer be accounted for
under the modified cost method and, as a result, would transition to
being accounted for either (1) at fair value in accordance with ASC
321 or (2) under the measurement alternative provided by ASC 321.9 In this scenario, the entity would record, to the opening
balance of retained earnings, a cumulative-effect adjustment equal
to the difference between the historical carrying amount of the
investment and the carrying amount of the investment after applying
ASC 321 as follows, depending on the transition approach selected:
-
Retrospective transition approach — A cumulative-effect adjustment would be recorded as of the beginning of the earliest period presented for the difference between (1) the historical investment balance on that date and (2) what the investment balance would have been had the investment historically been accounted for in accordance with ASC 321.
-
Modified retrospective transition approach — A cumulative-effect adjustment would be recorded as of the beginning of the period of adoption for the difference between (1) the historical investment balance on that date and (2) what the investment balance would have been had the investment historically been accounted for in accordance with ASC 321.
-
Prospective transition approach — No cumulative-effect adjustment would be recorded. Instead, the investment balance would be adjusted for the difference between (1) the balance as accounted for under the cost method as of the date of adoption and (2) what the investment balance would have been had the investment historically been accounted for in accordance with ASC 321, with an offsetting adjustment recognized in current-period earnings.
ASC 321 typically requires entities to measure
equity investments at fair value but permits a measurement
alternative for equity investments without a readily determinable
fair value. If the investor elects the measurement alternative
provided in ASC 321 (in which the investment is accounted for at
initial cost, less impairment) while also considering observable
price changes, the investor would need to assess whether there were
any impairments that would have been identified under ASC 321. This
is because the investment was initially acquired and recognized by
using the cost method. In addition, the investor would need to
assess whether there were any observable price changes in orderly
transactions for the identical or a similar investment and measure
the investment at fair value as of the date on which the observable
transaction occurred. In effect, the investor should determine what
the investment balance would have been if it had been measured in
accordance with ASC 321 since the date the cost method was applied
(usually inception) and then record a cumulative-effect adjustment
as described above.
Note that ASC 321 was codified as a result of the
issuance of ASU 2016-01. The guidance in ASU 2016-01 was
effective for PBEs for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all
other entities, the guidance in ASU 2016-01 was effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Therefore, some
entities may have existing QAHP investments that were entered into
before the adoption of ASU 2016-01. For such entities, we believe
the tax equity investments should have been accounted for as though
the modified cost method in ASC 323-740 was applied before the tax
equity investor’s adoption of ASU 2016-01; therefore, the
cumulative-effect adjustment recorded would incorporate some periods
in which the investment was accounted for under the modified cost
method and some in which ASC 321 was applied.
The timeline below illustrates various impairment considerations
related to the accounting for investments during the following three
periods: (A) before the adoption of ASU 2016-01, (B) after the
adoption of ASU 2016-01 but before the adoption of ASU 2023-02, and
(C) after the adoption of ASU 2023-02.
-
During period A, an entity should assess investments in QAHPs that did not qualify for (or did not elect to use) the proportional amortization method or equity method of accounting for impairment by using the modified cost method in ASC 323-740.
-
During period B, an entity should assess these QAHP investments by using ASC 321 (fair value or the measurement alternative).
-
During period C, if the measurement alternative was selected and an impairment was identified in historical periods by using the guidance outlined for periods A and B above, an entity should record the difference between that impairment and any actual historical impairment recognized as part of the cumulative-effect adjustment. The entity should assess tax equity investments accounted for by using ASC 321 for impairment on the basis of the guidance in ASC 321.
D.8.1.2.3.2 Transition From Equity Method Impairment Guidance
Before the adoption of ASU 2023-02, ASC 323-740 includes an example
illustrating how a QAHP investment accounted for under the equity
method should be assessed for impairment. After the adoption of ASU
2023-02, ASC 323-740 no longer includes this equity method
impairment example, and it is now only applicable to investments
accounted for by using the proportional amortization method.
(However, note that the example that was included in ASC
323-740-55-8 and 55-9 diverged from how impairment of typical equity
method investments is calculated.) After the adoption of ASU
2023-02, investors applying the equity method to account for an
investment in a QAHP should apply the guidance in ASC 323-10 to
determine whether the equity method investment is impaired. That is,
after the adoption of ASU 2023-02, there should be no difference
between how a QAHP investment accounted for under the equity method
should be assessed for impairment and how other equity method
investments accounted for in accordance with ASC 323-10 are
assessed.
Regardless of the transition approach elected, we believe that the
tax equity investor should assess, on the basis of the guidance in
ASC 323-10, whether there were any impairments since the initial
recognition of the QAHP investment. If an impairment is identified
on the basis of the guidance in ASC 323-10 or an impairment was
previously recognized on the basis of the superseded guidance in ASC
323-740, an entity should do the following, depending on the
transition approach elected:
- Retrospective transition approach — A cumulative-effect adjustment should be recorded as of the beginning of the earliest period presented to (1) give effect to the impairment being recognized in accordance with ASC 323-10 and (2) reverse the impact of any impairment that was recognized in accordance with the example in ASC 323-740.
- Modified retrospective transition approach — A cumulative-effect adjustment should be recorded as of the beginning of the period of adoption to (1) give effect to the impairment being recognized in accordance with ASC 323-10 and (2) reverse the impact of any impairment that was recognized in accordance with the example in ASC 323-740.
- Prospective transition approach — No cumulative-effect adjustment should be recorded. Instead, the impact of recognizing the impairment in accordance with ASC 323-10 and reversing the impairment (if any) that was previously recognized by using the example in ASC 323-740 should be recorded in the period of adoption as an adjustment to the investment balance, with an offsetting impairment charge recognized in current-period earnings.
D.8.1.2.3.3 Transition From Delayed Equity Contribution Guidance
Before the adoption of ASU 2023-02, ASC 323-740 includes guidance
that requires investors in QAHPs to gross-up their investment
balance for the amount of any unconditional and legally binding
future contributions to be made, as well as future contributions
that are contingent on a future event that is determined to be
probable. An offsetting liability would then be recorded for the
amount of the future contributions included in the investment
balance. While that guidance continues to exist in ASC 323-740-25-3
after the adoption of ASU 2023-02, because the scope of investments
subject to ASC 323-740 has changed, it should no longer be applied
to investments for which the proportional amortization method is not
applied. If an investor has QAHP investments accounted for in
accordance with the cost method, ASC 321, or the equity method that
have been grossed up for delayed equity contributions, this
transition guidance would apply upon adoption of ASU 2023-02 as
follows, depending on the transition approach elected:
- Retrospective transition approach — The investment balance and offsetting liability for the delayed equity contribution would be netted down as of the beginning of the earliest period presented. Said differently, the balance sheet would no longer reflect the increased investment balance or corresponding liability for the portion of the tax equity investment not yet funded.
- Modified retrospective and prospective transition approaches — The investment balance and offsetting liability for the delayed equity contribution should be netted down as of the beginning of the period of adoption. Because there should be no difference between the amount of the investment balance and the liability being netted down, there is no cumulative-effect adjustment or income statement impact, and these two transition approaches are effectively the same.
We believe that if an entity elects the retrospective or modified
retrospective transition approach, a tax equity investment that was
previously impaired but for which a delayed equity contribution has
been recorded should be reassessed for impairment under the
applicable accounting framework. If the reduction of the investment
balance that results from applying this transition guidance would
cause an impairment to no longer be identified, the reversal or
adjustment of that impairment should be recognized as part of the
cumulative-effect adjustment.
D.8.1.3 Transition Illustrative Example — ASC 323 to Proportional Amortization
Example D-7
On June 30, 2022, Investor A made an
initial investment in Facility W, which generates
income tax credits through onshore wind production,
and has historically accounted for this investment
as an equity method investment. Because A is a PBE,
it is required to adopt ASU 2023-02 for its fiscal
year beginning January 1, 2024.
On January 1, 2024, A adopts ASU
2023-02 by using the modified retrospective
transition approach and elects to apply the
proportional amortization method for qualifying tax
equity investments that generate income tax credits
through onshore wind production. Investor A
determines that (1) as of the date of adoption, the
investment is still expected to generate either
income tax credits or other income tax benefits from
a tax credit program and (2) as of the investment
date (June 30, 2022), the investment still qualifies
for use of the proportional amortization method and
is eligible for such accounting under ASC
323-740-25-1.
On
the basis of the assessment of these two factors, A
determines that its investment in W meets the new
requirements to be accounted for under the
proportional amortization method and calculates the
cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance
of retained earnings as follows:
The subsequent accounting for A’s
investment in W will be no different from the
subsequent accounting for an investment accounted
for by using the proportional amortization method
since inception. The amortization of the investment
in W recognized each period will be based on the
proportional amortization calculation used to
determine the initial cumulative-effect
adjustment.10
D.8.2 Summary of Differences in ASC 323-740 Before and After the Implementation of ASU 2023-02
ASC 323-740 (Before Implementing ASU 2023-02)
|
ASC 323-740 (After Implementing ASU 2023-02)
|
---|---|
Scope
| |
The guidance applies to qualified11 investments in limited liability entities that
manage or invest in QAHPs and are flow-through entities
for tax purposes.
See Section
C.1.
|
The guidance applies to qualified12 investments in limited liability entities that are
made primarily for receiving income tax credits and
other income tax benefits and are flow-through entities
for tax purposes. It is no longer limited to investments
in QAHPs.
See Section
D.1.
|
If the proportional amortization method is elected, it
must be applied to all investments that qualify for the
proportional amortization method.
See Section
C.1.
|
The proportional amortization method is
elected on a tax-credit-program-by-tax-credit-program
basis. It is not required to be applied to all
investments that qualify for the proportional
amortization method.
See Section
D.1.
|
The scope criterion in ASC
323-740-25-1(aaa), which requires substantially all
projected benefits from the investment to be from income
tax credits or other tax benefits, does not specify how
refundable income tax credits should be considered in
this assessment.
See Section
C.3.1.
|
The scope criterion in ASC
323-740-25-1(aaa), which requires substantially all
projected benefits from the investment to be from income
tax credits or other income tax benefits, clarifies that
in the evaluation of this condition, income tax credits
accounted for outside of the scope of ASC 740 (e.g.,
refundable income tax credits) should be included in
total projected benefits but not in income tax credits
and other income tax benefits.
See Section
D.3.
|
The scope criterion in ASC
323-740-25-1(aaa), which requires substantially all
projected benefits from the investment to be from income
tax credits or other income tax benefits, does not
specify whether this should be assessed on a discounted
basis. There is significant diversity in practice in how
this assessment is performed.
|
The scope criterion in ASC
323-740-25-1(aaa), which requires substantially all
projected benefits from the investment to be from income
tax credits or other income tax benefits, clarifies that
this condition should be determined on a discounted
basis by using a discount rate that is consistent with
the cash flow assumptions used by the investor when
determining whether it would invest in the underlying
project.
See Section
D.3.
|
If Proportional Amortization
Is Not Elected or Does Not Apply
| |
Investments that do not qualify to be accounted for in
accordance with the proportional amortization method
(ASC 323-740) or the equity method (ASC 323) can be
accounted for in accordance with either the modified
cost method as illustrated in ASC 323-740-55 or in
accordance with ASC 321.
See Section C.7.
|
Investments that do not qualify to be accounted for in
accordance with the proportional amortization method
(ASC 323-740) or the equity method (ASC 323) should be
accounted for in accordance with ASC 321. The cost
method that was illustrated in an example in ASC 323-740
is no longer an acceptable option.
See Section D.1.
|
Specific illustrative guidance is available addressing
how investments in QAHPs that are accounted for in
accordance with the equity method can be assessed for
impairment.
See Section
C.6.5.2.
|
There is no unique guidance on how to assess tax equity
investments accounted for by using the equity method for
impairment. Instead, investors should refer to the
guidance in ASC 323-10 or ASC 323-30, depending on the
scope of the guidance applicable to that investment.
See Section D.6.5.
|
Specific guidance for QAHPs not
accounted for by using the proportional amortization
method allows investors to gross up their initial
investment balance for the amount of any unconditional
and legally binding future contributions to be made, as
well as future contributions that are contingent on a
future event that is determined to be probable. An
offsetting liability is then recorded for the amount of
the future contributions included in the investment
balance.
See Section C.5.1.
|
While similar guidance continues to exist in ASC
323-740-25-3 that allows investors to gross up their
initial investment balance, such guidance should no
longer be applied to investments that do not apply the
proportional amortization method.
See Section
D.8.1.2.3.3.
|
Footnotes
7
See the guidance in AC 323-10-35-31
through 35-32A.
8
Note that the cost method previously
referenced in ASC 323-740 was a modified form of the cost
method previously codified in ASC 325-20. See Section
C.6 for more information.
9
The measurement alternative provided in ASC
321 allows an equity security without a readily determinable
fair value to be subsequently measured at cost, less
impairment, factoring in observable price changes (see ASC
321-10-35-2).
10
To determine this amount, the investor needs to
create a proportional amortization calculation as
if the investment were accounted for by using the
proportional amortization method since June 30,
2022, the date of the initial investment. This
amount would equal the investment balance as of
January 1, 2024.
11
To qualify for the proportional
amortization method, investments would need to
meet the criteria outlined in ASC 323-740-25-1, as
discussed in more detail in Sections
D.3 and D.4.
12
See footnote 11.
Appendix E — Titles of Standards and Other Literature
Appendix E — Titles of Standards and Other Literature
AICPA Literature
Technical Questions and Answers
Section 7100.08,
“Application of the Definition of a Public Business Entity When Entities Are
Organized in Tiered Organizational Structures (Parent, Consolidated
Subsidiaries, Nonconsolidated Entities, Guarantors, Equity Method
Investees)”
FASB Literature
ASC Topics
ASC 205, Presentation of
Financial Statements
ASC 210, Balance Sheet
ASC 220, Income Statement
— Reporting Comprehensive Income
ASC 250, Accounting
Changes and Error Corrections
ASC 260, Earnings per
Share
ASC 272, Limited
Liability Entities
ASC 280, Segment
Reporting
ASC 310,
Receivables
ASC 320, Investments —
Debt Securities
ASC 321, Investments —
Equity Securities
ASC 323, Investments —
Equity Method and Joint Ventures
ASC 325, Investments —
Other
ASC 326, Financial
Instruments — Credit Losses
ASC 350, Intangibles —
Goodwill and Other
ASC 360, Property, Plant,
and Equipment
ASC 405,
Liabilities
ASC 450,
Contingencies
ASC 460,
Guarantees
ASC 480, Distinguishing
Liabilities From Equity
ASC 505, Equity
ASC 605, Revenue
Recognition
ASC 606, Revenue From
Contracts With Customers
ASC 610, Other
Income
ASC 718, Compensation —
Stock Compensation
ASC 720, Other
Expenses
ASC 740, Income
Taxes
ASC 805, Business
Combinations
ASC 808, Collaborative
Arrangements
ASC 810,
Consolidation
ASC 815, Derivatives and
Hedging
ASC 820, Fair Value
Measurement
ASC 825, Financial
Instruments
ASC 830, Foreign Currency
Matters
ASC 835, Interest
ASC 842, Leases
ASC 845, Nonmonetary
Transactions
ASC 850, Related Party
Disclosures
ASC 860, Transfers and
Servicing
ASC 910, Contractors — Construction
ASC 930, Extractive Activities —
Mining
ASC 932, Extractive
Activities — Oil and Gas
ASC 946, Financial
Services — Investment Companies
ASC 954, Health Care
Entities
ASC 958, Not-for-Profit
Entities
ASC 960, Plan Accounting
— Defined Benefit Pension Plans
ASC 965, Plan Accounting
— Health and Welfare Benefit Plans
ASC 970, Real Estate —
General
ASC 974, Real Estate —
Real Estate Investment Trusts
ASUs
ASU 2012-04, Technical
Corrections and Improvements
ASU 2014-01, Investments
— Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for
Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects — a consensus
of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force
ASU 2014-08, Presentation
of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment
(Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of
Disposals of Components of an Entity
ASU 2014-09, Revenue From
Contracts With Customers (Topic 606)
ASU 2014-17, Business
Combinations (Topic 805): Pushdown Accounting — a consensus of the
FASB Emerging Issues Task Force
ASU 2015-02,
Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation
Analysis
ASU 2015-08, Business
Combinations (Topic 805): Pushdown Accounting — Amendments to SEC
Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 115
ASU 2016-01, Financial
Instruments — Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
ASU 2016-02, Leases
(Topic 842)
ASU 2016-13, Financial
Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on
Financial Instruments
ASU 2017-05, Other Income
— Gains and Losses From the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets
(Subtopic 610-20): Clarifying the Scope of Asset Derecognition Guidance
and Accounting for Partial Sales of Nonfinancial Assets
ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging
(Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging
Activities
ASU 2019-04, Codification
Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses,
Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825,
Financial Instruments
ASU 2020-01, Investments
— Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments — Equity Method and Joint
Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) —
Clarifying the Interactions Between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic
815 — a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force
ASU 2020-02, Financial Instruments —
Credit Losses (Topic 326) and Leases (Topic 842) — Amendments to SEC
Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 and Update
to SEC Section on Effective Date Related to Accounting Standards Update
No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (SEC Update)
ASU 2020-05, Revenue From Contracts With
Customers (Topic 606) and Leases (Topic 842): Effective Dates for
Certain Entities
ASU 2023-02, Investments
— Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for
Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization
Method — a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force
ASU 2023-05, Business Combinations — Joint
Venture Formations (Subtopic 805-60): Recognition and Initial
Measurement
EITF Literature
Issue No. 19-A, “Financial
Instruments — Clarifying the Interactions Between Topic 321 and Topic 323”
Federal Regulations
IRC (U.S. Code)
Section 42, “Low-Income
Housing Credit Average Income Test Regulations”
Section 45D, “New Markets
Tax Credit”
Section 704, “Partner’s Distributive
Share”
G4+1 Organization Literature
Special Report, Reporting
Interests in Joint Ventures and Similar Arrangements
IFRS Literature
IAS 8, Accounting Policies,
Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors
IAS 28 (Revised 2011),
Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures
IAS 36, Impairment of
Assets
IFRS 3, Business
Combinations
IFRS 5, Non-Current Assets
Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations
IFRS 9, Financial
Instruments
IFRS 10, Consolidated
Financial Statements
IFRS 11, Joint
Arrangements
IFRS 12, Disclosure of
Interests in Other Entities
SEC Literature
Regulation S-X
Rule 1-02, “Definitions of
Terms Used in Regulation S-X (17 CFR part 210)”
-
Rule 1-02(w), “Significant Subsidiary”
Rule 3-05, “Financial
Statements of Businesses Acquired or to Be Acquired”
Rule 3-09, “Separate
Financial Statements of Subsidiaries Not Consolidated and 50 Percent or Less
Owned Persons”
Rule 3-14, “Special
Instructions for Financial Statements of Real Estate Operations Acquired or
to Be Acquired”
Rule 4-02, “Rules of General
Application; Items Not Material”
Rule 4-08(g), “General Notes
to Financial Statements; Summarized Financial Information of Subsidiaries
Not Consolidated and 50 Percent or Less Owned Persons”
Article 5, “Commercial and
Industrial Companies”
Rule 5-02, “Balance
Sheets”
-
Rule 5-02(12), “Other Investments”
Rule 5-03, “Statements of
Comprehensive Income”
-
Rule 5-03(b)(12), “Equity in Earnings of Unconsolidated Subsidiaries and 50 Percent or Less Owned Persons”
Rule 8-03, “Financial
Statements of Smaller Reporting Companies; Interim Financial Statements”
Rule 10-01(b)(1), “Interim
Financial Statements; Other Instructions as to Content”
Article 11, “Pro Forma
Financial Information”
SAB Topics
No. 1.B, “Financial
Statements; Allocation of Expenses and Related Disclosure in Financial
Statements of Subsidiaries, Divisions or Lesser Business Components of
Another Entity”
No. 5, “Miscellaneous
Accounting”
-
No. 5.G, “Transfers of Nonmonetary Assets by Promoters or Shareholders”
-
No. 5.J, “New Basis of Accounting Required in Certain Circumstances” (rescinded by SAB 115)
-
No. 5.M, “Other Than Temporary Impairment of Certain Investments in Equity Securities”
-
No. 5.T, “Accounting for Expenses or Liabilities Paid by Principal Stockholder(s)” (replaced by SAB 107)
Superseded Literature
Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion
APB 18, “The Equity Method
of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock”
AICPA Accounting Statement of Position
78-9, Accounting for
Investments in Real Estate Ventures
EITF Abstracts
Issue No. 98-2, “Accounting
by a Subsidiary or Joint Venture for an Investment in the Stock of Its
Parent Company or Joint Venture Partner”
Issue No. 98-4, “Accounting
by a Joint Venture for Businesses Received at Its Formation”
Issue No. 99-10, “Percentage
Used to Determine the Amount of Equity Method Losses”
Issue No. 00-12, “Accounting
by an Investor for Stock-Based Compensation Granted to Employees of an
Equity Method Investee”
Issue No. 02-14, “Whether an
Investor Should Apply the Equity Method of Accounting to Investments Other
Than Common Stock”
Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning
of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain
Investments”
Issue No. 03-16, “Accounting
for Investments in Limited Liability Companies”
Issue No. 08-6, “Equity
Method Investment Accounting Considerations”
Topic No. D-46, “Accounting
for Limited Partnership Investments”
Topic No. D-96, “Accounting
for Management Fees Based on a Formula”
Topic No. D-97, “Push-Down
Accounting”
FASB Interpretations
No. 44, Accounting for
Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation — an interpretation of
APB Opinion No. 25
No. 45, Guarantor’s
Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect
Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others — an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34
FASB Statements
No. 123(R), Share-Based
Payment
No. 133, Implementation
(Derivatives)
No. 141(R), Business
Combinations
No. 144, Accounting for
the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets
No. 157, Fair Value
Measurements
No. 160, Noncontrolling
Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements
Appendix F — Abbreviations
Appendix F — Abbreviations
Abbreviation
|
Description
|
---|---|
AcSEC
|
Accounting Standards Executive Committee
|
AFS
|
available for sale
|
AICPA
|
American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants
|
AOCI
|
accumulated other comprehensive income
|
APB
|
Accounting Principles Board
|
APIC
|
additional paid-in capital
|
ASC
|
FASB Accounting Standards Codification
|
ASU
|
FASB Accounting Standards Update
|
CECL
|
current expected credit loss
|
CEO
|
chief executive officer
|
CFO
|
chief financial officer
|
CFR
|
U.S. Code of Federal Regulations
|
COO
|
chief operating officer
|
CTA
|
cumulative translation adjustment
|
DRO
|
deficit restoration obligation
|
DTA
|
deferred tax asset
|
DTL
|
deferred tax liability
|
EITF
|
FASB Emerging Issues Task Force
|
EPS
|
earnings per share
|
FASB
|
Financial Accounting Standards Board
|
FVTPL
|
fair value through profit or loss
|
GAAP
|
generally accepted accounting principles
|
GP
|
general partner
|
HLBV
|
hypothetical liquidation at book value
|
IAS
|
International Accounting Standard
|
IASB
|
International Accounting Standards Board
|
IFRS
|
International Financial Reporting
Standard
|
IP
|
intellectual property
|
IPR&D
|
in-process research and development
|
IRC
|
Internal Revenue Code
|
IRR
|
internal rate of return
|
ITC
|
investment tax credit
|
LLC
|
limited liability company
|
LLP
|
limited liability partnership
|
LOC
|
line of credit
|
NFP
|
not-for-profit entity
|
NMTC
|
New Markets Tax Credit (program)
|
OCA
|
SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant
|
OCI
|
other comprehensive income
|
OTTI
|
other-than-temporary impairment
|
PBE
|
public business entity
|
PCAOB
|
Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board
|
PCC
|
Private Company Council
|
PP&E
|
property, plant, and equipment
|
PTC
|
production tax credit
|
QAHP
|
qualified affordable housing project
|
REIT
|
real estate investment trust
|
SAB
|
SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin
|
SEC
|
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
|
SOP
|
Statement of Position
|
VIE
|
variable interest entity
|
Appendix G — Roadmap Updates for 2024
Appendix G — Roadmap Updates for 2024
The tables below summarize the substantive
changes made in the 2024 edition of this Roadmap.
New Content
Section
|
Title
|
Description
|
---|---|---|
Accounting for Costs Incurred on Behalf of, and
Subsequently Reimbursed by, an Investee in the Financial
Statements of the Investor
|
Addresses an investor’s accounting for costs incurred on
behalf of, and subsequently reimbursed by, an
investee.
| |
Transfer of Financial Assets
|
Discusses the joint venture’s accounting in situations in
which a venturer transfers financial assets within the
scope of ASC 860-10 to the joint venture.
| |
Determining Whether to Apply the Proportional
Amortization Method to Investments in Tax Credit
Structures
|
Summarizes differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS
Accounting Standards with respect to application of the
proportionate amortization method.
|
Amended or Deleted Content
Section
|
Title
|
Description
|
---|---|---|
Adds table summarizing the effects of changes in
ownership or level of influence as well as related
impacts on the investor’s accounting.
| ||
Proportionate Consolidation Method
|
Clarifies that an entity’s determination of whether to
apply the proportionate consolidation method to an LLC
in the construction or extraction industries depends on
whether the LLC is more akin to a partnership or
corporation.
| |
Intra-Entity Profits and Losses
|
Includes new Example 5-12 to
illustrate an investor’s accounting for intra-entity
service transactions. Renumbered subsequent
examples.
| |
Equity Method Losses That Exceed the Investor’s Equity
Method Investment Carrying Amount
|
Provides new Example
5-26 to illustrate the accounting by an
investor that has committed cash to an investee and that
has equity method losses exceeding the carrying amount
of the investor’s equity method investment.
| |
Consideration of Cumulative Translation Adjustment in an
Impairment Analysis
|
Updates Example 5-31 (formerly Example 5-29) to
clarify how an investor should determine whether it has
committed to a plan to dispose of its equity method
investment.
| |
Interest on In-Substance Capital Contributions
|
Adds discussion of “rated feeder” fund structures in the
U.S. insurance industry.
| |
7.2.7
|
Reassessment of the Joint Venture Determination
|
Section deleted.
|
Determining Whether to Apply the Equity Method of
Accounting
|
Clarifies, in the “Initial measurement: acquisition-date
excess of investor’s share” row of the table,
differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS Accounting
Standards regarding the potential recognition of a day 0
gain when the investor’s share of the fair value of the
investee’s net assets exceeds the consideration paid to
acquire the investment.
| |
Substantially All of the Projected Benefits
|
Clarifies that income tax credits and other benefits
should be considered net of income tax expenses in the
determination of whether substantially all of an
investment’s projected benefits are derived from income
tax credits and other tax benefits.
|